A Grammar of The Classical Arabic Langua (1 4)

A GRAMMAR
OF THB
CLASSICAL ARABIC LANGUAGE,

TRANSLATED AND COMPILED FROM THE WORKS OF THE MOST
APPROVED NATIVE OR NATURALIZED AUTHORITIES.
BY
MORTIMER SLOPER HO WELL, C.I.E., HON. LL. D.

RETIRED MEMBER OF H. M's. INDIAN CIVIL SEETICB,
And
formerly Member of the Atiatic Society of Bengal
and Fellow of
the Univertititt of Calcutta
and Allahabad.
Published under the Authority of the Government, N.~W, Provinces.
IN
AN INTRODUCTION AND FOUR PARTS.
The Introduction
and Part
The Noun.
I.
9f
ALLAHABAD:
PBIXTBD AT THB IfQBTH-WBSTBBH PBOTINCBS
OFDH
AICD
Price, Rs. 2-8-0 (3
Qd).
-^7'
PBB1I.
NOTICE.
THE
present Fasciculus (the fourth) completes Part I
on the Introduction and the Noun.
Part II on the Verb
and Part III on the Particle have been previously

published.
These three Parts deal with the accidence
(inflection), the syntax,
and such etymological
processes.
as are peculiar to one of the three parts of speech, noun,
Part IV, treating of
verb and
particle.
common
two or three parts of speech,
to
Ibth August 1900.
M.
S.
still
processes
remains.
HOWELL.
NOTICE.
-ADDITIONS
AND CORRECTIONS TO ABBREVIA-
TIONS OF REFERENCES.
ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS TO CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.
Additions and Corrections to the Abbreviations of

References.
Whenever S says " I have heard
Last Prefatory Note.

trustworthy person
",
he means
AZ (NA.
the
173).
[This addition should be inserted after
(Nw. 210)".]
The Lexicological Monograph entitled An Nawddir

Sa'id Ibn Aus alAnsarl alKhazraji
fi -ILughat by Asfr ZAID
alBasri, the Grammarian and Lexicologist (d. 214 or 215 or
* AZ.
edited
216),
in
1294 by SA'ID Ibn
alMarum alLubnani from a
CU.
For
"Yazid
allladrami ", and for

After
Kais"; and read

*
Shaikh
autlior
names of the
MS
Majma'
own
" Zaid
read
";
and dele
in 1290.
written in 1099, the
Tahir
Bhk."
azZiyadi
".
a?Siddiki,
or 560".
On
its
Mugknl
alFataui
margin
(c.
is
952) by
(d. 981),
alBihdr, fixing the orthography of the
Traditionists,
and concluding with a section upon
the dates of the leading authorities on

Tradition,
to
Primer, the U.
alMuharibi, of the Muharib of
"Delhi" add "
Muhammad
of the
insert
675 by IMkrrn.
117 or 127
read
541 or 542 or 516
lithographed, from a
the
127
Ghalib "
After
IHjr.
alHadrami
his
ALKHURI
Allah
written in
The commentary of IM upon
IAI.
lAt.
MS
<Abd
from the Prophet
The Kadi Jamal adDm Abu -IFadl Muhammmad
IMkrm.
MUKARKAM
IBN
alAnsari alKhazraji
the
Secretary to
allfriki alMisri,
an-Najjari
[He waa
al
An sari
Madam
(b.
630, d. 711), author of the
a descendant of the
anNajjari, one of the
alMisri,
who was
aDd
Chancellery at Cairo,
afterwards President of the Council at Tripoli, the
and Lexicologist
arRuwaifi'i
Grammarian
LA.
Companion Ruwaifi' Ibn Thabit

Banu Malik Ibn AnNajjar al*
present at the conquest of
Egypt
in 20,
was appointed governor of Tripoli by Mu'awiya in 46, and died
in
56.]
IT. Insert
ya
asSaba'i
"
"
after
<Abd Allah", and
of AlMarJ-
" after " Grammarian".
The Sharif Aba Muhammad, or Abu-lMu'ammar,

Yahiya Ibn Muhammad IBX TABX-TABl aPAlawi alHusainJ,
ITT.
the
Grammarian and Philologist

* Jh.
The Sahah,
(d. 478).
often called the Sihah, of the Shaikh
Abu
Nasr Isma'il Ibn Hammad ALJAUHARi atTurki alFarabi, the

Lexicologist (d. 393 or 398 or about 400), printed in Egypt, with
the Marginal Annotations of
[See
the
last
MAJh
N,
in 1282.
in the Additions
and Corrections issued with
preceding Fasciculus, where this correction also should
have been included.]
LA.
The
great Lexicon
entitled
the
Lisan al'Arab, by
IMkrm,
*
MAE,.
Cawnpore
theSH".
Add
" * Also the

Marginal Annotation upon the
edition of the
Commentary by
the
same Author upon
Rk.
*
Insert
TA.
6.
371
".
The Tahdhib alAlfaz, being
the Kitab alAlfa? of
ISk, with the Tahdhib, or Critical Annotations, of T, edited,
with the Glosses of

Cheikho,
S. J., in
* Tsr.
In
I.
IK
on the text of ISk, by Father Louis
1896-8 A. D.
3 read " the
MAd, from
MS, and from
the
edition lithographed in Persia in 1285".
U.
tical
The
'
Umdat
Primer, by IM.
alHafiz wa,
'
Uddat
alLdfiz, a
Gramma-
Additions and Corrections to the Chronological List.
No.
4.
lAIdied
The prayer
AKB).
127
in
(MAB, ITB, BW)
at his funeral
in
was offered by Bital
Burda, Kadi of AlBasra, who was removed from
aud died soon afterwards
(AKB.
117
i.
If
115,452).
(NA,
Ibn Abt
office in
so, the
120,
proper
date seems to be 117.
"
No.
5.
Add
No.
8.
Insert
IAI
(4>" as a master of I Al.
"
IAI
(4)" as a master of
"
IAI
(4)" as a master of Y.
No.
10. Insert
No.
13.
No.
"
14. Insert
Read " AASli, pupil of

IAI (5)"
Akh.
MD (12), lived".
as a master of Kill.
Nos. 19, 20. Transpose these two numbers, making the necessary alteration in number wherever
"
Add
AZ (19)"
MIA
or *AZ
is
mentioned.
MIA.
as a master of
No. 23. After "74 years" add "or a few years more than 100".
The former
latter in
(4),
who
No.
iro.n
tin-
estimate of
I
Klin.
AMYd's
If, as
the
age
NA
is
found
.-fates,
in the-
INr. and the
he was a pupil of
IAI
died in 117 or 127, the latter estimate must bo adopt- d.

27.
He
iirst
learn!
llu;
A/
(1
1'r..
of S (NA); but not
iiuisirrs
Khl (B\V).
No. 28. Insert" pupil of
XM. 29. In-Tt " Ahnir (IS)" :unong
tin-
lt*n of
I'V.
No.
Ahmr
30. Insert
"
(18)" and
Fr
(29)"
the
among
mas-
of Lh.
ter*
33. Insert "
No.
No. 34.
MIS
Nr
among
died in 231 (lAth,
the masters of
BW, HKh):
age of 92, according to a story told in the
at the
case he was born in 140,
Fr
"
(21)
who was born
(29),
in
AUd,
232 (NA),
NA,
in
which
and should therefore be entered before
in 144.
No. 48. Insert " Zd (41)" among the masters of Mb,
BB (NA).
KK.
No. 49. The reporter of [poetry among] the
AT
No.
from
seems to class him among the
ii. 2C. )
(INr.
1Kb
50.
was a Kufi (NA)
context, to
its
mean
that he
But
but this observation appears,
was Kufi by
birth,
not in
doctrine.
Insert
57A
M IW (father),
|
lived
No. 61.
pupil of
50 years
Add
Th
(47) aud
...
...
"MYd
(53)"
Mb
to the
(48),
...
298
masters of Sul.
Insert
64A
I.W.
of Zj (51) and
"
IW
(57 A)
332
the masters of Kl.
No. 71.
lusert
No. 72.
Sf was born before 270 (INr, BW), probably a
mistake for 290.
84
(son), pupil
Zj (54)
Even
if
among
his age, at his death in 368,
in the
years, as is stated
lAth, IKhn,
which case he was born in 284, he was senior

in 288
was only
MAB,
and TKh, in
to Kl,
who was born
and therefore Nos. 71 and 72 should be transposed, the
necessary alteration in
number being made wherever Sf or Kl
is
vii
In the INr. n. 225, 233, the dates above mentioned
mentioned.
(b.
before 270, d. 368) are erroneously assigned to
Sa'id asSirafi alFali, author of a
whom
commentary on the Lubab,
the author of the INr. says in the
BW
as to
" I have not

come
of him/'
life
upon any
Muhammad Ibn
Insert
75A
Bd
Amd,
pupil of
Nf (57), and
AAS
No. 83.
IS
ID
died at a great age
Read "371
No. 101.
Insert
Add
(BM,
...
371
AWM).
450".
ASB
Ao. 104, note3.
(55),
...
(66)
No. 100.
Akh
Zj (54),
(51),
"
Ya'Kub Yusuf Ibn Ya'Kub
(84)" as a master of IB.
He
studied
alBasri,
Egypt under Abu
in
known
as Ibn
anNajirami, from Najiram, a ward in AlBa?ra, and
Khurrazadh
known
also as
Grammarian and Lexicologist (b. 345, d. 423), who

Egypt and learnt from Abu -IHusain 'All Ibn Ahmad
alBuhturl, the
settled in
alMuhallabi
(d. 335),
who was
a pupil of IKb's son
Aba
Ja'far
AJimad Ibn 'Abd Allah adDinawari alMaliki, Kadi of Mi?r

(d. 322), who was born at Baghdad, and studied there under his
father
1Kb
(50)".
No. 106. ISd was a pupil also of his own

pupil of
ABz
father,
who was
(79).
Insert
107
A Bd
|
ITT,
pupil of
Rb
(86) and
Thm
(98)
...
478
and
109
*
|
ABk,
pupil of
Mkk
(95)
...
...
494
viii
No. 112.
Read "431"
No. 116.
Insert " pupil of
No.
Insert
19.
No. 120.
To
ITT
"531".
for
ABk
(109 A)".
(107 A)" as a master of ISh.
If
nearly 90 (BM).
so,
IT
should precede
Md
(115),
No. 121.
Insert "pupil of ISB (116) ".
No. 123.
Add
No. 126, note
1.
H (118) "
Add
*Abd ArRahman Ibn
"
to the masters
He studied in Spain under Abu
Muhammad
known
of Jk.
Ibn
Ahmad
-IKaeita
anNafti, of Nafta
Ibn AsSa'igh, who entered Spain,

and became a pupil of lArb (125), and afterwards travelled in the
(a
town
East,
in Africa),
as
leaving Damascus in 518 on
No. 128.
Insert
No. 137. Insert
Through
pupil of
SKht
IBsh
(122)"
way back
IS
among
(66),
himself:
IS
(66)
to
Nafta,"
(1 17) ".
the masters of
these masters the grammatical pedigree cf
traceable in three lines to
F(73)
his
KIAmk
KIAmb
is
from information given by
Insert
137 A
A
|
IMd.i, pupil of lAt (128)
...
|
513592
and
147A
ITlh, pupil of Sub (133) and
IMu
(136)
545-618
aud
>
152A
Bd
ALB,
KIAmb
pupil of
No. 156.
Add
ITlh (147 A/'
No. 183.
For
172
" read
...
(137)
557629
to the masters of Shi.
171".
Insert
186A
*Jrb, pupil of
After " 723 " put
Xo. 190.
746
...
(172)
", the
number of
the
first
Note below.
Dele No. 196 and Note
2.
No. 199. Insert " lived nearly 88 years".
No. 201. Read "
*FA
and
MN
(Author of the)".
Insert
202A
M|
*IHjr
...
...
...
773-852
IHjr was pupil of IHsh's son Muhibb adDm Muhammad

Ibn *Abd Allah Ibn Yusuf alHambatf, the Grammarian
750,
(6.
d.
799),
who
studied under his father
diplomas from Sb (192) and
IA
(193).
IHsh
(194), aud received
CONTENTS.
Clll.
Page.
CHAPTER
XII.
THE NUMERAL NOUN.

31 3.
explanation of terms
Definition
tion between
num. and
each
in
num.
tXÎ
cX^lj
its
<j^'t
O
<X^>!^
with
and <jLo!
anomalous expression
jjLjLj't'
numerical exponent
superfluous for prcn. in du.

for pron. in pi.
314.
reason
sp<
cxcep-
'f
of this exception
of
a n.
by
numbered
specifying the genus
the
/era.
accompanied
generally
tion in case of
m&ms.
elementary
O "f.
of
derivation
scale
from
composite
peculiar pre-
pi.
elementary nums.
dicaments of nums.
number
distinc-
necessary
explanation of difference 1423
Predicaments of nums.
their
R's
gender
explanation of peculiarities in their gender
LgJ&o!
IHsh
Ixi^ VI. 161.
and
by
hitherto
assumed
mention
restricted
the
num.
gender
of
the
others
to
how
by Sfw
to
of
by
numbered
be mention <]
Mich
mention after
refutation of this restriction
num. when numbered
mentioned, but understood

nion
justified
Fk
gender
of
is
not
apparent opi-
num.
when
1426
CONTENTS,
CIV.
C*
understood numbered
theory of Sb
reference
his
latitude allowed
than
fern,
is
word other
allowability of
gender of
fern.
number
when numbered
num.
gender to
a pi.
is (1)
substantive or ep.
is
a collective generic n., or a quasi-pl.

exs.
n.
with such ns.
proper name
What nums.
need a
10
when
sp.
...
of nums.
\V)
from
their sp. is (a)"a collective

(b)
not such
peculiar treatment of JuLo as a sp.

O
1426
1442
to their
...
generic n., or a quasi-pl. n.
...
what nums. are pre.
sp.
(3)
do not, aud what nums. do,
Case and number of

to
exceptions
(4) of both genders
numbered
of.
auLo and oiJ! used as sp. for what

auLo written united with
(2)
im-
Bdd and Ks and Fr
according as sing,
num. when understood
gender in
opinions of the
(2)
dispute as to
*LjJ
be regarded
316.
pL>!
Sb on
criticism of
Nw
by
porting unrestricted
315.
word
St'f-
numbered
(2)
the
summary of his argument

to the opinions of S and
words of Z
actual
is (1)
from 11
to
99
its
num.
num.
explanation of a text
14421443
CONTENTS.
<3V
Page.
where
sp. is
from
able
apparently pi.
num.
its
of sucb
other apposs.
broken
pi.
from 3
to
sound
10 pre.
sound
sary
in other cases rare
*!&
to
II.
1454
10 mostly a
to
nums.
a sp.
weak when an
of multitude
pi.
Mb's opinion
228
to
explanation
IHsh and
andBD
The comp. nums.
pinion of
totswner
R
...
in
first
*S S
*-cLc
"
Lol
another explanation of
in
KK
-lie-able to
"*1
&iJl$
...
and
LuL>!
of
99
.*J>
cause of uninflectedness
member
uninflectedness
of
language of
...
'ij*.
nums.
10 when pre. to pi. of multitude
adopted by
the
first
member
numbered
what
nums.
such
its
pre.
prefixion
effect
on
member of comp.
of first member to second,
uninfloctedness of cadi
prefixion
exs.
num. sometimes
num.
1443
pi. then preferable or neces-
objections
and
...
of nums. from 3 to 10 when a pi.
sp.
in last
be an ep.
sound pi. in three
to
cases
from 3
and of
sp.
dispute as to
when
pi.
of paucity, and when a
318,
100 and
sp.
of nums. from 3
sp.
p.
for
num. may
whether p. of any
The
not separ-
number of ep. of sing.
1000
317.
(3)
sp.
14541457
CONTENTS.
cvi.
Page.
without prefixion of whole to something

else, said
mon
IM to
by
be disallowed by com-
of
assertion
his
consent
common
consent questioned
.,.
S"
319,
Treatment of j* of
of
y&e.
explanation of the
in composition
' ' '
of
of
and of
and of
like
KK,
of
<jUj
<j
>
without composition
Dm's
pt+z-
treatment of
last
jcÛj in composition
nion of
1461
iiL^-fc
* * *
of ji
1457
*s
)\y&J\
as noted
opi-
by IBr
such elision of <g not peculiar to poetry

analogous elision in other ns.
X
320.
Gender of
X
>
...
jj^^cLfc
and similar nuras.,
to
'
masc. gender universally predo-
^ytwo
except in two
minant in Arabic over fern.

'> '
cases, the
word ^(JUUG and the system of
fcm. here said by many
dating
dominate over masc.
to pre-
erroneous to regard
the system of dating as a case of predomi-
nance
demonstration
reason
why
true
case
masc.
this
the Arabs date
error
by nights
of predominance of fern, over
in dating
case of
of
condition requisite for a
predominance in gender
gender
1461
1465
CONTENTS.
evil.
Page.
of num. having
sps. of different
genders
number among such
distribution of the
explanation of such idioms
sps.
>
unit not
compounded with ^^xLfr and other nums.

00
predicament of A*aj
of
its cat.
0*
0-?
and KJUOJ
used
what decimal
with
numbers
321.
...
Uninflectedness of
O'x^
nums.
in enumeration
aud of letters of alphabet, and
Kjj-gAJu
the like,
when simply enumerated

names of
vars.
of the
infl.
ns. are orig.
letters
III. 1.
why
Fath of
not Kasr
322.
4\A-!
when
letters
when
numsu when
718.
and
meaning
&
X>
in *-U!
^r**r
^J
infl.
transferred
...
infl.
broken
use
pi.
o ^
assimilate ep.
modifications in
treatment of such names

to cat. of
when
except ejs. and
infl.
of names of
dial,
letters
names of
finals
14651471
change of the
tXÎ
and (5<XÎ preferred
in combination with
o
a decimal
num.
sometimes found
tX^-U
*
and
w^Lc
when
prc.
-use of
iX^
'
and (5<X>
<X^>U
of
14711474
CONTENTS.
CVlii.
Page.
O
when not
denote
'*
Jo!
x*
Jo! when
of
pre.
>
generality, in
rarely
non-aff. phrase
made
then
not pre., to
the
det.
neg.
a '
sometimes posterior to
of
this use
it
not found in a/, phrase
use of
f.
Jo!
Jo!^ and
6 x
denote generality
to
sjo!^
Hamza
on
of
Jo!
opinion of
denoting totality
G
xfi
Jo!
refutation of this opinion
sometimes
used as
'0,0
i.
q.
^-><X^Î <X^t and
1X2^
meaning of the
Jcs>^! <5<X^4
genders
x-ifÔ
in
two
these
words used like
in non-affirmation, to denote totali-
21 mentioned by
expressions
'
othtr
ty
explanation of
application to masc.
ex.
9 others by ISk
mo re by Kl
...14741483
...
323.
The num. how made
324.
Ordinals of nums. from 1 to 19

to 90,
latter
det.
...
and of 100 aud 1000
tiicms. coupled together
J483
1484
1485
1486
from 20
-of cardinal
act. part,
derived
,Co
from
Tiitms.
formation
its
one
nor Oof^
gender of
Jj^l not
G
R's opinion on
<X^.!^
act. part.
its
fern.
. . .
CONTENTS.
C1X.
Page.
325.
This
act.
ijw
and
how
part,
,
^^
used
etc.
...
...
A.
wwms.
Distributive
B
etc.
meaning of distributive
scholars
eo:s.
distributives used
not agreed upon
Arabs
the
by
statement of
of majority
AlMutanabbi's use of
o^
<X^!j
>
jjt<X=*j
Tiums.
IA
opinion
of KhA
'
,-
oW and ^!<X*
'
tX>!^
14861495
r,
325.
etc.,
"
JLÎ
and VÂW respectively
for
&
said
to occur in the sense of
325.
Dates
B.
1495
...
tX^!^
1498
reckoned by nights, not days
method of dating
to
month how expressed

number of v. used in
be complete
...
CHAPTER
Tin-:
326.
XIII.
ABBREVIATED AND PROLONGED NOUNS-.
Definition
of abbreviated
pronunciation,
not orthography, to be considered

!
(l)convertcd
(2)au0.
named abbreviated
ed
1498-
before final
T
ns. as
final
decl. n.
whrn
definition -f prolong-
Ilum/u
final
Ham/a
'
%Lo not named prolonged
-1501
CONTENTS.
CX.
Page.
&G
nor such as
and &L&
and *$+&
abbreviation and
ation regular or
327.
Unsound
n.
ns. so called
decl.
known by
in
ending
abbreviation regular
328.
Second kind
329.
Third kind
its
of prolonged
exs.
by Fr
its
15031505
1506
...
1507
KK,
of abbreviat...
disallowed,
allowed
unrestrictedly
drawn by Fr
1508
his opinion refuted
prolongation of abbreviated
tion
1503
regular
...
A. Abbreviation of prolonged
majority of
kind
1502
abbreviation or prolonga-
ed
cases,
...
...
known by hearsay
some
prolong-
additional exs.
prolongation
tion
in
^y&
hearsay
first
exs.
additional exs.
exs.
329.
its
and
ps.,
abbreviated or pro-
indecl. ns. not ealled
longed only
~'&\
vs.,
by
distinc-
disallowed by majority
of BB, unrestrictedly
able, unrestrictedly
apparently allowopinion of
1Kb
IW
and
,
15081511
CHAPTER XIV.
THE NOUNS CONNECTED WITH VERBS.
330.
"
Meaning of tbe description connected with
verbs
"
classification
of these ns.
1512
CONTENTS.
0X1.
Page.
THE
331.
accident
Definition
n>'s
INFINITIVE NOUN.
eonfonnabiiity
to
conformability
meaning of such conformability

definition of inf. n.
why named
BB
in
inf. n.
according to
KK
tril.
unangmented
(1) the
forma-
prevalent
formations
other
crafts or offices
form
its
tions
KK's
of
refutation
names of inf. n.
other
opinion
and qual.
v.,
s<X3je
the
(2)
perfect
originality or deri-
vativeness of inf. n.,

G x
inf.
alternative
v.
SJLxi in
or.
xJjb ar occa-
regular
6 ^
Jlw in fright and excitement
sional var,
sounds
in
ns.
denoting time,
inf. n. in such cases

O '
O ^^
JljLs
and JLju
in
or
sounds
and, with
">
9^
^ ^ ^
r,
-^*j
'
>
und kJlxi
JlaJ
^--^
non-inf.
JL*3 in brands
non-inf. ns.
^^Jii and
9^09
o^--x
motion
in
ailments
f.
>
season, for act
Oo^
Jaj
JUULS, in
'^
and, with JL*J
in
>
JLj
in violent
n s*
and
Jjii
and
and JULS
9
auL*3
in
colors
Jji3 in defects
'
'
'\'
anrl iLLni in
position of act
n ^x
>
in
superfluity
Jju
in
ailments
CONTENDS.
CXU.
Page,
regular inf. n. of trans. JOL
that
assertion
it is
not regular
when
S and Akh
other
allowable, according to
condition
opinions
'
intrans.
J^xs regular inf.

a
"
Fr
opinion of
'
'
Jlx3
JL*3
i
s
of
O ^
intrans. Jjt3
^
> >
Jjw
and
Jjii
" '
the
in
prescribed,
^
Tashil, in case of Jdti
of
or
Juuti and
Jux3
>
Juti sometimes combined, sometimes sepaH"
or
^.1*3
9
aLyji regular
s-
most prevalent measures
inf. n. of Joti
s
n. of
in inf.
'"'*
"n"
9<
aUUi
rate
>
rule in inf.
Jkjii
<r i.
Ox
irregular ^?i/.
Juii
of Joii
x^^
Jaw as inf. n. of Joui
Jjt3 as inf.
Sx>
JOLJ
Tis.
Ox
Oxx
xx''
Ox^
Fr's opinion on v^-Lc,
Jj**
>^*>
&Ajt3
also
JLC.L&
X
not in/.
9>*x
>Y
J*i
i.
Jjjuut
>x
i.
q.
XO "
JyuLo
tril.,
and
^j>
>x,ox
(j^Jj
Oxx
and Jot3
&JLxJ
i.
q.
these measures
...
...
332. Inf. n. of augmented
and
*>
>xx>
,
some of
&XjLLo
n.
q.
JOLJ
Jot* as in/. ?.
of Jow
O'x
of
n.
Ox
>
...
and of unaugment-
ed and augmented quad.
each conjiig.
15131529
tJONTENTS.
CXlii.
Page.
provided with appropriate form of inf. n.

such forms
reducible to one rule
all
whereby regular inf. n. may be known

when v. is known irregular inf. n9. more
notorious in some conjugs.
regular inf. ns. confined to
JLx3
hearsay in some conjugs.
some conjugs. irregular

tion
classificatinn
commensurable,
quad.
(2)
(a)
exceeding 3
vs.
and
with
coordinated,
tril.
commensur-
coordinated, with quad.
'S.-
and commensurable
adjLaJj
which
inf.
7i.*
anomalous
Sc
JU3
Q s
v>!tX
simple substantive
^\"
"
-^
jLftA*
ss
aaid
(a)
to
ang. <&
non-
(o)
'
be
' '
its
J^tLs
O
kJUUx> and Jlxi

(3)
augmented
incommensurable with quad.

with
in
is
Juts and Jljuu said to
>
fcljjo
when J
used
Q a
J^yuu
(b) Joi3
opinion of S
Hamza
>
distinction between coordinated
Juul
and
tril.
augmented
(1)
augmented
able, but not
of
sole inf. n.
detailed explana-
of
of
inf. ns.
letters
than regular
(a)
be anomalous
JOIA>
(6)
tril.
beginning
*
CONTENTS.
Page.
anomalous
~~inf. ns. of such
(b) conj.
** '
cs
exs.
â a
oLb! and v*^!
vs. as
unaugmented quad, and
(4)
Hamza
its
coordinates
O '
instances of Jôu in non-reduplicated
0^0
O x
>^
Q X
_LsO
aULUj and
JLftxa*
0x0
<-
only in reduplicated
O ^
J^JLJ an
JÂJ
o. f.
'
and J^JL$
0x0-
0^0
-in/. 71,
usual meaning of
a simple substantive
9 s
JUy^
G^
Oô
or Jôta and Jôti both i?i/. ws.

-- X
'
and iLoJuJ'
(5..
or quad, beginning with
augmented triL
^ of quasi-passi^ '
vity
on measure of
tions
effect
XX
JJjtAJJ
forma-
of unsoundness of J
(6)
augmented qiâd. on measure of (a)

Cxx*
9 oôxo
9x i?-^ >
^JjtAAÎ __ (b) JJju!
and
kxAJUb
**x
x
*'
...
333.
TVi/.
ti.
with
on measure of
S
(1) JJIAX> .sometimes

O ox
of femininization
inf. n. of
(2)
JOIA* regular as
unaugmented triL
pass.
exceeding 3
par.
letters
vowel of
pas*, part,
of
its
i>.
used as inf. n., n. of
time, and n. of place inf. n. on measure

9~ o x
of JjJiA/o rare
disallowed by S* 'his ex-
1529-^1545
CONTEXTS.
CXV.
Page.
O s
planations of apparent instances
and &.<Xa>o
J
with the
all
part., in
plicable as d.
act.
these exs., otherwise exinf. n. used in sense of
s.
act. or pass. part.
in such cases
its
gender and number
presence otherwise ex-
its
by suppression of a pre.
plicable
&*jX/o
(3)ac. part.~exs.
some of
'
on measure of x-Lc-U
inf. n.
>
n.
use of
inf. n. as act. or pass. part, hyperbolical
334.
held by
JLnAJ*
of unauginented
n. of
of
not regular, though
tril.
KK
to be orig.
Juw
S's opinion preferable
as an inf. n.
when an
and non-inf.
...
...
its
conjugs.its)
N. un.
and iuuJ
sense
...
(5^*^ not regular
^Âx-Lf^
** **
*->Lo|
n.
15591561
an inf. n. in what
exs.
prolongation of
Ox
336.
^j
instances of JLub* in inf.
(5-^*^
vowel
inf. n.-
iUUj
\j^^
O ^
335.
an inf.
&*
initial in JtxAJ'
ns.
1559
to be an intensive inf. n.
and by
frequent
1545
its
disputed
f
^^'"^
and seUJ
^ tf
properly XAJ!
un. from unaugmented
whose inf. n. contains
...
>"
opinion of
tril.
IH
15621563
CONTENTS.
CXV1.
Page.
ofZ
ofS
of
of
IM ofBDand
how
un.
n.
general inf. n.
tril.y
n. un.
mented
other than unaugment-
n. un. evidence that inf. n. of
tril.
whole
when
indicated
on measure of xjti
is
how formed from v.

ed
IHsh
trans, or intrans.,
is
orig. JJLS
how formed from quad,

having two inf.
tril.
and n. mod.
or aug-
ns.n.
really sorts of inf. n.
un.
n. un.
confined to what indicates physical action 1563
337.
N. mod. from unaugmented
how
when
indicated
'
n.
general inf. n,
mod.
on
is
measure of k-uti
or
when
v. is
not an
anomalous from non9 ^

9^0
^
xJLxi sometimes
.meaning of &AJU
unaugmented
il %
not a
338.
tril.
7t.
trii.
un. t nor
**j
a n. mod.
' *'
|
Inf. n. of Joti unsound in J
...
extraordinary exception
R's opinion
inf. n. of Joii!
unsound in g
how formed
''
of-
and
<i
,,0
JOIAXA*.!
dispute as to
letter elided
omission of compensation for
elided letter
omission allowed in inf. n. of
Jjtit
xxxO
1569
explanation
dispute as to letter elided

x*
1567
how formed
of exception
^'fjr
1567
^SBx
and JdLaJu*,!-not in inf. n. of Jots
difference between
them
poetic license
...
15691572
CONTENTS.
CXVlL
Page.
339.
Ns. that govern like the

" TW." here reason for
inf. n,
meaning of
v.
beginning with
inf. n. like v. in government
and
intrans.
its
augmented inf. n. like im-
government
in
angmented
of
character
Zrans.
differences
government
between inf. n. and
v.-
dispute as to inf.
governing a pro-ag. in the noin.~
n.'s
inf. n.
pro-ag.
not altered
when
ccnditiona of
its
op, inf. n* must be sing.
why
adopted by
IM
attributed
ta
governmentthis condition
states
of op. inf. n.
comparative frequency and validity of

its
government when
it is
(2) pre. to the obj.
ag.
with
Tanwm
(4)
(1) pre. to the
(3)
pronounced
synarthrous
distinc-
tion between pre. and synarthrous
gov-
ernment of fiynarthrous inf. n. in Kur

disputes as to
.when
pre.
government of inf. n. when

pronounced with
when synarthrous
constructions employ-
ed with pie. inf. n.

$ 340.
its
appo.
Government of
its
time
...
...
Inflectional place of n. post, to inf. n.
of
341.
Tanwm
apportion
to
case
inf. n. not conditional
difference,
in
15721591
...
on
this respect, be-
15911594
CONTENTS.
CXviii.
Page.
tween inf. n. and
1595
pron., and (2) precedence of reg ....... 1595
1601
...
...
Inf. n. not (1) preceded

(2) separated
expression^
from
its
...
its
by
re</.
by extraneous
reg.
supposed instances of
of
of precedence
such constructions
separation by extraneous expression
suppressed
(3)
opinion of
whilst
on
(1)
its
Sd
by extraneous expression
by understood
of
its
reg.
nor
remains
precedence of reg.
the truth, according to
iitf.n.
nor
"
"
meaning of extraneous and
" non-extraneous "
342A.
of
cause
pirt.
1594
difference
342.
act.
inf. n.
(2) separation
(3)
government
predicaments of
occurring as substitute for expression

v.y
in respect of (1) assumption of
Quasi-inf. n.
defined
by
IM
formaO
tions
excluded from definition
fclioA
government of quasi-inf.
op. quasi-inf. n. defined

fication
rare
IM
*.
by IHsh
TI.
classi-
of quasi-inf. Tt.its government

opinion of
allowability disputed
of author of Basit
THE ACTIVE
343.
'
Act. part, defined

parts, excluded
PAKTICIPLE.
illustration
from
1601
...
some
this definition
act.
act.
1605
CXix.
CONTENTS.
Page.
of origination
part, often not denotative
definition given in Tashil
mation of
act. part,
tril.
trans,
of
Aud
in
unaugmented
(1)
I*"
(a)
or
intrans.
"*
Jô
of unaugmented
s
J^J
exceptional act. parts, of Jjii

real act, part,
and
+**
(tyintrans. Jou, and
trans. JJL*
part,
'
Joii,
* +
>
for-
only
tril.
act.
(2) v.
other
9 O
>
**(
why named JÛJ!
*
^ *
I
than unaugmented tril. exceptional act.

',**
anomalous Kasr of
in
parts, of Jou!
^
ac. pari. said
to be
sometimes (I)
in sense of pass. part.
(2)
on measure of
JJLÔ
government of
pass, part.
precedence of
all
its reg.
part.
government of
cause* fcf its
complements
intensive
its
act.
government
illustrations
paradigm
government of intensive paradigm

ditions of
its
government
showing precedence of
oexOx*
of J Lxs
JLjiAX)
reg.
n
and
o^
exs.
ex.
government
frequent
"
9 '
of
of Juoui and Jot3 rare
Ox
O ^
of JOL>
con-
J^Jti
?
Jlxi even regular
much
rarer than of Juuti

X
exs.
O X
additional ex. of Jjii
government of
first
opinion of Jr
3 paradigms allowable,
CONTENTS*
CXX.
Page.
BB
by common consent of
of
last
juxs and
two disputed
transmuted from
not
government
act.
o
JL*i
often intensive form of JJLO*
Juuii
"
i.
q.
not intensive ^government of all 5
formations disallowed by
arguments of
allowable
IBdh
precedence
of
meaning drawn by
between
act.
their
act. part.
these paradigms
some formed
...
...
...
Government of
ace.
distinctions in
not formed from non-tril.
;M
in truth,
opinion of
their
and intensive parfidigms
from
KK
BB
equality in intenstwfrieffs
344.
J^
part.
>
when
part,
and
16061623
intensive
paradigm when not sing. (1) of du. and

sound pi. exs. (2) of broken p. e#s.
'
""
such government frequent in jLtj^j

elision
(1)
of ,j of du. and sound
from
synarthrous act. part, governing (a)
the ace.
(b)
the gen.
(2)
part, governing the ace.

345.
pi.
'exs.
anarthrous act.
...
...
Conditions requisite for government of ace.
by
act.
or pass. part.
government of
ace.
act. or pass. part.
disputes as
by dim. or
to
qualified
government of ace. by
1623
1626
CXXl.
CONTEXTS.
Page.
OS
net. part.
where
conjoined with J!
(\}
an adv.
is
obj.
government of ace. by
^
with J!
(2)
ex.
controversy on
act. part,
-
denuded of J!
conjoined
condition
of time required for government of

reason
when
prefixion necessary
past
act. part,
government of second
allowed by some in sole or

troversy on
its
denotes
obj.
ace.
first obj.
con-
case of other
allowability
obja.
government of nom. by
ârt.
no condition of time needed for
such government
dition
act. or pass,
dispute as to
nom.
so
controversy as to whether con-
governed
of support
needed
is
...
government
346.
condition
prescribing this
for
aec.
for such
...
...
16261637
Condition of support required 'for gcvern**-
meni of ace. by
act.
part denuded of Jl
voc. p. not a support
ing this condition
reason for prescrib-
support upon suppress-
IM's theory of such support

part, is enunc. OF d. s. sup-
ed qualified
when
act.
port upon
supplied
eupports referred to
ed ac. jxir.
ed by
ed
ill"/*.
KK and
Akli
interrog.
by
it-
Mi
supplied
unsupport-
ôvonnncnt allow-
tl:< ir
opinion refut...
...
1G37
cxx.
Pag*.
346A.
Prefixion of act. part.
to
its
or
obj.
pred.~ ace. or gen. allowable in obj. immediately following op. act. part.
ace. necessary in other obj a.
one contingency
able in
gen. allow-
gen. necessary
in obj. immediately following
part.
ace.
act.
inop.
other
in
necessary
exs.
ofr/s.
opinion of Bf as to what governs them in

ace.
choice of case (ace. or gen.) allowed
only in explicit n.
opinion of
to ace. part.
Hsh
when
act.
case of pron. attached
of
Akh
and
comparative merits of acc.&ndgen.,

choice allowed
part,
from
its
separation of pre,
obj.c&se of
post,
appo*. of obj. governed in gen. by act.
qual.
ace.
ex.
part.
is
inop.
and gen.
when
comparative merits of ace.
in appos.
sense of past
allowable even
when
and when
act. part, is
in
act. part, is in
sense of present or future.
ex.
of ace.
dispute as to whether op. of ace. should
be supplied
op.
and, if 50, then what sort of
qual. preferable to
syllepsis
v.
gen. preferable
ace.
v.
supplied for ace. .when act. part,
really
must be
is
inop.
aec. better in ant. after op. act. part.
dispute as to allowability qf g$n. in appos.

of ace.
16121649
CONTENTS.
CXXlil.
Page.
346B.
Tho
prep.
used as support
ment of self-trans,
to
govern-
act. part, or inf. n.
v.~
allowable after act. part., not after
opinion of
Mb
on allowability after
v.
the prep. LJ sometimes used aa support
THE PASSIVE
347.
Pass. part, defined
(1) plastic, att. t
v.
measure of
of pass. part, of
no
aor.
but
when
tril.
act. or pass.
paw. part, of
its
another
illustration
unaugmented
c or J unsound
aplastic
PARTICIPLE.
formation
definition
...
part, of
tril.
still
not on
quasi-con-
formable
o
its
jjtfljo
Q
i.
q.
J-utJ as a substitute
to its v.
'
>J
regularity disputed
government of
^ JJLo
denied by
augmented
IM
(2)
v.
other than un-
such
whether
tril.
this
v.
be
'
trans, or intrans.
oyuo- pass. part.
' "
s
*
o
*> ^
of UAJL^J
Juvxi as a subst itute for J.JLAXJ
s
pass. part, of intrants,
formation
v.
of pass. part, from (rans. and intrana.

9
-+-pas6.
x-o
part, why named JytAÎ
^1
not to inf.
pass. part, applicable to adv.,
w.
government of jwss. part.
condi-
1649
1650
CONTENTS.
Page.
tions
of
its
condition of
government
time prescribed only by moderns

fixion of
part,
pass.
with
coordination
to
and
language here
pass.
act.
in Tashil
by
sucli
ep.
IM's
part.
when improper
part,
nom.
its
assimilate
prefixion not allowable in
pre-
prefixion of
and when
'
pass. part, on measure of
proper
JujU
or the like, not coordinated with assimilate
v>jo
or
THE ASSIMILATE EPITHET.

348.
Assimilate ep. denned by

9
'
jLs^
O s ^
<>
vj-***^
no other
^S^5
criticised
BD
except in-
definition of
intended
by
BD
is
in-
IM
definition suggested
by
sense of continuing in assimilate ep.
opinion of
its
no?.
IM
and pass. part, when conti-
it
is
ky
when continuance
trans, act. part.,
nuance
by IHsh
'
v^**^^
ep. pre. to its
tended by
IH
'
regularity
shape of assimilate ep.

its
measures
s-
'
quent in oonjug. of Jjw
this ep.
9
'
v*- ^
4
fre*
-f-
anc*
'Of.
<-^-*t
'
assimilate ep. on measure of jj^*3
from
16511661
CONTENTS.
CXXV.
Page.
conjug. other than Juts

not conformable to
^
to
wherein
its
it
its
mat-
act.
part.
condition of support
government
nom. and
government
it
resemblance
its
participates with
government
reason of
Its v.
ua^! and jjLydi
ac. par.
ters
assimilate ep.
nature of
ace.
its
governed by
such ace. assimilated to direct

obj.
cop.
required
in reg. of assimilate
ep.
or
\
*ay!
349.
"-supplied or constructive cop.
16621675
Matters wherein assimilate ep. differs from

act. part.
350.
...
...
...
...
16751682
Reg. of assimilate ep. sometimes an attached

pron.y prominent
or
latent
classifica-
tion of connected reg. really or
virtually
cases of reg.
72 con-
governed
in ace.
possible
allowable
8 being bad
40 good
synoptic
pron.
table
and
of the 72 con-
when a
prothesb when disallowed
constructions added to 72,

total
15 weak
constructions of reg.
structions
G3
disallowed
structions
number
really
making 75
14,25G
sometimes treated as assimilate
substantive
eft.
...
16831696
CONTENTS.
CXXVi.
Page.
so*
THE
351,
This
9
JLJ! or SUPERIORITY.
should rather be called
defined
so*
of excess
Joi3|
declension
its
formed from intrans. and
its
shape
trans.'
only
from such vs. as vs. of wonder are formed

from
of
expressions
formed from such
morphous
352.
v.
vs. as
from
letters
from
Jjti!
lyive
of wonder
pret. v.
From
*.
...
16*98
exceeding
indicative of color*
vs.
1697
upon measure of
internal defects
353.
no homo-
...
from
Irregular formations
how
superiority
...
substantive or ep. having no v.
or
...
16981702
...
17021703
9
.
354.
This
ag.
Jjtsl regularly .deno tea
355.
of obj.
occasionally
.
Its states
v.
its
superiority of
its
...
construction,
(1)
arthrous and aprothetic
it
ijjo
before
it
it
separation of
combination of this
Jjjo
when an-
v. that
precedence
from
J^
with the
9
by whose means the

from is made tram.
...17031704
dispute as to
sense of f* conjoined with
of
formation
...
^t^
**
Jjwt
is
formed
participation of gen.
governed by comparatival
J^
in accident
CONTENTS.
CXXVll.
Page.
denoted by root of
ironical
v.
comparanot comparatival
sometimes
Jô
tive
>s<>f
(2)
when synarthrous or
Joii!
pre.
Js-o-6.
when
and when
indet.f
del.
JJLJ!
periority always used with
thear.,or
not being deprived of
prothesis
sense of art. with
356.
JJQ,
of su-
all three
nor having two
it
of the three combined
...
...
17041713
number and gender
...
...
17131717
Its
357.
Suppression of
^JJQ
tive frequency
with
its
compara-
t/erz..
of such suppression in vari**#
ous constructions
Jou! sometimes divest-
ed of sense of superiority
of
regularity
this
dispute as to
number
usage
'
gender of Jowl when so used
,*
>6f
J^l
like
and
S
><S
(3x*l
its
J5
^y
9,^
declension
JjSt
>&*
construction
obscure
of
and
Tanwin and
J^l
its
qualificativity
generally
disregarded
when introduced
sign of gen.
.
into
it
>C* O '
Lfr
tion
Jjf
when uninfl. upon
Juo
or
Jjl
explained by S
00
and
Pamm
'*
>
u^l
the latter construc-
and by
,6,-t.
^ ^
J;
6 f.
J;
,,,
17171727
CONTENTS.
CXXVIH.
Page.
>
358.
*-!
Â
suppressed from
words
'
359.
qualified
&
what
treated as a substantive
ber
it
by
of
sort
...
17271729
...
sometimes anarthrous
^yJÎ and ^JLs\J!

- o
and aprothetic
^-Ls>Jf
num-
gender and
superiority obliterated
of
sense
it
>
<S
Ly jJ|
orig. an e>.
feu
an inf. n.
tplanations of L^jti'L
XX^
-^
-^J
360.
Jots! not like v.
nom.
in
>
.j
government
not governed by
^ o*
unless Juts! be replaceable

>
same sense
its
case of
>
in
additional exa.
nom. sometimes &pro-ag.
modifi-
from
tradition
construction
ex.
not found in Iur
heard only after negation
dispute as to
allowability after prohibition
or interro9
gation
v.
reason for
J^xXJl
cations of construction
this
by
government in this case

such
expressed
except in rare
it
latent
in every dial.,
nom. governed by
and without
sOf.
Jjii!
restriction
1s**
direct obj. in ace. not
governed by Jju!
>x*
nor ace. assimilated
to
direct obj.
JJLS!
17291732
Page,
tnade trans,
of
wonder
construction
of Jmi!
v.
by prep.
x*
>
treated
similarly
>^*
formed from doubly trans*
made
unrestricted,
2nd
to
t-*ans.
by prep.
obj.
causative,
not
Jou!
v.
and concomitato
-
not
objs.
in
governed
ace.
adv., cfe.,and sp. governed
THE NOUKS
361.
by
in ace*
op TIME AND
-want of
Their application
them
their
Vowel of their
-~-their
measures
Damm
o
formation
of
by
it ...
1732
1743
PLAC&
government*
object of using
pronounced with
J*s!
formations-
why
irregular
'
not
9 9
'
JutA* from JOLOJ (a) in
of(l)
j)lnce
of Jjw-o
9^^
iUlax>
JÛ> and
from
(2) Jjt
362.
The
(b) in addition to
O"x-
w^^
cj,
sometimes affixed to these ns.
Tho foregoing all

tril.
17441747
in addition to Joi
-such affixion not regular
363.
*Â
...
...
1747
1749
17*9
1750
applicable to unaugmented
formation of these tW. from aug-
mented
tril. t
and from quad.
reason of
their oonformability to pass. part.
...
CONTENTS.
CXXX.
Page.
364.
aUlxA* formed from prim, substantive, to

indicate
6 s
slxô
tion peculiar to tril.
sU&o
forma-
this
abundance~-'&*-jy*
or
5^.svx
coordinated with
this aUjL4x>
of
-ras.
but not regular xJuuuo

Juijj,
9 * sOs
O O
aLuuw not formed from
part. J^LA*
place
act.
more than 3 rada.
substantive of
and
&iJiuuo
like
Ox-Ox,
SuJjCuo and
ibJijuo
"
not
actually
yjjuuo used
*Juuo
XJlxJuo
abundance
to denote cause of
No
o Jixx, and the
9'xox,
heard
365.
and
v^.JLaJuo
&Jjuuo
1750
...
1754
government exercised by n. of time or

apparent instance of such govern-
place
ment
...
17541755
THE INSTRUMENTAL NOUN.

366.
Definition
O
'
loose
application
of term
formation of instrumental n.
its
measures
JLLxi*
"
s
contracted
Joo^ said
to
be
from JljJuo
*
vowel
of*
I
...
...
1756-1757
CXXX1,
CONTENTS.
Page.
O>">
367.
Anomalous formations
JjLix>
,-
and
explanation of these measures

in
x-l*Ax>
distinction
meaning between them and measures
pronounced with Kasr of *
...
...
1758
1759
CHAPTER' XV.
THE TRILITERAL NOUN.
368.
The
unaugmeuted and augmented
n.
of
formations
to
greatest
controversy as
n.
number of aug.
and quin.
quad,
letters
decl.
allowable
in
each
number
of
letters
menled and
formation
in
unaug-
augmented ns. respectively

not taken
certain augs.
theoretically
account
into
formations of unangmented
formations
rad.
but
possible
one formation neglected, and one

09
0>
instances of
it
statement
to dial, of
mented
369.
tril.
Jot3
rare
>
to
others
some
meaning of
such variations preculiar
Tamim
formations of aug-
...
"
Meaning of "augmented
mentation
rare
>
Jjti not neglected
measures reduced
this
dlx=>.
Jjts neglected
12
tril.
classification
...
...17601770
object of aug-
of augment
,.,
1770
1771
CONTENTS.
-GXXxiL
370.
other
Homogeneous augment
former regular, and latter
371.
Number
confined
...
of letters in augment
of augment
to
...
...
hearsay
augs.
17711772
positions
1772
augment separated or united

...
17721774
...
1774
1775
...
1775
1777
...
17771778
augments separated by the vj
...
17781779
Two
augments separated by the
...
1779
378.
Two
augments separated by the J
...
17801781
379.
Two
...
1781
380.
Two
381.
Two
augments separated by the ^J,
382.
Two
augments united before the u3
383.
Two
augments united between the
384.
Two
augments united between the
385.
Two
augments united after the J
386.
Three augments separated
387.
Three augments united before the
388.
Three augments united between the
372.
Single augment before the vj
373.
Single augment between the u> and the
374.
Single augment between the
375.
Single augment after the
376.
Two
377.
...
and the J
...
o and
and J
,
...
1783
...
1783
and J
17831784
...
1784
^ and
and J
...
..
.,.
1780
1784
1785
1785
1787
1787
1791
1791
1792
and
...
1792
CONTESTS.
cxxxiii.
Page.
after the
389.
Three augments united
390.
Three augments dispersed, two being united,
and one separate

391.
Four augments
...
17921793
...
...
...
17931795
...
...
1795
CHAPTER XVI.
THE QUADBILITERAL NOUN.
392.
G^ >
JJjt3
Formations of unaugmented quad.

>
**
>
48 forma-
no JJjii or JJjti
disputed
tions possible
by analogy, but none found
other than those mentioned
above
added by some qq
second or third
of quad, quiescent
apparent instances to
contrary
letter
such formations not original
formations of augmented quad.

393. Classification of augment
letters
greatest
mented quad.
...
single
Single
395.
396.
397.
Single
augment
after the
in
1800
its
aug-
augment before the
-.
394.
augment
number of
number of letters
1796
...
o
first
after the last
...
1800
...
...
1301
...
...
18011802
...
1S02
1803
18031804
CONTENTS.
CXXX1V.
Page.
398.
Two
augments separated
...
...
18041805
399.
Two
augments united
...
...
18051806
400.
Three augments
...
...
1807
...
CHAPTER
XVII.
THE QUINQUELITERAL NOUN.

*
401. Formations of unaugmented

quin.
added by IS
tion
found
upon
in
plained
' s
(j**^*.*v
and
TI.
variations er-
" ^
jiiiflJL?
explained in Tashil
formation
letter
tions of
its
rest
aggregate of measures agreed
unaugmented
>
how
measures added by
192 formations possible, but
others
not
forma-
no
variations
sea;,
rad.
augment in quin. only a single

nature and position forma-
augmented quin.
...
..
18081813
CHAPTER
XII.
THE NUMERAL NOUNS.

The num.
313.
which
that [expression (Jin)]
is
(IH)J
\ii.
applied to denote the numerical quantity of
is
the units
of things
(IH, Fk),
single or collected together (Jm).
whether those units be

So says
IH
(Fk).
"things" are the objects numbered
"units" are each of them,

n. is applied to
which
pi.,
is
denote specified number, contrary to the

denote
to
applied
these ns. separately
ments not belonging

[to
(WIH, Jm) and fheir

one by one (Jm). The num.
an
unspecified
The reason why [Z followed
(R).
which
all
The
that they
is
by]
(R)] of these
[though
725.,
mentions
have peculiar predica-
The elements
any others (Jm).
to
IH
number
infinite,
are reduQ' ^ '
cible (R),] consist of twelve words,

J^!j one to a^&s. ten,
f
ioLo
a hundred, and
contains
nine
*f.
oil!
a thousand (M,IH).
Each scale
numbers, the units being nine numbers,
and the hundreds nine numbers;

thousands arc deduced from them, i. e., derived
the tens nine numbers,

wliilr tin-
from
tin-
tlnv' smlrs. brin^
thousand--,
thousands
hundreds
to
derived tVon,
infinity
(head
of
thousands,
(IY).
M.
\\.
U ;i(t.< of thousands, tens of
And
Jm) by
184
and
tlic
(1)
//.'<m.w/,W.s
Of
other rtuws, arc

du:ili/:iti.n,
like
1424
two hundred and ^lllUwo thousand
'
+~
lization, like
&)+& twenty
Jm) and
(R,
(2) plura-
its fellows,
which
^lo
are co-ordinated with the pi. [234] (R); and like
hundreds and
ui^J!
fclU three
^.'JLftl
thousands
Jm)
and twenty [320]
hundred; and similarly
pU '&L\
[210, 308]
(5)
thousand one
[below] and
its
fellows,
compo-
(4) prothetic
(6)
affixion of the
[322]
JL^!^
y&e.
?Lus
of femininization, like
(7) rejection of
Ox
[31^] (Jm).
like
composition,
synthetic
and ,jlHj| [below]

sju^C
^
*
*
is
it,
like
XJb
a n. occurring in
language in two ways, (l)as a substantive, being
the
&sA
S5LJa$ [316] (R, Jm) and o$lT itUJ three thou-
sition, like
*AJ>
coupling, like
(R, Jm), iuLoj
ioLo o?ie
because they are orig. coupled (R)
to
(3)
Ox
"f-
a hundred and one, and oUlj
sand (R)
name
proper
for
this
quantity,
like
the rest of
s * s
the
nums.
(2)
as an ep., derived from StX^ unity
occurring as a genuine
fern.,
when
XXXI.
27,
it
.BwJ
one being [314].

of the substantive
and
*&xt
t>.te|
ep.,
follows
as IV.
a
the
And
they use
,
as
as
/^w.,
Z?fte
iXa-tj
169.
creation
<X&.!
^^^^
eleven [above],
i.
q.
[2]; and
StX^tj
^
made
^JtJS ^f
and resurrection of
[322] in the sense
O^Ll twenty-one [539]
i03v&<)
^^-U one and
and ten [210, 308].

twenty and SÂA!
d^!/one
'
s '
As
for
1425
because
Hamza
the
it is
at its
curtailed of the J like

,
like
beginning
fern,
their quantities, as
v'y>'
its
the thing
J being
;
while
a quasi-compensation for
is
like
^Gu3! [307],
&}>[
The nums.
(IY).
the
are
denoting the [genera (IY)
order to indicate
in
[265],
us.
^Lb]
is
^GcL [277,667]
generally conjoined with
numbered
^^ I bent
from *^jl
And the
the elided.
or ^Gcli
it is
295],
i,
genera and
*^ three garments,
ten dirhams. Kilo ~cLD

^) "*J
+
>
>
^j
twenty men,
*>s
<
<XaJ|
eleven dln&rs,
iuLo
a hundred dirhams
[314],
ff.
and
,9
oU! a thousand garments: except tX^!^ and ûS! for
v^y?
'*'**
you do not say JU^ <Xs^ nor

,
jv*Kt>
to!
but express the
O >'
generic n. in the sing, or d#., as

(IY)] and <jSU^
sion (M).
>
pair
For
^V^x
the
men
a man
[in the c?w.
[in the sing.
(IY)], effecting
two indications together by means of one expres-
the
"
^w;o
J^
w>o
me
J^
man
imports genus and unity, and
imports genus and making one into a
so that there is no need
numbered
to
combine the num. and
whereas, in the case of the
rest,
number
andr/ercusare not imported, except from the num. and the
numbered
together,
because kiij three imports number

O "
without genus, and jL)* wen imports genus without number; so that, if
you intend
to
import both, you combine the
U2C,
And he
two words (Aud).

^x
say
"*
says
People
5 >
/ met them
l+^/ujiJ
U..gAJut
that
discarded rule (M).
the
[228,315] acts upon
two, the two of them,
by
*^z&> p4***J I m et them, the three of them,

misunderstanding both idiom and analogy, and failing to
to
analogy
For the
recognize the difference between the two phrases.
Arabs say, in the case of two, U.$4*/ 1 met them two, without
O
expounding ihzpron.
/ met
but, in the case of
them, the three of them,
mam/,
^y,ws.
>
^^
(t
p*te |^4&JU
p-g-v.^
1 saw them,
of them, and the like, expounding the pron.

The difference between the two cases is that the du. does
the
Jive
not vary in number, and
[numerical] exponent
in
number
its
while the
vague, unlimited
is
pi.
were not expounded by something

number, the hearer would not know
so that, if
explanatory of
therefore independent of
is
it
numerical quantity (D).
its
We
314.
in respect of
of the nums.
and sp.
[3 1 5].
kinds, (1)
now proceed
to discuss the
two matters, gender [below]
As regards the first
what
is
matter, they are of three
always made masc. with the masc., and
Jem. with the fern., as analogy requires, vid.
O lli! two [313], as J^

"
x
is
one
He
is
*.M
^JjJ
x
God and
<X^!^ ijJu
God
that hath
the
predicament
II. 158.
ftJxxx
one and
And your God

jx
jvXiX^
Je^
)
^jJlyo VII.
created you
from
189.
one being,
1427
V.
,jUjf iLy^pr ^j+s

^^XAXJ!
IAXAX^ XL.
105.
and
[16]
Our Lord, Thou
11.
made
hast
made
arid
tn'icc,
us
to live twice,
[i. e.,
and ^ôlla. (KJ]

or
<jAAjyc
jjjoslx&l (K,B)
and
j|x
is in
and similarly
9x
.,
and
what
21. [539]
/era., rir/. kxJLi
and
XXIV.
fern,
9. [34,
men with
three [265] to
iycL&
siJJ
whence
warders, [the
pounded, as
whence
/
JLJ
&JL>
J.li'T
shall be
(3)
with
tlic
x
,
and
viJL?
elided from
angels or lI\U*
PJMoi n0f
]i]-
/;
///..
men for three
id.
days, and
1
7 //?/
11.
*/,//*
i'^JLt
/r//,
which,
if
^ O
^jj [above]
and
sic
n.cn for three

niyJits
ttflfo
distinction,
-
lulflll. 36. TJni/
vkir XIX.
'
le.
men
three
riMjuircs
uncoinpoiiinlrd.
the
xtU
or not com;
>fx
and 85-^0 c^JU fAre women,
.llllf IJLXJ'
<^
TX
that thou
what
x<>
jOXi-
^|
kiJLj
e., LXJLo
i,
/Aa^ Âow speak not unto
siJLi
whether
?ime,
being elided (MAd)]
sp.
xxlx
JL^ kxJLj
Û
30. [87],
(2)
and masc.
ten [318], as ^L>% ~cLc
[expressed] in
LXXIV.
r;
;
the
iuu-gj
women [below] with
thirteen
sÂc
x "
>
>
167, 525]
sLjol
^w urr^
with the masc

G x
they be compounded with

thirteen
O^
G xl x
with the
"
>
in the/e??i. [324], as
f-frM;
always made
is
tAt'rd
~&l^ ten/i in the
to
sÛ
.
k*j!x
oJu
the form of theacZ. part., like
fourth, ferns. &ftJand
and
ÂAJ'Lc!
num. that
the
11*
XX ^
(I
to die
lL<
lllo!
^.ôf
/'///.
to
iuuo
with the
lieiug-
msc.
made
and,
if
1428
compounded [318]
>
conformable
is
analogy, being made
to
t>S^
masc. with the masc., and fern, with the fern., as oofj
3^fxiI.4.[H5,2ll 315,442]andIL57.[2ll] Sh).

l
O x
O x
**
"
i
have three
Sv-cLt,
states,
number should be intended by them, as
(1) that unrestricted
OUAJ &UJ TJnee
SUxu
" x
-i
and the uncompounded
is
the
half of six [below]
(2) that
numbered should be intended by them, but not mentioned,
?L1C
as
&
and
that
(3)
faste
meaning days [below],
five,
...*.
c>4-o
cyv^Â/
lay
awake,
meaning nights
Jive,
a numbered should be intended by them, and be
mentioned, which
is
what IHsh mentions here (MAd).
Various reasons have been assigned for the abnormal

genders of the nums. from 3
to
[says R,] the most
the following.
above 2
when
*
+ 1*
iiJLj
it
is
probable
constituted fern, in
is
its
10
to
* *
me
tuted fern,
i.
e.,
>
' '**.
iuuj! [8];
it is
used in the
^f^
Three men
before
fccjb
so that, in the case of unrestricted number,
in
becomes fern,
not said.
men
The reason why
it is
consti-
the original application is that every pi.
in their language,
number above two
as JL
opinion,
The num.
is
of
my
original application,
sense of the numbered, as in JlL*
but, in
serves to express unrestricted number, as *x*u
ouuo and JLoUo UUAJ
came
because
[234]; so that,
[270] becomes
fern,
when
it is
indicative
the masc. in such
because of the super-
1429
vention
of this
itself to be fern.
more ought the accident
8till
accident,
As
for the num.' s being
an accident,
it is
because the num. belongs
Afterward
an accident.
to
sense
of
which
ns.
numbered by
cation
this
num.
not
sense
because the
as
substantives
men
in
to
their
means
usage than xiu
original shite
is
qualified, iiii
observed
JL^,
4
of these expres-
and also because
the intention is to lighten them, since lightness
Tan win
of the
of
But, though the sense of qualifi-
common
[below],
sions
the
is
three
x,iJL>
Jl^
put in apposition
being more
JL*j'*
commonly used
predominant in them, they are more com-
is
monly
since
[142],
is
"I X
deriv.
which
[217],
and are then invaded by the
[322],
qualification
^f
the nums. are
numbered
express the
to the cat. of
numbereds.
is
by prefixing them
attained
According
by
to
their
whole of
rule, then, the
to this
elision
the nums. are orig. pre. to their numbcreds; while such
as are not pre., vid. 11 to 99 [315], are [aprothetic] for a

[special] cause
and
*)*>
u ' x
&5lo [313] is
"
prefixion in
JU^ *li[316]
like the prefixion in fcLias

"
+
iX
/
and
The
[316].
v Lo
o^LÎ [12l], according to the different opinions

held by the GGr of the two cities for the ep. is pre. to
:
what
is its
qualified
but as to whether the post,
remains a qualified, aa the

the pre.
is
by the post
KK
hold, or the
now
qualified of
suppressed, a general [expression] explained

,
aa the
BB
hold,
there
is
the dispute men-
1430
Since, however, the sense
tioned in the cat. of prothesis.
and they often occur
of qualification exists in the nums.,

in apposition
numbe red,
and,
the expressions denoting the
to
&b jlis
c
as
objects
[above] and xSLc Jo I/ ÎJ! [142],
when they do not
***/*
follow the
what
qualified,
^
>
J^s
into
&jLo, or
governed by Jô
the ace., as
U^j
um^
deriv. eps. in having the
from the masc. by the
Ox 5,
deriv. eps,, like
V)^
as
is
or put
Created like
regularly distinguished
this distinction
an(l
fcUo
JL^JIô
îev mav ^ e
'
/<???z.
Ox
&U5 and
JL^
*
c
either post., as
qualified is put after them,
being regular in
^^
Other quantities
* x
Ox
a n ell of
as
3
^S
[265].
f*
also than nums. are used as eps.,

9
x 2
the
nums.
>
cloth and yxis
a bushel of tvheat
When, therefore,
but not so often as
the nums. from 3 to 10 are
eps. of the pi. of the
masc.,
tional femininization 5
because they are eps.
they retain their constitu9 " Ix
which
[316],
&l
jLs
is post.,
/em.; so that
is
And, when what
[270],
&b
as JlLx
*
qualified
mentioned (R),
the nums.
JU
is
of the pi.
is
said,
qualified
like
by them
remain fern, in apposi-
because the
tion to ike post.,
as the
SUclS
sp. is the
being put last for
same expression
the two objects
vid. observance of the original state of the
nums. as substantives,
and intention
(MAR). As for the num. whose sp.
to
lighten them
is sing. [315], vid.
what
1431
is
above 10,
it is
not
made
fern.,
because the same fern.

^
qualified does not remain.

X
Moreover, though
,>X
>
U^
^^ aLo and J
is orig.
and similarly
<jjv-k. **<> ,
G^
x-"
>
G"
O x
are or^. aulo *#!.,> and oU! JL=* ; , still
*
^.
when they
them
these nums., even
x/
follow their ^>. qualifieds, do not agree with
in fern, gender, because the

^
and
from the terminations of Jjjv^ and
are inseparable
,j
its
cat. [234,320],
G
f--
^!
and the
them
abandoning the agreement, because the breach
in
from the termination of
of the custom is established
when they
the nums.,
*5Lo
while
by the two
first
and, since
follow their qualifieds,
agree with them, therefore, when pre.

do not agree with them
to
them
also,
and tt^ '(* are

^X
auLo
JC^N
'
x
*
O^ ^
>
&&X3
why
in the
they
so that Jils* JiJ! and sTJrvIaJf.

+/
and
do not
f.^0^ >x
y^
j*
follows
9^
to iuu*j'
same
And
said.
the
reason
?^ x ^
,
when compounded with
state as before
they have neither a
pL
sp.
s~cL&
remain
the composition, although
nor a pi. qualified,
is
that
their pi. sp.ia suppressed, the last sp. being considered sufficient,
because the custom of the nums., when they follow
one another,
num.
is to
be satisfied with the sp.
of their aggregate, as
hundred and tkn

>
men,
Jjpij>)
orig.
kiJJ^
JLjLftU.
iiLc
J^
k3lo
i-
^ j^wj
]
&^
of the last
a hundred men and
so that,
since
three
their pi sp. is
185
men and
thirty
supplied, they are
1432
same way as when the sp. is expressed*

the Arabs intend to treat the nums. like
treated in the
Since, then,
deriv.
by expressing the in them when

is /em., and eliding it from them when
their
epn.,
qualified
qualified is maso., while they
have no masc.
their
qualified,
because they are not applicable as eps. to anything but
ihepl, which
is /em.,
whether
since, if the 8
pis.,
the intention to treat

;
be^Z. of a masc. or a /em.:
were expressed
and
plain
it
them as
and you would think the
in
them with the two
deriv. eps.
to
would not be
be the one used to
make
the unrestricted num. fern, in the original state [of substantive] not to be put on account of the qualified's being
,
fern.,
because the
when
not denoting unity,
inseparable from the substantives containing

[238,263]: therefore the
Arabs drop the
of the/em. r because its femininization

rison with that
of the pi.
quasi-masc. [below].
in the
pL of
is
it,
mostly
like te*
with the
is faint, in
pL
compa-
of the masc., so that
it
is
For the femininization regarded
the fern, is that which supervenes because
of the plurality, like the femininization in the pi. of the

masc.,
not that which
proved by the fact
was before
that, if the
were regarded, gû jl^ XII.
plurality, as is
original [femininization]
30. [21,270]
allowable in a case of choice, as

in such a case.
the
sLx>!
would not be
JU> is not
allowable
As, then, the adventitious femininization

6
removes the original masculinizatiou in
JU^
-t
and Ûl
1433
[270], so also
:
removes the original femininization in
it
but this adventitious [femininization]
notorious, in
jU*s
in
faint
produced upon a thing by

effect
produced upon
it
s^**3
opp.; so that
its
effect
marked as the
9x
by
apparent,
because the
like is not so
its
is
iy^ becomes
yuasi'inasc. [above], because its femininization is faint.

Ox
One
says, therefore,
8 x
I-"
G"
&UU JU*. and viJL>
j**j
where the
which, in the original state [of substantive], denoted the
femininization of the abstract rmw,, becomes denotative
The gender
of the femininization of the numbered.

O
these ten expressions,
we say
settled,
have
mentioned,
formable
are
'
their
vid.
that
to
contrary
"'
'
*>'
'
which,
in
>
*k>
as
?7iasc.,
because
its
5L^
when combined with
'
as
without
unit also,
it
- x -
JU.; iyix
fcUj
to
?>zcn
and
[324],
G'XX
Ix
,
except
the
analogy,
and dropped
in the
And
LcLr:
it-
agrees
x
^/i
fix
they
cLJb [above],
/e??i.
decimal nunibcrs, jign-cs with
eight
wherever
*y>f yLt
[31G], from regard
unit,
con-
remaining
&l
auLo^
^;/.
are
,jllj|
kl3 and
a
what we
is
as
it,
'"
reverts
num. might be made
wlit'ii
the
in the fern.,
it
î
sp. is not
and
analogy,
and J
composition,
being expressed in
the
while
of
having been thus
predicament
JL^JJ
below 10 or above
"
'
s~&*
to
that
xx
G-'
<Xa>tj
analogy
apparently
occur,
*
to
5^
the
tni,
>/'.
in
witli its
,
to
which
reason why,
alone
gender
.^>.
among
is
^xr
^t'w
that,
in gender,
ivomen,
1434
being /em., and
VL
y!t [by suppression

,
it
of a qualified (Fk) T]
O
would be
S^^
(Aud, Fk)
because
said,
is
JjLo
wasc.
and, with the_pZ., the gender regarded is that
of its sing, [below], as
[IM
and the
states] in the Alfiya
So [says IHsh]
Tashil (Fk).
sl&uD
means
it
[below],
9' s s
otherwise
for
WTioso doeth a good
161.
like
thing shall have ten good things
l^JL&o! ^>llwla>
As
quasi-masc.] (R).
Sû
in the
Aud
but whether
would necessarily be said requires consideration,

>
because some justify the masc. gender in ~cL& by the

sf.
* * *
that the JUx?! are <&(j^*s*
argument
and others on the
ground that the pre. gains femininization from the post*

[111] (YS). This is [the rule] when the numbered is menSfw, in his
tioned (A, Fk).
Commentary on
reports, as [a restriction] transmitted
learned, that
it is
num.
after the
and
when
only
the
numbered
made an
num. or
(YS), as
9
if
"'
the
&
may
first
may be
be affixed
and the fern.

numbered were suppressed [below], as
'
Ss
conversely (Sn).
Tashil,
mentioned
elided, with both the masc.
JoL*x> nine questions

^j>
restriction,
is
the rule
ep,,
enforced or neglected (Sn); [so that] the

to the
from the
numbered be put
that, if the
(YS, Sn), and the num.
Nw
by
the IH,
But,
which
nor by
is
AH
and
in
mentioned
the Ir,
men
Sfw upon
in opposition to
not
nine
&u*i' JLis
by
nor by
IM
IHsh
in
in
or
this
the
any
1435
of his books,
Ns, but have not found in
the
to
than what
other
say that I have
is sufficient to
it
vid.
that the
the
numbered
is
made
bered be [intended, but (A)
the
if
with the masc. when
however, the num-
If,
is to
give the num. the same
numbered were mentioned, as kl+a o^J>

O
I fasted
meaning
five,
meaning days, and
five,
the masc. (A, Fk), as
it
up
[also]
icith six
means
ferable,
to
^*
ou*o
may be
&JLO!
elided with
whence
>
And
[in
then follows
days ofShawwal (A, Fk). Apparently
that expression of the
which
ow* I journeyed
234. [320] (Fk),
II.
j&
l***jv
nights; but (A.)] the
tradition (Fk)
restriction
not mentioned [literally

[A)],
then [the chaste construction
gender as
fern,
mentioned (YS).
is
any
mentioned by [A,] Fk, and others,
is
num.
it
referred
Fk
[with the masc.] is pre-
is distinctly stated in
the Tsr, but is open
an objection, which you will soon learn; and that there
nodifference [as to elision of the
being
îSl
or
s ]
is
between the numbered's
any other expression, as
is
laid
down,
without any restriction, by many, and
among them Illsh

ssts'o-csf
Jami who hold M~*= (5-U ^L^^\
Islam has
<*
in the
n founded upon five principles or essentials [339],

>
i.
e.
Sb
Jô!
or
'*
Jt^
restricts the
to
be an instance of that (YS).
elision of
the
to the
]>ut
case where the
n c0
numbered
ly, not
is [the
any mlier
expmftion (Sn)] |*U (YS,Sn) exclusivetnasc.
(VSJ; and
liuldti it to
be the
[only]
1436
practice agreeable with
He
the speech of the
discusses that at great length
sum
but the
Arabs
of
(Sn).
it
is
When the numbered consists of days and nights,&&
this:
\JL+s+
\&y
I journeyed
X
days alone, as L*TV

fasting
is
five,
Q
>
meaning both
[above], or of
/ fasted
OM-*>
only in the days, the
s is
five days, because
elided in the
num.,
in the first case, because the nights predominate over the
days, which are subordinate to them [325. B], so that the
predicament of the nights
is
applied to the days
the second, because the day, becoming, as
ed under, and part
the night,
of,
is
it
elision of the
s is
this reason
by the same
to
the nights,
the [only] practice agreeable with the
speech of the Arabs, to which mention of
For
and, in
were, includ-
indicated
name: and, since the predicament belongs
S says that expression of
it
is
foreign.
allowable
it is
by analogy; but that we do not find it in the speech

the Arabs [320]; and the language of Z [below] is
the same effect (YS).
[For
says on
II, 234.,]
1^^
of
to
is
said from regard to JLJ nights, with which the days are
you never
included; and
the
num. from regard
fasted ten days
see the
to
jL!
and,
if
Arabs use the masc.
days
the earth,
&
llij
\
>
or in
XX.
,j!&
w
103.
the grave,
you say
L^
o^-o
you used the masc., you
would deviate from their speech, as

text \LL*
in
is
clear
from the
Ye have not tarried on
save ten days, and then
1437
(
X
XX.
,jf
day
Ye Aave no tarried save a
104.
And what Nw
(K).
mentions as
allowance
to the
of both genders by the Arabs requires consideration.
when
But,
the
numbered
some other expression, the
is
rule of using the masc. \num^\ with the fern, numbered,
and tliQ/em. with the masc. must be observed, there
As
being no reason to the contrary (YS).

the
may be expressed with
&
not mentioned, that is
is
some; but wlia'
is
the fern.
reported
when
to
whether
to
the numbered
be disallowed by
mentioned above as reported by Sfw
necessarily implies
its
As
allowability (Sn).
nums. whereby a numbered
is
unrestricted
them are with the
ouaJ
kx*
number,
>
of
not intended, but only
kiJLj
[above]; and
names
are
tlie
is like its
name
of
contrary to the opinion of some;
[8],
prefixion of J! to them, as
prefixion to
tJie
Sun,
^jui and s^yuLf!

t
some proper names, as &&$! a
for Fate [8] (A).

is
similarly
The gender regarded
that of the sing, [above] (Aud, A),
not of the pi. (A), as v^Lolt^
from regard
5,
&cJJ|
when they Bayftf&ffj and
[with the pl (Aud)]
with the
as
because [/em.
diptote,
**
while
**
(Sn)] proper
all
for the
to
&UJ three hot
Û^
which
baths (And, A),
is
masc. (Audi.
This is contrary to the opinion of the Rid (Ami, A), who say
-
*.
^JU
regarding the form of the
i>l.
while Ks,
1438
)
>
[like the
"
Bdd
(Sn),]
says
*x
You say
5
1 passed by three hot baths, without a s though the sing.

[261] is masc"; and he constructs what is like it by analo,
gy
to it
but Fr does not say
in the sing,, (1) if the
women
its
Of.
x Ix
form, as u*iui!
&cJl>
[or -men
(Sn)],
beings,
because
^x&
is
The gender regarded
numbered be a substantive,
9
gender of
this.
three persons,
because (joûi
meaning men
/em. [263,264]:
(a)
[or
meaning
masc.
is
the
is
women
and
(Sn)],
this holds good so
long as something which strengthens the sense, or in
which the sense
is
often intended, is not attached to the
sentence [containing the
num.
(Sn)]; for,
sense
may
be observed:
attached to
is like the
it,
the
be
that
if
the
first
saying [of 'Umar Ibn Abl Rabl'a (MN, EC)
alMakhzuml (MN)]
[And my
shield against
three persons
him
that
ivas afraid of
two of them having swelling breasts, and
the third just entering upon the time of puberty,
99
was
where
^jûi means 8^*3 ivomen

Nawwah alKilabi (EC)]
(EC),] and the saying [of
An
verily
this
Kildb
quit of its ten clans,
IM
in the
CK
is
where
ten
sub-tribes,
^.kf!
makes Co!
means
and thou art
Jolls (EC)]; and
UoCJLt sCil
1439
And We
VII. 160.
divided them
an instance of
nations,
twelve tribes,
into
saying that by the mention of
it,
Ux! the predicament of the fern, becomes preponderant,
IUK,
[otherwise, says
JLo
Lbllu,!
would be
^1
o *
because Jax-^
^
'X * X
^ *^
Lblcu,!
a subst. for
being suppressed
will be seen [3
an Arab of the
xx
Ûe.
[We
>
aLxLs.
XX*
&
^^1
which
(Sn),]
-e
'x
>
"^
>
&Uj
LÂJ!
and we have
9
intended by
gender of
it
(2) if
but three
its qualified
"
meant
to
i.
Icing
is
the
be understood, not
its
cyLjL^
e.,
ep.,
^xLc
and as
/Aree middle-sized [240],
and similarly
^^
*
is orig.
intend
an ep. (A); though some of

x x
>
'
the
It
gender of the
As for the [collcctiv e
is
r5 x
IUK, say \^\^ dJu
treated as a substantive (Sn).

tliat
when you
K2JU Zfo'ee beasts,
the Arabs, says
when you intend
x-
males, because abb
liowcvcr,
when ^L*^ a human
numbered be an
the
own, as VI. 161. [above],
is
>
0^3 viJJ^
(EC)], UÂJ being often used
what
'
Hard indeed has the time been upon my household!

S
like the saying [of
by drought (EC),]
are reduced to three souls,
x 'x
&LJ divisions
sp.
is
x^
JJLl
he makes
the right construction, as
is
desert, afflicted
^ S
[the
and the second
6]:
^Lfc ,jLoJt Û-
camels.
is
CT
masc. (Sn)]; but in the
is
said,
because abb
only with
siny. is
llir
is
y^. f
regarded (A).
(Sn)] generic n. and the quasi-pl. n.,
regarded with them
is
186
their actual gender,
so
1440
that
tlie
gender given
to the
num.
is
the converse of
" '0
J
You say
their pron. requires.

S
men and
(A)]
[
Q s
^ *&
"G
pjjJ\
x G" x
you say
S***
(1) [ jyLJ!
Sx
what
three
xxJLS*
,,
three sheep, with the

x Qxx
because
s,
fJ
^f ^ many men and (A)] >+Z$ ^c. warn/ sfoep
with [the ep.
in] the
masc. (And, A):
butBD says "In my
opinion you Bay*JULH
Aud:
in the
(a) so
' '"~o x
^ oJJ
I
because
B XX
is
ivAfc
tion
/em." [271]; and

and by
it is
what Jh and others men-
this is
refuted the language of A, like that of

"x'0 >xx
the Aud; and

78.
When
it is
proved by
the men's sheep
-.yd!
^.
iu^
x xx
^&Ju
XXI.
jt
had strayed into it: while some
Hx x
say that
is
sarily implied
both wasc. and /e^.; and this
Dm
by what
which have no
sarily wisc.,
lote- trees, V_A>>
"
S X
are J^sso Lees and k? duck*,
us.
because the rest are either neces-
third,
vid.
neces-
transmits from IHsh, vid.

O
that the fern, generic
is
six,
"
Ox
\^ bananas,
fresh ripe dates,
grapes,
V^-L&
^+s wheat,
and
words, or of both genders, vid. the remaining expressions

(Sn): (2)
the
JbJfJ^ JL-U
because you say nlctf'Lj
in] the fern.

r,
(3)
JLjf JLo Ldi

x
duels with [the ep.
many
tfirrc
head o/ ca^fc or
s xx
viJlj
three clucks [271], with omission of
because Jb hastwoaâZ. vars., masc. [from regard
to the form, or to the sense
r;^x^
regard
to the
II. 65. [257],
sense
xcU^
^=>
^*
(Sn)],
x
(Sn)], as
where JL^TUj
is
and
fern,
xxx^^x
UA!&
&jLxo
[from
x-"""^
yiJ! ^t
read (Aud, A). This holds
1441
n. or quasi-pl. n. is neither
good so long as the generic
separated from the num. by an ep. indicative of the sense,

[the ep. being either not mentioned at all, or mentioned
them
posterior to both of
nor used as a substitute
(Sn),]
for a pi. of a masc.; for, if either be the case,
[necessarily (Sii)] observed
is
the necessity
the
first is
*--o
*-
S^
^
fcUl>
^ ^<j
x-0,0
kJ!
viJLj[271](A);
tive of the sense, as
moderns
Xjb
(Sn)]:
three female
three
posterior ep. has no effect, as

9
of the
like your saying JuJI

vi>lM
J^ji
*
the sense, [though as to
is
A differs from some
sheep and kJI
then what
male ducks
XU
J^
|JuJf
but the
&u
and
and similarly the ep.noi indica-
,Lw^ oJo iê pretty ducks,
JbJf
being common to males and females (Dm): and

the second is such as
being
fl
a,
as a broken p/. of
bered
which
IUK,
is
it is
/.
so
that its
S
it
made
that the
num-
pi.
for
i5Cx-
[27.')],
i)iit
being
oriy.
iUoui on
used as a substitute
t'<
*tf
JLiL-l,
(Sn;.
in
is
num.
would be done with the
*Lli! &ijb three tltimj*, tLyi!
so that, though
as a substitute for a
it
J^K
used as a substitute (A); and similarly, says
measure of
y
used as a substitute for
by the expression of the
(Sn)] masc., as
9 +
tin
JU^
r,
[to indicate
the
kiXi three pedestrians,
fern, quasi-pl. n., but
' Of
JUÎ
in
aUL^J
\>l.
it is/?'/;/., still,
of a ?ncr,sY\,thc
And. [as the form of the
ii
since
it is
used
must be expressed
sixy.
is
not regarded
1442
in the generic and
quasi-pl. ns. so (Sn)] also the form

}
of the sing, is not regarded
and
s s
numbered has two
JL^
like
s<> f.
allowable [in
num.], as Jl^l
its
the
[264],
masc. and
dial, vars.,
and expression
elision
state,
fciii
Hinds
the five
u+s*
ottXJLgJI
*
the
a proper name,
is
it
'
Oô
^.
When
when
regarded (Sn),] as ^L^JLUt
[but its sense is

three Talhas
fern.,
[of the H ] are

ÔffJÎ-'
yJJ three
gJu and Jt^l
states (A).
As
315.
regards the second matter,
nums. are of four kinds,
[314], the
(1)
need a
not say J^; tX^!,J

*
f f
[228,313]
^J^/
nor
the sp.
e.,
what does not
,0
<X=^ one and ^lot
sp. at all, vid.
i.
"
'
while
for
tivo:
you do
J^ JkL^
#
Lxlj
X
a poetic license: (2) what needs asp. in the
is
Q^
Os s s
gen. pi, vid. aUJJ three to iyax /en [below], as &iJJ ^<XLc
S^wwJ
îij
JLL
IF^/i
me
are
men and
^/irê
ten
women,
G^
when
except
word
the sp. is the

s
must be
hundred, not olio*

*
license (Sh), as
>
^yLwj'^
V.
is'.
sp. in
&5Lo
cJU nor ,.w*

w "^"
*Jf
^c
the ace.
[85],
VII. 138.
oJU*
except in poetic
s ' s
sing.,
vid.
as XII.
[85],
c-JJ [316] (MAd): (3)
O x
X3u*3 ninety-nine,
JFiWi w?e are three
^Ja^
a hundred, which
in the sing., as JoUxJU

*
needs a
>
and
yL&
4. [85,
what
s-6.
tXÎ eleven to
211, 314, 442],
XXXVIII.
22. [16, 85]:
O*
(4)
what needs a
sp. in the gen. sing., vid,
?lx>
a hundred
1443
and
a thousand [below], as JL=^ iuLc

x
X
uifl
'
TJWi me
^Jo^
x
x
> x
area hundred men and J^

?2?*ras.
pm
a thousand men
numbered are
to the
G x
uaJ!
r.
ten,
(Sli).
consisting of two
x x x
sorts, (1) kxJLj to s~cLfc [above],
which ought
to
be pre. to
a broken pi. of paucity [316, 317], as J*l\ &ill

r
26. [79, 235, 585]; (2) &5lo

to
tobepre.
x
&
sing.,
and
XXXI.
<jjf [above],
XXIV.
as sjJL^ idle
^
which ought
2.
and
[62]
<
JU|
II. 90.
.For
a thousand years (Aud).

Ox
.316,
pl.
The
(IH,IM)
The
in
*p. of
kiU
f?x
to
x x
y^
is
[only (A)] a gen,

'
\'
form or sense, except in kjUxJJ

#
X
> O
to Sol+juwJ
#
'
[below] (IH); and mostly an expression of paucity [315,
317] (IM).
The
[254]; or a quasi-pl.
a generic
by
ô
rr.
n.,
orquasi-pl.
(B,A), as
a generic
id. pl. is either
like
ki^ [257] (R).
n., it is (1)
*6-e
like
Jj
If the sp. be
[mostly (R)] governed
jlklf^ si^fiUJ
xlx
<Aon four lirds and li#Jt
n.,
II. 262.
TAcn take
>0x^,
kiXij
^y> 7 passed
ly three
persons (A), because, though they are in the sense of the

pZ., still
of the
they are in the form of the
num.
to
them
uunU' for prefixing
it
is
sing., so that prcfixion
disliked after the arrangement
to the pl. (R): (2)
sometimes governX
*X> X
<*
x'-O
XXX
ed by ]>rcfixion of the num., as in Jos^ iuuyj SjotXj!

^1^
XXVII. 49. ^;zcZ there, were in the city nine persons, the
tradition
lft*
*^
^!>
Co
yll)
There
is
no poor-
1444
)
^,
rate on what
(A).
below fine camels, and *J!
is
may
broken by XXVII.
is
[above] (R), and the truth

tricted to hearsay.
ought then
As for
is
to
Ju^l
is that this
^Jt
'
xÛ
and
three slaves
them
^\ &ll3
construction is ressp.
be something
three
and
to it;
be a broken^. of paucity [315,
31T], as
handmaids
(A).
being governed in the gen. by prothesis, this

because the word becomes lighter by prefixion, as
its
before explained [314] (R).
But sometimes the mem.
aprothetic, [and pronounced with
case the exponent

9
subst.,
{?
and
governed by prefixion of the num.
else, it is
JTv&JjC*
9.
however, the
If,
_.
&c-b [314]
not be pre. to
Akli says that the num.
but this rule
x-
^^1
S <>& 9 '
as
^*e.
ujlyjl
(IY),] in
either [in apposition to
is
\
Tan win
it
is
which
as (IY)] a
'
*J
or in the
ace.
[as a sp. (IY)], as
Llyjj iUJLj,
which
is
a poetic license (IY,R).
The
ace. is
anomalous, because the numbered, as before shown [314],

is orig. qualified,
they put
it
which
is
the [word] intended
so that, if
into the ace., the intended is in the semblance
And, as for the prefixion
of a complement [19].
num.'] to thepZ.,
it is
because the post,
num. being afterwards pre. to

^ s
<
it
But,
when
[of the
is orig. qualified,
the
for the sake of lightness;
while the qualified of &UJ three and upwards

[314] (R).
is orig. pi.
the sp. [post, to the num.
to 10 (R)] is *Slo a hundred,
it
is sing.
from 3
(R, Aud, A), as
[313] (And, A), aSUjLH (A), and sSUjLls [above]
1445
)
X
(And); not
>
By analogy îLo
pi. (R),
'
eJL> or ^jj^c [in the

6x
>.
(IY, Jm)] should be said (IY,IH), because &jLo
lias
twopls., one in the semblance of the per/, p7. muse., vid.
and the other in the semblance
,j^xj [234,244] (R, Jin);
[234] (Jin). But the num.
of
i\iv
is
not pre. to the^;er/_pZ. masc. [317]; so that only ^,Ux>
perf. pi.
fern., vid. ix>UU
remains (R,Jm),
to
which the num. might be pre.

x Ox
default of the broken
[240,317] (R)
XXIV.
eJLS
v^!^
in
57.
and
after having been accustomed to
the semblance of the pi. with the and

^
JO
to
confine themselves to the
vid.
,jyuvJ they
^;;>-^^
x
as in
and, disliking that the sp. should follo\y
the pi. with the
follow what
pi.,
is in
sinfj.,
which besides
of ambiguity
disapproved in
sing.,
instance of
cited
there
it
fear
removed (R). S says (IY), It is not

their language that the form should be
and the sense pi.
when
shorter (R,Jm), while all
is
say in poetry what

only
is
is
is
IY); so that some of them even
not used in prose
pJI
^XXfcû&ûf
But
[^ lif
(S):
but this
is
no fear of ambiguity (IY); and an
is
by S (IY).
(S,
I^JLT
[233] (S, IY),
as (IY,R)]
^r^
vs^
0^!
J*)'^j*j
'A
7
/re
hundred
camels as bloodwits for
[By AlKarn/dalc.
tin; slau-litrr <>f /Ac ^r^c ii?^- ha* the pawning of
pjGiSfi^
cloak
paid for
/f/
-,
^ Aa* cleared awaj this shame
1446
the faces
of the Ahtams,
i.
alAhtam
the sons of Sinan
e.,
Ibn Sumayy (AKB), or
v-LJI
^lL
occurs
(IY),]
in
K, Aud, A), because the poets
poetic license [315] (IY,
are allowed ample liberty in reverting to obsolete o.fs.
but
this,
though agreeable with analogy,

*i
lous in usage (IY).

9
Some say ^ô with

and some make the
is still
anoma-
Damm
of the *
9x
of iuLo smack
[244] for ^jZ* [234]
^
somewhat of Damm in the sing, also, but do not make the
:
Damm
plain; and that
is [called]
"stifling": while
O
says that,
you pronounced the * of ^LLo with Damm,
if
o!y like ,j^

some make the ^ of ^fô
saying
Akh
And
would be allowable.
it
the seat of inflection, like [the
^Lw [236]: while Akh says that ^^jo is orig. ^J^
of]
o
like
^L^cit is
him,
the J being elided
sing.
but this
is of
so that,
according to
no account, since,
if it
were
<jj* would be said of a single hundred', though
sing.,
perhaps, according to him,
say that
it is
[a
broken
it is
pi.,
a quasi-pl. n.
on the measure
and some
of]
jluu
like
*i
C5
And ^J!
[243], the last
by
being changed into
[688].
,jjJI, the
being
in the saying
[234], (1) according to
elided
&
Akh,
poetic license
is curtailed of the s
like
is orig.
(2) as is transmitted
from iLS [254]
from Y,
but this
is
1447
not correct, since the regular form would then be

*
like
and
^**
(5
*= >
Ox
xb from
aUid
jo,
O^
orig.
like
[244]
900,
p.
1.
sometimes said
(3) is
255,
JuJ/[237,
"x
the
257],
21],
be
to
being pro-
nounced with Kasr, as
9 x
&
as you say
from kif [Nfote on
îf
an ^
in -**
^^; [368], because
the
o
a guttural letter- and to be then contracted [into
is
t5
jl]
on account of the
rhyme: but
ô has
not been heard;
IM
so that this requires consideration (R).
says in the
Gof
Tashil "
And
oJ!
is
peculiar in being used as a sp. [for

Gx
any num.] without
restriction
at**
C^
>
whereas
and
(5^1
'i^c.
itt't
a hundred
x^x
j u
an ^ tbîr cats": as
xx t
thousand, UJ! *-cLfc <X^| eleven thousand
*^J| iuLo
used as a
ioLo is
's<> s
for only oJLj
s/?.
to
&0-&
and UJ!
^^fc twenty thousand,
^^xLt^ tXÎ twentyx
thousand
XX
**X
^re
juLxj s^cLfc
S%JL&
auLx>
hundred,
5^XXO
>
and as &2UJUJ ttre

X
#
IJH+:* fifteen
>
elided,
for the elision
hundred
xi
X)|X
auUxJLj
(Sn).
and the union
while the
o.
/.
y-Ju* [307, 689, 758], the
into
and ioUju*
of [the
>m
ra.
in]
"
is
is
eleven hundred, and
must be written united, because the

x
>
xî t ...
X
^
c5<X^|
XOX
hundred.
v^>
and
tlu;
incorporation (D),
union
The
is
up.
is
made a compensation
of [the pre. n.
having- been converted
made a compensation
of
187
kUxw
X ^
in] *
JL* J^l
cZcvett
for the
to
1448
-nine is
Jj ninety
an
the ace. because of the impossibility

num.'] to
It is
ace. sing. (IH).
of
put into
pre6xing [the
In the case of [the numsJ] from ~cL. J^.1
it.
eleven to ~cLt iuuwJ nineteen, this [impossibility] is because
Arabs dislike three things
the
be made like one
to
[110].
For, though they say Jo\
X XX X
X XO ^
and JvxLc
SL^+s.
rf%
except in the case of
~ciji
~^
x'
prefixion being allowable
fifteen,
s s ,
Li! [210, 318], still this is not
when a
like that, because the post.,
sp., is
[denotative of]
the [person or thing] ideally intended

it is
by the
that the whole
put only to explain, so
thing; whereas the^msZ. in

is different
from the
first,
,,
,,
jo^^Lt
^
x,
so that this
which
first,
like one
is
^*^
is
Zaid's fifteen
not like
making
,
three things to be ideally one.
twenty and
may
its cat.,
the impossibility is because the
of the pi, but is assimilated to
prefixion is not possible with retention of the
of its resemblance to the ,j of the pi. [110].

"
such [phrases] as
forty garments occur

in
the
sp.,
which
sing,
because,
and therefore
is
it
but they are rare.
when governed
in
a complement,
the
it
And
in
semblance
it is
while
because
""
twenty dirhams and
jvxLe.
Sometimes
'
^J>
And, in the case of (jj;-^
not be elided on account of the prothesis, since
not really the
n.
^
tXÎ Zaid's eleven
H' ^ ^ ^
the sp. is
the
of
>^0
^^ jjuj
ace.
the
as
6bj.,
does not remain like the
1449
qualified,
which
any necessity
the
an essential, so that there should be
is
to observe its state [of plurality]; and, since

is
plurality
and the
from the preceding num.)
intelligible
is shorter, t'ney confine
sing,
Yet, notwithstanding that the
semblance of a complement,
fied, is still
themselves
in the
when
quali-
its o. f.>
^-'J
was
it
> x-
*=
as Ltlûi
"^^^
is qualified,
iti
numbered becomes
observed; so that, in most cases, only
not the num.,
to
With me are twenty brave men, because
it
>
,-
ujr*^
is
and
it,
(j$dJ^
the [word]
intended as respects the sense, while the num., though
made
as
to
it is
precede
is
when
qualified
like a qualification
it
is
fication
num.
of the
Asfor VII.
subst. for
160.
is
iLCy*/!
were a
because
sp.,
it is
of
iollu/!
JAR
that
sp.]
there
is
^\
(Tsr)]
is
JAI,
i.
e.,
sly
say that (Tsr),
if
be made masc.^
masc.
while the sp. would be made sing. (A), because

of a <:omjf. [num.] (Sn).
just
[not a ap,; but(Sh)]
the two nums. Would
kxA*, [sing,
[317]: but quali-
Jcine
the sp. being suppressed,
Shi and
[below] (Sh, And, A),
it
also allowable, though rare (R),
[3l4],lLllJ in
s^c ^^'^
of
as w\ Jb *+*
post.,
XII. 43 Verily 1 see seven fat
^\^
it,
however, asserts
(And, A)
it is
the sp.
[in the
no suppression, ami (Tsr)] that iLllLl
CK
is
but that the mention of Co! makes the predicament of
tViiiiiiini/ati'Mi
preponderate iAnd, A)
^
the mention <f
^^^
^
>
and
*-
in
UblLj
(Tsr), as
>
*
rô.*x>
makes
it
preponderate in
1450
&S-i
fied
of
Ux>t p/.
by
because iLlL,!
(Aud),
[314]
And Hf says
a nation.
Rx>!
Is
quali~
that
lial^
x-
&s
be ep. of
&>jj
may
the qualified having been suppressed,
and the ep. put into
when
q.
place [149]
and that the num.,
X^j
But Fr holds that the
division*.
and the text appears
This
(Tsr),
sp.
may
may
sp.
a hundred and
the pi. of
^!oJl
is
not be separated [from the num.],
a thousand,
JdJ!
(IH).
#erc. ww^r.
The s/>.
that pi. i&pre. to the sing., as

is
when post,
it is
siny.
',
made
fact
in
the case
sing,
that
while the
and
is
the
9
of
such as
o.
I
/".,
as
'
iLj [314],
JU^
because they are emboldened to this
the
sp.
governed
sing, is lighter
is sufficient indication of
in the ace. is in the
than thepZ., and the num.
the plurality, the multitude
plurality being greater and
more notorious
than in the scale of the units, because [the

to] the scale
JeU' ^>lo' hundreds of mm.

*
put into the gen. because this
we mentioned
by the
JLb
to
pluralized
it is
of
of their dw., and of
^L
But, if uotpost. to viJlS and its cat.,
5p.
be in
not pluralized in the num., as above' shown.
its cat. 7 is
And
is
be evidence for him
to
[86] being a poetic license (A).
The
"*
made /era. because Lbu^l
the pi.
and
applied to ILI^J, is
**
i.
its
s *
in
pi.
and
this scale
appropriate
of the units is thepZ. of paucity [235, 315,
317], the predicament of which, according to them, is that
1451
many things, such
of the sing, in
according to
its
pi.
from
is
sufficiently
it
as their
its d'mi.
making
form [285], and developing another broken
[256]
so that the plurality of the
numbered
notorious here to enable them to dispense
with pluralizing
(1)
it
a [##.] pi.
s^
sp. of aoLc is
But sometimes the
(R).
Aud, A), by assimilation of
(R,
s3Lo to
x x x
fc~cLe.
since
ten times ten (Sn), as in the reading of
it is
IJamza and Ks &J^,
And
*5lc
Ui ^^ ^ tyLjj XVIII. 24.
they tarried in their Gave three
(Aud, A), where
Ubayy
reads
&***,
hundred years [below]

(K)
(2)
an
ace. sing.,
[anomalously (A),] as
iijfj
iSiJJUf
^^ Jjb' #
LÛ
^Lo JuiTjiu
iSi
by Rabi' Ibn Dabu altazari, When the

young man lives two hundred years, pleasure and youth
4
(R, Aud, A),
And IK
gone (MN, AK13).
hundred dirhams and KLL^ oU!^!
IH
(A).
44
.JJUL^
W
X
x-
is
says very happily
*!>Lc
XVIII.
24.
"Ubayy],
41
44
is
and governing
tlmu-li
'
a subst. [for auLc

*
X
two anomalies, putting
"as
^/ie
thousnnd dinars
in the reading c
with Tan win, which
transmitted from others than Ilamza and

'
"
^J^
[above],
"
it
woL^
tlie
VII. 160. [above]
is
(B)],nota
sp,
;).,
[and
were said
otherwise
of *uL> into the p/.,
would ensue
similar,
Ks
o<JLJ
in the ace.,
lyiJ^
C.
>
allows
[151].
so that
it
And UclLj
is
ic
otherwise the anomaly
1452
of putting the
"that, if ^ju-u,
into the pi.
sp.
were governed
would ensue.
Zj says
in the ace, as a sp*,
it
would
"be necessary that they should have tarried nine hundred

"years, because
"
understood that the
it is
>
of a Jiundred, as
J^%'
'
=*
"one of the
k^Lo
"one of auLo
eJJ
"
$utx>
'
so that, if
;
one
sp. of Site is
'
a hundred men, where Je^ is

'
5
were a
^J^
would be
sp., it
and, ,JAJU* being at least fAree [234],
would be as though three hundred times three years,

"
which are nine hundred years, were said. And this is
it
'
"equally applicable
"were a
sp.,
to
VII. 160., where,
if
<>&.
lL>L*J tribes
they would be thirty-six, according
to his
"opinion. This, however, which Zj mentions, is also an obto the
jection
reading of
^^
"with prefixion,
"but a .sp., although
"
^J^
being, according to them,
it is
to the case
pZ.,
nothing
is
But what Zj mentions does not
reading of these two,
&J$
not governed in the ace.; while
"necessarily follow, because what he mentions

"
&jlx>
no doubt that the reading of the majority

more regular, according to the GG, than the
there
"is
"
Hamza and Ks
the
where the
intention in
sp. is sing.;
it is
like
whereas,
is
peculiar
when
it is
the intention in the sp.
"
occurring as a pi. in^t^J! a&Jb [314]. Moreover the o./.

" in the whole is the
pl. the sing, being deviated to only
}
"for a [special] cause, as before shown

"
sp. is
used in the pl^
it is
so that,
used according
when
the
to the o. /.;
1453
"while what Zj says would necessarily follow

only if
what is used in the pi. were used as the sing, is used, and
"
"does not hold good when the

i(
o.
f. in
what the num.
applied to." This
is
When you
IH's remarks.
used according to
pi. is
the end of
is
qualify the sing,
its
you
sp.,
may
observe the form or sense [of the qualified] in [regulating

the
number
*.
men
xx
>
or *UJfe
and
'
Jlô
Jo^-b
X
Je^'
a pZ.,
But the
sp.
Ibllj
Fr allows
[correct]
j^jfj^
LJ
tall
Jx^x
allowable in
Zaid
[49],
is
the
<'i>.
is
be
sp.
which
ijJLi
'
^L>^Jo
'
xx
[538], as
would not
GG dislike the
many of the
*f
v-i^ tXÎ
intended from the sp.
which
b^
seconds
while Jo^kJ?
'
what
KJL^ and
J!j-b
be a sp. on
to
(AKB)]
num., in any scale whatever,
sp. of the
by observ-
and the qualified are one

thing.
is
the
because
what
is not
first,
opinion
firsts is
the text
ep.
be allowable [52] (IY). S and
^^
or
the rest
if
in
#x *
&JLJ [above],
*
occurs as [^p. of the sing.
allowable in
if
then
ep.,
men
tall
And,
[78] (R).
^JJ^ Lî [above], where
(A KB)], because the
'.
a hundred
the principle of *Jl
as
"
be a 6wfrs. for the elided
thirty witty
iSLo
a nee of the sense (Sn).
i-
'
of the apposs. be like the
may
whence *Jl Ûuif Lô
&&
of] the sp., as Lb^fe ^C=LJ
to
be an
x <-*
j>.
and udxj! kjLo

'
is un<-<inivocal
because
designa-
nnn-cxistent in such eps. as these.

peculiar to
some genera,
[317],
>x
it is
But,
not dis-
1454
)
x
liked, as
^LJLc
three learned
xxJlj
hundred erudite men.
ud3f !
said,
mostly
it
does not occur as a sp. of the num.,
according to S, except extraordinarily,
being
,,
what we said on
like
num. from] 3
sp. of [the
a broken^. [315,316].
be an
is
&3Lc a
[148] (R).
jUiJUii
The
317.
This
>
men and JcoU

^ X
>
^JL^
&cJJ not
nor Û-Lwuc v*Jj, since the object of the sp.
particular ization of the genus, while the eps. are defi-
cient
in
meaning, because most of them denote
this
generality, for
which reason you do not say

x
pZ.,
when an
(a) if it
ep.,
>
>
*U>Jb
in the
broken
&1U
be a proper name,
it
(2) if it
be not an
ep.,
seldom occurs as a
then,
sp., be-
cause tiiQpl. of the proper name must contain the J [13];

while, the most important object of the sp. of the
num.
not individuation, the

being explanation of the genus,
of the num is mostly indet., even if it be a gen., for
sp.
which reason
rf/ie
^JuJUW the three Zaids and c>LuylssJL3
&ree Zainabs are rare: (b)
then, (a) if
it
have a broken
X ^
sp. in
most cases,
if it
pi.,
I
be not a proper name,
the sound is not used as
'
^\^f gJL3
the
[238,239], because
îTv-LJli
x
[238] not being said, but
sound
is
seldom used as
X*
sp. of the
mtra. in any other

.
43.
-4d
position
êt;en
than this
but
green ears of corn
1455
[below] occurs, notwithstanding the existence of

(6) if it
have no broken
XXIV.
57. [240,316] (R).
sound pL
to the
the sound
pi.,
The num. from
word
the
vicinity of [a sound
(2)
when
pi. is neglected,
is
the broken
<t
the
pi.
in
is
the other
the
Ô s s
*x^ XII.
as ^>^Lju*
in the vicinity of
when
Seven
II. 27.
*^
Ûb ^1
43. [above],
XII. 43. [316] (Aud,

^
A): (3)
as
formed from] a word whose
pi.
^>0>
which
neglected, as <y!^--w
is
heavens and XII. 43. [316]:
broken
sp.,
3 to 10 is pre.
when
[in three cases (A)], (1)

*
pi. of
used as a
is
\_pl-~\
is
>
>
seldom used, as v^bl*^ eJL>

&
thêe Su'ads, which is allowable because joLLw is rare;

^ ~~ ^ ^
>
but jubu*, viJJ
The sound
also is allowable.
preferable in these two last [cases]

the
because the
first,
other
\_pl-]
and
is
is
pi. is
necessary in
neglected-
If,
however, the other be often used, and be not in the

of [a sound pi.
vicinity
broken
formed from] a word whose
num.
pi, is neglected, the
except rarely, as ^tX+^l
2>1.,
s '
<
three,
"^
is
kxJLj
Ahmads and
three
'&
tlie
below
it
'
pi.,
when
weak, as ^jjy^^ WUtJ Area righteous
men,
But prefixion
y
to the
sound
the best [construction] being apposition as an
next
Zainabs (A), more often JucU*! B1U and
'
'/'.,
not pre. to the sound

'
sSiCC viJJ (Sn).
an
c;loo\ viJJ
*
is
s
f-
ace. as
d.
[to 3 (IY)]
5.
The
(A).
ought
to
188
be a
sp. of
pi.
e/>.,
and
10 and what
is
of paucity [235,
1456
315, 316], in order that
may
it
num.
the
to
correspond
of paucity (M), because the exponent is according to the
numbered have only a
If the
expounded (IY).
of
pi.
paucity, or only a pi. of multitude, the num. is pre. to
as
f&S\
&l3
[235, 237].
pens [237, 242] and JLl; '^^four men

If however, it have both pis
the num. is
three
mostly pre. to the
num-
of paucity, in order that the
pi.
s df.
bered
may
correspond
But
occurs, notwithstanding
the
existence of
it is
renderable by
O'l
^^/^
The num. from
is
neglected, as
and 10Kd
J^
&+*'-* Jive
tion of paucity, but
'
228. [below]
^^ *
II.
*ty>l[235];
indeed says that such as
but this
is
not well-known
3 to 10 is pre. to the formation of
(1)
when
the formation of paucity
'
oJJ
three yirls,
dirhams
(2)
s s*f.
JL^ '^^ four men,
where there
contrary to the rules (Sn),] or by

is
a forma-
is
anomalous by analogy,
it is
rarely used (Sn),] and
fccJL)
multitude in two cases,

^ s
*)J
regularly allowable, as being
is
(R).
Mb
not regular.
u.>Jy&lL3 three dogs
kiU
the num. in paucity, as jUo>!

#
to
three mountains [237].
though
it,
[as being
hearsay, [as being
therefore equivalent to the non* '
existent, the first as in
II.
228.
[above],
since
o-e.
%\J*\ is
I
* *
anomalous as pL of
secnnd as in
^
999^1^
'^^
j~~
%J>
open
to
[below]
and the
9
"
-G.
is
three shoe-latchets, since
gL^ci!
seldom used (Aud, A).

is
with Fath
two objections,
But
(1)
this explanation of II. 228.
what
is
remarked by IUK,
1457
Of
~ x <>&
some mention
that
vid.
which case
tlie ,jf, in
*x
as
tf J*\
it is
Dammof
of %J> with
pL
not anomalous; and (2) that
with Fath [above] has a regular formation of paucity,
iJ>
$.
vid.
f -6.
yj*\
because
9 9 Of
Jot-! is
?,
regular in
'
with Fath of the
Joi3
o, and quiescence of the g when sound in the g, as

here.
And the language of [R and] BD is that, if the
,
sw<7. of the up.
has a
pi.
of paucity not neglected, the sp,

y
is
'
"
f-e
yî"
paucity, as Ju^! &J13
p/. of
mostly put in the
^red
x-
mountains [237] and ^1 ^4^.
mounds
/?ê
[238, 254]
but
sometimes put in the
is
of multitude, as in II.
pi.
228., notwithstanding the occurrence of fcU-l [above] (Sn),

.
318.
When you
go beyond
you put two words,
10,
Ox*
(1) the unit, vid. &*^j>
nine and what
it,
which
^Lo' and
Ûol
is
below
are all uninfl.
upon Fath, except
[below], these being
(2)sl&*tfn
[319],
trictedly (And).
num.
ing
I/T/?.
is
member
tin;
sense of the con.

first,
(A'-,
i.
the
e.,
the cause of
f.
[319]:
[of the
comp.
mininization, [or rather
pla<-" of
its
irhat precedes the I of
it
[209,210] (Sn).
uninhVctedncss
its
the last member's standing towards

of
Ûi'
upon Fath unres-
uninfl.
for the last
(b)
xx
is its imply(Sn)], the cause of its uninflectedness
And, as for the
and
like the du.\
which
As
(a)
in tlir place
<>\vn
is
of the
standing in the
femininLeation (Sn)J in
respect of inseparability from Fath.
For that reason the
1458
first
member
~&A Lu! [below] and

s^c.
of
[since the cause of uninflectedness is
member
cause their last

[290,308], and
tion,
what precedes the
is uninfl.
It is plain,
because
S^f eleven male
twelve men, with both

#
x x x
and !tX^
is
sl&i
/ei?ew
be-
(Sn),]
Some say
that the
like part of the
and
slaves
the seat of inflec-
word (Sn).
you
l,lr.
llj|
in
the
^L^
[members of the
first
[314], that
comp.~\
xx Ix
-cLt &LL>
thirteen
male
female slaves and ibÛ*

^x
and
with the
slaves,
the /em., and the second in the masc.
first in
&o!
it is
from what we have mentioned
say lAx&uLe.
masc.',
wanting
stands in the place of the
not of uninflectedness (A).
member
Uco! is tnjl,
and ^<X=*f
iLxLc Gdil
XX
iL^
Zwefoe
x-
pfr?5,
with both in the
/era.;
girls,
with the
the masc., [and the second in the
fern.']
first in
viJo thirteen
The
KK allow the first member to be pre.
member
of the comp., [the first being then infl.
(Aud).
to the last
ibÛ*
according to the ops., and the last always in the gen. (Sn) J
as
x!^
Li
jc
sjcje
These are fifteen (A), whence ^JJS
when
[below] (Sn); and approve of that

-"
member
of (Sn)] the corap. is pre., as in
fifteen [below].
of the
Oo\
Thenttw.
numbered
C-cLD tXs.|
X
you say
'
is
x-
eK-cLc.
sometimes pre.
and then dispenses with a
Ttee are
[the last
'
^ Q X
K^^
to the
sp.,
thy
owner
as tjjo
Zaid's eleven (A), because,
when
J^^D Z% twenty, you address him that knows the
1459
'
attributed to him, while you do not say Jo\
any but those who know Zaid and his

That is done with all the comp. nums.,
tweiity to
id' a
iwcnty (Dm).
IxLfr
except
LJ| [316] (A)
and
Lcli!
s^r.
and similarly
with the uncompounded, as Jo\ &jLo Zed Us hundred (Sn).

- X X X ^ S*
S' S S S'\'
One says ^LxLc. <XÎ [210] and J~cLc &cu toy thirteen
but not
IJbt
J^JLe.
because the ~&g of JLr. Lbt [above],
to the
being equivalent
of the
<j
ofo.
[290], is not combin-
ed with prothesis [110]; nor jUil, lest
it
be mistaken for
the prefixion of jjLbl two without composition (A).

if
And,
a comp. num. be pre., the uninflectedness remains (IM)
unaltered in both members, as
Thy
el
men
This
bers,
Zaid's
are with
^& Je^l
<X>\
eleven,
with Fath of both
uninflectedness remains with the

so
second method
is
therefore
that the last
and J
by common
member should be
"<'
(imposition remaining, as in
vJLJLxj (A),
[18], contrary to^xLg. <XÎ,
method
Arabs, as Ju^
is
of Ju>l in both cases,

,
and Kasr of the
because
it is
transmitted by
^t J^l
*x>
and
;
The
J^c
of
i,
'x'x
S from some
the
is
two causes
name
not a proper
<x^| [with
Damm
inft., the
though dlJju
diptote [4,215], because of the presence of the
Tin's
mem-
with prothesis [210].
(Sn).
J^t,^ txLl
the most frequent method, because the
is
consent, and
*x>
of the
Fath of the j
in
in the second (Sn)]
the
and
first
is indi-
14GO
cated by IM's saying (A), But the last

in A. (IM): and
who
it is
asserts that
member
is
sometimes
approved by Akh; and preferred by 1U,
it is
the chastest, giving as his reason
that prothesis restores things to their o.f. in inflection (A).
This reason
member
is
also,
not said to require inflection of the
because the pre.
the aggregate
is
first
of the
two members, not the first only, nor the second only;
but,
since the final of the second is the final of the p*e. aggregate, the inflection appears
IM
however,
the
CT
forbids this
that there
is
in
it
method
to
be copied, saying in
no reason for approving

x
>
the uninfl. is sometimes pr.\, as \*)&'^
man
From
that
and
isivith thee! [225]
and vu^.
a wise, knowing One [205]
it is
said
by some
that, since it is
forbidden, even
'
HI*W
method, vid. that the
be
p** (J^ &* ^' *

(A). But IUK remarks
weak
to be, according to S, a
weak
first
And
(Sn)
there
member should be
is
Fr; though
IM
have thy fifteen
a third
it is
X
copied, contrary to the opinion of Fr.
IM
XXX
oi*3
cloned, transmitted
mentions in the Tasini that
"But
not
pre. to the
uninflectedness of both being removed, as
L& R.u^ What
dia/.;
it is
<J
last, the
many
authorized as a diaZ., to copy
if it
because
it,
J^ ^
x
In the Tasini,
(Sn).
Lo
by
not to be
XX
H^Lt
Ûf ",
Tashil, meaning with prefixion of the

says
first to the second without prefixion of the aggregate [to
in the
another thing (MN,Sn)], as

xox
xxx*
5LAfc -^^'
ub
,.wo
W
x
*xx
ik
io.JLw.
^xx*,.wo
auUlfc
.-t
v-ft-u
1461
(
o
[above],
i.
e. auoLt
and
his wrariness
"
[He was overtask?
distress, with
assertion,
not allowable,
is
sideration; for [others transmit that

first
comp.,
of eighteen of his
girl
by common consent". His

however, of "common consent" requires con-
years (MN),]
the
on account of
/,
member
be pre.
to
unrestrictedly,
[i.
(MN)] the
the last
to
member
of
the
poetry or elsewhere
in
e.,
KK allow
(MN), whether the aggregate be pre. or not
(Sn),] as
before noticed (A).

6^ ^ '
.
319.
The
of S~CLD,
jfc
the ft-m. (IH,IA,A)J
is
pronounced with
Bami (M)] Tamlm (M,IH,IM), as
[the
^^
(IY,A), and '^^&
^.^
^w?ve
UJLj
(R), in
[when compounded
to
iyx^
Kasr by
(1)
gÎ &&^[
x
eleven
ft
^j nineteen (IY),
with Kasr of the ji (A): (2) quiescence (M, R, IA, And,
A) by the Hijazis (M, R, And, A), which

<l'"d.
(R, A): (a) since they dislike the succession of four
Katies in what
is like
mated with the
unit,
tlir
the chastest
is
one word, and
is
moreover amalga-
which [mostly] ends with a Fat ha,
Taimmis deviate from Fath
to
Kasr of
its
medial;
while the Hijfizis deviate from mobility to quiescence of

the medial, in order
moved hy another
are broken in
<i^J. and
and
-uid
(R):
many
J^\, hut
that,
one heaviness
(b)
may
that is because
of the num.*.,
but
the
customs
wh< n<v their

saying
^J^J upon the measure
sI
not be rc-
of
with Kasr of
\^s [.^22];
(g
its initial
1462
[234, 320];
and sSlJis
^*7' exce P
&5Uilj'
to
f-
^l*u
not
&
s-
anomalously [316] (IY):
R, A) by some (A), which
is
nor
"
Fath (IY,
(3)
the o./. (IY,A), and
read
is
by AlA'mash
in II.57.[211](IY), because the composition
is accidental;
but this
ever, the ji is pronounced with

fin the
(Sn),
(R),]
In the mane
rare (R).
is
The
Fath (A).
how-
.,
of ^xLc
MSS
as expressly stated in some of the
wasc.,
when compounded with a unit mobile

is sometimes made quiescent, [because
in the
final
of the suc-
cession of vowels (A), in consequence of the combination

of four Fathas, one of which
the unit (R), in what
is
RiLlji
the Fatha on the final of
(K on XII.
virtually one n.
as llr. <XÎ (R,A) and 'JL*
pLl
is
(K); contrary to
*b
pLI
4.),]
(R). and so on (A), to
|210] (R), lest two
lli!
quiescents be combined (K): and so Abu Ja far reads

c
yLl
in XII. 4. (442), for lightness (K)]; while Hubaira,
the companion of
though
Dm
it
says "If
may
[670],
(Aud,
it
s,
be said
?,'
reads
t^g-co
is
'How may
we say
be made
this
A)
Haf
yLc
IX.
lisi
36. [83],
involves a combination of two quiescents (A).
made quiescent
Jsa
[ tXÎ
more
in
when
fitting"
(Sn).
of the
the
quiescent after the
occurring in the
pounded (A)
that,
the
The
of
n.
y& and
and the
&
be
[of
^j>Ci
num. of thejfera.(Sn), when com-
Hjll îUf (M, IH),]
is (1)
pronounced
1463
with Fath (M, IH, And, A) by most of the Arabs

XX
who
^Q
treat S^cLt
the cause [209]
X ^ X
XX
"
like
X X
^^^
one (IY)
is
x^ x
&iJLj
(2)
**
(11),
^ X -"G^
and *eft*)l, because
made quiescent (M, IH,
And, A) by some of them (M), which often occurs, because

the comp.
is
heavy by reason
of the composition (R), aa

X
>
made quiescent
the (5 is [necessarily (R)]
(IY, R, Sn),
I*
^JU- [215] (IY, R),"and
\&
in
^S ÂJUQ
^G [208,213]
(R): (3) seldom (Aud), anomalously (IH), elided; while

the
pronounced with Fath (IH, Aud, A), because of
is
,j
the composition
the
since
(Sn),
account of
[Ifi]
(R)
Kasr
or with
the [elided
.sha
as in
its lightness,
(R)]
&
&
ÛJ!
* 'Cx
oot^
(R, Aud, A), as
(R, Sn)
Fatha on
tolerates
X*-
I saw
the
judge
an indication of
and hence the saying
[of
(KF)]
^X
*x"^'*'^X
!^
^xXxS'!^
XX^X
SwxLc
X XX
jjU^^
XX X
XX
^X x ^
>**X
LuL^^ LoUi' oo*~
<xL^
assuredly I have drunk eight cups of wine and
and
eighteen
-*
Ûj
those
the
who say
and two and four [below]

being elided according
joilT jlî?
forcer
i/ic
(A), properly
to the
7âu^
dial, of
KF), as
(Jh,
says the poet [Mu<larris Ibn Rib'l alAsadi (Jsh)]

J
[below] (Jh)
And
/
on
the
ground
is batter
made my
blade Jlu
among
c-
stout she-
in the foreleg*, striking the leathern shoes
(Jsh).
But, after elision
than Kasr of the ^, in order that

189
of the
tf
Ûi may
Fath
agree
1464
with
when compounded with sl&l J

pronounced with Fath of the finals (R). And
its sisters,
they are
sometimes
because,
also,
when ^Cj
elided, its inflection
is
not compounded,
being placed upon the
its ,5 is
as in the
saying of the poet
[below] (R, A)
/&* /oar beautiful central

incisors,
/S7ie
two above, and two below,
two on the
on the
/our lateral
?icZ
and one below, and similarly

that her front-teeth are eight (AKB), and
right, one above,
left, so
x ^x
the tradition
xx
55
^W
^1*5^
[below] with Fath of the
^5^-0
>
That
(R).
LV.
24.
is like
-4?irf
the reading of some
are
//t*
with [elision of the
^5
the ships
Damm
The
correct method, [says he,] is to re tain
in prothesis
ace.,
like
he
as
for AlA'sha/s
elides the
in
it
by
poetic
(5tXa^l
allowed
det. defective in
^
>^^
the ,5 of
) a
>
O >
>
(AKB).
expressed
u$lS
[16],
o x-^^
JcaJ^
as
license,
^ (A).
because the
is
saying pJ| ^jî

~~
from the
it,
which
^,
And,
of the
elision of this
of the defective,
and in the
^/^
> ,X x
^LLuH
But
in ^jUi is the
X & '*
fo&J\ *)y
with sails raised aloft ,
and (K, B)]
D disapproves the
II in the
<5
incisors,
it
[above],
is
elided
x-
^Joj [above],
pJ! ^5^-*^^
i.
e.,
while, in cases of poetic license [below], one is

to elide the
^ s from the finals
of words, content-
ing oneself with the Kasra indicative of them, as in the
Baying of the Rajiz
1465
<
O
S *
Lo
|
2Vi,y
u'0
Th
and another
And IBr
KK
the
XX
>
cites
(3^*
to
a dir ham, from
Hood with
that gives
says [in his Notes on the
allow elision of this
pJflAlj
But this
AKB).
>
b^ # U^
cfviJj
hands area hand that sticks not
munificence;
(D).
udxuJL kxj
&
L$J [above] as
in
the
D (AKB)]
poetry
that
and that
an instance of
[restriction of the
sword
it
(CD)
elision to poetry]
a in
cases of
requires consideration; and H's saying
poetic license
"
[above]
is
open
to the
X-
objection that the

*
~C'
J^Jlj LXXXIX. 3.
And l>y the night when it goes away, and cannot therefore
be reckoned a poetic license (CD) and the truth is that
elision occurs in the Kur, as y*o. !3
not peculiar to poetry, as is proved
it is
cited [above]
by
which
is
by the
tradition
given in the Sahih of
Muslim
in the chapter of Eclipse, on the authority of
'Abbas,
who
says
^=*
|jL,j
xJL&
&JU!
cs
lo
Ibn
iJj|
The Apostle of
God (God bless him, and give him

sun was
peace /) prayed, when the
eclipsed, with eight boivs in
(AKB).
And
sometimes that
is
four prostrations
done with
gl^dtaftft
x x
the lateral incisor tooth,
f^*
ships [above], and their like
(R).
.
320.
affixed, ag
The num.
to
whose end the
twenty and
[its cat.,
vitl.
and
(IY)]
are
1466
thirty [and
which are in the

to
,jyuwJ ninety,
y*?; forty
form of the
pi.
dominance
[of the side of the
Jî-ftj 5J
..jlji^!
common
(IY)], are of
Lo *jo^l
,r^
gender, by pre-
masc. (IY)], as in
^ ^^? (2?^^
t^*^ LJOL&.!
^xxt4>
Abd ArRahman Ibn AlHakam (CD), She called

brother after that there had been between us that
4
(M), by
me
her
matter which brother
and sister do
rule [of Arabic (D)] that,
when
not
do (AAz).
It is
the masc. and fern, are
combined (D, IY), the predicament of (D) the masc.

predominates (D, IY, BS) over the Jem. (D, BS), as in
AlFarazdak's saying p}| liCU CJ [247] (BS), because it

is the o. f. [2G3] (D, IY), the fern, being a deriv. from
it.
This rule
is
universally observed
cases, (1) ^1*1*3 two hyenas,
except in two
when you mean a male and
you form the du. from the fern., not the

masc., in order to escape from the combination of augs.:
a female
for
(2) the cat. of the date [below] (D).
fern, predominates ovsr the masc. in

Qfs
9
for the Jem. and
as du. of
They say
two cases,
s
(1)
^'Ju^
^1*^
*ô
that the
ij
for
the masc.;
x xo
for the
Arabs do not say jjulxô

**
by nights
mentioned by
Jj, [or,
[in
c"!ate ;
**
by days. That is
in one Ms, Zji (DM),] and many.
for they date
But
[228]: (2) the
[325. B], not
averring the dating by nights to be a case of
predominance (DM)]
it is
a piece of carelessness.
For
the essence of predominance is that two things should be
1467
combined
the
[in existence, as in
first
or in expression,
ear.,
as in the coming ex. (DM)]; and that the predicament of
one should then be applied to the other: whereas night
and day are not combined
expression or in existence,
[in
at the time of dating, which is not a part of the day
and
night together, but either of the day or of the night
(DM)]; nor are two things here spoken of by the name
And
of one to the exclusion of the other.
the Arabs date by nights
moon rises only
at night
(ML); so
and the
lunar,
that, in this respect, the
A true case [of predomi-
nights precede the days (DM).
nance of the /em. over the masc. in dating (DM)]

" o^'
saying
&JLJ;
"
^ '
nights and days (ML),
&Xy5 / wrote
meaning
specified
is
that
some of the three were
that there should be a
by a masc. and a /em., both

X
irrational,
[below] (ML).
The num.
as in
specified
is (1)
both combined (AKB)],
^jjo
[or
predominance
kxl^
and
is
given
jli llrouglif
JU'f
[in
num.
^ ^
'
^.
l&j o^lk
by a masc. and
separated from them by the word
A fern, together
or
it
and sepa-
^ ^
X-
rated from the num. by the word ,jjo

v>J!
your
after three
it
And- the formula for
days, and some nights (DM).

dating and elsewhere (DM)]
is
a^x
^j^LxJ
,j-o
why
only that the nights precede
is
Arab months are
the
[the days], since
the reason
in
*'
to the masc., as ,j^j
("i
which case
*X^^
male and female rfar>
^^
****=
ss*jl;
>^
yLc ooyoi!
[Mow]
I saw fifteen
she-
1468
camels
and he-camels
[314], in
unless the two sp$. be
which case predominance
is
given
*^ and
to the fern.,
as
[By AnNabigha alJa'dl, describing a wild cow, whose

young one had been devoured by a wild beast, Then she
went round about, for three days and nights, seeking for
him, and the display of grief was that she yearned
lowed (AKB)], since dating
and
based upon nights, as will
is
be seen [326.B], for which reason, when you speak vaguely,

and do not mention the days and nights, the expression
*
follows the fern., as LM.JV

x^
days, whence
They
U^
-f.
(a)
separation, the sp.

(R), ^gJLjl
but
is
*ft
is,
to
five
*f.
II.
234.
wait four months and ten
fern,
predominate only for
separation, since, with
of the
'as it
\jj>
^
^^y^jL ^ôjyo
**j^!
you make the
that reason, and because
xS
'ssO-f-
Y^!
'
one abode
^^ Jj\ Such a OS's"
compel themselves
shall
days [314]
9 ^
were, not mentioned
S says
yU &1^ is allowable by analogy,

'
not the idiom of the language of the Arabs [314]
the
(S,R): (2) not separated [from
words, in which case,
(a) if
two
spsJ]
the num.
by these two
be pre.
to the
'
numbered, predominance is given to the foremost, as

^
J.
*
fc
t)uLC\
five
'
)Clf.S
male and female slaves 2^ Ju^!^
slaves, since the prefixion to
an excess of peculiarity
[to
it]
this pre.
num.
is
it
imports
and so in the num. to

&'<>*>*
which
*.
*.'
females and male
_-,_-
+\
coupled, as
' *'
G^
1469
o hundred and three men and women and
a thousand and three she-camels and he-camels
J*^
the
(a) if
numbered be
the
if
(b)
masc.
sp.
in
the
^t?e
and twenty
^L^> 5 *3'u
^C=*
llo
jU^>j
LLJ.
Co^j
V-&-&
..,.,&
^yte.j four
the two sps. are
&JLJ
and fourteen
as
nights,
and
&*. JVAJ b'yxLc ooyXxi!

' [above]
"/
?#'*-''"/
and she-camels are
fifteen he-camels
SLcL
the aggregate
slaves
is ten,
slaves
may
female, or unequal.
i.
(6) if
the
&uj
11^
what
is
When
kill
4vm
meant
is
x-ib.
[the sps. in]
iL^ s^xLt
xv
_y
not like that; but the
number
of male
and female
some of the ten being male and some female
and they
case as this,
respect
nights.
whereas
is that
nights, because with the nights
are days equal to them in number
sense
porches, and iUjJ
SLJ^ Co^>
and
journeyed four teen days
fourteen days
and
x...
she -camels,
and twenty days and
^ and
regarded, as &liJ
is
and
thirteen he-camels
fourteen houses
*...
^wkt.
and men, from
she-camels
masc. be not rational, the foremost

SjOj
as sCoTwLfr
masc. gender conjoined with reason
for the
then,
sSJx^tfSxx^JOxxx'x
women and men and
fifteen
be rational, whether the fern, be
^ '
}L=N
as a sp.,
ace.
rational or not, the masc. is regarded,

*
xsL
e.,
be equal, five male and five
The
indct. post,
to
in
such a
in the position of division, is intended to
denote ê?iz^;and the
word^-o
is
metaphorically adapted
1470
from the
are
local adv.
so that
men and women means

two
[either of] these
two genera; as what
SLx>fj
J^ûo*^k)i
that they are not excluded
divisions,
and from [either
between two things
is
stood from the language of IM that the unit
of] these
It is under-
may not be com-
pounded with &)+&& and

sary, as
from
not excluded
is
from the place intermediate between them (R).

^
The people
(jjv^j
but that coupling is neces-
its cat.,
x^.^
J^v^ iU^
not
[313],
[325],
ooC
perhaps because of the ambiguity in such as iLl~T

iLLj ^j-h-^
which might mean / saw the Jive

O
longing
to,
by some
i.
e.,
of the
Arabs with Fath, of the
IM
Q*
have the predicament of
v_>
means from
Q'
CK that
says in the
juucu
and
go
and
KjuwJ
^J
whether
uncompounded or compounded, and have ^>-cLt and

cat.
coupled to them, as jj^l XJLOO oJiJ
odd years and ,Twy^ â-?

x ^>* ^
^"^
>
odd maid-servants, andLuB

and
iUA^v.^5
to
&*^L?
*o (A).
away goes
îÂcj
means from aLxJU to
Jh says
;
/ tarried some
^yxLfc
Ha.o.j
^
/
^ JoLt
^ *
JLA^ A^J ên and
&c|
auL*dj
twenty
Gx'^'fix*'
its
and odd
vj;v^^ f^> twenty and odd volumes
Sxf
and that
and Lo^Lt
^*
and odd men-servants and
have ten
be-
twenty men (A). *-dj pronounced with Kasr, but
three to nine (Jh, R).

^L?
of,
(R),
so that
auu*o
When
and
*saj
Ofx
from
vi
you pass beyond
you do not say
^;j^;
( Jh,
R) but
:
1471
the well-known opinion is that
decimal numbers (R)
all the
not accompany any but ten

^x* >
SLoui
the Prophet
seventy and odd

321.
is
refuted
be used with
may
it
does
by the words
of
>
**->
&y^)
it
and the saying that
&
o/ sto% and odd
<jW^ Faith
is
parts, or in one version
composed
(Sn).
The nums., [when you enumerate them

V
are uninfl. upon quiescence, as *ii$
(IY),]
*>
,jUj't J^*tj
one-two-
three [159,647], because the meanings necessitating inflec-
wanting (M), since these nums. do not
tion [19] are
occupy the place of

but correspond to
so as to be ags., objs., or inehs;

O x
Ox
like LO and VJQ [187, 200]. That is
ns.,
ejs.,
*xx
xx
confirmed by the saying iuu
^'1^ three-four transmitted
by
S,
where the
xx
in 200 s I
to the
though mobilized by the Fatha of the
is left in its state [as
as an indication that
cent in the
J5
Hamza
8
num.
it is
as], not restored
constitutionally quies-
(IY). Similarly the
names of the
letters
of the alphabet, and what resembles that, [are quiescent

in the
finals
(IY),]
when simply enumerated
coupled, nor occupying the place of
[l. >9].
The
as
ns.,
not
u6G
JiJ!
with a ^ after
then has two dial, vars.,
^\^
"
X
the
(11),
[720, 723], like jfj with a

Ox
the measure of
O -f
is
and^
upon
^ and ^1: while
or abbreviated [234]
after the
!^
transmitted.
190
[with the
Thus
prolonged
[the
names of]
1472
these letters cease not to be uninfl., because they are ejs.

*
corresponding to
JLO [above],
*JQ
and
au
you make
until
them occupy the place of ns., in which case you put them
into the nom., gen and ace., as you do with us., saying
,
oo
"
f*=* pj^sJ! J;
fl
I*
The
<" x x
of
the
word
-o
<
UA^
^^ is a
and
Ox
-^
Jb oLJ! y*! The

JLLw^
initial
final of the word oLo
zs
a ^
and
x x
^^ I wrote a beautiful _
coupling, because
u
when
it is
what
you say
and similarly in
equivalent to dualization [228], as

the spelling of
is
Bakrf\ and
the
answerer says
&L A ^ and a J and a
inflec%\^ o&j
ting them because he couples; whereas, if he does not
*
couple,
Ibn Al
he makes them uninft., saying K
Hakam
and a
Yazid
When
GG,
they get together over an
and a
v_>
a wrangle arises among them (AKB). The

of ns. is inflection and, whenever
you find any of
o. f.
them
uninfl.,
you must seek a cause
what we have mentioned
like
vague ns.
and some
the
LJ
[athThakafi al Basn, the celebrated poet
(AKB),] says, satirizing the
[below] (IY)
names
ness
for its uninflectedness,
for
the prons. [16], the
[171, 176], the verbal ns. [187], the mets. [216],
of the advs. [201],
But, as for the
ejs.
and
of the letters of the alphabet, their uninfl ected-
is original,
not needing a cause; while their inflec-
1473
(
-
tion in such as
is
[above]
and
^^x^lJu [123, 200]
*>J!
caused by their being constructed, which
contrary to the
o.
(R on
/.
tested on the strength of the
yo
SM III. 1.
If that be con-
Inflection).
Fath of the
in LM
Alif-L&m-Mlm. God, there
He, the answer
that
is
the
is
is
is
if
aJUf
^ JT
no god but
orig. quiescent, being
pronounced with Fath only because of the concurrence
and the J of *JU| [663]. By anaof two quiescents, the

^
logy it ought to be pronounced with Kasr [664]; but,
disliking Kasr, lest two Kasras having between them
which
is
which
is lighter,
as
too
be combined in the word,
the origin of Kasra,
which would then be
a^
heavy, they deviate to Fathn,
iL&
[207] and
^!
[206] are uninfl*
upon Fath for this reason (D). When you make [the
names of ] these letters ns., predicating of them, and
coupling some of them to others, you
inflect
them, as
we
have mentioned, prolonging such of them as are abbreti
viated,
and doubling the
do not put the

cat. of ns.,
may
be
(a)
[above].
g\ in the dial, of those
For,
declined as triptotes;
may be decided not to

n*. f
when
where
by the
(b)
who
transferred to the
they must be treated as such: so that
ed; and v c) represented
to a cat.
^ of
(1)
they
dualized and pluraliz*
and J
(2)
their
be rad., because they are transferred
that is necessary: (3) since
into which inflection enters, there
is
among
no biL
n.
sing.
whose
1474
second
is
a letter of prolongation and softness, therefore
you add to the of C lS, and l another in order that

they may become tril.\ and then you convert the [second] f
I
(a)
into
Hamza, because
the
first
porate the
*b;
as in *GlT and
to the ,5 of
first,
of its quiescence and the quiescence of
you add
[683, 721, 723]:
^ another &
which you
into
as you do in the case of ps.

}
predicating of
Oxby
/z.
it
322.
[313]
Qx
tX^lj
O^
JLÛ, tn^ n. &z>) or
Therefore
JL^J^JJ
H<X=.
"
[191,
treats
it
When you
Cx
/ saw
you say otf
oâ
when he
one and &jUUooK
is
inflection [is necessary], as

90s*'
/ t^roê a
and Ux=
[275, 306] (IY).

? '
say Jus!j \&& This
in
incor-
&**& ouJ
to the cat. of ns. as in *>J!
where the poet doubles the
200],
as a
them
(b)
when you
X
transfer
and
a joo
X X
three, then
T^zs
fa
(M).
an
is
acf. jpar^.
from jc^
aon
x-'xO
,
i.
q.
&JL>\
means dJUjf,
i.
was single
e.
[324]*
dJUjToJjJftAa
single (number)] and is used in [qualifying] the number-
a single
ed [314], like the rest of the nums., as J^l^ JU
man
is
and
^tcL^
^JL^
[325.
youthful, the
And
j.y>
a single people.
A] or Îj^l
Hamza
also.
The
like
is
<xL^ with Fath or

is
^)7.
^ll& [247] from .Ll
being a substitute for the
the assimilate ep.
and JH^;
The broken
[below].
Kasr of the
changed into Hamza,
(1) in
1475
where the change
^tJc^l [above],
pronounced with
Damm may
regular, since the
is
be changed
the beginning, as s*^! and oJ3l
for sj~j
or the middle, as j^pi [243]: (2) in
into
and
it is
anoma-
the j pronounced with Kasr in the beginning, as in
and
JJ^s
anomalous according
^^[ and
regular according to Mz, and
is
of
<5<X^ where the change
lous, according to all: (3) in
HjJ! for p-L&j

s
V
in
ojcj^ [683]
&^\ where
,
Hamza
When
to others.
used in the rmras.

'*
x *
between two decimal numbers, the forms <XÎ and <5<X=f

are preferred to Jcjj and sju^!^
for the
lg
and
and
<X^!^
syâ
eleven, and
8tXa.!^
^jAiOLf^nfy-on* (R). And
Ir
rarely (A),]
Jk^^ eleven
When pre.
to the o.f. (A).
and Sj^lj also occur,

<\^!^
But sometimes, though rarely,

as
sake of lightness.
9 '
is said
<XÎ
^^
sometimes, [though
(R,
A), according
and ^5<XÎ are regular-
ly used otherwise than in the nums. between two decimal

9
f.
numbers, as paj^*! and

x.
'
^jj^l
one of them.
When
not pre., ^<\^l is not used except in the
nums. between
O ' *
But
two decimal numbers.
<x=!
is
regularly used to
denote generality of beings having knowledge after

negation,
prohibition,
[499];
interrogation,
and keeps
iXM XXXUL
or condition, as Co
to the sing, masc., as
32.
Ye are not
like
any
^jclj
others
1476
the wives (R) and
of
mination
is
LXIX.
then rare [262].
47. [107] (Jh).
And sometimes
dispense with negation of what precedes
quence of the negation of what follows
Jyb $
pron., as vJUj
its
ljs.^1
Its deterit
it,
is
able to
in
conse-
if this
it,
contain
Verily not any one
& '
But
says that,
meant
is
it
^ *"
t\a>!
when
does not occur in affirmation,
to denote
generality
that
so
jjdl ouJiJ
&
/ met any one but Zaid is not said,

o
^
And <X^!^ also is used
opinion of Mb.
|Jo\ SM
contrary to
the
in the non-
aff.iQ denote generality

fern., as
^-gô scX^lj Sj P~$A*
met one of them
Hamza
that the
of rational beings; but
(masc.),
of the
!<X=*!j
nor one of them
J^l used
as in
He
consent.
as jU*l
CXII.
1.
seems not
^^CJ ^
to
Hamza
the sense of <X^!
is
its
**C
F says
therefore
Hamza
common
unity in such
hazard the
to
you ought rather
is
a substitute for
being One has not come
me: how then can any more have come?
but rarely,
not
whereas in the
a substitute by
rad.; but
Co
I have
(fern.}.
to see the sense of
say that, in every case,
the
it is
[above], and
conjecture that the

to
[below],
made
in the non-aff. to denote
totality is rad., not a substitute for the

aff.,
Lc
cûJiJ
is
Sometimes,
0^ is used in the a/., not in a num. between

9
two decimal numbers, nor pre., but

1.
[160].
And sometimes
like
in praising,
<x^!^
as CXII.
and negativing
1477
)
>
~0
existence
-
<Xs.l
of]a
like,
6x
yc
they say j^JiX^TiXa..!^ and
giving ^tX^^ the pi.
..
t^^ by
G x
s<X*,
pl.
is
The meaning
[2S8, 254].
j7e is a
calamity that
is
assimilation
of
^(X^ya
one of the ones.
The
poet [AlMarrar Ibn Sa'id alFak'asi (A KB)] says
reckoned
TAe?/
(R)
of the
heroes,
abstractive
his
be the
to
fox at
they roused in
[1],
me, the vj being
one of the calamities.
Dm
Tashll " &^>\
^J^l
Commentary on
the
"fern., is applied to the masc., because

"
u
"
tl
the calamities, an expression

^ C -o x
Ox xx>
as
^l^jJ!
^ au^b y
J^><xLÎ tXÎ also
^ f-cô
^jjca.^1
,,
<4
"
"
-ffe
it
says in
,
though
means one of
applicable to the masc.,
one oj the calamities: and
means one of the calamities but they

;
give the pZ, of the rational to what they deem great,
" even
though
"
muster
the
thinking that I should elude, and not
them, until
face
me
>
f.
<Xa>!
He, then, who says
be not rational.
it
'
'
yo observes agreement with the form
>
ofy,
and therefore makes both the words masc.

^
while
lie
*-
who says <XÎ (5tX^ observes
the sense, and
therefore puts ^5<Xa>t
And there
is
prefixing
it
another dial. var. of
to the pi. of the fern.
J^l
vid,
&*>W with]
1478
"Damm
of the
words [peculiar
and Fath of the
And some
"(AKB).
(AKB)] are used
to negation
in the non-aff. to denote totality (R).
like
R mentions twenty-
which are mistranscribed in most of the MSS, so

that we think it a kindness to spell and explain them
one,
(AKB),
vid. (1)
v-*^ (R),as ^^>^ L$J
any one speaking plainly,
i.
Co
There
not in
is
says ISB, yv**
e.,
it
which
>
they sometimes say in this sense; and so says the author
oftheKF (AKB): (2)]^

n.
from^b
that
it is
a house (AKB)
(b)
rel. n.,
^; b
(R):
is pi.
but to a place in Al'Irak called
be a blunder
KF
and the
adds
^S
'
tain
and by Kl
omen, which
first
,j
(6)
Lh by
it
Ûb
Kl,
by ISB
be
to
(c)
is
some
said
(AKB)
by
(5)
'
fromîo
a moun
be from iLjb a dial. var. of aids an
improbable, the correct opinion being the
and like
from
is
to
of .b [310]
which, says Kl,
>
a rel. n. said
^sjio (R),
says that
o
>
called not in relation to
is so
to
ISk says
(a)
Lh
(R), a rel
Hamza and ISB

o
^3 with Hamz of the
and
(3)
^'o
X
add
(4)
by rule <*>b because
Abh *Amr adDurl
pi. of %b
not pronounced with

8
it is
[499]:
is
Ôs
with an
who says
the author of the
KF
and a
that
spells
with the addition of the

^
it is
it [
this is transmitted
without
&IL
like
Hamza
^k!
but
(KF),]
U79
Witt
Damm
of the
v.,
of the
Is
KF "gives
Kl,
^L, [like *^yb

j
which
two other dial,
and with
Jh
the J of the
is
is
v.
the p
:
and
both mentioned by
vars.,
KF),] with the Hamza put after
(Jh,
Damm
the form to which
Damm
Fath of the Hamza, which
and Kasr of the
the
the
of the
lo
and quiescence of the

himself
restricts
and
^ô
X
witli
and quiescence of the Hamza, the only

form mentioned by ISk, which is said by 1SB in his
'
'
x
99s
*Us
to
be
from
aor.
Commentary
i^k> like ^Lb aor. g^j,
meaning went away in the, earth but transposed, its
of the
Jo
**
*~~
regular form being ^SJo

of the
MSS
which
is
of the
jê-ji
[above]
ÛB|
(AKB)
and Kasr of the
Q
:
f-
6,
(7) ^! (R), cited in
"
;
(AKB)
&
(8)
to the
Ji
(B),
foregoing
oo
one says
>!jJL
*^l
one, or
while most
have (AKB)
with the
^(.L (R),
;
(KF), by addition of the
like
"
Th, whose Commentators say with Fath
of the Ilaniza,
any
like
authorised by ISgh
the Faslh-by
(AKB)
Lx>
There
is
not in the house
elision of the ^5,1.0. &z>\

^! by
as saya
Zuliair
r;
yl
dwelling of Asmd's in AlGJiaiuran,
writing, wherein
(9)
ÂxTdJ).
is
whirh
not
is
effaced like
any one of its inhabitants
said
by
191
ISB
to
be from
(Jh)
1480
(AKB)
[139]
(10)
with Fath of the
U^r (R), X
B-x
double^
tillage
but this word
being Jl*i from ^J^f turning the soil over for
is
not mentioned
fr
(AKB)
(12)
yL
sometimes with
Damm
it
of the
x x
o^J I called
(R), both transmitted
that !Li L^? Co
few nor many from
*.Aî
while Sgh transmits from Fr

:
from
says, is
fi
(AKB)
pronounced [with Fath, and (AKB)]
Kl from Lh ISB says

not in
ISk
(R), which,
So x
(11) (5^co
by ISk (AKB)
but sometimes
by
means There are
meaning became few
;.
with Fath and the S
Sî
does not accompany negation
it
^
2
(R),,
i.
e^ occurs in affirmation
Damm of the
(AKB)
& Sgh says that

^
it is
y,^
oujj I crept) meaning ^&*
said
(13)
by Ks
with
(R),
to
one that creeps
be from
but
ISB
^
irregular, the regular form being (S*+?& *
9
says that this
is
because
it
is
v>jJ<>(R),with
^"
that
that
fe
it is
from
rel. n.
from
S-AJO>>
creeping (AKB)
Kasr of the ^>and af the double ^: ISB

o
(14)
says-
^rnQSimngdecoration and adornment; but
some transmit
inexplicable,
it
as
unless
&^& with the

C'"
it
undotted
be JAA^ from
J^JI
man stooped his head: (15) o!^
which,
which
^^ The
ISB say s, may mean-
o^ jj possessor of camels fur, i. e owner of camels or

may mean diveller in a tent ofcameFs fur: but most of the
MSS have (AKB) t?T(B), an act. part, from s
,
1481
I fecundated
the palm-tree
occurs, though
Dm
and in the Tashil also J\
says that
is
it
of the copyists, the correct form
a mistranscription
with the
J^
being
used in affirmation
because *J
is
the
which
bounded in
(R), says R,
The
-^
gazelle
an
is
its
(AKB)
(16) o! with
part, from ^-kJ? >-?!

running : but there is no
cat.
doubt that this word
which
by R, either
is mis-spelt
the Tashil, and
with the
<j
Kl from
lAr, being, says Dm, the act.
fault with him,
is in
i,
e,
man
that being the genus
mitted by
from
hunger (AKB)
*jJ)
i.
&^
<}o\
(17)
the icell
witli
Damm
of the
Oii>^^
%l^99 L
no^ in
which
found
finds faulty
is
it
trans-
that
any one
it
sob xlsfj
is said,
KF,
ISB says
not in
AZ (AKB)
and with
&AJ!
transmitted by
:
(20)
meaning water:
Ly*
(18)
Iain/a, as 5
(R),
ISk gays that
sôli L^>
Kl from Lh:
J^Jy
Lo
(R), with
(19) )r*y-
Damm
of
f in
any creature is a rel. n. from /X

,ôb
x^c'fili,
,KxX
Luo ^^1 Lc> vôf l/> /Aavc no^ seen
an^
xo
that
Hamza (AKB)
the ^, and
ts
of
to
e. cXÎ
without
is
anything also
and so Kl transmits from
^ â
J^b* (R)
There
tx)
part
^j!^
^\
transmitted by
is
derived, says the
with Hainza; and that
iTi
or for
transmits syob Lgj
e.
07
<j**
Kl from Lh, being

O
AZ
U>A*J
for
and
crea-
1482
more beautiful than her

*
i.
U-L=*
e.,
of a fair
is said
and his Commentator
ISB
says that
irregularly formed from ^\J which

blood: these four are from the crude-form
re?. w.
Damm
(R), with
KF
the author of the
any
is
(21)
woman,
2
one,
i.
e.,
&Â
of the
(AKB)
and with a double
There
j Lgo Co
says
heart's
and Kl says that
is
not in
it
an irregular
it is
Ga
from
rel. n.
a Zowe, meaning lousy
S*3
not found in the I ? lah

it is
[alManHk
but this word
ISk (HKh)], though

These are the words
of
mentioned in the Tashil.
mentioned by R, who here follows DI.
And
there
*
remain some other words cited by ISk,
vid. (22)
>
ISB
which,
says, is an act. part,
wail whistled
and
i.
%
,
e.,
having fire in
it:
(24)
^
^ ^^1
platter as though
it
o
Of
ivolf: (26)
i.
e,,
^tô
i.
e.,
x x
yLo
which
Âj
Off?*?
Is
JULi
meant There
is
not in
a snorter or snorer
c^^-o
it
a dog, nor
*-
(27) ^sAj
barker
&
î!
which, says
ISB,
'^
not used except in denial, as
[88]
T7ie
says ISB, a licker of a dog's
from
Juuw from ^ <5xcJL> u*^! was familiar icith the thing

is
from J^pt U^>
saya JSB, a dog; (28)
with Fath of the
^.iLi
&
says ISB, a blower of a piece of wood

So*'
6*^
<ja^
o
shouting: (25)
&ol^
(23)
is
whereas the saying of AlHutai'a
is
but
1483
(
x
-e
xx"*
>
x-o
x.
wolf of the waste or a tame wnlf seized the
the
or
young camel,
the disaster
the
of
cited to the contrary: (29)
not in
any
it
^^sô
be
There
is
^b
Lo
L^>
nor any answerer
caller,
may
nights ?
x
xx
but this
XXX
is
X
obviously not peculiar to negation: (30) gl3 ^1^ jK L^? Lo

#
**
j*
There
not in
is
it
any
one, which, says ISB, are some-
times used otherwise than in negation, because the

is
and the
the bleating of the goat,
And
of the camel [328].
from
Amali
the
the
fclis
here are some
of Kl, (31)
^^>
grumbling
words
other
U,
10*
%(j
e.,
says Jh,
2x
There
(32)
is
not in
^^ L^J Co
it
i.
any inhabitant of the

e.,
says Jh, t\^|
while
Gx
by AUd on
the authority of Fr, and
^ desert [302];
^pU
is
added
x2U by Lh but ^Â

:
and slSji are not inseparable from negation, whereas JjoU

X
is
not used
in
affirmation
(33)
ukLfa a looker fronj
'
iV/i
(1) if
3*J3.
it
AVhen
bo single^
prefixed to
it,
tlie
i.
e.,
his eye,
?iw??i. is
men
three men\ (2)
whether
or more, as
if it
e.,
>
Ox
4a>o
(AKB),
intended to be
dct., tlion,
neither pre. nor com})., the

it
be
t
twenty
i.
one, as ^!L^
^
Jx^^'-cx
>
ar.
^jAjJ!
is
r/î
6 ^
^L^ ^yu^f^ klLL
//^ forty-
bej?re., theart. is prefixed to
1484
as
*#KjL}|
I' '
the three dirhams. *#>JJ! auLof/ie

x
dirhams,
the
&lb
&51+J
XX
Me
s&JLS*
four thousand and,

*
the last
"
jore. to
the pre., then to

three
the
hundred
?Aree
hundred thousand
^^
<
^JJ!
X,
ando^^lxjuxl
X
*X
waJl 85l+jt3 Âe

x
dirhams. and
>
hundred
>'x
*"*
thousand, ^^JJ!
Xx
be
-o
uLf^l R5UxJL>
as
jposf.,
"
three hundred,
if it
Xx
UA.M
X
j.
1S
^-aJ!
^
s-aJl
,
>
Ix
iSUiJb
X
ê
Âree
hundred thousand thousand thousand dirhams: but

sometimes the ari
is
anomalously prefixed
x^^f-o
and ^>os. together, as
^f^H
>
"
if it
to the second
said
by the
.<?/?.,
is
KK to be
prefixed to the
[member], as U*j>
[210]; not to the
the ^?re.
wree garments
fA
be comp., the art.

X*
X X X X*X
5
first
to
a x
&xJUJ!
[112,599], which [prefixion] is
regular: (3)
^c <X^^!
because
member
of the
it
Me
must be
corn/?.,
eleven dirhams
inclet.
[83]
nor
because that would
be like the introduction of the p. into the middle of the
word [210]
but the art.
is
sometimes, though with
authority, prefixed to both members, as

the eleven
dirhams, which
KK and Akh, is regular

gantly, to both
CisO I^jf j^Sf
[prefixion], according to
and sometimes, though
members and
weak
the
$/?.,
as
the
inele-
^jjf lijjfJ^Sl
the eleven dirhams, which [prefixion], according to some
of the
KK,
is
regular (R).
1485
You say
324.
>
regard to "numerical order (R),]

[357]
J^t
a x
/AzrcZ, /era, aiiJUJt

X
witti
the first i fern,
kklj! (M,IH);
^\the second, fern,

'
number (TH),
of one out of a
vLllllf
x 0x
(M); and so on (Jm), to /r ^L*J|

X
Zfte*
^ Ox
/e??i. gj-iUJI
and,
[when you go beyond 10 (IY,
^ s x
WIH,R),]
x *^
xx
^7is eleventh, fern.

^-cL& ^j>Ls\Jf
plOjpLi^lJ&f
ê
we?yiA,
the
x^.
ycL&
klilllf
^.
(r
x.)jLs\Jl
(M,IH)j
making
/em. 5^11
^ [of ^^LssJt and ^ll
l
l
(R)] quiescent (M,R),

>
* x
notwithstanding that they are compounded, as in ^jJo
xxx
[215] (R), or pronouncing
it
with Fath;
thirteenth [below] (M); and so on

w^j^
f/ie
nineteenth
^^
(WIH,Jm),
[210] (M,IH), /ew.
89
oJUJf
to
H*-cLt
Lul
iUûJt
x
x*
(IH), keeping the two ns. uninfl. upon Fath, as in <x^l

[209,210,318] (M).
^11
9
As
for
^^Jl\
^
the thirtieth,
and so
>
tfie
twentieth,
w ^
on, to ûgjcJ! Âe ninetieth,
and XoU! the hundredth, and oU^M the thousandth, the

X
ordinals here are uniform with their cardinals,
^.LiLjJ!
and
<jji!UJ!
are required by analogy.
though
But in the
coupled they say ^^cLuJlj dJLtfl the twenty-third, oJlill
and third, and oUSft^ /*^M /Ac thouiSUlj Âc hundred

sand and fourth (R).
This section comprises the
act.
You form an
part, derived from the nums. (IY).

'*
act.
Gx x s
part, from ^Lol two, jL-^ ten, and the intervening nums.,
and
*A
6
fourth, to
you say y^Lo striking
But J^t [357]
And> as for [what
is
not
is
below
art
tivo i
G '
e (And)/]
J^.!^
one [and Sju*^ (Aud,Sn)],
it is
an
[not
but a substantive (A)] constituted in that [formation]
from the
first
(Aud,A).
an
is
The predicament
(Sn).
same as that of
the
x-'x
i.
You say
and
Si
Jx-'
**
fcuyl
to
XXX
both Twasc. in
^.xLt
make
x'
SÂ*.
both ns. fern
xx
as you
s&JLd) [above], because
(270];
and as
325.
men
^ ; 1LJT5
#Ae
make
tave no meaning, contrary

thirteen
C x
kilUJj
it is
iioting a single masc., so that femininization in
5^riLa
in the
LÛfl: and sa
xx
comp. and coupled, as
thirteenth where you
oJ^\ [322]
X"
act. parts. [265].
/ew. JUjUJI [above], RxJUfl

in all the scales,
q.
of this JctU in respect of gender
>^C^
>x-C5x
"
part, from <X=^
act.
here follows the Aud; but
says that &=\)
is
*AzYd,-
'are^x
instance of that (IY).
ep.,
**
x-
and jLfcU s/tt% [343] (And).
i.
second, ^Ju
^b
#
saying
tenth, as
~ci,Le.
Ox-
x^x
^s you form one from Jaw
to [the
[314],
num.
?z.
it
would
de-
in] x
which denotes the
^^ ^
You may use
cardinal
twenty-third (R,Jm).
this act. part., according to the
sense that you mean, in seven ways:
(1)
you may use
1487
singly, to import qualifiability
it
by
sense unrestrict-
its
ed [by conjunction with ten (YS),] as viJU third and

fourth, whence the saying [of
*:>!>
AnNabigha adhDhubyanl
(MN)]
x
x *-o
>
AjLu; JJL!|
'-
(3
imagined marks
after six years,
when
you may use
together with
it
this
and recognized them
her,
oj
year
the seventh
is
aM
^Û* a
s.
fifth
&
comprised in five
whence IX.
i
of
and
five,
i.
e.
in that case
one of a collection
it
must be pre.
to
40.
77.
why
it
God
i.
q.
what governs,
v.,
[like
wyox>
[but from the
(a) the
that
it is
(Sn),]
nor
is
and JÛ*
num.
must be pre., because the meaning

one of ten:
(Aud)
then does not govern the ace.
derived from a
is
(Sn)]; so that
it
one of two and
this is the opinion of the majority (A): (b)
Akh, Ktb, Ks, and

the second, or,
(Sn),]
^ jjf ^ JJJ
"
one of three
is
not
IÛ
Assuredly they have disbelieved who
have said "Verily

reason
[204] and i-Uf
'-
>
Kl3 dJU V.
is
n.] qualified
cardinal number, as a part must be pre. to its whole,
its
by the
nothing else than one of that specified number,
it is
as
(2)
cardinal number, to im-
its
port that the [person or thing denoted
by
(MN)]:
Tli hold that the first
[when
may govern
it
may
be pre. to
in the sense of the present or future

*
v
in the ace., as in
Jo^
199
1488
(Aud, A); so that they say

(c)
IM
^^\ ^6
^b
(A)
only (And)
saying that
distinction,
JjJ
'
and siiS
asserts that this is allowable in
some make a
[for]
governs,
*>
but not viJUi and the subsequent ordinals: and this opinion
X"
is
IM
adopted by
cxj
the Tashll,
in
says he, the
because,
xx
Arabs say ^j-JL^J! ouyu / have made the two men

*
x
two,
the speaker is the second of the two
when
<J
who says
X 0^5
making two
excusable, because
is
has a
it
not excusable, because

s '
you do not say

(3)
so that he
Û
^.JiS!
to be
~o
"
it
but he
v.;
has no
it
two in this sense
who
says
v. (A),
KJULS
is
c-Jb
meaning that
s s
iJLUJ! oJiJlj
you may use
to be
when you are
together with
what
the third (Sn)
is
below
its car-
dinal number, to import a factitive [and transmutative
is*
(Fk)] sense, as
iUJLi'
,,
Â
joo
meaning This
is
a maker
of three
to be
^Û ^
There
is
5l
not
maketh them
four
(ivith
himself), whence
^ *^
&1U ^
four, nor of Jive but
to be six', and, in that case,
it
may
LVIII.
^5^
%
f^*;
any privy communing of three
to be
<jj)o
but
x-
Lo
8.
He
He maketh them
be pre. or made to
govern [the ace.], as both constructions are allowable with

JirLl
jlo
the past,
it
and the like (Aud)
must be pre.;
but,
if
(a) if in
in
the
the sense of
sense
of the
1489
it
(A)] be pronounced
(A,Fk) the
aUUU
may
[be pre., as
with
Tan win, and made
'
>
present or future,
!<X#
^!s
to
or
govern
on the condition [of support upon one of
ace..,
the things (Fk)] prescribed for the act. part. [346] (Fk,
*xx9^xl
Sn), as
gjite
*j\j
<}<&
i^lo Ij^ (Fk),] because
[like !jo^
X X
>
really an ac. part. (A,Fk),
it is
o
>
since
v^JJLj
you say
-c
I have made the two men to be three, when you join
jj^yL^J!
yourself to them, so that you [all] become three, and simi-
I have made
larly xiJUJt oJUx

to SjLlxJt
*
the three to
/ have made the nine
c^-&.*
.X
q.
^
i.
become
ten, the
/L&Q here being

X
to
become four,
J^&U, and treated like
it
'
of
[in respect
^
government (Sn)], because equal toO itX in sense and in

derivation from a v., contrary to the JccU meant to denote
x
one of what
it is
pre.
to,
which
JôU (Sn)], having no
government nor derivation from a

before
said
the
(b)
then,
ep.
v.,
e.,
[i.
must be pre., as
when
i.
(Sn),] is not
9x
and
j,
j.,c
,
and
JL&L^
q.
o
formed from the nums., but from viJJ
9x
upon the measure of

j-.r
^~o
upon the measure of

ox
>
z?i/;
^y&
?i,<?.
*;
a^,
AJ,
'xx
of c*Jb
the aors. of
which are on the measure of vr^? except those whose J

>
is
an g
vid.
xx^
^*
and
sure of *A-i aor. ,Axio (A):

**
rule loosely laid
**J
J*^*x
down by
which are on the meax
(c)
IIIsli
.JJ
is exce])tcd
from the
(Fk): [for] ^lf is
not
1490
used in this
pre.
(Aud,A); and therefore
way
nor be made
to,
^b
that <X^tj
* *
is
'
to
govern, what
is
not be
may
it
below
it
(Fk); so
not said, nor

(Aud,A): this is
^l3
!<XÎ^
'
#
unequivocally declared by S (Fk); but
one Grammarian, [Ks (Fk),]
who
Arabs (Aud,A,Fk)
preferred by
and
pugns the validity of the
is
allowed by
it is
transmits
Dm, who im-
[opinion] with the
firs
from the
it
argument
*
that
ItX^
there is nothing to
i.
himself
e.,
Zaid
is
mentioned
is
is
jLfrL*.
(Sn),] as
'
num.
which a
to
,]
^~cLsj
kxJlj
viJU
^j-xiJLj*
Ujb &*jK
sjâ
s/
This
'*
is
maker of twenty-three
with prefixion (A)
but this
is
open
to be
\jj&
[i.
q.
making
tiventy-three to be twenty-four with government, or
v&Jb a
'
''(-'-'
"
as
x.
^jjtxJb^
^* x
**s
become two (with
one of twenty-three with prefixion; and
This
Jo\
language implies that the ep.
q. <jd*j (Sn
[i.
^b
#
coupled, to denote the two senses [last]

Q
mentioned,
to
be formed from the
may
decimal number
making one
(Sn): (d) Ill's
prevent your saying
iUA
twenty-four
to the objection that
the ep. denoting the second sense in A's [last] two exs. is
not formed from the
is
coupled (Sn):
(4)
num.
you may use
import qualiftability by
companiment of ten, as
[324],
which the decimal number
to
its
it
together with ten to
sense restricted by the aco
~^ &<&*>
and similarly the
eleventh, fern.
rest, as
JLi JôUxlT
SL>
*ys
xx
and
the fifteenth part
1491
>"
x-
<
xx x
SyxLt iUwjLJ! iLoUj! /Ae sixteenth

B
discourse (And):
Ox*
when
(a)
Jc=J and ^cX^t
orz^r.
'
q x
and
Ju^!^
ably transpose, putting the
the
[i. e.,
[322], they invari-
stX*.tj
(Sn),] after the
the
final,
the
e.,
[i.
(Sn
<.>
of which
the
so that
,]
because
Ox
so that their measure

X X ^
U&A
X
is
'
and
IM
CK
says in the
JUJLc
(b)
as for the
it is
that this
]
except with ten,
its cat.
nor
9
used with
/em
(jy *^?
(A): [for] (5dl*
ib jli>
f.
is
not
>
and
its ca^.,
as
or with
not used
is
except with SLJLe
^xLc.
o.
transposition
ano-
9x
practised in Ju^lj [and H<X=Jj
ytei
and
Kasr [685];
eleventh transmitted by Ks,
<X&.!^
with
is
*..&
twenty and
malous, serving to give notice of the obsolete

(c)
[it
of femininizatiou being virtually separate,
(Sn)] the preceding letter is pronounced with
saying
becomes joU and SjjU
it
then converted into
is
6x
fi
J^G and xJLtU from
they form
except
but both are also
,jyu*j^ 4>L^ ninety-first,
N?^^
(1^)
x
import the sense
fc
(^)
y u
of^-yol^b
being comprised in what
mav
use
^w
tn te ^ to
is
[above], vid. the
mentioned and,
;
number's
in this case,
you have three courses, (a) to put four words, which is

the o.f.y the first word being the ep. compounded with
y
ten,
and the third what the ep.
pounded with
ten;
and
is
derived from, also com-
to prefix the
aggregate of the
first
comp.
to the
JL1 &UJ a
1492
aggregate of the second comp., as 111
thirteenth,
press lie. from the

in the second;
and
i.
first,
e.,
one of thirteen
&Ub &JU]:
to inflect the
(c) to
viJlS
(b) to sup-
contenting yourself with the 111
position is removed; and prefix

Lie.
because the com-
first,
it
to the second comp., [as
suppress the ten from the
first,
and
the unit from the second: and in this course you have two
alternatives, (a) to inflect both, because the cause exacting
uninfl ectedness is
removed in both
into the case required

in the gen.
first,
by
by the
so that
first
and govern the second
ops.,
prothesis, [as j&.& v^Jb]
and keep the second uninfl..
this alternative,
you put the
(b) to inflect the
111 oJb
[as
] ;
but
though transmitted by Ks,ISk, and IK,
and explained by supplying what
is
suppressed from the se-
cond, so that the uninflectedness remains unaltered, should
because of
not be adopted,
its
rarity
^ ^ ^
that both
may
be uninfl.. [as ~&*
the two, in respect of
its
(a)
some assert
**
&JU ,]
because each of
companion, occupies the place of
the suppressed; but this is refuted by the consideration

that there would then be no evidence that these two ns.
were detached from two comps., contrary

(0) this third
course
the
first is infl.
IM
or his son [BD]; but, instead of
you confine yourself
is
it,
to the case
when
not mentioned
by
they mention that
to the first comp., its first
member
1493
(
^ X x
remaining uninfl., [as ^-.D

of the Arabs, [as
li-c.
oJb
oJb]
X
import the sense of
to
(6)
"
];
you may use
to be
thirteen
&Lb
S
i.
below what
a
^s-
(a)
>!>
IM
tion here the formation of the act. part,
denote
is
maker of
fourteen [below], that being allowed by
though disallowed by some (And):
to
with ten
[above], in which case also
derived from, as *-&*
is
it
*A
fccJo
you put four words, but *he third of them

the ep.
some
or being in/?, by
S,
does not men-
from
tlie
comp.
q. Jê-L^
because
it
has not been heard
but
S and many of the ancients allow it by analogy while

and most of the BB hold it to be disallowed (A):
the
;
KK
on the supposition of allowability (Aud,A), you
(1))
may
[keep the two comps. entire, as above, or] suppress the ten
from the
"
first
(Aud); [so that] you say
[by prefixing the
second comp. in
uninft.
first
cmp.
first
in its entirety
the.
first,
[saying
0.
the cp.
O
i.
q.
^^^
>
not
from
"
>!;
because of the liability [of
>
q wyoxj(Sn)]
i.
may
unit from the second, as well as the ten

X X X
the
to the
comp., the ep. being then ap-
parently infl. according to the ops. (Sn): but you
suppress
^& &jj ^C(A), by suppress-
(Sn)]; or
ing the ten from the
jjô
and keeping the four words
its entirety,
uponFath
xxfxxx^ ^ ^
^\.
/î^ C
x/
kiii
to
confusion (Aud, A) with the ep.
oiuu
this [explanation]
being better than the say-
1494
ing of the Tsr "because of the liability to confusion with
what
is
not orig. two comps", since the liability to con-
fusion, as thus interpreted, is
the two members, or of the
removed by the
alone (Sn):
first
inflection of
(c)
the second
comp. must be in the position of a gen., [by prefixion of

the
comp., or of
first
its first
by common consent (Aud, A), says IHsh
IUK
GG allow *'J&
says that some
making eleven
twelve and
to be
second (Sn),]
to the
member,
Aud; but
in the
tUl ^lj
|*
This
is
XXX
j&s.
^>\
-0
&JU making
twelve to be thirteen, with Tanwln, which conflicts with

the story of
common
consent (A)
(7)
you may use
it
with
) d
and
^j^Ls
which case you put
its cat., in
couple the decimal number to
it
with the
9
(a)
to
that
first,
,jy-^ are coupled
[539] (Aud)
><
to the act. part, in its
Sx
and
its cat.
states, as
^JLaJ!j
jo^
>
ep. on the
two
the ninety-ninth^ fern.

(jû-j
and that you may not suppress the
measure of
saying ^5-^^ ^jL*.

cause every deriv.
is
JÛ
>
and compound [the
with ,j.n-^ and
as you say
^cL&
co-ordinated with
its cat. (Sn)],
^5^^
[324], be-
its original,
<X>.!
with composition
They do
and
xx
xxxxx^
[320].
jjyL&
<5*>l^tf the twenty-first, fern.
,jyuujJ!^*A*uJ!
yxLc
and
(i
^; 1LJT5
to
1M means
[IHsh following]
it
is
allowable, but not ^-
not mention
any
n.
derived from
,
1495
)
^
and .its
cat.:
twenty [froviijjjjte], îij made

x c
to be thirty [from
'
be
^^L
ninety from] ^yu^J
Oox)
to
**
on, to [^jju*s ?nads fo 6e
and so
,JY^ made
but some Lexicologists say
and
'
the ac^. jâr^. from this is,jwijLx> and [so on, to] ^J^JUUG (A).
32 5 A.
They say
|J^
Ll
|*|j
grims arrived one by one and

s
and
TAe
tivo
^.^yo!
and
tivo
jdJLS xiJLj #/iree a?ic?
Âree and
but the correct phrase

^ ^
^.^j
v jjuLSI
jXs
s~o
^ f-o
s s*
is [said
s
>
H to be] c>U! and
by
*-
<>
**
<>
or
eLo and gi&j and
J^^ô and ^jJuo and siJLoo and
^L^
[18], because the Arabs make these words deviate to
,
pj>
forms in order
these
tion of the n.
however,
!
be dispensed ~with (D).
to tax people
jj^tj Ix^!^
is
may
by means of them, the repeti-
that,
etc., to
It is
an error,
with making a mistake in using
indicate repetition, because this phrase
regular, frequent in their language, as says the poet
Lu^J
tXii
we drink four cups

on fur from inside] and,
LXJ^! Ljuj!
of wine
if
it
apiece,
Some add
ive
|jf
have put
were not a common
oL*! would not be made to deviate from

tion in jlL>!
Loî
it,
o. /.,
and the devia-
would be constructive, which no one says.

^ o
with Darnm, citing in evidence the saying [of Kuniit Ibn Unaif (T)]
^tj^
193
1496
when mischief shows
teeth to them, fly to
it
two hindermost
its
in bands or one by one (T)]; but the

o
truth is that
triptote
it
(CD).
hpL
of
Je*^ [322] for which reason
In their meaning these words
what the aggregate of the two

the
ns. indicates;
Arabs abstain from saying
of two, because of
it
is
indicate
and therefore
lLl <x# of one, or

!
an excess of meaning
one, and in *Hi over ^Ctfl taw.
The
over <X=*f
in oLÎ
text IV.
3.
[180] is
expounded as meaning Let every one of you marry
what women please him, two each, or three each, or four

each) the coupling of some of these nums. to others not
being a coupling of union [539]
and similarly
XXXV.
some oj them having two wings f and some

Arabic scholars
three wings and some four ivings.
differ as to which of these formations have been used in
1. [18],
i.
e.,
speech by the Arabs.
The majority say

9
s>
that the
Arabs
>
except to ^Lkc only, as in the

verse of AlKumait [praising Aban Ibn AlWalid Ibn Abcl
have not gone beyond ^L^
AlMalik Ibn Marwan (AKB)]
5LL> ji^yT ji v^-*-4^S L Jy^xlj fji

(D) And they found thee not slow, so that thou didst
increase above men in ten qualities each (AKB), where,
Ui
T ^
'
*'
'
however, some interpret ^L&x by sjix*^ praiseworthy
1497
The
(CD).
use of these two measures Jl* and Joti* has
>
assert, of Ibuv
X
>xx
jjMrfXfcMjo
pLj-^
and
&-ol3
',
'
'*
;
and
make
**
S^cLc
fen
and, some
,J
ju* and
^^
X
'
'|
U*3 ano
this formation
on his part,
to forgery
\*
and
as instances thereof,
cites,
which are attributed
^* "
^jUj and yjûo
and
U UU3
**JUQ
&ju*J also, as
X
vd>jU
S^ x
and
five
and
sLc^c
and
,
,
x " x
relates that they
^^;
**> x
s.
**X
.*XAWUO
in serial order to
lines,
*"
?u. t
iJuo
>x"x
and
KhA
LLxJo (IA).
"
Ox
and of
y***jcuo,
auu-*/
>x>
,
>
>^ and
Joy
Ox
iLo and
>xOx
and ^Gj and

*jyo
as y
~x
x * x
i.
x>
some
jU! and
as
s
auus!
/o??',
4^\j one, ^Lo! two, UJJ three,
in the case of
Qx'C
and
Oxl x
x&
been heard
'
\*
'
4?
UUwj
jf
KV_*^C. UCVMuO*
LwliX^^
(D) -4&d /^ m^?i marched towards

one, and two and two, and three and
the
men, one by
three,
aud four
and four, and Jive and five; and we speared one anaîd seven and seven, and eight
i the r; and sir and six,
and
eight;
nine,
and
and we slashed one another
ten
and
these verses being
ten
and wt
smote,
and nine and
and we*e
redolent of forgery (CD).
Tayyib [aLMntanabbi
(W)]
is
blamed
smittcu
Abu-t
for his saying
1498
)
O
[543],
T
H<Xc*^
where
.2
(W).
meaning
(D),
oUf
But IBr says that
the speech of the Arabs in the sense of Je=
LUJ
fates
by one, in
.
the
525B.
&
puts i>L! in place of

Q
o^
and (jJtXw in place of

i
lie
occurs in
as
Uxi'ô ^1
dll o/
ô&Zd wee^
W5,
owe
lawful month (CD).
The
night, in the chronology of the Arabs,
precedes the day, because the years, according to them, are
formed of lunar months. For most of the Arabs are inhabitants of deserts,
ment
of the
month
by whom knowledge of the commenceis
hardly attainable except through ob-
new moon; so that, when they see the new

moon, they know the commencement of the month. Thus
servation of the
the beginning of the month, according to these,
because the appearance of the

the beginning of the
is
the night,
new moon takes
night (R).
They
date,
place at
then,
by
nights [320], because these precede (A) the days (Dm).
Therefore [in dating (A)] you [ought to (A)] say,

the 1st [night (R)] of the month,
S X
'^
fy
(1)
^^
&9
!jy Written on the first night of such a month, or
on the night of
its
new moon,
on
or xJL^J at the
**
*
&JLJL!
time of
* *'
of -the
new moon, or aJL^x^J at the time

appearance of its new moon (R,A), the J being
the observation
of
its
1499
i.
q.
^ or
joLt [504] (Dm), as
&3LlpS [below]
(Sn);
it is
and [on the
in xaxajJ or
xA^Jclj or
day (R)] JiiL &JLJU
first
after a night that had passed (R,A), the J being

[504] (Sn):
(a)
[according to R,] the J
peculiarity [504], which

peculiarity here
to the time,
I ivrote on
it,
or before
the
of
sc
^ s
it,
as
\&f syJ v^Jtf
new moon of such a month;
as oJ^> *JLyU after a nig
it,
the one importing
is
of three kinds, the act being peculiar
the night
S"
lit
that
had passed]
*r
as ouJb &JLJJ before a night that
[below] and that

:
q.
original meaning: but the
because occurring in
or after
is
is its
i.
is
according to the context;
restriction, the peculiarity is
for,
ojGJ
because of the act's occurring after the time

,
it is
without
because of the act's occur-
ring in the time; but, with such a context as
such a context as c>-ub
remained
because of the
it is
and, with
act's occur-
ring before the time: (2) on the 2nd night, k-ouj~
*J&J
of such a month; and so
on, to
\dS {fA on
the second night
the end of the

night, but
in,
month (R): and,
you do not intend
you may write what
2nd day (R),]
Ul^
passed (K,A)
(3)
is
to
the act occur in the
[if
mention
written
in
,jJaXJJ o//<r
on the 3rd (R),
its
occurring there-
days,
tiro
vid.,
on the
uiglits that
^^L ^SkiJ after
had
three
1500
nights that
had passed
had passed
ten niyhts that

^JL&. after
X
Xx
oJU. JLJ
#
the
and so
10)
(4
first
(R,A): (a)
X X
is
JLJ
on, to
allowable, and so on, to oJLa. JLJ

"
^t^J'
*
but
[construction] is better, in order that the
is a prow, of the pi.,
^, which
may relate to the/??. [270] (R): (1 1) then,

XX
Sf
[on the llth (R),] oJ*=

nights that
^X * X
s\.xL&
x-LJ
after eleven
^Je^y
had passed (R,A):
(12
14) and so on, to the
xx *5x"xxx*'^ ^'*?
you write oJl= &JLJ yL& *^3 a/^r fourteen
O
14th,
when
wV^^
â
had passed:
(a)
by observance of
x^
x
x
first
is
allowable, by agree-
[construction] is better,
the form (R): (15) then, [on the 15th (R),]
i*jLalJU in the
o>
^^1=^
ment with the sense; but the
^ x
"
*
^
middle of such a month (R,A) or
e.^
or &iLoAj3 [above] (A), which is better, [because

x
x x
.
shorter (R,Sn),] than
^J^
kill
y^ g~^J
A), though they also are allowable (R)

x xx
x^*t
the 16th (R),] ouJb

S^cLc
*^
remained (R, A); or

from the 15th
t,
^TjjJb
to the end,
(o be defective (R) :(b)
as
(J? f
(16) then, [on
6^/ore fourteen niyhts that
we
said: (a)
some say o^Jb
because the mouth
may
*xx
^xOx
^x*x
some say ^^djo
jLJLJ
r^-cLc
that
a/jJer sixteen nights
prove
**
y^J
had passed, dating by what
past, because of its certainty
explained by regard for the
(1719) and
^^
or
while the
smaller
so on, to the 19th (A),
first
[idiom]
>
is
is
number (Dm):
when you say
1501
ouob
&JLJ
eleven nights that

s^Lfc before
(20) then, [on the 20th (R),]
as
is better,
allowable
we
on,
and, on the 30th (Dm),
complete month] (R),

(R,A), or xacJLJ at
its last
xJuo
its
e.]
[i.
the 28th,
SLLJ
*jQu [above] (R,A)
day of such a month,
that the
the v^
is
month
*JLJ
is
it
night or s^-*J (A), with Fath of the
Kasr of
first (Sn):
^ in the
~
the
'
^^jy^ on
or
0-0
x\JLJ or x^^LuJ^
*$ or
s, *
'
[above] (R,A).
-^> '"
^-3
" ^ [above],
U
complete (Dm).
sometimes replaced by the
the last
&
Ox"
(30)
j$ on the last night of
and then, [on the lastday (R),] ltX5^^
you write
on the last night [of the
f -
When
when you
end or a^SLo3 [below] (R,Sn),
both, or
[first] ; in
to"
is
before two nights that remained (R):
(29) on the 29th (R,Dm), vllib
u* and
(Sn):
^^ JlIf^JLiJ (R, A), which
and so
28)
^JJLJJ
on
remained
mentioned, than O*AAJ, though this also
(21
write LuJb
or sjllJ
we know
[As above shown,]
^ and conversely (A).
CHAPTER
XIII.
THE ABBREVIATED NOUN AND THE PROLONGED.
The abbreviated
326.
inflection is an
% s *
final of 7i5. like Iks* and
letter of
Hamza
is
inseparable
~s*
*
~^
not an
is
This
final
but only a
of two kinds, converted and
is
The
aug., being never rad. in a decl. n. [300].

is
The
[16] (A).
regard being paid not to the writing, but to the
pronunciation.
ed
whose
that [decl n. (Sn)]
from a
or
as ub> and â*
du.
convert-
^^ and ^llxj
*
s *
[229,300]
*
* *
LLU,
and sometimes from a Hamza, as
And the aug.
(5^L! [214].
ordination, as
^J
as ^lijLo [272].
is
that [decl.
[rad.]
or
which
Q [278,304,683]:
frequent.
is
(^^
(3)
occurs at the end of
named abbreviated
n
<
and amplification of its form,
When one of these
Hamza
as
(2) for femininization,
(Sn)]
Hamza preceded by an
the [final]
three kinds, (1) for cos
the decl. n,, the letter is
prolonged
is of
<>-e.
for multiplication of the word,
or
f-
is
L-u/ ^<X>!
aug.
whose
\
(I Y).
And
the
letter of inflection
[230] (A).
The
before
of two kinds, (1) converted from a

is
an g
(2) aug.,
The Haraza
but this
is rare,
as iLo and
unconverted; and this
is
more
of the latter is of three kinds, (1)
rad., as iCif [230,304]: (2) converted from (a) a rad.
or
1503
as
*C/and
iL*.
(6)
*to>
(b)
of femininization, as
definition excludes
&
an aug., (a)
what ends
of co-ordination, as
Hamza
in a
[683] (Sn).
which
subnot
is
distinctly declares, on account of
the prolongation supervening in
an
after
stituted for a rad., as fLo [above], orig. 5^0
named prolonged, as
A's
[683] (IY).
iT^
it,
because
is orig.
and
*U
named prolonged
(R).
[Similarly] such as
[above] are not conventionally
its
*L
[,321]
The abbreviated and prolonged are two kinds
of decl. ns.,
since vs., ps. y and indecl. ns. are not called abbreviated
or prolonged (IY, Jrb), even
Hamza preceded by an
ventionally
if
they end in an
Only
(Jrb).
named abbreviated
the decl. n. is con-
or prolonged (R).
their calling
^ye [174] abbreviated,
or in a
and
As
for
*5fyo prolonged,
a [careless (IY, Jrb), tropical (R)] expression (IY,
it is
R, Jrb), intended for distinction between the two dial,

vars. of this
tion of
?i5.
The
abbreviation and prolonga-
Grammarian; and known by hearsay, which
the province of the Lexicologist.
327.
in
(R).
are of two kinds, regular, which is the pro-
vince of the
is
word
is
According
of three kinds
to the
GGr, the unsound
[327329].
The
first is
n.
ending
what haa
a sound counterpart, whose penultimate must be

pronounced with Path.
This sort is regularly abbreviated.
It
may be
JJLJ
exemplified by (1) the inf. n. of the intrans.
as ^ys*
was violently moved by

194
love or grief, inf.
1504
xx
inf. n.
,
^yo
^+.
for their
n.
2*w/.
IU and
**
*J
^yo and
loved, inf. n.
[331],
^^
tt'tfs
blind,
sound counterparts are ~*j
and ~&! exulted, inf. n.
y\
[331]
(a)
others say that &L& with prolongation, inf. n. of
was fond,
occurs anomalously
Uj*
and they
cite
When I say
[by the Kuthayyir of 'Azza,
"
Softly!", the
eye sinks into the head with weeping,
from fondness,
and copious floods of tears pour
(MN)]: but what
into
it
they say requires consideration, because

jj*xxJ! jjô oosll
inf. n.
$L
and then
(MN)
/ made
JUs [332] (Aud);
with
cites the verse mentioned,
(2)
^Lfc
J*3 pi. of &I*i [238], as ibli a
a quarrel,
O^
pi. <^jo
9x>
& ^
^j
(3)
a garment,
and
^\
pi. (S
fjx>
ibJuo
(4)
^\
^^^
and
aby>
and 'iy+S
a good work, pi,
a pass. part, of what exceeds three
ÔJUQ given and
a butcher's
for their [sound] counterparts are
an argument, pi.
O 9
>x
JH. of &-U3
Juii
knife, pi. ^Joo [238], and iLo\ a pitfall, pi.
lie, pi.
for their [sound] counter-
part is kj,j a water-skin, pi. yjj

QXO>
^)
[238], as xxx>4> an image, pi.
v_y>
incessantly
i>
K.SJO
JLS3L&.
transmits
two things consecutive,
like oJbli IJought, inf. n.
OÔ
and
the
AU
00^09
^-cjjuwô
summoned
for
[letters],
their
as
sound
counterparts are ^Jôhonored and -^scul** extracted [347]
1505
(Aud).
And
similarly (5) Juul
when an
^*y\
denoting superiority [351], as
anything
else, like
Mtnrf and
^c!
'
like
(6)
^^\ blind by night:
(5
^
"C^
pZ. of ^Jliij!
/em. of jlSft [248],
^JiiM
^T^. of
^cpxlMand
such as
farthest and
f/ie
[725] and ^jLlf jt?Z. of Cljj\

for their sound counterparts are JJbt pi, of
pJ. of
^liJf
[359, 725]
whether
Of.
for their sound counterparts are Juu^M

JUftttcfeaJb-cyed
the uttermost; of
(5
**
'
ep.
tof-*^
[18,358] (A): contrary to
^yOH
^^ [258,272] and îl^ [248,272], whose abbre-
viation is derived from hearsay
the measure of jjU
and w /n'ty by
counterparts are
(8) JuuLo
on
indicating collectivity by the absence,
A] and
Lbj'w.
sui
used as an in/
n.
[254], like
iLbl; for their sound

j
tm. iLûi and
n.
^.
6xx^
O x ^
(7) a generic n.
the accompaniment, of the
n. ?^z, SLoA. [329.
Ssju:
(Dm)
''^
Joo
clay,
n. un,
[333], or as a n. of
^'
or ^Zace [361], like <c4^ act or ^ me or place of plat/ing

+ *
x-
and
Ju*uo
<5
oc^ or
a'^/e
or place of running or working

9 x
their sound counterparts are ^jcjuo ac

Q X
^y* an
and
(9) jJulc
or ^m<? or />mce
used as an instrumental
a 6a^ in which a present

8
(A).
or time or place
of pasturing
?i.
[366], like
instrument, or engine, for throwing or shooting
^5<X$x>
sound
for
* X
of going [333] and ^v^*^ a c<

or grazing
coui)t(M-]art> ;n v
is
offered
O
for their
^Ju*^* an awl and Jy^
a spindle
1506
The second kind
328.
[327] is what has a sound
counterpart,
whose penultimate must be an
This sort
regularly prolonged.
[326],
may be
exemplified
(1) the inf. n. of JuLf,as Jaj^ gave, inf. n.
*LLi| ; or of
is
s s
by
[aug.]
<*f
It

* *
Â^M \went to extremes,

(S
and
inf. n.
for their [sound] counterparts are IIs! honored, inf. n.

* ' s
and
*
-,
9
t>
*?
of
n.
[332]
f^BUCwyf
pi. auu*S"f
^.^
,
and %\^ a cloak,
Q' Of
9 *
for their [sound] counterparts are slU>
QX
pi. Sj^^l
A.
O ^
--
and -.^Lv a iveapon,

^
L
Akh says
that
SU^t
SUAJJ
are post-classical, because
and
[7;t
he-ass,
(a) for
this
[Noteon^). 898,Z. 16]
^J a mill or mill-stone and lIS
6ac^ o/ the neck are abbreviated

[of
pl. xssJLÎ
*
*f
Qs
reason
and
the sing, of
(2)
O-'O*
a wrapper,
^ ^
'
XJUi [246], as %L~S

pl. ibjs!
strove to earn [492], inf. n. vjL-Jc^!
^fco^l extracted, inf.
v^juwwJcSl
and, as for the saying
Murra Ibn Mahkan atTamlml (T)]
a rainy
niclit
wherein the dog
of Jumada (one of
sees not the tent-rope
darkness (T)], the sing, being
^te
the
cold months),
on account of
its
rain with abbrevia**,'<>&
tion, it is
a poetic license, [the
it is said,
&SS takes
256],
the
pl.
pl. iJlx*
being
&!ju| (Jh,T)]: or,
like &**>pl.
and then *fl> takes the 2?^. ôJf ; but
JU^
[237,
this is impro-
1507
~x
bable, because
while
*!<Xi
says that the poet
may have
given
'
of.
r,
9
l*
^^
as JULJ
>
is
'
has not been heard as a
* t
"3
(And)
pi.
^jj
the pi.
&
[sometimes] given the pi. Jowl
like
and then have affixed to

&*)) [237];
it
the
of
sign
femininization, which is affixed to the |>. in such as sLyfo

A
fi
and LJU=* [237,265]
Mb
(3)
holds
an
*I^
it
to
inf. n.
and
so that
^jJ an
be pi. of
when
of jJii
itij [322]
screaming [331]
it
assembly, not of
coZcZ
in/I
in *Ac
wa
tJ*4, and JjU fought,

8
^CJ>
UKM
inf.
n.
inf.
5^ and
,
n. *?JLD
7) the
jtbj (5
--^
[334],
TZ.
for their
exchanged blows,
measure of JUij*
as
*!$
similarly (4) jLki
ne^r^ ô, in/I
in succession,
sound counterparts are
the
(D)
%!^ giddiness and
And
foad [331] (Aud).
c?OM;n
and
an ailment, as &LLc diarrhcea [331];
(b)
of J^Lj [332], as
ran
^Slfc
^ jj
for their [sound] counterpart is
indicative of (a) a sound, as
for its [sound] counterparts are
then becomes iuju!
inf.
n.
in/ n % on
"
%\&JL>
running
and
intensive eps. on the measure of Jl*/or jliô [252,269,

312], as fLXfi
much
running hard
or rawc/i and ilJojuo giving
or o/len [343] for their sound counterparts are s^jj
remembering,
269] (A).
Û^ a
6afcer
[312],
and
Jlj^
[252,
The
329.
counterpart, the
1508
third kind [327] is
what has no [sound]
knowledge of
abbreviation or pro-
its
If its penul-
longation being attained by hearsay (And).
timate be invariably pronounced with Fath,

tion
known by hearsay
is
variably an aug.
The
(A).
by
say
is
its
is
known by hearsay
is
exemplified
LL^ light, ^Ji earth,
the prolonged
a' sandal
fc!<X2*
known by
hear-
BB
o.
fact that the

!
f.
common consent
is
is
is
is
contrary to the
the saying
*^(5>x^x
o.
/.
xSx>x^
JLb
f*
no
e 5 cape
proved by
f.,
the
only aug. [326], where-
of the 'abbreviated is sometimes
augmentation
[below] (IM)
a return to the o
it is
abbreviation (A), as
of the prolonged
put-
[i, e.,
(R),] by poetic license [273], is [said to be
KK (I A), because
and
fcLj
(Aud, A).
Abbreviation of the prolonged,
329. A.
since the
<^
penultimate be in-
known by hearsay
(R)] allowable (IM, R), by
as the
if its
prolongation
And
abbrevia-
exemplified by fcUi youthfulness, itll nobility,
ting only the
of the
and,
sing, of ^llis [243],
intelligence.
wealth, and
.
abbreviated
a youth)
and l^=
its
from journeying
rad.\
(Sn)
'
and that
and hence
xO^~'
LjLufl
cs
jc
>
Jo ^
to San'd, even if the
journey be long, and if every old camel be doubled up,

and galled on the back (MN)] ; and the saying
(Aud, A) Then
1509
they are the proverb of mankind, which
and are keepers

new and old (MN)^. Fr dis-
they know, in every sort of good deed,

both
oj faith in covenants,
allows abbreviation of what has a rule necessitating

prolongation, like the iSLki of jJÎ
"
Abbreviation of the prolonged,
allowable, by
ral"
common consent
But
(A).
so that IM's saying
by
"
[above]
opinion of (A)]
[the
the saying [of AlUkaishir alAsadi
its
poetic license, is
"
in
means
Fr
is
gene-
refuted
by
(AKB)]
''^>O^
o
>>x
J Lo
(CS, A) She
saz/s,
of thy drinking ivine

said
7,
man, art thou not ashamed [728]

notwithstanding old age ? Then
old
// thou hadst betaken thyself at early morning to
cooled wine, yellow like the color of the sorrel horse, thou
wouldst have come home at evening having that unsteadiness in thy two legs which would have been in them, an
having thy
thing,
i.
e.,
vulva [Note on
p. 18,
1.
],
ap-
pearing from the waist cloth (AKB); and by the saying

[of
AlA'sha (AKB)]
L^JtJ^
(A)
JujklMJu Jl^
And
J,
# S^L J^
Co
(JotJ!
C ;L^
of the hard -running five-year-old horse, and
every long-legged mare, whose crest the twohands of the
tall
man do
not reach (Sn),
-^'
being in the gen., coupled
1510
to
Jxl!
in
p\
C
'
"
\J\
[111]
And
(AKB;.
the
converse, [vid. prolongation of the abbreviated, by poetic

4
license
(A ),]
though
occurs,
(A)] the
majority of
KK
it is
For
disputed (IM).
allow
it
[the
A), un-
(IA, Aud,
an
restrictedly (A), citing in evidence the saying [of
Arab
of the desert
ui
tf
X
[below] (IA)
(MN,
J)]
**- ' ^*j
v-s>
~s
O my wonder
II
at you as dried dates,
and
as
stonele&s dates, that stick in the throat and the uvulas! (J),
orig. lilfl
(MN),
pi. of Sl^J
[254,327] (J)
poverty
made
of thee.
For neither
nor wealth (MN). Fr draws a
allowing prolongation of
longation into what
of
thee independent of me
make me independent
lasts,
^^ ^.
and laying hold of the saying
[below] (Aud) Z?e that has

will surely
(MN,J), like
is
what
not found
distinction,
not transformed by pro-
is
among
their formations
so that he allows prolongation of
ing
&M
because
^
prolongation of
exist
^^>
(5
a key
a frying-pan, say-
exists
but disallows
& *
^yo afreedman. because <JU* does
and similarly he prolongs
ing *L^J
JLix)
&J beards
(5
[238], say-
because Jll^ mountains [256] exists
disallows prolongation in
^J
(5
[238,
not
Note on
but
p. 908,
//.
because JL*/
1517],
is
not found
among
the formations
And
of the pis., except extraordinarily [253,255,257] (A).

[the majority of
(A.)']
BB
the
unrestrictedly (A), holding

inf. n. of
which
sLi
(IA, Aud, A),
in the [last] verse to be
independent,
it is
Apparently, however,
because
allowable, unrestrictedly,
it
ou^ I was
ojol^ [below], not of
far-fetched (Aud).
is
disallow
it
occurs,
whence the
saying [of Al'Ajjaj, the Rajiz (MN),]
of the beginning of a new

beginning of a new month wears him
[And man,
the succession
month after
the
09s
worn out (MN)]
out, as the shirt is
[above],
with
where
him
itlc is not from &xjuU
in boasting of wealth, and
Fath meaning
profit,
^
<*
poverty
by Sn
to
and
^Jt
because
^ ^
'
dU
it
is
and
*>J!
(5JLyJLy
meaning / vied
&Li with
not
is
contrasted with
[above] (A), which
is
Jil
[said
be (J)] a refutation of the distinction drawn by
Fr, because the poet prolongs *C$JU!
notwithstanding that
by poetic license,
the prolongation makes it unprece-
dented [as a
pi.
Fath among
pis. [253] (Sn,J).
formation], since there
agree with [the majority of]

ability of that are
IW
and
195
no Jl*/with
And among
tlu
IKh
is
KKas
(A).
to
those
who
the allow-
CHAPTER XIV.
THE NOUNS CONNECTED WITH VERBS.
330.
"
means, by his saying connected with
that these ns. are attached to

vation,
vs.
in respect of their deri-
and of their containing the
between them and
vs.
letters of the
t?.;
so that
there exist an attachment and a con-
nection in respect of form, since they take after one
and he does not mean that they are derived from
They
are eight
ns., (1)
o. /I:
v$* (IY).
the inf. n. [331], (2) the act. part .
the pass. part.

[343], (3)
[347],
of time and place [361],
(8)
the assimilate ep.
(4)
[348], (5) the n. of superiority [351]
(M).
vs. '\
(67)
the
two
ns.
the instrumental n. [366]
THE INFINITIVE NOUN;
The
331.
inf. n. is
the n. indicative si accident
to the
[402] (IH, IA, Sh, Fk), and conformable
^^ striking and
Sh, Fk), as
accident
was
is
glad, inf. n.
from him,
(a)
really, as
r
(b) tropically, as
falling
ways
v."
LXXIII.
7ê
ailed,
and <jy^
it
by the
in
v.,
i.
one says
e., is its
"
origin,
be conformable to
8.
[40,332]
This
inf. n. is
ailing
v.,
(3)
as
is
used
its
deri-
^>d^^ I praised fervently

its v.,
but not the
'',
i.
"
e.,
conformability to the
from which the
conformable
and the source of
and one says
or as explanatory of
possessed by a devil.
The
its
v. is
t?.
mode
act. part, is
What
v. is
from
inf. n. in
commensurable
is
vowels and quiescences (R).
inf. w.'s
so that ns.
^00
sitting
of the pass,
n.
&ei?i<7
utrur, after the derivation of the
the
n.
inf.
like the inf.
conformable to the aor. [343]

with
proceeding
vation, as the inf. n. in \J^s

is said to
(2)
Gonformability in their language
(YS, MAd),
to this
^jiZoia
inf. n. jyui
sat,
ofr/.,
conceited
yc\ being
lit
Joii*
The
XX
x "
^wo
upon an
in various
gladness [327]:
*^
(IH,
^LSl honoring *(Sh).
subsisting in an ag., as
(1)
v.
that
it,
or
meant
is
it
should
as corrob. of
number
[39]
not derived, like Rjjdlj
1514
omnipotence and
and
aJ
So
are unrestricted objs. (Jm, YS).
may mean
conforraability to the
v.
of its letters (YS)
and by
the
v.,
as
n. indicative of
*Lb
c>xkt!
to the
confoimable
n.
the whole of
accident,
only
its letters (Sli).
it
liberally,
fcLkej
But
since
because
it is
and that the
would have been a perfect
is original,
the
v,
on p. 30,
14]
I.
nal, the v.
from the
it
KK
said
v. is
BB
includes
and,
if
IH
" the
n. that
'
derived from
hold that the
hold that the
r
,
inf. n.
it
[Note
v. is origi-
inf. n. is origi-
it,
and the qual. derived
and ITlh holds that the
[339], because
;
is
and some hold that the
derived from the other.
an addition
what
better to preserve
inf. n.
are each an independent original, neither of
first
(MKh)] being
being derived from
t\;
"
similarly the qual.
nal, the inf. n. [and
derived from
it
and qunl. being derived from

while the
v.
definition, according to the
For the
opinion of the B13 (R).
whole
A], which,
[342.
IHsh and Fk,] had
is indicative of accident,
but the
not conformable to
is
the definition from ambiguous expressions
[and his followers,
conformable to the
/ gave
v. is
Jm
in the
inclusion of the
exclude the quasi-inf.
intend to
though a
xJ
although the two last
ns. 9
[41], are not inf.
liJ
and like
omnisci* nee,
&lJLfr
and the
v.
them being
But the sound opinion
is
the
every deriv. implies the original and
while the
v.
and the qual., in relation
to the
1515
are like that, because each of them indicates the
inf. M.,
and an addition, the
inf. n.
v.
indicating the inf. n. and
tune [402], and the qual. indicating the inf. n. and the
ag. [142]
(I
5 "
The [BB say
A).
named .cUo* (M on
v.'s
i.
JjLi*
the inf.
q.
i.
fully,
e.
it
n.,
bjas [333]
(R)] inf.
n. is
R) as being the place o/the
(M).
r.
But the
proceeds,
as in Li**^ fjouLc
;
And
q. Jj>li [143].
and that the
originality, its
the
[i. e.,
is
KK say that ?jul* is

isxXjdl
i/*/;
/sa
beauti-
here
w.
meaning proceeding from the
the act. part.,
v.'s
39,
proceeding (R), because the
derived (IY),] from
i.
that the
is
n.,
inf.
q.
like J<Xfr
v.,
KK adduce, as evidence of
government of the
i.
as
the
v^>Jutf
9 |
bju>
the op. being before the ra/.: but this is a mistake,
because the op.
is
general rule
is for
government,
to
troversy
is
before the reg. in the sense

the governing word,
precede the governed
that the
at the
time of
whereas the con-
whether the original constitution of the

to that of the v.
n. is anterior
and
inf. n. cycXa.
(R).
And S names
Â^ (M, R), because
it is
inj.
the
the accident
of the ag. (IY)
and [sometimes (M)]
the action of the ag. (IY).
hrarsay
(WIH).
mentr
,j
in
The
////.
are
Its
JUL>
form
R), as
(M,
is
dependent
the [uiuitigmcntcd (Jm)] tnl.

(Ill) r.[482]
formations of the
many
(M.
SII)
inf.
n.
in the
and various
imaug-
(M), the
[prevalent (R)] formations [mentioned by S (M)] amount-
1516
IH
ing to thirty-two, [to which
ing thirty-four] (M,

(2) jjii
(8)
(3)
xLb
(4)
^pUl,
(19)
LUi,
(20)
RJCu, (24)
&*,
[(25)
XJUi,
JuuJ, (29) sJîi, (30)
JJ,
UL,
[336], (5)
jJo
[below], (7)
(31) JjLii,
forgiving, (13)
m^
^^w
Q
[below], (15)
&
(2)
[248,272], (9)
^G^
re/tiwwflf, (12)
[below], (14) sJJLb seeking,

9
|N
x-
demand-
6îV/^f
auJLc
overcoming
[below],
G^xx
CS'
(21) oL-fl 6e/w^
f;i
Aea, (22) J!^/ asking, (23)
Ll^ knowing
[336]
seeking, desiring [below] (SH), (26)
5\>box
(M, SH), (25) SbUb
j^>
entering [336]
(M, SH), (27) 3jls accepting [below] (M),

O''
small,
^(&j going away
^1*
strangling, (16) J^JLo

'
^ ^
abstinence, (24)
(32) iJbuLo, (33)
tjjSbeing turbid, dingy
^jjL=>.
*
(18)
jlli, (23)
^6
(8)
[below], (19) &jyw stealing, (20)

S
j^,
O^x
JU^ having mercy
young, (17) ^^st guiding [below], (18)

ft
(22)
Jos Killing,
acefa'n^ [336], (6)
[272], (10) J^LJ [below], (11)
(7)
'Jî, (27) Jî, (28)
^V ^raT/%,
jLui
(6)
jli,
(21)
Jjui occupying, (4)
(3)
:
vid. (1)
(16) Jî, (17)
SJL*li,[(34) JUJUi] (M), as (1)
profligacy,
adds two, mak-
^&, (12)
(11)
iJlii,] (26)
>
îL
&J,
SH
on IH, Jm),
(5) *JUJ
j, (15)
(14)
in the
WIH, R
(9) (5L^, (10)
ÎL,
(13)
JiJ
(28)
JL-^
* >
Seating of the heart, (29) ib^g-o 5ei?i^ reddish [below],
1517
)
G
J^jJo entering, (31) *^x> [333],
(30)
(32) Slju** endeav(34) **&(Jt
ouring, (33) HJo.svuo praising [333] (M, SH),
IH
and]
also
$
>
are those frequent and prevalent

like
occur,
"
V^JJLS
uluX?
as
The measures mentioned by [Z
(SH).
disliking [256]
jJlxi
(35)
&e&tf#
^.j-^
;jj-*-*>
becoming
9
677 j; (41)
as
LSVL-A> disgracing
as
xJLxi
*A
(5
n. of
The
orig.
s^L^
i.
q.
^*> harm,
io.Llo
(44)
&JULi*
but transposed
,,
as kJLc:
and others besides (R).

[499] (IY).
as
with the
OS>
6 >'
and
as xCLgJ perishing
[because they dislike the

46)
as i-yîj ease [248,
,*.,
LoLLo displeasing,
x
>SS
as xylf"
becoming adolescent and
&Û
,'**
affliction; (43) aJLjUJ
aU-u-
(42)
(37J JOLO,
(39) kJ^lxi, as Hs^-^xi. [below]
9x
&JLxx3,
(38) SJjJLilj
(36)
O^*
haughty [385, 678]
(40) &yJLx3
being lord
jj^
ability to repel foes [372]
being, orig. *jyLy[716]
and
as
"^
and others
Hamza
(Jh)]
Ox-^^
[i.
The
q.
&JU
(456
(Jh)]
and
(5
> ,
JU
poet says pJI JkjDLj|\(Xlj
[prevalent (R,A), regular (Aud),] inf.
[what indicates (Aud, A)] craft [or office (Aud,
A)
or the like (SH), of whatever conjug.
(SH, Aud, A), as

[below]
^tf wrote,
(SH), like
(R, Aud, A),
i^Lot
kJolla.
office
it
be (R),]
inf. n. 'iAjtf'art
is
fcJljii
of writing
art of sewing, s\Lû trading
of commander (R, A), klllo
1518
art of casting in a mould,
whence iv^y?
office
that
vA-w/
art
s"LCa*
mediated between them,
of mediator, ambassador (Aud,

regular in
it is
offices
IU
A).
Fath
with,
Ox X
in
(R),
inf. n.
mentions
And
and handicrafts (A).
may be pronounced
initial
of weaving
some
the
cases, as
9x X X
profession of agent or advocate, iDSb business of

9xx
The /i/l #.
broker, and ab^ q^ce p/ governor [below].
Jb
prevalent in taking fright and running
Ox
and
excited,
Z/ie Zi'&e, is
&e ridden,
Jl*i
off,
9 ^
,
as
and in
9
^Ls fleeing,
Û-i
9
*-
,-\* lying with a woman,
6ei'n<;
refus-
^y*
cover-
ein<7
zn /iea, and
Ûb 6em^ refractory (R),

O
AMYd (Jh) while ^\^ stoppx
like
f-U=* [below], says
m^f
5/ior/
"
m a gallop
^L^
is like
Ox
[above] and
[below], all being combined in refusal of
what
jL-ci
is desired.
O x
And
Jlx (1) occurs in sounds also, but less often than
Jlxs
and
Juuti [below],
as
sLo\
crying of the she-ostrich
9 ^
and sL^ crying of the he-ostrich

inf. ns.
9
(2) is regular in
non-
denoting the time of the accident's drawing near,

O X X
oiks season for gathering
as
the crop
of grapes, J*_o
O x x
and
oltXa-
season for cutting off the fruit of palm-trees,

O
XX
season /or reaping, and cUx season for carrying

>
corn wtatt reaped
while JliJ shares with
it,
[as
1519
o "
though Jlai and Jlxi were universally used in
all that
O -^
contains the sense of time of the act, thus resembling
^1
o ^
and
other
one with the
or season in alternating
time,
jjl^l
such
(a) the inf. n. of all
S x
is Joti
oo x
like J^> and

*ô
cutting off the fruit of palm-trees and i.&Us gathering the
crop of grapes (Jh)]
and
Jb\j.
(3) is
prevalent in brands also as

,
oU^ on
a brand on the neck,
The
on the Hank.
of
headache
j^>
^\L*
[328],
while JL*3 shares with
Damm
murrain, because
Jlis
sneezing
it
before the
is
in the
is
it
in
call
>\j
word
and
Jj^l
for help and

;
'
fragments,
i.
Ûi
q.
JÂ*3 often occurs,
O ^ x
as
<
'
^\ô
as
^~?^&
And, in non-
>
the pass, part., as ijb\> chips,
broken
bits,
and ^CL crumbs
denotes a amaZZ quantity severed

Cx
vj!^**
occnrs
<xJ>
while Jl*/ shares with
'
n*., JL*j
g!
>
JLj
^&> groaning, and v^ju [below].
shouting,
f/I
J.LL
and
deemed heavy.
the in/ n. prevalent in sounds also is
screaming [below],
as JLjul
O x
And
and
prevalent in ailments,
in/! n.
any conjug. other than Jx [below],
coughing [below]
the side,
from a
Ox-
>
and
large, as
'>
KtfSM parings, iLcL* cuttings, clippings, sÛu choice part,

fix x
and
>
ibUL)
versal
t*7?/
as
3/ra?/
n.
Ûj
6ea.^ loti^ft^ /or.
The
regular, uni-
of shifting about and violent motion is
leaping [below]
196
<jtCIi
bounding,
1520
(
x xx
quivering, and
,jUO>\ trotting
in this sense, as
fcly leaping
O
and
<Jl*i
sometimes occurs
But
and Ûj* prancing.
X X
not a commotion.
Ox&
x *
most prevalent ^n/ n. in coZora is *-U3 as
^Lu hating is anomalous, because

The
grayness [below] and

X
they be from
of Jots
>
>
<jo
dinginess [above]
O x x
dark sorrel and ^^s. pale yellow

Qx
>
jb^-g-o
\vhile
[above] and 'i^&f dinginess also occur

o
if
and some of them are on the measure
JULJ;
as \Jâ
even
&xx
G x
S,
*x^
Ox
O x
it is
x x
r.
and, says
x x
they say yoLo whiteness and jlû blackness by assimiO
lation to
x X
x x
and ^L^c evening, because these

^-y-^ morning
But, as for the occurrence of de-
are colors like those.
'
measure of
fects [below] on the
hernia and iLU3 inflation of
and
limbs, as Juki' and
and
aL^yj
And
>
and
XJJLS
it
2-
\j| scrotal
is rare.
of the act
in
xLt3
the
and &*-Lo and auJLo 6a
W patch,
XXX
S,r.y>
iaW
place on the side of the forehead.
denotes the superfluity also, as
The
foreskin, prepuce.
x
"
IT?/.
72.
**
O xx
&IJJ>
and
iLL&
prevalent in ailments
^
of the conjug. of Jjti [above] is JOL?, as

tjc,./)
like
position of amputation, and
iUki'
similarly iooj^ and iLotX^

X<>
0x0
>
the belly,
often denote the position

Ox* >
Gxx X
aULx3
x O
&JL*j
9x
6enz^r swollen,
9 x
falling sick, and
^ feeling pain
(R).
The [most
(R) prevalent (SH), most frequent (R), regular (IM), universal (IA)] inf. n. of the trans. (SII,IM)
tril.
(IM)
v.
1521
(IA,Sn), of whichever conjug.
it
be (R), JjJ or JAJ [482]
(SH, Aud, A), whether sound, unsound in the
Hamza
reduplicated, or pronounced with
o or
or J
(Sn), in senses
x x x
other than those mentioned (R), is JJL (SH,IM), as

c-ô
9
struck, inf. n.
Cx
(SH, I A, Aud, A), like
^~o
X x
&'
tn/. n. j ; (IM),
and
fJ
ap, zn/.
Jjf!
Jâ. tâs ignorant

inf. n.
&+^
(R), ô!
is
JL^
<X^
(SH),
praised,
Ox
xx
uî and
,
^ gobbled
inf. n.
(A).
unequivocally declared by S in several places
What
occurs,
xx
safe from, inf. n. ô! (Aud, A),
tt-as
but some assert that

(IA),
TI.
0x
^x
n.
cjî drank, inf.
That
zn/
o/,
repelled,
J^j (Aud, A); and as
n.
j>>
is
it is
not regular, which is not right
meant by "regular" here
is that,
when
and you do not know how they pronounce
v.
its inf.
you form it by analogy to this, unless some thing else

has been heard. So say S and Akh (A). But Fr [below]
7i.,
formed by analogy, notwithstanding that something else has been heard while Syt
holds that JoU
be
may
transmits in the
not attain to
Ham
from one authority that -you do
knowledge of the
inf.
nx.
of
tril.
vs.
except by hearsay; so that you do not form jJi/by niuilo
even
if
nothing have been hoard (Sn).
the Tasini, as the condition of Juu

inf. n.
of
mouth, as
J^3
in the
that
two
it
's
IM
b.-in-r
prescribes in
in
the
should import action with
the
last
tXB.\
ivûlar
whereas S and Akh do
1522
not prescribe that
inf. n. of the
but speak without restriction, as
The [normal
does] here (A).
is
JU, as
and 0^3 was dusty,
(IM), regular (IA, Aud, A)]
y, inf.
[327] (SH,IM),
.ZTes
(A\ and pit [327] (Aud), unless
vlJLJLa
>x
[prevalent (R,A)] inf. n.
is
x<^
^5
&JL*3
juî
which
as --*
inf. n.
Ox
(/ray, zn/. n.
it
xx
>
lawny, inf. n. S~M (SH,A), ^1 was brown,

(SH), v-^-i
JJ-&
hand, or arm, withered
indicate a coZor (SH,A), or defect [above] (SH), in

its
**
(IM), inf. n. of aju oJLi

oriflf.
n.
like
g^s* [327]
^y> (R),
inf. n.
case
[IM
intrans. JoJ, [whether sound, unsound, or re-
duplicated (A),]
(IA,A),
[above], and
^.d
0^09
purple or
blue
and red
unless
or an
it
and,
indicate a craft, [of
office, in
which case
>
him
to
eU^, which is a color between

according to IHsh in the Aud (A),
violet, inf. n.
be (A)]
x X
&Jl*J
as
which he gives no
its
regular inf. n.
XX
f^Jle
ex. (A),]
is [said
^5 was governor
by
over them,
9X X
in/1 n.
x>^
[above] (Aud, A): but what he says requires
consideration, because that [regular inf. n. *JlIj

X
case of what indicates a craft or an
office (Sn),] is
only in [the trans, or intrans. (Sn)]

v^Jc/, inf. n. ibUtf [above],
1>LL sewed,
&
in the
known
[below] (A), as
inf. n.
x>K was overseer over them, inf.
n.
kLll^, and
*bUb f^ce of
1523
overseer (Sn)
and, as for
Aud), universal (IM)]
OuJ
(R),
>
is
i<;
(I A,
inf. n. of the intrans. joii is Jyi3
as^ fowed, inf.
jLio
in/, n.
n *^J
in f'
jt*u ^5>
The [prevalent (SH), regular
extraordinary (A).
(SH,IM),
whether
sat, [inf. n. Oy*3 (IA,
n.
it
g^, and jio entered [336],

be sound or unsound (A), as
Aud, A),] and
went in the
!tX
so long as it does
jtX& (IA, A),]
9 *
jxx.x
O^>
not require [its inf. n. to be (IA)] Jl*3 or ^Ûi or JLl*
early morning,
(I'M.) or
a JjJ
then
n.
[inf.
Fr
JuuJ or kJLxj (Aud,A).
whose
make
[above] says
When
has not been heard, comes to you,
inf. n.
jJj for AlHijaz", [whether
it
it
be trans, or
Najd" (SH), whether it be

but the well-known opinion is that the
intrans. (R),] "and Jî/for
intrans. or rfraws.
inf. n. of the trans,
whether the
[tnl.]
be JuJ or JuJ]
v.
the intrans.
kjlJJ
from
a
^
is JUL$
is
Jyti
from
jJtl [below],
unrestrictedly,
and that the
x ^
-,-- r
n
JOLJ [above], Jou
,
inf.
-
i.
e.,
n.
of
"
from Jmi and

,
because they are the most pre-
valent in hearsay, and the unheard
is
assigned to the
o *
prevalent (R). Jl*i belongs [regularly (Aud, A)] to what

indicates refusal, like
shied away, inf. n.
ran
off, inf. n.
oC&
sLij
n.
Û^
'&
(IM), inf. n. tUf,
^
j
(IA,Aud,A), jyi took fright, and
[above] (I A, A),
Ox
fractory, inf.
^! refused
\^
^^
,^
ims
restive, re-
[above], and J^| ?-an aw;a?/, i?i/ n.
1524
[regularly (And)] to what
^^1* belongs
(Aud,A).
JU
requires violent motion (IM), as

O
X X X
(IA, Aud, A), olio circumambulated, inf.n.
inf. n. ,j^y?>
O
xx x
Û^b
(IA,A),
x x
"-o
o-U The pot
^<XftJ!
(Aud, A), and
leaped, inf n.
to
belongs [regularly (Aud,A)]

x
> 9
A)]
x x x
boiled, inf. n.
^LJl^
^y [above] (IA).
JLi
[what indicates (IA, Aud,

xx
#is 6e% moved, inf. n.
ailment (IM), as jok? ^xc^
(1)
*G&*[328] (IA, Aud, A), JjLI coughed,
and
went round about,
**
I$\'
wâs troubled
[328] (IA,A)
(2)
jULL [above],
inf. n.
with a cold in the head,
5o?m<i(IM), as
^ô
^
^
inf.
J&
n.
screamed, inf.
n.
Lj' [below]
barked, inf.n.
?\â [above] (Aud, A),
~x>
xx
n.
%\^ (Aud, A). Juxi [regularly
(A), and ^jjt howled, inf.
Ox
in
(Aud)]coraprises (1) journey %(IM), as
n.
JA^;
^ ^^^
as
A); (2) sound,
A),
C^
^ ra ^ e ^
sometimes
vLl^rs-^
w/- w
Juui3
>
G x
and
Jxf^ [below]
(IA, Aud,
A), and
In what indicates sound (Sn),

are combined
(R,
A),
as
croaked, inf. ns. ^*JL> [above] and

inf.
ns.
herdsman called
^
w.
Ju^S (IA, Aud,
>
Jlx3
screamed,
f"
i/?/.
(Aud).
The raven
^3*3 the
ce, inf. n.
(j
&& [below] (Aud,
'
roared, inf. n.
gentk P
JL^(IM),
<Ll*3,
departed, inf.
JU^
^-^
out,
and
inf.
Î^Lo (Sn),]
ns.
^5-uu
and
.and ^JuUI ui>v| the pot

*S
x
ma dc
a noite in boiling, inf.
^|
1525
like
andy^t (A),
^^>
and
[above] (R)
XXX
XX
j*^! Jô
above] and
^L^
while sometimes Jou
stands
C -0
alone, as
fi
^/ie /torse
[above], and o^cS\ &&<*e

O
and
neighed,
inf.
The sparrow-haivk
O x
n.
J^g-o
cried, inf. n.
>
>
and sometimes JuU stands alone, as

a plaintive cry,
gazelle uttered
n.
inf.
~lo
TTre ybj; barked, inf. n.
as the
first
stands alone in four nty ing and the second in ailments

}
[And
(A).
[which
is
The
&JL*3 is described above.]
always intrans. (R,IA),]
is
[regularly (Aud, A)]
(SH, IM), which
is
[most (R)J prevalent
(1) sJlil [above]

X
>
(SH), as JL&. Jo\
Zr/irf
Ox
was endowed with good jndgx
x x
S x x x
TZ.
iLol^y
*-o
I A,
'
<
Aud, A), |*sa^ /'*
was generous,
^'5 eloquent,
ô3
[below] (SH),
>
+S
(IM), in/! n. tJ\-^ (IA, A), like
xx
inf. n. of
6////:y, z/?/
7^.
&Il^J
Oxxx
was genuine,
inf. n.
smart, witty, inf. n. '&1\^ (A); (2) iJyJ,
matter was easy (IM), iw/
72,
>
>
iLy^
n.
(I A),
x>x
SLsL-o (Aud),
Ox
inf.
'
and
oJi wo*
as^Tj^^l
^
<^tXc rro* .vwe^/,
77*e
???/.
Aud, A), and ^Lowassalî?tf.n.]L^^Lo (Aud,

^*
more prevalent than any other [measure] in
n. *j.<X^ (I A,
A).
iL'LiLs
is
the inf. n. of jJL>
but some say that the most prevalent
[measures] are three,

(2)
kJl^, like
(1) jl*3
L\S [above];
(3)
like
JU^
j,
like
being comely
^11 [below].
1526
What
is
before mentioned
inf. n. of the tril. v.
the established rule in the
is
And whatever
(IA\
occurs contra-
to the preceding [is not regular, but (I A)]
ry
cat. of
to the
*\
&
iiu*
Gxx
jU^
belongs
transmission [from the Arabs (Sn)], like
displeasure, anger,
O
desire (Aud),
^^ pleasure, satisfaction
(IM) T
^^ grief (A), and Jdcu niggardliness
intrans. Jju (And), where the regular

(Aud, A), in the
O
xx
jJu (A); and
inf. n. is
^!jLi thanking
is jJi3
(A)
(Aud, A),
and
is
Jyu (A)
big, old
If 6în^
>x xx
t/?/.
w. is
that jjii
îJL
)^
(iXcfc.
is
deciding,
k^ JaJLi
beauty [below],
JU
ô
But Zj and
to
(A),] which is contrary
72,
ugliness
(IA>,
and
(Aud), where the regu-
a regular in/,
w.
IU
mention
of Joil
[like
what S says (Aud, A)

in/, n. of
or JjJ (Jrb),] like

[on the measure of Jx5
ICf 6ein^ generous (SH).
"
&* greatness
and [IH points out tbat(Jrb)] the
and
Aci
v liS
and
(A), in
>^>>
^.^^
n.
prospering
(Aud), where the regular zw/.
xJbw or iUyu (A).
like
succeeling,
discord,
and
j?% [below] (A)
(Aud, A),
lar
JuLs
Oc>
and ^^M^
>
(A), in the
rtc/iTi^
fi^twg
iUxJ creating
away, in the intrans.
o^
A) and
(Aud,
(Aud), where the regular inf.
walking (A),
^liJo
e/rfer^ [above],
^s^ denial, )j&
Aud), and
(I A,
trans. jj^'[and jjtf
O>>
>
They say
Juu
is
often
pL* [above]
that (R) there
1527
Ox*
is
nQ
and
inf. n.
on the measure of
JL*J
^^ journeying by night (iy,R): and, because of their

among
rarity
be
to
Banh Asad make them
the
inf. ns.,
imagining them
and
of &jj^
pi.
G s
^
*
As
[238].
for
of RJLxj is frequent
pi.
G ^
'
fear of God, Zj says that

5
as in
ÂJ
Mb
says that
elided, as in the
r.,
its
measure
where
"
^&
Nor
aor.
ÂAJ [759].
XXX
of Jut> except in the
No
t'w/. w.
x .*x
conjug. of
is
Juu
*
aor.
Ûj
the
being
'*"
Joi3
does Jat3 occur

defective,
and
as
is
said for
the
in
^wi
^^^ hating
^Sil
inf.
and
buying,
selling,
also is
it
> >
when
except
aor.
its
is
JaLftj
wound
healed,
which
^JLJ from ^JLl
(1)
is
>>x
>*x
being s-J^S? and
* X
XXX
s.JU overcame, aor. ^Jju
vJ^j
as
>
Y7ie
n.
on the measure of jJJ occurs in the
[above], except two words,
its aor.
'
^,
!
[689]
entertaining,
rare.
Ox
fix
^Ji
jJw
it is
^*^
being a substitute for the
while
fern.,
ib^^ though these
have not been heard, because Jmj as
the
'
except ^&s* [above]
>
not peculiar to JOLOJ
Ox
;
and (2)
^JU
from
>
XXX.
as
XXX
that the o./.
may have
which was then
been
2.
*
jv^xU Juu
elided, as in the
AlFacll Ibn Al'Abbas Ibn Abl
197
[502].
saying [of
Fr says
with the
Abu Umayya
Lahab (MN)]
1528
the.
Verily
and made
familiar friends have r< newt d
and have broken
off,
th# separation,
to thee, the
promise of th.e
"
f-U~0
matter
ivhic'* they. premised
for
>
As
sjut [338].
*jo^f
i. e.,
(MN)],
x^
^J^JLJ
extraordinary, as
is
it
delayed pay-
by some to be orig.
with Kasr, but pronounced with Fath because deemed
ment, inf. n. <jLJ [above], which
heavy
and
((
Fath of the g
^
<
*>&'*''',
with quiescence of the
<JVJL
.
with Kasr- of the J
both being read in the Revelation (R),
],
>_x
AZ
also is allowable, with quiescence [as well as
while jU-
where
mentioned by
is
said
is
^ is
read in
jvXLojSXj
x *
ly Û-ci V.
And do
3.
not ye
let
hatred of a people
induce you by Ibn Amir, Isma'il on the authority of Nafi

4
and Ibn 'Ayyash on the authority of A;$im (B;. Jyw

4
occurs as an inf. n.
,'n
only
five
I performed ahlution [3 42 A]
uyL^y>
O >x
Ipurijiid myself
^J^
>
z??/.
O'^x
Jy^,
n. of
[above] zn/
q.
?i.
of
i^ inf. n. of
nf
-jgk inf. n.
.^|Us
x
o^J^
/ z0as
eagerly de-
O^
>S-o^^-'
li>-'
v^^
sirou*, jfS. inf. o/^Lu!
i.
words,
like
T/ie ^re blazed,
awpted, as S
and Jô
transmits, jjti occurs

G
animal slaughtered,
^jo
andî^ and
Q^
O ^ x
JOLS also, like &+**> leaves
Q
w>v
x-
And
writing book.
tree
with a
occurs
i.
q. J^JLCXJ
>
[265]
x-
and
X>
and &&&
off
And JL*3 often

(jdJu Debris.
oC>
Oê>
O^*
as *** [265], iuCsco ridicuhd, and &I*J
stick
O'x
knocked
i.
q.
jLtU [265]: while both are intensive.
1529
occurs denoting the cause of the act, as in the Pro-
*JjLft>c
n"
" 9 "x
"
'
saying JLsujo *jyvx>
phet
"'
''"if
XAAÎL*
children are a
jJyf
And
cause of cowardice, hoarding, and niggardliness.

n
>
occurs denoting ?/7/a/ the thing
wed if i ne
2>2
and
The
of the augmented
ed quad.
[e. g.
(Jin),]
measure of
mouth, pyiJ
fl^
infusion,
inf.n. of the non-tril [v. (And, A),
is
i.
e.^
and the unaugmented and augment-
tril.
Thus you
regular (IH, IM).

v.
whose pret.
is
say,
on the
Ox-*
Of.
measure of
Juu! is on the
the inf. n. of every

Cw
fh>:
(R),] that the inf. n. of every

^x
**
into
inf. ns. (R).
332.
iw'M, like
But some of the measures mentioned
emetic.
fjls
are not
])ourt
(force
f.v
v.
whose pret.
O
is
Jm N
Jl*Jl (R,
on the measure of
x"
jJii is
on the measure of Jô"j (R), that the inf.
every
z;
whose pret.
n
is
that
on the measure of JjubuJ
n. of
is
on
^ f
the measure of JlxAZj (Jm), and that the inj. n. of every

x x
v.
whose pret.
)
x x
be
and so on
hazarded
augmented
and add an
is
on the measure
for
before
whole
the
be f ore
inf. n. Jlill; (b) JJL.S
the
of
may
quad, and
at the pret. }
and then,
there be two
the
first of
rule
you should look
its final:
should pronounce only the
And one
(Jin).
[trH.], vid. that
mobiles [anywhere]
I',
c;
on the measure of JJL*j
of kJLUi (R),
also
is
final
it'
in the pret. t
them with
inf. n.
jiU*
(c)
you
Ivasr, as (a)
Jlli [482],
1530
inf. n.
OUi
j.ib inf. n. jULj [below]; and
(d)
(e)
Jl/, inf.
O C
there be three mobiles, you should

*
XXX
pronounce the two first with Kasr, as (a) JL*AJ|, inf. n. Jl*Aj|;
x
n. Jlxi [below]: but, if
ft
**
xx *
(6)
'
Ox**'
JjL&J,in/
*
n.
JLu&J;
*
^
'^
ty. JJjti!
(c) JuiAi!' y
in/! n. J^jti!
^
;
and (/) JjU3
mentioned
n. is
'
X X
JUttl
x-
(rf)
Jowl*
arzgr. JJGii!
zw/! w.
in/ n JuuUl [below]. What I have
derived from the
v.
[331]
but
the inf. n. occurs regular,
if
is
intended to
one happens to
The most
v.
however, of JjJ,JJjL?,jLlU,and
notorious
Jjutf,vid. Jujui,&ILi*t
9 ix'
>
KJLtlft/>
and
JLJLAJ
are contrary to the rule mentioned.
But, as for Jlx3

,inf. n. of JL&U
'
like
Jibs
it is
contract-
ed from the regular, being orig. ^Juo (R on the IH).

**
in/
ft.
Ox
C&X
fc'w/ 7i.
of
fined to hearsay
JJjLftj*
such as
Q
>
and
as JJjwj and
of
JxU and
,
though regular, have become con-
(R on
,
the SH).
and of what
is
And
the only inf. n.
co-ordinated with
jjuAJ and the like,

y
TIS.
and such intances of them as occur are
J^LCL:;
jLfcjjtf
xx
JUJ /n/
JUi
^x
JuLftj
not to be copied
of
Cw
xx
of Jju [above], Jl*x and
'
JLJLfti*
xxx*
rt6
have a previous knowledge of the

inf.ns.
n.
fix*
not founded upon the assumption that the
is
how
explain
in/
O
(e) Jl*i!
^8^'
''
uti!
?5
Ox*
' s s*
inf.
is
JJjiAi'
contrary to the rule,
ss
JÛJ
[below].
The predicaments
of [all]
these inf. ns. will [now] be explained [in detail] (R on the
IH) The vs.
that exceed three letters are of two kinds, (I)
1531
composed solely of rad.
letters,
(2) containing an augment,

(a)
which kind
which kind
is
only quad.
nation,
and
it,
(c)
commensurable with
(b)
incommensurable with
it
of three sorts,
is
commensurable with the quad, by way of
nation with
of
co-ordi-
without co-ordi-
The predicament
it.
the sort co-ordinated with the quad,
the
is
same as
*
that of the quad, in the pret., aor., and inf. n,, as

[483], aor.
*
-"O
JjH|
inf.n. *JUUli
[482], aor. jj
j^L
X*X
>*
.,,
>
>
aor. viaô
in/.n.SJUâ ;and Jox? [274, 482],
^ x
[below]; like _*&*> [495], aor.

[336].
The
sort
'
in
6 x x
_^>jo
fcô
[404], tn/.n,
commensurable [with the quad.] without

X x0<E
co-ordination has three formations, Jaw!
'
^ S x
,
J^LJ
and
'\'
JÛ
* * "
<
v^
though these formations are on the measure of ^

in its vowels and quiescence, that is a thing virtually acci-
but,
dental, not being intended;
not like
Llv^S
(lYj.
and therefore their
The
715.
inf. n. of jj^T is jliit (S,

'
WIH,L, IA,Aud, A),
inf.
regularly,
when
are
M,
s<>f.
JOL! is sound in the
as
g [338] (IA, Aud, A)
J^l honored^ inf. n*fG{ [below]
(IY, LJA, Aud, A), whence lu7âre, tw/n. fCk^f [342.
(5
A] (S,IY, LJA).
and jili [below]
For the
gwac?. has
and, the
first
two
in/, ns.
&U&
being more prevalent and
Q X
inseparable, whereas J^kjui sometimes does not occur, the
accords
inf. n. of the co-ordinated
lent, as
Hk^
[above] and
++
with the more preva-
[482]; while the inf. n.
1532
of
what
commensurable without being
is
co-ordinated
in order that it may

jjt*,asJj,< [above],
enjoy a share in [the predicament of J the quad, on account
accords with
The
of the resemblance and commensurability (IY).

inf.
n. of
&
JW*
is (1)
M,
(S,
WIH,
L, I A, Aud, A),
X"
^ a x
when Jaw
regularly (L, Aud, A),
A) in the J [338]
O
J.XMJO
and
Aud, A), as !iy^[252, 486], inj. n.

* x
S
I punish* d him, inf. n. v_*jjuu(S,IY),
(L,
>>C-'
*x
sound (L, IA, Aud,
is
aOjjcfr
whence IV. 162.[39] (IY,IA), as though they made the

at its beginning a substitute for the aug.
the final (IY)] an equivalent for the
<5 [before
thus altering
its
beginning as well as
they do in Jlii! (IY)
s^xo [338] (WIH),
oZ^
of the
[489], zn/.
v.
whose J
G*
<
?i.
is
(a)
:
'^^>
aspu?
seldom in the case of such

prevalently in the case
(b)
though here the
f also
A), as t
inf. n. occurs according to
^^5 (Sn): (c) necessarily in the case
when
is
multiplication
9 ^
xfix
as
(S,I Y), as
(M, Will, A),
of the unsound (A) in the J [338] (Sn)

L),
a Hamza, as
divided into parts,
y>.
(i
o.
ending
JlxiJ
inf. n. x^sao'
the
in
"
o^
^ ^ ^
as
(2) alaSs
its
and the
'
.,-
inf. n.
in JJLS,
n.
^Jf repeated, inf.
neyed much, or
q//e/^
"
[334]
O
x-
like
(WIH),
s a '
w. >Lj^' [below],
x
o^b
(L),
^f^jourtravelled
x* x
q/Yew, ^n/. n. olîaj
(WIH,
489]
'
6 ^
round about much, or
[334,
sUo
z'/z/I
intended
(3) JlllS
and
J^
went
1533
round about much, or
by some
said
M,WIH,L,IA),
(S,
(M), as aJcjy/ spoke
LXXVIII.
Owr
M)
jCs*
s5
(4) JLts
x-
Arabs
of the
(S),
And th?y
28.
p&f [below]
n.
inf
x " x
J!^s\o (L)
(S,
him, inf. n.
to
L), and Lzlî / burdened him,

-5tX$\
'/.
often, inf.
M,
(S,
whence
hove utterly
(S,M,WIH,I A), as though they followed
ri/V/ns.
the same method as in Jl*i inf. n. of jit, pronouncing the

initial
with Kasr, and adding an
letter (S)
(5) Jlx3 with a single
with a single
j>
[below]
universal, regular
(I
before the final (S,IY)
g as Llj^read in the text

,
A). In the non -defective, jôUi' is
while
xJjLftj*
is
frequent, but confined

O
to
And
hearsay.
when
so,
charging with error and auiaiu

rest of the
GG.
But S appears
cessary when the J

c
BO that
is
according
to
Hamza, as
say that &I*Aj
conjuy. of jJU
is
(R on the SH).
not said
common
in the
is
ne-
in the defective [338]

f
is
asîaâ
to AZand the
E^.k-frj
(J
the J is a Ilamza,
JUJ
in
the
language of the elegant
speakers ainun^ the Arabs: for they use nothing else;
and one of them, hearing me expound a text, said l^v.^J j^j

^
iJJi+j
>
Lo
^*
strum
&
IpLlo
Assuredly thou hast expounded
u-l.ofe like
ha* not been
hard
it
with
of(K).
But
O 6
JLxj does not occur in
the
substituted for the
of
first
no n-i nf.
its
don hie
n.,
except with a
letter,
as
lly [278],
1534
,llo
and <jt^ [685]
whereas
in the inf. n. the
substituted, in order that the inf. n.
inf. n. of
adouble
Jaw
like (L) ^JcX* inf.

X
cording
BD,
n. of
^jJ
reading of
x
of
-^
so is
[with
A) and,
;
*x
[ac-
9 x
x-
in multiplication, like *Lu*3
JUtt
have not heard of
LXXVIII. 28.
And GJJ'in
X
it.
x C x
on the SH).
ju*
(K, B)J in
It is
[said
the
best explained as the inf. n.
is
in place of
**
LXXIII.
by Z
to be]
is
put
8.
[ 40 ?
(1)
the inf. n. of
33 1] (R
on the evidence of the saying
\Then I spoke truth

is
of i?&
71.
LÔ put in place of the inf. n. of vjtXf, as [^xLo
v.
But, as for vjIU'with a single j [above], as
[334] (L).
zrc/.
not
be like the
may
Mn both (Sn)] isanomalous (L, Aud,

to
is
[According however, to BD, IHsh, and A,]
(R on the SH).
JlLX as
&
and lied
to her,
to
her
and man
profited by his lying, and similarly

auL>
And
verily the praise of
while thy praise
is
true, there
then [governed] like

**
for
it
either
men
is
is
no
true
lie
[the inf. n. in]

*T
'
in
it
and false
(N)]
LXXI.
being
16. [40]
< ' '
means Llj^ !^?jJo and
have, falsely lied,
and ye have grown vigorously, one

two constructions of LXXI. 16. given in the K]
[like uL*J jWuJo
the
of
or
1535
is
governed
in the
ace.
by l^jo
because
implies the
it
sense of L->j^, since every denier of the truth

i.
(2)
q.
xpUCo
is
lying:
*ss's)sss
si
S ss
and have
the sense being ibJUCc

l^jjLXi
bandied charges of lying, or ^ôjLCo bandying charges
of lying, because, when they were lying according to the

Muslims, and the Muslims were lying according to them,
there
was a bandying of charges of lying between them
(K).
The
inf. n. of J^Li
L),
regularly
(IY,
WIH,
is
And), as uJULs
(S,
IA, And)
like
(L, IA, And): (2) [JljuJ
say
Jl%
(S,
addingan before the

!
Kasr, as in ^\3\
(IY)
tliis
JUs [342A]
(S,
IY,
WIH,
1"^ '
they say lU^Li
t
,
(S,
?i.
often
!^Lo
>
<" ^
(L).
>
"
!*&
O
,
inj
n.
it
Os*
him
&
L), as
(S,
(S, IY): (4) [Jlli

>
nn-asure of &JL*3, as ib-c disputation,

lie disputed with
into
And), whence
inf. n. ^Lx> ,and xjJj'U
with
initial
[first]
And sometimes the simple substantive from

tin-
AlYamau
IY) for lightness (IY), as
L, IA,
~&
L^
[278, 685],
^\^6
M,WIII, IM,L),
y)êc/ t0ft& Aim, zn/.

9
people of
and then converting the
were elided
IM,
^S [above]
final, and pronouncing the
(3) jt^[:>>28] (S,
though
who say
and
WIH)
M,WIH,
[490], inf. n. idsULo
(S), [or] the
M,
(S,
[490], inf. n,
^L*
for] those
(S.M) and Jll^so [below]
(WIH)
kjUli^
(1)
i.
e.,
According
>x^x>
for]
fi
JLo
(3[).
occurs on
^^
gLx>
to
from
S (Dm),
the
//</.
/(.
infeptniue from o/JUU
is jJLcUx) (S, I
Y, DM),
1536
*)x*
x o^
like JL*AA^W! from
ft
oJjt&uJ (S)
for they
C x
9 x
card
JUJ
Dm) and
(I Y,
sometimes
x x
disO
^ x
JL*x (I Y), but not x-UU*, as &x*JU.

O XX ^
>
I sat with him, inf.n. &wJl^x> not u*^Ls (IY Dm),

Ox
9x
x x x
nor (j^^^ (IY) JL* 9 is disallowed, [and fcicLbo requisite
,
(A);] in [the inf. n. of (Sn)] the JLcG
Me
as yA*b /00&
Zeyfc
?-Â* 5iWe (Aud, A), inf. n.

9
Aud
side (R,
whose
is
A), and <^L> ooA;
and
aL-u,Cu>
iUx>Lx>
^5
Me
where
(A),
*}
.U*o for
,.iUjl
^ x j is not said (R). because of the heaviness (R.
y L
)
Sn) of a
pronounced with Kasr
<5
word (Sn)
M^ contracted
while
inf. n. Jjj, [not iLo^Lyo (A),] is

is
whose
very
poured upon
v.,
double
is
(5
whose
(R)]
is
jj^j
because
is
MSS
only. Ill does not except the JLtU
,5
it is
is
extraordinary
vs.
is
why
(AAz)
nay, the
^Lx>
[with a
in inf. ns. they
and more tolerant of burdens (R).
regular, according to those
Jut3
that ns. are lighter
is
But
rare (Sn).
and the reason
add something more than in

vs.,
the day,
anomalous (SH), the regular form being
L* with a single
than
him by
have " and^Lyo",

which [version] the [reproach of] anomalous-
according to
is
with
anomalous (Aud,A). ^LAAJ
and some
not anomalous;
ness
beginning of a
at the
who say
Jlj
JL*i as
but, [according to A,] JLxxs is
The incommensurable
Jlixi, as
t*7i/I
72.
of
anomalous (A).
sort has ten formations,
two not
1537
)
''
'
beginning with a Hamza,
xxx
invariably beginning with a conj.

vid. Juubl
JljJl
JuOi!
j^l^l
v*lj
jjial
and
its
nouncing
Hamza, three
five
sea:.,
penultimate with
quin.,
jji&Lf,
n. of
inf.
formed by pro-
is
Damm,
X S xx
vid.
The
and JJUkll (IY).
beginning with an aug.
v.
every
and
s '
s '
JjUS and JiÛs and: eight
vid.
if it
be sound in
xx
6 ix x
"
the final, as JLju learned, inf. n.

jjlju [below ], JLsUb'^'n/'.
n.
Jjlls [below], and -,^4\S
and with Kasr,

n.
Jjj'
it
be unsound, as
X ^^
*."
inf.
if
-^JJ [below]
^^ turned
followed consecutively,
^jl
-'O^.x
and ÂJLyo
i>// w.
x',
in^
??.
fi
âJLo [below],
or?'//.
inj.
i^x
^^
9
,
away,
n.
Jl^j
^x
^Jlyi
and
x x
to
by analogy
(5ftJLwJ,
Damma
sound counterparts,
their
n should be a
[decl.]
And
be produced.
no
inf.
7i5.
preceded by a
the final of the
Damma, may
beginning with an aug.
vs.
inf. n. of jJuu , as
inf. n. of
(JJUi
inf. n. of
jUsso [below]
^ have
whence #J\ uA-^* **^
jÛS
as Lg*
'
z
inf. n. of
JJUs
is (1)
Jlu
(1)
inf. n. of J^s^',
n/.
n. of
or threw, one at another [below],
The
not
formed differently from what has been men-
tioned, except such as are extraordinary, vid.
-L3
the
being charged into Kasra in order that a forma-
tion not found in the language, vid. that
V5
i.
c.
jjo*
X*
andjjjlt?
[below]
!^<Jf
JbuU
TAey
(2)
s/to^,
[335] (L).
(S^f, Will, IA, A), regu-
1538
I spoke,
larly (S, IA, A), as

G
whence
JL^J
xx
jjlju
Pamm
(S,
IY),
(S,
C5
^ x
[above], and J^ssJ
inf. n.
being pronounced with
(IA, A), the
[below]
inf. n.
xx
inf. n. jjju
IY, I A) because there
is
no n. [in the language
O a ^x
(S)] on the
measure of
x x
while JJUS with
Damm
IY) with Fath of the g
of the
is
a certain bird [379] (IY)
found among
J&3
(2)
x C
Ji+s
[below]
They
(WIH).
M) and
;
[that say
witli
[above] (M), cited by
>
O^^x
"
inf. n.
it,
>
Th from an [unnamed
attachment, [like the
is
xx
a5 jJL4J>, inf.
Jjlf (S, IY)]
of the desert (IY), There are three loves
a love that
as
MS.,
jUsO
the poet says
OS
>x
I burdened myself
say xjJUsxJ
[above] (S,
who say *^y[above](M)
WIH),
(M,
G S
according to those
n.
JOLAJ (S,
tie
" f-
(Jsh)]
'
'
Arab
for there
is
between father
and child (Jsh),] and a love that is affection,] like the

love of friends (Jsh),] and a love that is murder (AAZ) r
Jsh)], like the love of the lover
JLxAj is [said
by some
^ X
The
XX
cUUj
inf. n. of
is
to be]
and the beloved
anomalous
QJXX
J^Lo (S, M),
(L,
(Jsh).
But
IA, Aud, A).

X
Ox^
as the inf. n. of Juuu
because the measure and the number of letters

Ox xx
a ^
x
5O &xx
are one, and oJlc-Lo from oJlcli corresponds to ^J^^
is JjUS,
gx
from cJjii
while they pronounce the
with
Damm
(S,
1539
IYj, in order that the inf.

if
because,
may not resemble
n.
it
they pronounced
iliept. (S),
with Kasr, the inf.
resemble the pi, as L^\JJ [253,376]
(IY)
would
n.
and
they
6 ^ x "
do not pronounce
[in the
with Fath, because there
it
language (S)] among ns.
inf. n. of JtfrUs
The
Aud, A).
like (L)]
inf. n. of
v.
Hamzais formed by [pronouncing
A)],
except in the
[
ss
anomalous
(L,
beginning with a conj.

its
third with Kasr, and
(L, I A, Aud, A)] adding an! before its final (IY,

*-
no
But
IY).
[above], is
L^
every
(S,
is
L,IA,Aud,
JoLtû,!
whose
c is
**
unsound [338]
(L).
^ ^ ^*
Thus,
(1) in
JUftl! (S,
the quin. (IY), the inf. n.
M,WtH), asÎkll departed,
WIH)
[33G] (S, IY,

s s s
(b) of
as yÂ^Î reckoned, inf. n.

x
^
jiIl
^ x
IY,
WIH)
Jill
(S,
is
xx*^
JjUi-,1
inf. n.
(S,
is
^.l^sull
JlluJl^
JUui!
^ X (S, M, Will),
(S, I Y)
IY, Will)
\V
[49G],
AVI 1 1), as
(if,
II)
t/
?j.
and
(c)
of
inf. n. /jilt
/' s
(IY), the
[482],
***
M, WIH), as
(S,
(S,
[283] (IY
...ll^l
^L^JÎ^
JL*iû,t
^jlklt
(2) in the se*.
8ô
is
n.
inf.
M, WIH), as /1^1s [482]
M, WIH), asÛlj
M), as
jÎl^
O
<>
of jjub! is
(a)
inf. n. (a) of
^x
^"
_~sau.w! extracted,
(b) of
is
Jti^
JiLij
j^l (WIH)
^J^l
[482],
and (c) of JJL^Ms

J.ulxi! [283]
(S,
(c) of
tn/-
J^[
(S, IY).
(S,
And
1540
no
v.
Hamza has
its inf. n.
formed
what has been mentioned, except
differently from
[the
a '^
augmented quad.]
Hamza

's
s s
'
**
* '
orig. JLfcUs or Juuu
But from the
v.
excepted that which
is
[below] (L).
JJLxi!
'
**
is
G*
is
an
n.
w/
ever,
as
IM
by
^>Lb!
is
final
(A)
ning with a conj, Hamza, whereas the
but
regard
meant, how-
is
be the
is said to
[and others]
[757]:
^fa.'i
Damm, from
^L\ (Tsr). What
and
ss
not pronounced
added before their
the penultimate is pronounced with

o. /.,
s* **
>Aia> and
orig.
ill,
for the third [letter] of their
to the
s *
ss
xGwCw
led and -xb! augured
with Kasr, nor
was dishevel-
as wUol êit? about,
v.
orig. begin-
Hamza
in
what
mentions is imported for an accidental cause so that there

;
is
no exception (Dm).
is
co-ordinated
wUh
it
LLLI; (S,
(Sn),] is (1)
as
^1^<S
The
inf. n. of JJji3
(S, L,
Aud, A), like
M,WIH,IM,
[495], inf. n.
JCc
x<lx
IA, Aud, A), and aUAtf^

(IY, I A)
and as
IY, L, Aud),andjolU
and as
s'
Jj^
Jao
B' '
letter (S) in
inf. n.
quake, inf.
*&jL
(S,
SjJv" (S,
n. *Juii'
inf.
it,
n.
iUtf^
(IY);
L, Aud, A), and
'
[above], inf. n. iuiajo (L,
IY)
it
I shook
as a compensation for the

(S,
Juill
L), regularly (IM,L),
I pampered him,
[above], inf. n.
j^j and
L,
l^^ [above] (S, IY, WIH,
O^^*^
I made
&xjp
[and of what
Aud)
the
being affixed
[added (IY)] before the
such as
Jy!
and *lblf (IY)
final
:
(2)
M,
(8,
(And), as
WIH,
(S,
[below] (Aud)
1541
IM, L), regularly
M,
JUJU
L, Aud),
in the reduplicated
(S,
M,
and
L),
but as matter of hearsay (L, Audi, not
universally (L), in the non-reduplicated (Aud), as
[below]
(WIH, IA,
^^^
A), like
and 9tJLp [above] (L,

of
"
vjby* (S, IY, L, IA, Aud)

IA, A). The poet [Al'Ajjaj, father
(AAz) Ru'ba (M),] says

wAw
X*w
frj
(M,L) That I pampered with what a pampering!,

greatly, the
being red. (AAz)
i.
e.,
and the poet [Ru'ba Ibn
Al'Ajjaj Ihn Hu'ba atTamlmi, complaining of hoariness

(Jsh),] says
IA) O 7?z?/ people, I have grown old and

impotent, orhav ecomenear to it, i. e., to growing old and
[below] (L,
impotent;
and
after men's growing old and impotent

o
death
(Jsh).
But
on the authority
lirard (Sn).
^f^z [below] is reported

of Sm and others, not to
And JUx^
is
^xx
v^-UU
in the Tsr,
have been
anomalous (IA, Aud).
corresponds to tJ^(Juo in
in
is
>x^
oJUU
'ill^l
Oê
,
and J^JLJ [here]
to
the authority of these two here being
like the authority of these two there (S).
the prevalent form, because
it
is
The
first
is
inseparable from the
^ *
w hole of these vs., whereas Jôu

^ x
c.
you say ib^*>, while

seems
this
to
Ox
The
(S,
sometimes does not occur
^^
[above] has not been heard
But, according to some, both of them are regular;
(IY).
and
be the language of the Tasini

(A).
e
sometimes pronounced with Fath.
initial of J^JLJ is
M,
L, Aud, A) in the reduplicated (M, And, A), like
j^
the initial of
as
(S, L),
jpj
and juis
(S,
M, L, A):
6
but not in anything else, so that they do not say ob&v-u,

as though their not
were
because
(IY).
There
pronouncing the
the
of
no
is
(K on XCIX.
tions
&
in
1)
with Fath [among the forma-
Arabic (A)], except

*
reduplicated (K,A). But in ^J! Jo
JU^
fear of the
^'s
the
with Kasr
heaviness of the reduplication
a version
initial
*^
in
the
L>
[above] there
is
being pronounced with Fath from
becoming a
(MN).
Kasr
is
the
o.
/,
jiJJ being pronounced with Fath only by assimilation

Q
to
s"
JliuS
^[bS
O
,
[334]
all of
which
is
* "
with Fath, except ^LuJ> and
while they, according to
S,
are simple sub6
stantives put into the place of the inf. n. (A).
Kasr
is
[held
(A)] an inf.
by Ks, Fr, and the author of the
n.,
'
while
to
be
and JLj^ with Fath a simple substantive
(K,A) and similarly

:
-'
J!J\ with
'
gUuii'
with Fath
is
one that clatters,
UaS clanging, clashing, clattering, rattling with
1543
Kasr
is
an
inf.
and Jj^L; with Fath
.;
stantive denoting
what
is
a simple sub-
Ox*
the devil whispers, while
\j*\j*y
x
flx
.{A). J^ju with

inf.
the And and Dm iSn),] mostly means
whispering [above] with Kasr

is
Fath, [as
said in
is
the act. part., as jJj*wjJt ~& Jô
an
CXIV*
From
4.
O x
chief of the whisperer (Aud,Sn),and JLaJLo

[396] (Sn).
and
Some, however, allow both
J^Jii with
Kasr (Sn)]
to
be inf.
the
x
i.
q.
[J^H with
ns. (A),
which
Fatfc
is
the
But
opinion first mentioned by A [and others] (Sn).
xx C>x
^ X )0
^^*x
y
n. of % g g s , and
i gy 4>' retiring backwards, inf.
*Lo5jJ
XOX
[40,273], inf. n. of u>o5J
shown, the fourth
are anomalous (A).
As
above
n. of (Sn)] the v*
[letter] in [the inf.
^ of quan-passivity or its like (A),

J& [486] and JjoUco [487] (Sn), is
beginning with the
such as the
^ in
pronounced with
whether
[below]
.
it
Damm, when
belong
to the
the v. is sound in the
conjug. of
jJtls or
quiescences, and
measure of (IA)]
number of
the s^ of quasi-passivity or
letters,
its like,
not of the conjug. of JJbub (MKh),]
(IA)] JJLUS (M,I A), with

[495. A],
inf. n.
Ûj^
ten formations, (1)
jiis
Damm
of
in
is
beginning with
it
be
[on the measure of
its
MKh\
in/.
vowels,
even though
[below] (IA).
(Sn,
199
The
JJjLftJ [in
and
JL&UJ or JJUlf
or be co ordinated with the last (A).
of [what is on the
fourth, as
^>jJ*
That comprises
as
j+fj showed
1544
resignation,
ja
n.
inf.
as Jilis [487], inf. n.
[above] (Sn,
MKh),
(MKh)
jj&tf (Sn,MKh), as
(3)
[above]
(MKh)
(MKh)
ft.
(MKh)
jus
as
XX
"xx
(9) oJjtAi*
(Sn,MKh),
(Sn,
v.
jji^s [485] (Sn,
as
inf.
n.
inf. n.
MKh),
in/.
^^
?i.
(MKh)
^Ll5
^
be not sound in the J
rad. or converted from a
charged into Kasra, [for

.
down,
L 256 li
inf. n.
aud
(Sn),]
affinity
J5*^
then only a
the
^JLo
either
Damma must
to the
&
and îJo areto
be
(Sn),] as J5jG>*
en/, n.
nea?*,
/ w l&3 [above
t 482 ]) l>n
the
if
But,
>
As for
as
JuS,
XXX
X X
Jjj
is
j,as
jJUUs (MKh)
[below] (MKh).
[which
x x
(MKh);
O**Jyy
evw spirit
ooît
(10)
as
inf. n.
MKh),
acted like an
-CÂJU
x x
(7)
O>*^x-
xx"xx
x ^
(MKh);
MKh),
(Sn,
[482]
*
JJUl
(6)
w.
^ x
(jX**?
Jkis [above]
Ju
as
(2)
w/-
MKh),
xx
"
[485] (Sn,MKh), inf. n.

xx o x ^
y^-JUi'^wi on a cap (Sn,
(8)
gÔo'
(^n,
Jjus
(5)
>
MKh), in/
jj
(4)
(MKh)
[above]
(A).
O
the augmented^wacZ. upon the measure of
GXOO
its inf. n, is
upon the measure of JL*AA^!
[495, 496], inf. n. *LfiJv^!X

inf. n. jjUijs! (S, IY),
(lYj.
The iw/
n. of
and
as
and as v^JoUi?! [432, 496],

X
ôub;!
inf. n. jlit&Jl [below]
Jjij [above]
is (1)
j3u]| (M, L),
1545
as Ills! [432, 495],

[432, 496]f inf. n.
^llJe!
[above], and
Jy^j
LlxLi3
(2)
ÛJI
as toJLil and
and
But, [according to S and IY,] JtLoUi
*
LLoCL
[283] (L).
*V
1%
n.
inf.
are [simple substantives (IY),] not inf.ns. conformOx''

x
C5xx
S
able to -jUÎ and T xAj>! but only like ^lo in relation to
*
*
/
aoyu^j
fj
v^lH[40] (S,IY). And, [according
333.
IHsh and
A,]
\A&'
anomalous (Aud, A).
is
(A), [like] SojJL&s (Aud),
to
commensurable with (Sn) JuiA*isform-
[n.]
.X
ed from [the inf.
n.
(L,A), to indicate
of (Sn)] every {unaugmented] tril.
its inf. n.,
and the time andâce in
which [the accident denoted by]

sometimes the
tril.
[362] (L,
9x*x
^â/> striking,
witli universal regularity
it
And
inf. n. of the unmigmented

Ox*-'
of JUIA* [with Fath [Jrb)], like
Ox*x
Qx*^
Aj&jokillin(j\?>42. A],
and
The
(SH).
.>y&A
drinking,
rule is for the

inf.
be pronounced with Fath of the g without any res-
triction [as to the
ness of
its
>
as Jcej
,
if its
future
as
o
,
vowel of the
in its aur.
J (ARf)], except when
XXX
Kasr
occurs [361] (L).
The
occurs on the measure
n. to
it
of femininization is affixed to
Sn), as fo^c [below] (Sn).
v.
formed from such
aor. Juu
J^^
it is
and the sound-
in
wlndi case
[below] (BY).
Jli
it is
says
pronounced with
in the
Sahah
be an unsound letter, which drops

as in *<db [482,609],
its inf. n. is
that,
off in
its
pronounced with
1546
Kasr
[of the g]
>
future
its
letter
as in
even
if
c>
like
[699], its inf. n. is

* X
[700]
o drop
g
n.
like
the future
off in
Tlie
cat. of the
jifiye
or its J also be an unsound
"
the
of
quasi-sound
pronounced with Kasr of the
is
c
JJLO/>
[above] and Jc^ô [below], whether it be an tr//I
or a n. of time or place[361],according to what
but
if
as in
pronounced with Fath of the g, as J^ô
[below] and îy> (Jrb).
belonging to the
but, if its vj be retained ID
J^j
its
the quasi-sound be unsound in the J
S mentions;
,
then with
OX
Fath of the g
Jî whether
like
however, says
thing else. S,
it
be an
inf. n. or
any-
[and
on the authority of
O x
Arabs say J^ô [below] with

X
X
(S)] Jua^j whether it be an inf. n.
others (8)], that some of the

X
Fath, from[Jc*j
aor.
or anything else.
O
And, says
S, the
reason
why
the maj-
J^ô [above] with Kasr is that they sometimes

Jx*
>xx
>xx
the ^ in Je^ saying ^^^ and J^L>[701]; so that,
ority say
alter
'since
\
,,
they alter
at another
[482,699],
it
[into
they assimilate
(S)],
which
by conversion
is altered
by
&
to the
it
elision
at one time,
for those
who say
>
o*y*
and therefore, as
they say J^yo there, so they say j^jo hero.

n x
of
and
And, as
Ju^
[above] with Fatb,
it
is
as
X *X
though they said d^-t
7 ^^]
preserving the
^ (R).
But
O Ox x
they say Soyo loving [above] (S,R), with Fath, by common

consent (R), because the ^ is preserved (S,R) in the
1547
by common consent (R), and not converted
future,
The
Jot3
whose g
is
have JouLe in the
is to
inf.
udx^jl
in
odxsOl
like the sound in that
is
and what occurs contrary

like
n.,
as jiLjw
to that is
its
(S).
rule
passing Ufe\
reckoned anomalous,
dlSjJUoj
And
222
II.
they
menstruation, which is an inf. n.,

*.*> "
as is proved by the [next] words ^ J! yo Jo Say thou, It
is a nuisance.
Some, however, do not hold the inf. n. of
will ask thee about
that [formation] to be regular, but confine

9
But
(L).
to
it
hearsay
sometimes occurs in the defective, on
JoLfl/>
Ox
condition
[of
[below].
And
of the
affixion]
as
'
O^
and aU4ôo
xjuojuo
[below] occurs in the hollow (R).
&XÂAX)
Fath and Kasr occur
in (1) iulkx> (R,L),
en/
n. of JLj
wronged, Fath being regular, and Kasr anomalous (L)

(2) !kxliJ> [331,342.
A] (R,L),
in/,
of
J^l praised
(L); (3) *!cô (R,L), in/ n. of ^S ftZamcrf (L)

(R,L),
in/
of
n.
(R,L), in/ n. of
L^XJUO
'
^si*
(R,L), in/
7i.
>'*^
O
ijCJUx>
(8)
Ox*'
in
JLbx>
./
,
in/
in/
n. of
l*x
(4)IUMM
(5)
(L)
kLdi
;
(6)
(7) k!lIsLo^
x
G '
* +
iLLd*
ao.\ ^.^kj (L)
was angry
of s_>Xe
[below],
powerless (L)
w;as niggardly,
<\Z,
accounting (R)
2(;a5
ff|/*fi,
of jLo strayed] (9)
dUbo perished.
xxx
n. of ^^^^xiJI c>*JLb
/ê
And
52^n rose,
similarly
Fath being
according to the Hijazis, and Kasr according to the Banfc
1548
JUax
S says
that^scJJ!
Tatnlin (L).
6 ^
x^^JLb
^x^
but one
meaning the time

9^
occur in
Until
5.
of the dawn, [read by Ks (B)] with Kasr, means
the rising
t t
XCVII.
that
may say
o/*its rising
501
g^jouo
of
n.
time,
Kasr and Damnr
J.
6x
[below]. Fath
-Uax> is
andDamm
in
<*
in
fy^being
easy circumstances (R). And all three vowels in (1)

9
dUlgjo
&$
[below] (R, L) and
[above] (R), in/ n. of
perished (L);
power, ability
man
T/ie
(L);
(3)
ab>Lo
(L),] in (L)
(2)
^^[331]
(4)
[alone
(R),
n. of Lj^ became
^JZ* (R,L), inf.
(R, L),
of
inf. n.
"
returned,
1^5 gentle
(L);
arrows (R);
*X
fi
[above] (R,L), en/, n. of
(5) iLyajuo
Ox
disobeyed-, (6) iU^^xi [above] (R,L),tn/
(8)
,J
at hazard with unfeathered andheadyûa playing
êss
(L)
of
?z.
And Kasr
w. of
as V. 53. [498]; (3)
<j.y, *w/
O
xx
z'n/.
(R,L), inf. n. of J
wanted, needed (L).
anomalously
old (L);
Ox x o x
JJLo (R, L),
;
(2)
n. of 'J
J^l
*2>U (R, L), in/
(7)
Hû
(B,L), inf. n. of
x
-^
in/.
7i.
^pardoned
^
9
iw/. n. of xtX^
iu\,.x)
?z.
excused (L)
of
s!\>
afflicted
(13)^**.** sleeping at
;
(L)
jjiffed
;
(9)
scorned
Am
(L)
;'
sjjuw [above],
(10) &i,.jw
him
+*>
(5
knowing (R)
(11)
(12) (j^xûo [above]
midday, (Ityz^ô coming -,(15)^***

O
passing the night
of
^L^
(16)
-^
^JÂ becoming hoary
fl
(17) u>***
1549
Ox
Ox.
finding fault
^y> increasing
(18)
(19) J*JLA eventually
"
becoming;
VJU*A>
(20)
journeying
The
(22) i&uxJo wishing.
respect, (a)
containing
of the
fr?/.
but not containing a
There
(R).
[above]
c?a?/
by Jamil
no
is
(1) in
one
> <
of the
and containing
"
JOIAX>
two respects, when
(2) in
Damm
I Jbo [below]
in the language,
except
^yjuo
and lULo as
,
of battle or deeds of generosity,
Buthaina, keep
(Jh),]
if thou keep to
is
anomalous,
G
s
is
??.
(21) *j+*ju*passinglife',
when pronounced with Fath of the c but

thes;(b) when pronounced with Kasr orDamm
pronounced with Kasr or

the
what a help!
it,
to
"No"
Verily "No,"
against the multitude of slanderers
and
>x
-x
UCJLc
Convey thou
the brother
to
of AnNu^mdn a message
O
/rora me.
But some assert that
that the exs.
of
it
>
(L).
abandoned
mentioned have the
being curtailed by poetic license [58]
and kXJLo
JUIA* is
S says
and
finals elided,
orig. tuoÂ
i^jw,
JuuL> does not occur ia the lang-
uage of the Arabs," meaning "as a
sing, or as
while [his Commentator] Sf says that
ur*x>
in
a plj'
1550
(
x
is orig.
jyw
the
^ ^J(R).
>^J!
*'
>
being elided by poetic license; and
similarly *jCe in
o
'
*jCo and
And
[III says that ]
"
"
measure of
while there
^jjjuo
no other
is
JOLOX>
according to the chastest usage (Jrb)],
are so extraordinary that
Fr even holds them
and ttyu (SH), like Jj (R, Jrb
of &*Juo
on the
n.
[inf.
o x
to be
^.
ph.
of glls
his opinion [254] (R), because of the
(Jrb), according to
strangeness of
X
allows
jvJCo
>
the
in
JOLR/>
tn/
n.
and ^yuo otherwise than by poetic license

O
why we employed
is
Dammof the J,as

O
(R)
inf.
(j,
i.
q. iLlLN
i.
q. iuuw
q.
J^jDêr shing
Damm
mentioned by IKtt, with
a message
with
and^wuyo
;
Damm
of the
easiness of circumstances
znft.^* competence,
and prefixion
(Jrb).
s
T
x
LJi ^Jt
^
II. 280.
Until his
and dULo are
Damm
But Fr may assert that
O x>
O 9&x
gjB
i.
easy circumstances [447] (R, Jrb), with
of the j
o
n.of dlLt (Jrb),
wealth (Jrb). And some read

6etn^r fw
[the
>iix
6x x
,
And
that (Jrb)] dULô occurs (R, Jrb), with
and dUU (R, Jrb)
of the J
(R).
^>J.
the restriction "according to the

O
chastest usage"
and, according to him, JjJuo occurs as a
reason
Thus Fr
(Jrb).
O '>&x
of xCJL^x> [above] and aJOLo
pis.
i.
q.
^ [above] (R): and Akh says that the reading sJJ/in

II.
280
out the
is
not allowable
in the
because there
language (Jh)
is
no
JJIAJO
with-
[while Z, followed by B,
1551
explains
it]
by
elision of the
on prefixion, as in
(A) sometimes (M)]
[of the tril.
n.
According to others than S (Sn),
yj\ [331] (K, B).

the inf.
on the measure of the pass, part., like

(M, A) and
t'n/1
n.
coin ng,
sometimes
i. e.,
when
occurs
fortitude
j^JLsJuo
corned by him,
a^^ûo
*
the pass.
^^ a dirham
v_>>-o
'
of
KJUj
/ie
^JL^
governor's
!<X^
XXXI.
>
^X
&
*>
L^-SXJ X^lt
?io^ left flesh to
his
mind
(A), )y**+*
[below],
(M).
JJijuo
iw
;i
|^yO
his bones,
and
and urlljf
and hence &CjJbo and
(>>
xô
s^jix>
but
*J
nor understanding
[below],
LXVIII.
in
to
the created, and Lô KXJuJ [76], i. e. KJ-^ÎXJ (IY)

seldom, [being confined to hearsay (Sn),] as
jlajjj
is
part,
of God, the dem. referring
the creation
10. TAis is
occurs
understanding, reason (M), as the
Jyijbo
meant, like wyo^l
(i
^>-*
6.
and
[below];
[below], and ab^Lo pili/iny
as in ^J? x^l^j [247]

*
i.
e.,
jlc:
one of the
is
C.
/>\
like
it
that occur in the shape of
And
\y~+* and ^^juo [below], and

so say Akh
;m<l
[below]
are
LXVIII.
G.
<
i;.
of
any thing
else
[than
Jrb)] "",-urs [often (A),
and
^j^jca+J!
Fr
the
nx-iit
the p<7*s. part
the
\\itli
in
(BS>.
mian---
UIUN^
regularity (Jrb),] on the measure of the pass. part. (SH,

A), which
is
therefore applicable to the inf.

200
??..
th^
and the
part.,
1552
ns. of time and.
place [363] (R, Jrb).
And
hence
Umayya Ibn
[below] (M,A), by
Praise be
to
God
us pass the
me
x*
disembark
3*
ueluyoj
its
3l
upon
x-
Ju
boLfuo
sailing
the
the
(AAz), lllo' ^po'
to
-x
upon
AAz),
evening, and
morning ! May my Lord make

morning, and make us pass the evening, in
at our entering
wenl.
at our entering
Abis-Salt (IY,
XXIII.
Make Thou
30.
with a blessed disembarking
its
(IY),
^ *c
.*c
&JJ\
and
^y\
^L XI.
43 In the
anchoring
(IY,
A\
name of God
jJoLox> ^f
be
3'
j*^
[342. A.] (A),
Mazin (IY), And ye

have tried us time and after time, and the knowledge
of the quality of the man is acquired on the occasion of
(M, A), by a
man
of the Banii
experience (T),
6x
x><--<,
[by 'Alkama Ibn
Abada
her (my riding-beast)
(IY,
to water, as
foulness were red as henna
of sesame
together.
AAz), Then I brought
She
and
is
though
its
the juice
coaxed
to the
pools from
of the leaves
dung of
the
troughs, and desired to drink of the water dunged into,
1553
and, if she loathe

is
drinkings
it,
then verily the feeding between two
a starting and riding (AAz),]

x
fc
'
CîU
C^X**0
$C
- o
>
<>.
f.
Û2d.!
j!
,j
L
V^
AAz) Ibn Al'Ajjaj (IY), O wy Zord,

if I do amiss, or forget, Thou wilt not forget, nor die.
(M), by Ru'ba (IY,
Verily the preservation sh
ill
be like
having been
my
*
i.
preserved,
e.,
like
my preservation,
&
Lo
being
infinital
(AAZ), opi>
f^V; XXIV 18 Awl dispersed
them with every dispersion [below] (A),
J4xjf!
3; * ASui
gl ^13!
(M, A), by Zaid AlKhail (IY,
^ ^f
AAz)
Sf
atTa'i,
joUt
fight
me any fighting, because of the enemy's overcoming, and I escape when not any but the
until
I see
not for
sharp-witted escapes (AAz), and

dUL^JLojO
^
"
J^SA.V*I
V^-
ci'*-*o .*L3
though the sound of the cymbal were in his

the bit (IY, AAz), or neighing
(the horse's) champing
The shape of the pass. part, of what exceeds
(IY).
(M)
^45
three
an
as (1)
[letters] occurs
[above], L
e.,
^^ &;
(2)
71.
inf. n., as
XXXIV.
18.
of time, as
Ji
*x
aJU
[above],
evening,
i.
e.,
at the
time of our entering upon the
and of our entering upon
the
morning]
(3)
1554
as
of place,
n.
X X *
kjjj-o
>
-j"^
XVII.
My
82.
Lord, bring me
i.
in,
into
e.,
AlMadlna, at a good place of bringing in; and take

out,
i.
from Makka, at a good place of taking out (BS).
e.,
J*
jjLftx>
in easy circumstances,
^y+tjuobeing
G
and
like
'
>
me
[i. e.,
~w*j
(R,
Jrb,)]
being in difficult circumstances,
^**A/J
>
~w*^ (R,
[i. e.,
Â/> ^f *^> Leave him alone
Jrb), as in their saying
<*
ttne7 /us &*tn0
w easy circumstances and
s^wwjuo
"
_Jf
until his being in difficult circumstances (Jrb),] >Jl^v.*

fortitude,
(R), as
[i.
e.
<xU* (R),] and ,jyUx> madness,
Madness (R, Jrb),

i.
when
e.,
LXVIII.
JyijTÛ
S,
(SH),
the
i.
e.,
is
aUAAJ!
not
/M
6.
^^ c^
[i. e,,
&io
is
the
of you
according to one Raying fR),
made
red.
(Jrb),]
it
is
rare
however, [differing from others (R ;,] disallows

Q
J 0.x
the occurrence of the inf. n. upon the measure of J^JIAX
(M,R,BS,Sn); and explains these things
He
their apparent form (IY).
holds
9 ^
be
(R,
eps.
of JL=
and
to
^JL*
x
9 x
>
i.
state,
e.,
*+*
>
^^
JL*
wherein easy circumstances are experienced
(a state)
[and
Jrb)
^y^
according to
jo
wherein
r***-.
circumstances
difficult
O
are
ff
experienced'] (R); [or rather, of ôl a case,] as though one
>x>
âid auj
^^j
'"x
"t
wx!
^J!
JLCO or
>
'
alone
aui^ju Leave him
1555
wherein easy circumstances, or
until (a case)
circumstances, are experienced (S

xO
sense being
xx
y^^^>
^Lo^
[or ^Lo\
^ and ^
the
time,']
>
difficult
xx
v^ju until (a time)
wherein easy circumstances, and difficult circumstances,

are experienced (Jrb); by suppression of the prep.,
x
<<
as in their saying Jôûo obtained,
(R
i.
because the occurrence of the inf.
>
x-
e., xJlc.
>
Jôôo
upon the
n.
measure of Jyuô
is
him (Jrb)
impossible, according to
O
>" X
and
and so he says that
gvj*
O X
j-^j*
which are two
serfs 0/*AMi pactf, are (a
pace) raised, and lowered,
strengthened and weakened, by the mare

O
e.,
and so he
holds Jyi*xi
mean
to
confined,
i.
tightened,
(aw
e.,
O
understanding) tightened and strengthened', and

to be
i.
> *
i^Jtsam
LO jJlio >ô meaning (patience) wherein fortiX
xx
is
practised
and the
in
*-g
to
^Job
be reo
(R),
"
when
being a pass. parf.
As
[184, 503] Jrb).
for *i
;yCo
the
JL=*.
i.
e.,
/
xjj<Xojo
LgjjL*^
Explain thou
^5
reality,
to
>
Juoê
me the true
tale
and similarly
reJ.
being the indica-
Gx
tion of substantivity
made
obviously not an
it is
inf. n., but is the thing disliked, the
is
from their Baying
x
,
as
^J ÂJ
of his state
,j~u,
^Xo
Jo Se foW me
truly the
meaning Explain thou

told
me truly
(R).
And
to
me
age of his young camel,

his state, which thou hast
[the inf. n. that occurs
upon the
1556
(
x
)
x
Ox
measure of (Jrb)] aUUb like JUiLc forgiving, restoring

,
O x
to health,
[i.
"
>
--
sULjw (R, Jrb), in/, n of
q.
Ox
we, restored me
to
remaining,
fcli'lj
LXIX.
sLL
q.
[i.
Then shalt thou
8.
(R, Jrb),] abjfc
LVI.
health (R),]
lying,
While there
2.
pass (R, Jrb), and
and ^LC (R),]
As
OCôOC-O'xx
<iJ!
{#5
^-c-^l v*ic.
place
i.
'
obvious-
q. 8\-=! last: for
one says
LXIX.
denoting substantivity.
*
JôU
or
ep.
of
the
this
soul
is
8.
may
be
ôo^:
*!'
* "o
And
thing remaining, the

Ox
x
i.
similarly kJLob
q.
,
i.
excellent
shall
with
ibofe'
q.
denoting substantivity
Ox
Ox
be
e.,
g^
excellent thing, the

^
O fi
X.AJ3&
kJLflb
may
i.
fc^
Ox
thing,
O-
or ^jb
remaining
(soul)
q. J!&>
i.
LJ&j in
* ",
to
coming
it is
or [is affixed because] iLoLt is o?'^.
And
its
the indication of substantivity,
is
OX
extremity.
for aLoLc
7%e thing succeeded the
while the
it is
(^
Lg**^
than what occurs upon

Ox
ioj
G x
because
j^J^jjLgj
coquetting and ogling,
kJlj
the measure of JJAA* (Jrb).

ly an act. part.
no lying at
shall be
rarer (SH)
is
ending [below],
as
q. ^>&f,
Ox
aLolc.
any remaining for them ?
see
[i.
forgave
as aLob
^bU
And
abj
in
LVI.
2.
^j*^ [204],
then
the
gift.
be
(R).
the sense
believing,
And
[it
being that
truthful.
is
All
said that
of
(R)
1557
the inf.
the
n. [of
(A) sometimes
tril.
A)] occurs on
(SI,
the measure of the act. part. (SI, R, A), as l^Ls

(SI,R, Sn),
i.e.,
R, Sn), as the
Crl^l (IY,
inf. n.
[sometimes
G
(IY)] occurs in place of the act

[142,143] (IY, R),
JiLfc
[below] (IY).
i.
e.
And hence
uj&A paralysis (A); and
^^ ff2
^'
e.,
*>J!
LsxJU
a
^3
^ ^^ H^' ^
^JU
i*
U^La.
(^' ^)'
7ie
Jib
[below]
3!
(SI,
L^sJ
A),
and
there
is
was struck
(M,R),
[76]
being
while
me
from Asmd ;
indeed for
red.,
i.
e,
ll^
(IY),
it
meaning ioLlT
has
(A),
whence
by the Mjijnfm of the Banii Amir,
the case tAa^
a slanderer had
my home was on
he would find his

get
Sufficient
V),
being made quiescent by poetic license, which
often occurs,
(S^&j
no healer Jor the love of her, since
lasted long 'AKB),

the
atTa'i,
the distance, the
is
e.,
by Bishr Ibn Abl Khazim, praising Aus
Ibn Haritha Ibn La'm

as a trial
i.
according to
i$$&l
^llfj
[below] (R);
Û
>
Jj^ Je^
[247, 312],
~.
i.
part., as
JjU andj^T *U
[76]
way
Jns
home
-^nrf, if it
in
were
AlYamama,
the highest peak of lln<jramaut^

to
me.
And what good
do they
(God keep them not well /) in Lathi's severing
my
1558
ties ?
by rule lla !j
LXIX.
for
(K,
[their
8.
corrob.
d.
[above],
i.
[above],
s.
[7 9];
e., llatf,
i.
rebelliousness,
]
i.
Ub (A).
e.,
But
like
in *Jt
a corrob.
ace., is
in r^J!
U*)U*
which
is
LXVII.
R), like
^^
UU*
says that
s.,
not
'-*-
[above]
is
ô
L^Lix
nor
reviling,
[with
God
oath
context
my mouth
(R)] not being
which
is
it is
suppressed
~"
act.
part.
(2) the pass, part., as
And
,
Y,
being
r
'
^jôU
my Lord,
not
of speech was
like the correl. of
with an explanatory
[above],
the correl. of v^tXtfU (R).
sense of (1) the
lie
*.'
(I
mentioned ^1Y,R), because
according to
[650]; while,
"
t
s.
(IY), what he covenanted
by the sentence, since
indicated
the
Uj'Li covenant with
such a state that a
in
proceeding out of
coupled
np.'of both
[538] (R), the
^x
5.
cZ.
the position of (IY)] a d.
[in
19.
ti
12. [79],
q. the inf. n., so is the
i.
and the phrase being constructively $
[above]:
XVI.
^
,
l5
t5
what we are considering (R). And IIU
in
part,
d.
be a
^lliL
*>J!
^! pj
gfy
and
may
tlslS
ok in
and similarly
^LJiiaJL
e.,
as the pass. par?. in ^tJbuuuo j.ûJ! 5
with the
act.
and U&lUC*
Then, as for Thamud, they were destroyed
5.
LXIX.
for,
AKB)
as
the inf. n.
*jl
iU
i.
is
e.,
*juifSis
used in the
iu [above];
1559
[161] (R on the IH) Shalt thou
Tibrdk
? (It
number, from regard
It is
on
then uniform in gender and
to the o. f.
ized and pluralized. Or, in these
e.,^ ^ and
i.
Jty*
but
also be dual-
may
two exs., a pre.
n.
may be
3 Jjc of(the possessors
The former hypothesis
of) thy love.

bole, as
the dwelling
was) a dwelling of Soda's when she was one
of thy beloved (AKB).
suppressed,
know
jJf
involves a hyper-
though the possessor of the accident were embo-
died of the accident, by reason of the completeness of his
by
qualifiability
334.
Jrb), 'tj^S
^LJo
it
JUSS
[143] (U on the IH).

like
[below],
in
[332] (M),
!>bp [below],
ijjjj,
'
^jJ sporting,
of
much
(M, Jrb), Jo^

S
<*
[\jJue clapping,
Ji* journeying (M),
is
[332] (II,
[jll^S' (IY),] JLJb',and
the sense
^}Z> going round about
Jj^J
formed
(IY),]
^ rejecting
fermenting,
Ox*
Jutf
killing,
and
to denote multiplication,
[repetition (IY),] and intensification of the act (M, Jrb).
When you
ed]
intend to
tril. intensive,
and
Lu5"
make
the inf. n. of the [unaugment-
you form
this is the saying of
it
upon the measure Jlxlj
likeyj^J' [above] for
much fermentation, and ^liL and

r
regular.
J1i-
its
KK
frequency, however,
sny
that
201
JLiUJ-
is
<X*
jbli' [above],
O X
fj
Notwithstanding
JUAJ
orig.
the
is
not
1560
importing multiplication [489],

"
G x
!
o Jo
so that J Jo is orig.
& being converted into
its
But the saying of
[332].
is
preferable, because they say vJjJj [above]

o x
s_>x*Jb'
does not occur, though the
one of those words whose

O x
KK
may
obsolete
o. f. is
say that
it
is
When
(R).
'
an
JlxAS is
pronounced with Fath of the
is
n., it
inf.
Q X
Cl
and
JX
1^.^30 [above]
Ox"
not otherwise,
oljlaj' [332],
x
XVI.
^-A
"O
-.
"^
to
face,
i.
e.,
ÛJ
whereas
in
UJ! ^>Ls\.o!
Towards
V. 45.
^lAJLi*
the
it is
bLyox
~x
Xx
^re,
JoCI
explanation of every thing and
I met him face
Ûii' xxxij
C
jPor
91.
"
>
# x
>
except in two words, ^Lu5x and *UJU>X [332], as
while
a simple substantive, which
is
inmates of the
governed in the
Ox*
ace.
There
an adv. (BS).
as
Kasr of
the
among
Ox"
And some
is
[thus] no Jlxij
with
except these two (IY).
inf. ns.,
S^xxJ
say JLdxi' also (D) from aJLoLuo competing in

x-
find
archery,
But, as for
otherwise
^!ô
x
"
-C
from ><\Jt
yâ drank wine
(CD).
ft
^LuJ says
,
its ^>
S, it is not
an intensive formation,
would be pronounced with Fath
a simple substantive put in place of the inf. n. of

O x
as jL&
Oxx
gjUf
which
is
A]
is
ô
a simple substantive is put in place of
Gxx
and ^Lo and
^LJaI|[342.
but
Ox*
-*,x
&lk& are put in place of cA-y and
(R).
which they mean only
And
its
counterpart
is
*GQj>,
9 ^ e>
^jllaJ
meeting, as says ArRa'I
by
1561
^.oS
cjU
Will
hoped for thy bounty.
its
promises come?
For to-day hope has fallen short of meeting thee (S).

And in v^L-SJ Fath also has been heard, to which Jh
e
and others
and my
and old
selling
with Kasr of the
They say
*UL
^^
[332]
e
(4-6) Jl^xj-,
LVL-V-'"'
(7)
<L
are taxed with a mistake
that Jl*&> with
Kasr
of the
two
i.
6-
An
'Uuu,and gby>
ns.^
[names
a crocodile, and also a
pieces of cloth
swallowing; (10)
[283]
(12) Jlp'
as L^L-aJ*
^JU
sewn
igrrea^
of
[jjAorf (D)]
together
(9)
JJUj quick at
;
(11) ^jOLfOJ
;(13)
^lldJ,
TAe she-camel arrived at her
kiU-'Tvô!
(8) ^jUjb*
;
x-
a [small (D)] pigeon-house
necklace
vid.] (3)
(D)] places;
Ztar
JUQ> an e^fyy [379]
time for being covered
occurs
hour of the night passed
JMJO
the inf. n., vid. (1, 2)

^llli*
q.
and [fourteen non-inf.

-^- "^
^s
v^>
as JoJJI^c i\j>
yo
itj^j,
and my pleasure,
expending my property new
and my
in only sixteen ns.,
and
while those who
tippling wines ceased not,
<*
(BS).
saying [of Tarafa Ahl)]
recite the
And my
themselves (CD)
restrict
(14)
^,LjiJL>
playing (15)?Lljb
(16) JllL> short (R).
15G2
And Îxii,
335.
g of which
[the
is
doubled to
denote intensification and multiplication (IY),] is simi' ^

CM
x
as
There was between them much
lar,
Lyop (*-**? \j%
t
x-
shooting one at another
(M, Jrb), and
much prevention (M), on
sides (Jrb).
^^^^
It
(IY,R); because
^f^- much
and as
incitement
both
does not proceed from [only] one [side]

Lut, [332],
(5
intensive forms of
^G
AA^ [below], and ^~cs^ are
[487],
^jLsU
and t=lA3 (R);
meaning is shooting one at another,

and inciting, and preventing, one another (IY). But
feince
the
sometimes
sive
this
n.
measure occurs (IY, R) aa an inten-
of the
[unaugmented]
[an act proceeding from only] one
JLJb
ÂJUO
inf.
is
much [knowledge
?ftwcA
an
and
\_side~]
skill
AjuU* being
v5
of the Khildfa
inf. n. of (1)
jÛs
as
(R).
(IY).
Lu^ [332]
Umar
?fttfc&
em7-
much engrossed with
(5
then, occurs aa
the [unaugment-
(2)
AAiafc [above], inf. n.
*ii incited him, and ^Â.^S. [below]
particularized him (L).
Thus-
in (M),] guiding r
(î**-*
ed] tril, to denote intensiveness, as

of
(R), denoting
mischiej-making (M, R), ^.ûc
speaklng (IY, R), and

the business
of,
tril.
x^.^.
inf. n. of
says [in tradition (L)]
ÎS^ ^lyL&jr !^J (IY, R, Jrb), i. e., But for being too
much engrossed with the business of the Khilafa, [and
1563
too forgetful
by reason of
it
mind the times of the
(Jrb),] to
I would chant
call to prayer,
the call to
prayer (IY, Jrb) f
thereby indicating the excellence of the call

^JLuij
s ^
also [334] is not regular (R)
that] Z, being asked

is said to
hearsay,
ly used
inf.
that
[though Jrb declares
was regular
"
This
fern, with
the
"
which only occurs

Prolongation
allowed by some in the whole of them

disallowed
Ks
(R).
transmits
But
Fr
(IY,
R)
[all the
of his
BB
but
cat.,
differfrom him in that
own
is
is
better
[272] (IY, R)
ZUxxl^
and allows prolongation in the whole

(IY)
These
(Jrb).
[above] (IY).
(5*a**i3
or confined to
cat. is so frequent-
ought to be regular
it
abbreviated, as
it
have replied
made
are
ras.
whether
to prayer (IY),
regularly
;
and (IY)]
school (IY), disapproves of
it
(R).
.
The
336.
unaugmented
contain a
of the
vJ
tril. \y.,
is
<t
(R)],
as
if any
a stroke
be in
it,
as
the
[below] from
* *
oJUo / went
in
and, (2) from everything else (SH), which con-
sists of [three (R),J the
by IH
&î
Iivent out, and &JLi^ [below] from

vsA2>^
n. of]
(SH)
[265]
Q s
from the
the inf. n. of (Jrb)] which does not
L^
' '
[331] (R)
),] (1)
on the measure of &I*3 [with Fath (R, Jrb)
augs. being elided,

1
un. [formed (R, Jrb
n.
[unaugmented (Jrb)]
which contains a
tril.,
[the inf.
[according to the opinion held
(R),] the augmented
[tril.
(Jrb)],
and the [unaug-
15G4
mented and augmented (Jrb)] quad. (R, Jrb),

Ox
measure of the
kneel once
G xx
being added,
SLS&iajf
if
there be none (SH), as
* x ^
O x
<*
a departure and
a
down once
SLs^JJ being rolled
and the distinctive being the context,

A
J.
LTb (SH,
whose
L), from the
inf.
the inf.n. contain a
'
'
[two words (R),] sSCol
[unaugmented (Jrb
does not contain a
n.
if
iuUû,! [338], and
'
And
8J^>L [below] (Jrb).
SJoL'
as 8<X>C !<X&i [below],

*
on the
making a camel
n. used, as &=*lit
inf.
is
] tril
their inf.
(R, Jrb),
ns.
being
*''
u Lo!^
meeting
coming and ÛJ
X
(Jrb), are
L), because the aw/s. are not elided

'
they reduced
formation
to the
anomalous (SH,
from them, nor are
X "^
kJLxi
but the
s is
affixed
G x* *
1
to
them as they are
The regular form
(R).
is **>\
and
OX X
SUiJ [below] (R, Jrb),
which are allowable
AlMutanabbi
says
xS &jo
uJLJ
(R) / me^
^/ie
JUil
fcXl^vîi
dawn, when
because the night passes
the
away with
dawn, at Darb alKulla, [which,

of the
my
Greeks (MI),] with a
deep grief (W).
When
contains the
night
it,
the rising of the
single meeting that healed
the inf. n. of the unaugment-
tril.
as
and Sjui3 [above], not

Ll^> [331]
slain in
I think, is in the lands-
ed
[v.~\
was
you
let it
remain unaltered,
fyS and
SjLfij
[below].
1565
IH
So says
but I have not come across what he says in
down unrestrictany [other] work; nay, the authorities lay

n. of] the unaugmentedly that the n. un. from [the inf.
>
ed
tril. [v.] is
that(R)],
put
on the measure of
according to the o.f., because

is J|ii
v.
of(IY)]the unaugmented[?*i7.
kill [the augment,

(1
if
OX
a wa/&, and
n.
inf. n.
on the measure of
tw%,
fcjj-A
a drink (M)
And ~IM says

like
LjLT
and
that] kill [with
a siring (IM), &1&*
x-
[above] (A), whether the
KJ^-O
9x
be on the measure of Jjb

Ox
as in
9
[above] from
Syt] in the
Ham
the n.
from [the
unrestricted
Ox
Gx-"^
or not, as in L=vS>
un.
is
from [the
the inf. n. contain any, being drop-
f&jfand &1J [above] (IY).
m/
(IY)]
Y),l as aUj3 a standing and
Fath (A)] denotes
And
[below] (S, R).
that] the formation of the n. un.
[Z says
For [S says
&JU3,
the o.f. [of the inf. n*. (R)]
ped
when you mean the n. un. of thet/z/ n., youalways

>
it
"
on the measure of &i*j (R).
>
ab^
from Vr^]
^ 5^
[881]
so [says
And [BD and IHsh say
'
(Sn).
inf.
n.
of
>
(Aud)] every
that]
v.
tril.
indicated
by [the paradigm (L)] &ili (L, Aud), witli

Fath (Aud). And what I think is that, when the inf. n.
is
of the [unaugmented]
it
also to *JUj
(R).
This
is
tricted (Sn),]
many
tril.
[v.']
contains the
s
,
you reduce
saying sjîJ [above], with Fath of the
when
the [general (Aud, A),
inf. n.,
(Sn),] is not
[applicable to the
i.
c.,
unres-
few and
the
[formed (L, Aud)] upon the measure
1566
(
>
of
fcJUj
[337]; for, if so, the n. un. [from
A) only (A) by an
(L, And,
ep.
context (L, A),
mere?/
.
G'"
You
wi7& ( L).
leave [the inf.
than the unaugmented
like
augmented] quad.,
the
single act
of
*x
n.
a angrid craving for

every thing else
of]
unaltered, whether
&^>J> [332]
it
or an
be [an un-
augmented
and
JilaiJ [332], ^l^j,
[tril or quad.}, like

if
tril.
&+A,%
Aud, A) and SJ^Lx &+*

x
(L,
and then,
r'
as StX^L
x
(L)] is indicated
(Aud, A), or (A) by some
6 x
[other]
it
be not there, you add
J^J6
an
as fctLTI
J
it,
honoring
as
abjjtS
but, if
[338],
i.
the
be there,
sj^
e.,
[below]
you leave
;
though,
Ox
cases, the n. un. is
ambiguity, as
we
held the
H [
mostly qualified by
lL
x
jUjb*
'
it
alone,
in
such
s'tX=!.
to avert
a 6inê consolation and,

;
if
-x
of compensation] to be elided,
of unity put, there would
be no harm.
formation of unity as evidence that the
and the
S refers
o.
to the
f. of the inf.
O *x
ns. in the
whole of the
tril.,
trans,
or intrans.,
is
Jmi
Ox *x
[above], saying that, the generic n. of such as
&Us
^J
and
[254] being undoubtedly [formed] by elision of the
analogy requires the generic, i. e., unrestricted, inf. n.

9*x
6x*x
Ox*x
Ox
and &JU>c> [above] to be
and J^j
of such as
g
-^
fc=^
not
L^ and J^^ [^31]
of the [unaugmented]
tril.
but that they vary the
by adding
letters,
the composition, because the [unaugmented]
inf. ns.
and altering
tril. is light,
1567
txmtrary to the yu:ul and
quad, or augmented
tlie
augmented
have two
[tril.]
If the
[tril.].
one of which
inf. ns.,
more notorious [than the other], the n, un. is on the

measure of that more notorious, not of the strange one
is
'
-,
,,
a.Lo
[above], not
k^&o
you say SJot^
Q ' ' *
* '
S ''
* s
,
from
Sx ^
and similarly you do not say
The
[337] ate really sorts of
'cates
inf.
But the
w.
comprising
and the whole of
times,
xi*3 belongs only to
w?i.
and the
its
not to what indicates
modes
and
îs
.
or &
The
337.
mt
digm (L^J iLu

of
the
~
(IA
>
;ind
(L,
1A.
<^
ixxjl
tlie <ciisc
not
VÂM.IJ
iM-iiin-
and
//-
//^
v.
is
of (IA, And)]
indicated
by [the para-
>
<-
and
xlljl
//,
mi-aninii-
considered
a>
<</'>// //////
/'
that
lie
keej.^
202
and
andftjbtfjf,
X
o-
Kasr (IA, And)
witli
And),
ac/,
>
iw/! n.
auJL^jfij^
'
and
quality^ like ^û^. beauty
from [the
tril.
as
I]\I
(Sn).
n, morf.
every [unaiigmcntcd]
(Jrb).
^*&> cowardice, and
permanent
srHartn<>xs,
>
like
act,
"jardluicss
twice
what indicates an
an infernal
ignorance,
knowltdge^ JL^
nor
n. indi-
orace,
act of the physical organs, like the cxs. given by

A.:
mod.
n.
because the i/I
the <;emts of the act [254],
and several
^;^*>;
o^
owJb'15
from
w.
w.
>
XjUcs
iblirfrom s^J^[332] (R).
*>
to,
and
.!/".</
and
evil is
1568
that Jashion
of dying and killing
the [general
(Aud), unrestricted
This
(L).
n.
mod
[from
context (L),
[i.
it
is
(L)]
by an
e.,]
for, if so,
indicated (L, Aud,
by some
or
the like
(Aud), or by something else (MKh), as uoj^JI &A+>
/ enjoined him
abstain, as one enjoins the sick
to
abstain or xxl^Jl^x)
to
abstain, and
\*&y$with
*j4^
man
to
a certain mode of injunction
I searched for
8jJi3 xj'joio
ij^xft-Jl
the
MKh)
MKh)
ep. (Aud,
when
inf. n. is not
(MKh\]
formed upon the measure of &l*j [below]
is
'
one searches for the precious object or
-o
HiX^x.M
&
as
it,
'
^ U^3
a,
~c
'
with a certain mode 0/searcA(L),whencesju^xJUiJl s<X^

O"
'
The search for
SUxIac
(Aud,
And
MKh).
the stray beast is a great search
similarly
G
augmented]
tril.,
as
mode, of honoring (L),
so
' ^ *
No
the v.
99
Jj5 %
is
not [an un-
-f.
7 honored him
iu>o..n
g^>tXxiJf
'
as one honors the friend or
non-tril., except
when
with a certain
JijfJK^
' \j*y$
'
%
inf. n.
anomalously
mod.
(I A,
is
formed from the
Aud), as
*Uv*r>
^ -o
S^cJI She
is
pretty in the fashion of putting on the
where they form
muffler,
muffler
and
*~o
x+*J!
>
"
aJLii
from
v^-xi!
put on a
^^.^ yc Se
15
beautiful in the style
ofputting on the turban, where they form
put on a turban (IA) ; and hence
aLJu
aUUi from*.<*3
from oxÂJf /SAe
1569
He put on a
veiled her face, andaUa^S f rom ya+A 3

iUUi[with Kasr (SH, A) of the
o (SH)] denotes
mode
the
(SH, IM), and quality (MKh), q//ie accident (Sn, lIKh),

O^<,
as
ab^3 (SH),
i.
a striking qualified by
e.,
mentioned, as in x^/jT
style of riding
as in
case,
or
known by
b\tU
j^ ye
He
the
^; [332]; nor &JU3 [above] a

'
n.
'
either
his
circumstances of the
i.
e.,
>Ldj >Itean
vjv
Sometimes i*i [336]
effectual excuse.
ep.,
beautiful in
is
^! li [551],
>x-
an
is
not a n. un. like

y
mod., like SJLi a hardship

X
(R).
338.
The
inf. n.
of the jJti unsound in the J is
[only (R)] kLJtf

[332] (R on the
X
r x
Afw,
wi/".
n. iU^vJ'
and
(L).
That
is
by
of the
for
it
[265],
heavy (R).
No
SH,
L), as
'&
' purified
Ox*x
>C5^
s!^5
strengthened kirn, inf. n.
elision of the first
because the double

n.
inf.
of the
is
unsound
jJU
x
abyLa
and substitution
deemed
in
the J
"x
occurs on any measure other than *Lub', except what

X
extraordinary (L),
[where]
the
double
&
occurs
is
by
poetic license (R), as
[below] (R, L) She passed the night continually lifting
her bucket, as
L>Ai (MN).
fin
old
This
is
ivoman damllts a boy, by rule
by assimilation of the unsound
to
1570
the sound, as the sound
remindeJ him,
is
inf. n.
inf. n. x+saju
understand,
"
Gx-
Sj/6
the elided
s^j-i
[332]
plain that the elided
-^
and
the J
is
x-
made him
s^-^j
The language
(L).
my
but, in
more probably the aug.
is
unsound
assimilated to the
is
x-S-
in
of
opinion,
because the J
remains in the sound, as &*JC3 honoring [below], and similarly therefore in the unsound (I Yj.
S
ed
was
(2)
of J^*>'
the
because the
which
>"
of JAJL& is a letter of prolongation,

.X
lized on account of the
if
whereas,
were
the second
would have
of feniiiiinization
to
be mobi-
The
^^*'
(It).
>x"^'
''^"JS
the Jout and JjuU-J unsound in the c
of
inf. n.
x-
on the analogy of &o Jo' [above]?
(1)
elided, the letter of prolongation
and ûi^\ sought help
heliC'l
r.
not mobilized
is
We said that the elid-
is
of their sound counterparts (L),
analogous to the
As
for such as
u Uf
as
inf. n.
$fe*[ per-
mitting and 8jLia*b! seeking permission, they are or A/.

r,
yys*[
x o
and
of the
y^sJLu*1
v.'s.
but, the inf. n. being altered
being altered [713], the g
[below] (R).
(R), the
And two
is
by reason
converted into
quiescents (L), [vid.] two
substituted for the
of the
i;.,
and the
is
elided [703] (R, L),
and the
Ox-
as a compensation for
it
of the
inf.n.(li), being then combined, the second [of
(L)]
them
of feminization put
^
[265], as &jL^|
Gx-
and xjLjU^t
orig.
J^l and
to the
two
ÎjjLLl
being transferred
the vowel of the
and the g converted into

[above] so that,
been mentioned is then
meeting- together, what has
!
R)
The
e.J the
[i.
Ox-
of jult [and Jliisll]
longation in such as abyw [336] (R)
[i.e.,]
the
therefore more
Akh and
(2) according to
first
Of
is
fit
for elision
(IY)
and this opinion, being
Z (IY)
adopted by
a letter
is
it
the first (R),
R)
(IY,
is
it
because
of]
of prolongation, as
Jo and
n.
list inf.
*
&
of
The compensation
[663] (R).
lously omitted in
r
is
(b) because
elided on account of [the concurrence
is
two quiescents when

in
Fr,
substituted for the g
agreeable with analogy,

th
is
S,
to the elision of the letter of pro-
by analogy
(IY, R), and
Khl and
according to
elided, (1)
the second (R),
(IY), (a)
ag.
done (L).
(IY,
*U>!
r
fclpt
inf.
of
n.
as
performed,
/
r
sJLo.'!
X T-
anoma-
Jun, and
s/mi''>
sty
is
XXIV
JjL
;j
(*r
!>7.
Am/ performance of prayer

r
'
Omission of the
(I j).
'
compensation in such as JjJ [and \lcxjul (R)]

(1)
by
the evidence of
S,<MI
no distinction
is not,
is
pre. (IY)
[exclusively
made by
Lini
l.v
FT,
<
Ii)],
(2j
fore dropped (K), as iiivpJl

is
hctwren
in
tlie s
\vh;it
the state
J^lUf.
allowed
37. (IY, R)j while

is,
;m,l u hal
of
pivfm,,,,
because the //'/^/.then, (as
(IY).] Mipplit* the place of
"pinion
XXIV.
is
V,
\\
|:):;i]
it
which
ff(
there-
.K,15 :an<l
hrttcr. because QO autlicntic instance
has
1572
heard except with prefixion (R). Elision of the

O*
such as
by S
(t
any case (R);
since
pUlis(IY, R),
difference
from
[above], however, is not allowed (IY,
&jjju
in
so
that
not said (IY), as
is
yJ
*
The
has not been heard (R).
it
between them
is
such as
that,
R)
and
JfÎ:!
6L.sxx-J being sometimes used complete, according to the

s '
o.
is
f. [707], it
allowable not to put the compensation;*

o^
whereas, the
o.
the compensation
is
Juouf occurs, as ^Jt

but the poet
is
^-o oib
obsolete
govern like the
ns. that
3)
(2,
[sound or broken (YS)] pi. [344J
the
(Fk)
(6)
the
gen.
[498]-,
(9)
the
quasi-inf.
"
saying
ns.
"
is
the pass,
pi.
(Fk)
n.
v. is
derived from
sound opinion [331] (Sh).

is
(5)
[187] (Sh,
and (MAd)]
(Sh,
KN).
Fk)
IHsh s
a case of predominance [320], because
because the
which
part, and
(4)
A]
(Sh,
the prep, and gen. are not a n. (MAd).
v.,
[342.
(10) the n. of superiority [351, 360]
(IY).
in the du. or
verbal
n.
are [ten (Sh,
(7, 8) the supported adv. and [prep
KN)
ibyis
o. /s.
ait.
even in the du. or
KN),
the assimilate ep. [348]
inf. n.
v.
KN), even
intensive paradigm [343] (Sh,
indeed,
by rule
[above],
to revert to
Fk),] (i\ the inf. n. [below]
part. [347] (Sh,
In poetry,
inseparable.
allowed
The
339.
/. of such as SU^ju being never found,
derived from
The
it
I begin with the
it,
inf. n.
(Fk).
If
according to the
governs like
the
v.
its
derived
1573
from
it
be intrant.,
wbat
is trans, to
it is
intrans.
and,
its #. is trans, to,
be trans.,
if its v
by means of
itself or of
a prep. (A). It therefore governs the as. in the now.

is trans, to
to
an
ofy'.
two or more
and
with or without a medium, and sometimes
And
[432].
objs.
the
augmented
inf. n.,
G x
as
The
[331] (Fk).
in
like
[332], governs
+\jf\
in/-
two matters (A)
w.,
(1)
(M, IH, A, Fk), contrary
whether the
or
some
inf. n.
as
pre.,
it
the unaugmented, as
however,
its
to the
be
may
ag.
from
differs
x-
o^3
its v.
suppressed
ag. of the v. [21] (A),
be aprothetic, as XG. 14, 15.

[below]
XXX.
2.
[below] (M)
for
relation
to
ag. or other is not comprised in the idea intelligible
from the
inf. n.
so that the
conception of that idea does

existence
not depend upon [the
of] an ag., contrary
to [the conception of the idea intelligible from] the r., the
act.
and pass, parto., and the assimilate
when
its
the
ag. is suppressed,
pron. [:U2], contrary to the opinion of
the inf.
n.
the pron.
in the
acting as a substitute for
where the
[below],
is
nom. [20] there
(a)
2?.,
(A), except
as in
fj^
li
assumes the pron., because
is a
dispute.
The
\\\\
*x
gn ?
* *
><
is
beaten,
the
in
it,
because,
when
'
^ ^^> ^ o-^t
beating, or being
hold this
adopted
but
Shi.
and
Akh,
(A);
others dis-
allow it,<m account of the ambiguity

e.
its
some
to be allowable, which opinion
in the Tasini
you say,
(Jm):
latent (Sn): (2) as to its governing the

pro-ag.
[construction]
by IM
inf. n.
ep.
the inf. n. does not assume
act.
sense
a t 'A mr'a
instinctively
1574
presents itself to the mind

allowable,
when
voice, like
*\
then
so
ivith
that
the
v.
[331],
G ox
cM
cold surprised
ft
x-
is
^ X
/,* '0-0
when
bath surprised
and *UJ!
because there is no ambiguity

^x<^
Zaid's being troubled
\
(C >u^.c!
me
is
is
Thus
allowable.
by Syt
The Kurans
me [below]
water
*->+
to the inf. n.,
(Sn).
Ham
in the
when
vX^Jjl
The
while
that
vid.
it
is
G-^x^x'ji
s*! v3
ng recited in
in VxiaJ
Fk),
is
ÂASBLCI
^\breads
hot
the
being
believed to be in the
to thejfrra-a</., the inf. n*

n.
inf.
(1) positive,
with
the v.
iS ^1 or LljT
[the
KN), when
i.
governs [only
e.
infinitival
it
be
(A,Fk)
the past or future
as
II.
JjJ
J (Sh); or U
252.
(Fk),] if
[16,29,503],
(IM, Sh,
i.
e.,
KN),
meant (IA, A, Fk), as I4*îUd

XXX. 27. Ye fearing them as ye
the present is
f*&&S
fear yourselves,
may
and
but in sense
^! (IY,IM, Sh,
meant (IA, A,
ÂlTl &JU!
be
And, when attributed
replaceable by
]
being drunk, where the pro-ay
not altered [430] (Fk).
(A)
there are
'
(IY,A) on two conditions,
p.
from the pass.
inseparable
no ambiguity occurs, as in
i"u'
it id
-0
(a)
says that
adds a fourth, as being held by IKh,
allowable
is
AH
while
>
three opinions, transmitted
Dm
îUaJ L^f Sh)
i.
e.,
jv^MÎ
render the inf.
n.
by ^1 and
beating,
i.
e.
the act.
r.,
as
(a)
you
^^\
That thou didst
beat,
1575
'
* OX
c/
surprised we,
as ^v.o
^*tAw
i.
fjov
e.,
c-o
^j!
or the âss.
r.,
thou wast
27i
f-
ô^4 a
e.
\.
>
i. e.,
being beaten,
T/i?/
beaten, vexed me,
the two being distin-
guishable by the contexts (IY)
their
(b)
rendering
the inf.
when
by ^1 and the
n.
it is
in the sense of the present, because
prefixed to the aoi\,
makes
*
GGr render
of] the
not quite accurate
is
v.
it
it
<s
in the present, as Jo<X
&
f
when
but [some
'
~&
the exclusion of U>
to
by ^t
a pure future
cx
j^
x^-O-o s
u^l
even
s'
^^ Thy beating Zaid
Q f-
now is severe, because ^! is more frequent and
notorious in
usage than
and the
some of them
that
v.,
and, because of their rendering
fall into the error of
it
by ^1
supposing
does not govern when in the present [341], from
it
then rendering
the impossibility of
it
by,j!(R):
(e)
made peculiar
is
to the present,
notwithstanding that
pas and future also, in order to

give the preference to the p. more indicative of the past
it is
applicable to the
with the ^?vf., and of
tlie
future with the nor., vid.
past with
which denotes
i\ic
with the
contrary to U, whi-h
throe
'/o?-.,
tl;-
times unrestrictedly (Sn):
mentions the
is
(//)
;nul
in
the future
applicable
IM
tn the
the Tasini
vilh these two
*XXX*X >*
litoAjil^JU Tkntwtky
s
ps.,
as
x
i.e.,
x x
ouô Jo
^!
^//^/
(///<
CM
203
ten
7<t
</,
157G
(
*
beaten,
*?
where <j!
contracted, because
is
ledge [525,526], and the position
nor supply the place of
(R)
v.
[so that]
only
and the
tival p.
not suitable for the
is
which does not occur after knowledge
infinitival (A),
resembles the
occurs after IcnoW-
it
two
when it
t\, i. e.,
when
its
when
it is
the
inf. n.
renderable by the
infini-
(Sn)
objs.
is
[571],
(e)
not an unrestricted obj.
it is
corrob. of its
or is govern-
o/?.,
ed in some
,x
or
e
it
beating,
as
it,
obj.
^,1
r.
x*"x
!j^<Xi bv^
(IY, R), since the
or
not c*j~o
is
jj!
that, its
by
^^
f--c
^xx?^!
x-
obj.]
is
while in
!jo^
L...O
a substitute for
[where
them/
n. is
in his
IM
its v.
vôô
^
is
impossible
beat
x'
not
obj.
*
is
*
^^> ^* b-4
(YS),
and
in
Ij^C
LJ>^
corrob. of its op. (YS),]

ljuj
on the
Commentary on
x-
>>^x-
"
f-0-ft
~A
[below] (Fk), where the inf. n.
be governed in the ace. by the inf.

to the opinion of
by
*
op. inf. n. is
suppressed, the full phrase being uoJUl ^*yi
(R)
is
but the unrestricted

C
>
when it
^_>ô :o?ô
governor beats the robber, the
really an unrestricted
government
(Fk): and, as for the saying uoJUl
L^
CAJ*-O (R) ;and,
6^-0
liim as the
of
meaning
>0^^,
not rcplaceal-le
,-
^y&
(R),] it is not renderable
&
and the
weM, or with
2atcJ
in
does not govern (IY), because, [when
an unrestricted
is
it
from
the v. derived
a ^
s
j^JoxJl oviaJI ^ &
way by
the
first
KN,
n.
oo^
may
not
(Aud,Fk), contrary
(Fk), because, says
IHsh
the in/, n. here is replace-
1577
able by the
alone without
v.
J,!
and
Co
and by common
second (YS), because
consent in the
the absence
of
of this condition (And): and for this reason the second

xx
*^
saying (Sh)] ^>yc aJ loU ** <&^*
[ cj^c (Sh)] in [their
r*xxxx
%L^ \&yo
is
[41]
a suppressed
by (Sh, Fk) the
not
v.,
^^ (Sh)
the first
c.,]
[i.
held to be governed in the ace.
IM
(f)
seems
n.
inf.
by
(Fk),
say that this
to
but in the Tasini he makes
condition is inseparable
general, saying, in the
CT,
"
The
inf.
it
being ren-
/?.'s
"derable by one of the three, [the contracted ^y or the

X
* f-
"infinitival
"of
u
or its
^,1
government; but
its
instance of
"
them
is
dUj
my
"be,
its
.*.
?-.,
e.,
d.
"
UK
s.
like
6!
7/,-r
A/-
so; while an
the d.
was, or
>i->x
J.^1^ dL^f
.'Sn)
^31
^.7.]
or
(1>)
*^-^ or
of
will
that"
J^jfÛ
xx
uf
fo!
the
the sup;
a substitute
[ÛJ. us
/.
iLLJ
in
s.
*"^
expression of (A)] the
^t L^
Jyu c'UJ
existed, or exists), saying
being the pron. [latent as

not the
not a condition
is
generally
hearing thy brother
when he
"
is
occurrence not renderablc by any of
ear ^
realized,
i.
it
(Sn),]
the saying of the Arabs
[below] (A), a
[29],
sister
IjL-C
U^
for
[tlje
[below],
'
(IA, A),
JL..I
^Ji
j^j
^joj
-I
[411,
.-
&'
ruff/nee,
fur-
//,<,/
/,,,
re
1578
I am afraid on account of
already committed.
& *X
terrified
is
where
(Sn),
S
,
\&tj
governed in the
inf.
because acting as a substitute for the
suppressed
v.,
like <JUJ!
by the
ace.
x"
and
n.
*2l* (A),]
I
as the
does (IA)
v.
there
by the
IM
no reason for mentioning
is
course of the exposition thereof (Sn)

&
s-
&*>
in the
it
not escape notice
(a) it will
from the language of
that this is excluded
so that
[here],
in the
it
as for their
(6)
saying in command, |J^ \jJ& Beat Zaid [above],

of the
GGr say
critical
judges hold that the op.
v.
),
according to the soundest opinion (A): while
the inf. n. contains a latent pron. governed by
nom
A,
not
v. (I A);
them,
*^.*
the
that
op.
of
|ju^
is
CLa
is
the
many
but
[suppressed]
that governs the inf. n. in the ace., the full phrase

0.VS
being
Ij^v
"
<=
Lyo
v/^
while, in
my
it
opinion,
is
not
,f.QS
improbable that the

of
its
n.
may govern \^j
acting as a substitute for the
of its being an inf.

1?.,
inf.
n.;
*1s
s^x
saying !jo>
b^
whereas,
if
v.,
not
because
by virtue
you expressed the
^y*\
Beat Zaid wdl, the
op. of
be only the ?., not the inf. n. (IY)

(c)
|j^ would
it appears from the language of the GGr that there
:
is
a dispute
about the unrestricted
obj.
whose
v.
is
necessarily or allowably suppressed [41], as to whether

it
or the
v.
be the
cither case, the
op.:
but
it
is
best to say that, in
government belongs
to the v.,
because the
1579
a substitute for the
inf. n. is not really
would not be governed

tute for the
v. y
since
it
the ace.] but
in
and the
it
so that
it,
is like
it
a substi-
not be expressed
may
r.
if
since,
r.,
would not be supplied before
r.
tlie
were,
together, as the substitute and original are not combined
(Rj: (2) negative,
!jJ
if
it
be not
*L^4 <****
because the resemblance of the
said,
by reason
remote,
(a)
a dim.
is
not
the
v. is
[292]
inf. n. to
of the dim. formation, which is a pecu-
liarity of ns. [274, 288]

is
(Fk),
c.,
A); so that
KN,
(Sh,
i.
(Fk) or rather, because the dim.

;
not the formation that the
v. is
derived from (YS)
(b)
apron. (KN, A), contrary to the opinion of the KIv

o
^ ^
9
'Jôx'J^Gx^
J^-o^J"^
(A, YS);so that
^^J! dbâ is
^sxj!
^ ^^
^^
not said (Fk), because the letters of the

opinion of the
(a) the
(FkjSn):
^-w>*^"-'' X
ing
j>!\
9(uw0JI
attested
is
by the say-
,-X
L? [342],
s
tlk'
KK
are wanting
r.
where I^JLA is dependent on yp

o
pron, relating tOsi^JcaaJI;lrathere
it
governs only the
prep. and^(?7i.(YS): while IJaml lim allow
[prep. and]^"/L; and should, by analogy, allow

thr
i
",//-.
f..
(A
(c)
limited (Sli.KN',A) by the
ative of unity [33GJ (Sn); so that
iinlii
govern the
it to
to
govern
(Sh,
A,Fk\
it
JuJ*^
^1^\
(5
+ *s
\&.)
\<
QOl
that
Siiii.l.
tlir
<\
beoaiUe
is <l-ri\cil
of the poet, [desrriling

liim,
tin-
formation nf unity
from (Fk,Sn )
a
traveller,
wh
while
lias
ilir.
tin-
saying
water with
hut juiritics liimself with dust for prayer

(MN),]
1580
who
strong,
ly the stroke of his
is prudent,
on the dusty revives with
it, 1.
e.,
who was almost dying
rider,
(MN)
when
so that,
ous (MN, Fk)
it
occurs,
palms
water, a soul of a
the
of thirst
malous (A), because the limited
is
ano-
does not govern
decided to be anomal-
by an
(d) followed
(MN),
inf. n.
it is
tivo
other (A,
or
[ep.
Fk)] appos. before [the completion of (A, Fk)] its government [147] (Sh,KN, A) by the mention of all its regs. (Sn);
?
so that
w ^
-0
* X
"
ff
^7^ ^j;-** ^5*^^
!jc?j
surprised
reg.
>
"x-
me
is
Thy
not be separated (A,
Fk) by
its conj.,
but the
of me
desertion
[342]
(f)
letters
government (A,
of
separated from
it]
the
to. it
v.
would be
its reg.
(KN) by
its
reg.
[in
corresponds to the conj. in relation to the
conjunct, so that they

posterior
suppressed
(e)
extraneous expression [342], because
relation to
followed
Verily thy excessive
destructive (Fk)
is
(KN), because the
non-existent (Fk)
an
may be
inf. n.
cLsatf
on which the post-
after the completion of its
Fk), as viXJUU iy-Cll ^L>
may
occur, then, after the
is supplied,
cp. [or other appos.~\, a v.
pos. reg. depends (A)
they
the ep. or other appos. (Sn)
any supposed instance of that
by an appos.
Zaid
not said (A), because, the inf. n. with its
being like the conjunct with
and, if
severe beating
(KN),
i.
may
e.,
not be separated
to its reg.,
even
if it
(Fk)
(g)
be an adv.
1581
because
[342],
its
corresponds to the
rey.
The
does not precede the conjunct [177] (Fk).
must
n.
also be a sing.
(A,
Fk); and, as
which
conj.,
op< inf.
for the
saying
b!
[below] They have tried him,
and
their trials of Aba
Kudd-
ma have not increased aught but his glory and prosperity,

it is
This condition, though apparently
anomalous (A).
down by IHsh,
not laid
is
prescribed
by some, who disal-
low the government of the du. and pL
and
adopted by IM, because, says he, their form
from the form of the

so that,
if
we
inf.
?i.,
which
instance of such government,
made
to
t'/>/.,
as JkJuT
pAjSl
the robber pleased

the robber by the
A, And, Fk), as
The
(ISF),
v.
Arabs any
where the
governs
IM, Fk)
pi. is
[in three
to the ag. or
The governor's beating
^yoSl <jciU\
governor (M)
C*4
(SI,
(5-Ufv^l
me and
n.
inf.
is different
be accepted, but not
to
[above],
whence.
y-4
IM) and anarthrous

I
** 0^
govern (YS).
states (IY, IA)], (1)
it is
decidedly
the origin of the

of the
the language
find in
copied (Fk), as ^J!
is
is
(2)
^yA The
when
beating of
aprothetic (SI,
pronounced with Tanwln (IY,
iuLl>i
^ ^ ^ ÛL! ^fxC.14,
15.
Or feeding, on a day of hunger, an orphan [above] and
(IY,
A),
by AlMarrfir Ibn Munl<ilh atTamiml (MN,
1582
EC,
removed
their skulls
MN, EC,
(Jsh,
men ue
smiting witli the swords the heads of
By
J),
from
Sn, J)
the resting-place,
the necks
i e.,
when synarthrous (M, IM,
(3)
Fk), as
[below] (M, I A) Feeble in making havoc
fancying flight
9
xx
will defer
"x
[below] (IA)
his foes,
death (Jsh, AKB),
xx
among
For verily thou and
""9
c-x
the praising
x a x
Urwa
when dead, after that he called thee to save him from us,
when our hands ivere stretched out towards him to slay
him, but thou didst not save him, so that he died, thepm/.
of ^! being in the next verse
J
s"f.
ori^f.
to
JÔx
xx"-
s '
[683], are
^!.
urge them on
Me
^/i
&
x-
maw
the journey,
xx
xx
singing
when
the
/^
to his
>
<o
xx
camels
fornoon
is
advanced, and the birds of the fates are sivoopiny down
upon them
[below]
(M
MN, EC,
(J),
J),
and
IA), by ADIarriir
as attributed
alAsadi
in the
AAz), correctly (AAz), according
to
Book
(S,
(IY)~|,
IY,
AA z,
but (IY,
some (IY), by Malik
Ibn Zughba alBahili (IY, AAz, AKB), a heathen poet
1583
(AKB), Assuredly the foremost of the charging cavalry have

known that I wheeled round, and recoiled not from smit-
(AKB)] Misma (MN, EC, AKB). But

government is most frequent when it is pre. (IA,Aud,
1
ing [their chief

its
KN, A)
Sh,
Fk), with the
to the ag. (Sh,
(Fk), as II. 252. [above] (Aud, Sh,
as (^SLc^
J^) XIV.
Thee [below],
est
in
i.e.,
<JU!
TanwSn, as
is said;
^"US
KN, A)
accept
one
Its
is
government, when
is
it is
rare;
and
pre. to the
is
(to
n. strong-
pronounced with
n.,
because
ag.,
as
it is
in resemblance to the
stronger
ag. mentioned,
my prayer
but the one pre. to the
then, the ag. being like a part of the inf.
the inf. n.
or omitted,
Them/
(Fk).
not the
is
government
And
42.
mentioned
obj.
<
fy'.,
(1)
of the
v.
P.,
(R).
with the
even said [by some (Sh)]
to
be peculiar to poetry (Sh, Fk), as
^*
35
by AlUkaisliir alAsadl, The knocl

ayainst the goblets by the mouths of the flagons has di
pated mine inheritance and what I have gathered tv<j< /A<
[below]
(Sh),
of real propc
///
the nom. (Sh), which

ace.,
showing
in
(MX),
is
that there
the version
with
slî!
in
refuted [by the version with the

is
(Sh)] by the saying of the
no exigency
Prophrt
204
fin
in the verse,
the
tradition
and
1584
until
(314)
"
he
gays
"ir
a way
House
the
to
by
him that
not forbidden in prose,
LXI.
Man
49.
[below] (Sh, Fk),

ever,
to
pronounced
according
ivearieth not
i,
by heart?, where
because by
(Sh, Fk),
(Sh)
^ ^ll^Tltlj i
praying for good
(Sh).
When, how-
[i. e.,]
when
it
one o/the acts of piety
constructively pronounced with
to the
rwiding with ^>y)^\ in the nom.j
KN, A)
its
is
33.
is
government
(IY, Aud, Sh,
find
XXII.
vîUf &?&'(j^> 1^1*
&
^Z*
Tanwin, according
most Appropriate^ by analogy
is
to the
government
indeterminateness
it
of the
v.
(Sn),
resembles the
v.
Fk, Sn) more than the pre. and the synarti^jous do
(Sn), as
_
^>Jf
(his)
to
with Tanwin (IY, Aud, Sh, KN),

literally
of them
Verily the magnifying
(Sh,
of
paJ j"*5UJ ^*
e.,
or constructively, as
its
able
any one
aprothctic and anarthrous (A),
it is
(MAd),
is
[below]: (2) with the ay. omitted
to it
[and] is frequent (Fk), as vxijl Tlli
is
(MAd)]
perjormance of the
pilgrimage
is
'
XC.
i
14,15,
[above] (Aud, Sh,
vjûaJb [above] (A)
Arab
-of
* tJL'I
*UiJ!
x
i
^ Set y*2
*&'
tf
'
and hence the saying of an
^ ^^^& I wondered
^^
>
JZurdn's being read in the hot bath [above],

in the
CU
J^
KN, A) and
-O
"
This, is
strange, I
mean
But
at the
IM
says
the government of the
.by the inf. n pronouned with Tan win, the case usually
governed by
it
being the ace.
for,
re-
though analogy
quires the occurrence of the nom., alone or with the ace.,

and,
when you are

still
worthier,
what
IM
[inf. n.
inf. n.
is
construction
is
the
have mentioned"
on the
restricted to one of them, the nom.
"
and IHsh says
The government
(MAd)]
of
weak, and so
is
is
government
ag. and obj.
the
is its
pronounced with Tan win
tlirous, its
in his
ay.
Glosses
by the pre>
and, as for
weak
occurring
government by the
the synarin both
unrestrictedly,
and therefore the result
ernment of the ag.

is
frequently
[in the nom.
is
that the
(MAd)] by the
govinf. n.
weak
unrestrictedly'
ment, when
rare (III,
it is
Its
govern-
(IH, And, Sh,
KN, A)
MAd).
(YS.
synarthrous,
is
Aul, Sh, A), weak
anomalous
(Aud), [and]
(IvX), because prefixion of the art. to what the op. inf. n.

is
renderable by, vid. the
(R)
p., is
[and] because the resemblance of the
inf. n. to the v. is
with Jf(Fk)
and
infinitival
as
remote, by reason of
pJ!
fj\ s^xijT^Jy
iJlXlT^*^
its
impossible
synarthrous
being conjoined
[above] (And, Sh, A)
vl^Xc JJif [above] (A), like

to
And how shall

riding?
//'
ng the hack of
//,<'
(KN) and
hence
(JQJU
jj
U.'i
;
irh<it (Jiou
IbU [above]
art
(A;; and
1586
/ wondered
[below] (Fk)
evil-doer by
his
at the giving subsistence to the
and
God,
being like determination by
swer
the
objected that, pro the sis
is
/
to be
His leaving some of
at
It
righteous destitute (Jsli).
ought
J!
the inf. n. with
remote from [resemblance
[also]
but the an-
to] the v.\
is that the post, is posterior to the inf. n.,
it
which there-
fore occupies the place of the v. before the preflxion, cono,^
trary to the inf.

inf. n.
n.
conjoined with
an ag. or a pure
Kur when governing
as
but to occur when made trans, by
obj.,
*
"
C5
SM
jv-Lb <j-
The synarthrous
(Fk).
said not to occur in the
is
a prtp
Jf
'*~0 X
1
JyL
xfc^'-o'jJôS
-0
j*Jb ^4^vJI
xJUl
s_ô 5
GW loveth not the crying aloud of evil speaking, save by

him, or that evil speaking be cried aloud, but loveth him,
or 'he crying aloud of evil speaking, save the crying of
him that hath been wronged, where

x
'
Jlk
^ x "
^M
the ac^.
is
the
voice,
renderable by
disj.; or
exc.
^1
the
that
i. e.,
being
the
is
KK,
i.
e.,
or
the pass,
in
exc.
is
cow/.,
>*xx"xa
jUJb
^â.
suggests (A)] a dispute (A,
[below]
con;.;
^1 (R).
about the government of the pre.
government of
x-
(i
"S-
^^^0^0^1
that
^j^l
in
is
>
^4^^
x
suppressed,
inf. n
the ag. of the
X X
being
be said that
may
it
fi
the
inf.
[allowed by the
according to
MAd)
n.
the eve.
but a ^re.
There
is
?z.
is
no dispute
but some relate [what
about
it
(MAd).
pronounced with
BB;
whom
voice,
The
Tanwm
but (A)] disallowed by
the nom. or ace. [occurring
1587
(A)] after
As
governed by a
is
it
v.
understood (A, MAd).
government of the synarthrous, it is

allowed by S and those whu agree with him, but disand some of the BB (A). There
allowed by the
the
for
KK
are four different opinions about the synarthrous inf.
(MAd)
S
(R,
(1) its
unrestrictedly, as #S\ abUCJT oLuu^ and
MAd),
according to
and,
[above];
/ wondered at
ought
obi.
to
allowed by [Khl and (R)]
is
government
(he
(R):
the inf. n.
substantivity in
[514]
or
it
is
Mb
supplied,
i.
0-6.
'
-,
-o
ablXj aulCJf
>
its
is
prevented by the
to
it
out.a
govern,
with him
but disallows
:
l^t tX^
but they are K
t'ute<l
inf. n.
the inf. n. being
it is
the jj in
if
substitute for the [pott.] pron. [599], as in
[above]
Tan win
strong
government to be allowable, but
gant: (4) ITlh allows
an
as he
it,
and he says that 5*TXc! means
e., seliXrl
holds
is
[also] disallows its
understood, because the context indicative of

(R): (3)
governed in the ace. by an indet.
~~^
Z<dd
beating thee by
government, because, says he, this
<r
pronounced with
(MAd): while
[above], govern
&5l<Xel
^x
Kufi does not make
the
(2)
make
does not
*-
this,
be allowable, on the ground that the
[112]
n.
v~î
it
inele-
be a
jJlXlf JLuua
Jlll(l
All agrees
by [the firM hemistieli in]

'I'hf
i'c. inf.
n.
has
1588
five states
(A)
(1) it is pre. to the ag.
A), because the ag. is its subject, in
Aud,
dent denoted by]
exists [343]
it
one word with the

than
better
is
than
ag.,
weak,
is
and then
(Aud)
the
because
like
and
exists
it
its
subject,
;
while
resemblance
remains
in
its
put (Aud, Aj, which
which
govern-
to
but
governs the ag. in the
it
and also
obj.:
strong, as respects
is
its
is
nothing
in the ace,
obj.
by]
its obj. is
that
so
WIH,
r
the ag.
that
so
made
of its prefixion thereto,
requirement of the ag.
its
weak
(R)
by means
accident denoted
ment
so that its being
acci-
governing the ag. in the nom.,
its
the reason, because

[the
(IY, IH, lA,
which [the
being made like one word with the
its
because
is
the
v.
prefixion
is
frequent
and
gen.,
(IY, IA), as II. 252. [above] (IY,
Aud, Jm, A) and
Jo
My
meeting in
it
with the whole tribe was when, before
the separation^
gaming and carousing were among them,
where the
supplies
the place
[29] (I Y),
whence
&&
IxX
d.s.
^j*
the saying of
(S) i4nd
he
is
(MN)
^/ie
(2)
pjf
in
[above] and
Ru'ba [Ibn Al'Ajjaj (MN)]
seeing of mine eyes the youth fhy brother is
giving largesse.
:
of the enunc., as
it is pre.
Then
that is
to the obj. (I Y,
when
incumbent upon thee
IH, I A, Aud, A), whether
1589
)
>
direct, adverbial, or causative, as
xx
x
leafing of the robber by the executioners, iU+^

*z
The beating of Friday, and
>
'
v/^ The
vôoUJ!
beating
of correction or discipline (Jin): but only when there

exists a circumstance indicative of the post's being an
either the occurrence of
ofy'.,
an appos.
governed in
to it
x
the ace., according to the place [340], as

<x^
^
*>
v f.
^.o ^^s!
x *<>
The beating of the noble Zaid surprised me] or the
^jJJl
occurrence of the ag. plainly expressed after
[below] (IY, R), by AlHutai'a, Is
it
(R), as
it
from a rasing of an
abode b / rain of springtide and summertide that thine

eyes have
a dropping of the water of the tear-ducts? ( AKB);

*
or an
bread surprise
x x
O*
-o
J^l
iW. indication,
AA^x^l T/ie eating

(5
asâJ!
me [below] (R): and then
(WIH, Aud, A);
so that
it
governs [the
its
ag. is put
obj. in the gen. y
^ ^\
and(IY)]the ag. in the nom. (IY, IA),as ^JiyS

[above] (Will),
whence
pJl
^W[252]
(IA, A), likr
and this[second (IA)]

yAslyjTgp [above] (Aud, A):
xjj!
not peculiar to poetry (IA,

of
UljJ
of the
some (IA, A), as

[above]; but
->J!
,
and
thfii
it
is
is
Aud
A), contrary to the opinion
proved by the tradition

rare (Aud, A)
the obj.
is
not
is
(3)
mention.
-I
it is
pre. to the
IV, Aud,
A),
1590
which
is
his
XIV.
42. [above] (Aud, A),
(Aud, Sn), and IX. 115. [508] (A),
^H>
i.e.,il r<!
from
frequent (And), as
Lord (Sn)
ag. is not mentioned, [which is frequent (Aud),] as
WIH,
49 [above] (IY,
and like
it is
&i*J*
s'
Aud, A),
and then the
(4) it is pre. to the obj.,
i.e.,
XLL
j^T*5Ua(Aud);
J^J XXXVIII. 23.
i.e.,
^JUii
Jill*
s S
s
Assuredly he hath wronged thee by his asking for thine
ewe
but, as for the saying of the poet
Then multiply not ye

your brother
it
'Amirlya,
is
tico
addicted
*'
the
a^r.,
e. t
^JL^ being the
I^JU
^ which
s ^s
is
pre. to the
5,
which is^re.
to
x-
rendered by & pass.

i.
ns.,
Ûl UXx^; and
the sense being

x
mentioning Laila al
to his
contains two inf.

' c
06;.,
your blaming me, for verily
Oou
v.
,jjo
ofy*.
(IY)
(a)
the inf. n.
(IY, R), whence
(IY)
XXX.
an
id.
[502],
and then governs the

S"'
in the nom., vid. with
maybe
2.
fit'-
obj.
' v.
indication, as +**> J^
o
Bread's having been eaten surprised me, i.
e.,^,
with a context indicative of the post's

being in the place of a worn., like the gerc.'s having an
butmaybe^re.
to
it
appos. governed in the nom., as
^JillT
vx^jfjir! ^XA^>JU
The fine white bread's being eaten surprises me (R)

(5) it is
[sometimes (Fk)]^re.
to the ac?v. (R,
IA, A, Fk),
1591
by extension [60] (Fk)

(I A)] the nom. and [the
Fk), as L+
and then governs [the
ag. in
ace. (R,
obj. in (IA)] the
IA, A,
&4\+yJ\ ^j.4
{
day's beating
Amr
The
340.
v^xî I wondered at
to-
by Zaid (R, I A).

to the
n. post,
the place of a nom,: (2)
is in
inf.
an
if
an
n., (1) if
obj., is
in
ag.,
the place
" f-
of
(a)
an
the inf. n. be rendered by ^! and the
if
ace.,
act. v.] (b)
a nom.,
the pass.
v.
the
if
The
(A).
inf. n. (R,
the inf. n. be rendered by ^1 and
appos. of the gen. [post,

is
IA, Fk, Sn)]
to
put into the gen.
(1)
(IM, R, Fk), according to the letter (R, IA, And, A),
which
preferable (R, A, YS), for conformity with the

*s
* ^
"
6<
^
apparent inflection (R), as otîoJ Jo\ <ô ^* ^JÂ
is
(i
'
I wondered
at
the
clever
Zaid's beating (A, Fk)
^^\
The eating of the meat

T
îcJ j^ psaJD Jkff
and the bread surprised me (Fk) but is restricted [by
and
DF
(YS)] in the Tasini to the case where no preventive
hinders
[it
(Sn)], as
[it is
hindered], says
t\j^ viUGt TJnj honoring
and
Dm,
in
(SJu^L\
the honoring by
Zaid
surprised me, where putting the <ippos. into the ge n.

would produce a coupling to the gen. pron. without
repetition of
Sn) by
with
otliiM-H
tin:
Ival op.,
tli
than
p1it<v(lM.
which
[1C [168] (Sn)

!?.
Fk),
(2)
\vlii-!j
forbidden (YS,
is
made
i^
:.;:>o(l
to
accord
(FM
1592
IA^\J
Jo^
and the ac.
with the ace.
v.
(YS)
upon them
and mankind,
tradition ^jUxAiaJ!
on
its
S cites
back
and
?!
to
and
is the
all
tailed serpent
be
JjfiLuJ
if it
</
is
6^y^!JjJb ^!
II. 156.
and
of the Angels
by IM, and the
ZTe ordered the short-
having two black stripes
the serpent
[59]
HB
attributed
is
by^l
reading [of
t
lÎJU dUJ
^ *
curse of God
killed
J5"J
be rendered by ^1
this the
to
of them
and as
the inf. n. be rendered
JUf
&XS5UT5
&
p
u^rjîJ^
Those,
if
(Fk), and the nom.
v.
and the pass.

(K)]
VÂ^XA (A, Fk)
vjjrfo <jxi
jv^JUT
ascribed by some
(YS)
while
and hence
(IA, And, A), by Labld, describing a he-ass and his sheass,
Until he journeyed at
the afternoon,
midday in
and urged her
of
on, to seek water, as the
injured importunate creditor
(A),
the beginning
seeks
his
due (MN),
by AlMutanakhkhil alHudhali, The traverser of
the pass, ivhose traverser is
wakeful from fear of
foes,
walking as ivalks the courtesan, oniohomis a sleeveless

shift,
loearing a singte garment (Jsh,
* uui
MN), and
;(
or
say
J),
by Ru'ba
(Jsh,
atTamlnil (Jsh),
and IY, which is*more correct (MN),
MN,
which
EC), Ibn Al'Aj jaj (Jsh,
to
me by
falling into poverty

is
MN)
maid-servant) in satis-
took her (the
faction of a debt due
of \\\$
And, A), by Ziyful aKYmbarl (IY, Jsh,
[346.A] (IA,
MN, EC,
1593
Ilassan, from my fear

and delaying payment (J),
followed by
**
He
is
good at the sale of real property and maid- ser-
vants (MN): but [R says that this
only
is]
when
it
cannot
be made to accord with the form and apparent [inflection]

(R).
Fk
does not relate any dispute here as to the allow-
ability of apposition to the place, but does relate
one in
the case of the act. part. [346. A]; so that he suggests the
notion that
but
is
it is
agreed upon here
allowed only by those
whereas
who do
it is
not so,
not prescribe as a
condition the existence of the requirer of the place
while those
who do
prescribe
it
understand an
op., as [is
explained] in [the extract from] the fourth chapter of the
ML
[given in
The language
538] (YS).
imply that apposition
appears
to
po*t. to
tlie
of
to the place [of the yen.
inf. n. (Sn)]
is
allowable in the whole of
apposs. [131]; and such
is
tin*
some of
the
him hold
nil:
that
but
Sand
IM
opinion of the
those
the.
K I\ and
BB who agrte with
apposition to the place
is
not allowable,
[because, says Shin, they prescribe, as a condition<.robsorv-
ance of
tli-
place, the exi-t-
:Il>
'
ouiivr
,,f
that
1594
because the
place,
which
the
does not gov&rn any word in the nom. or ace.
v.
except
when
is missing* here,
word or
while Jr makes a distinction, allowing

it
is
it
ant. (Sn)];
its
in the coupled
it
in the
Apparently, however,
[below].
it
and disallowing
subst.,
resembling
synarthrous, orpronounced with Tanwin,
it is
or pre. to something else than that
and
n.
and
corrob.
ep.
allowable, because
has been heard (A); and the ep. also
is
made
to accord
with the place of the gen., contrary to the opinion of
Jr (R).
.
341.
The
sense of the
&*+
(jô!
K+A
yesterday
n.
inf.
WIH )]
IY,
+*<>
governs whether
past
M,
),
as
ÂÎf
Amr
^y& Zaid s having beaten
or [in the sense of
surprises me (Jm)
4
Ju^
other [time] (IH) than
(WIH, Jm)
present [339]
(IY,
WIH,
III
(WIH)] any
(M,
be [in the
it
Jm), as ^TlJJli
the past,
WJH, Jm)
r'l/j
i.
e.,
the
or future
^J? or
!<U
*Amr's honoring Rhalid to-day surprises, or to-morrow
me (Jm)
will surprise,
[only (IY)] on account of
because
its
its
government
[containing the
letters
is
of
and (IY)] being renderable by ^1 and the

[subsequent (IY)] v. [339] (IY, WIH), which sense is
the
v.,
found in
is
all the
rendered,
times (IY)
is past,
governs when
and, since the
v.,
by which
it
present, or future [402], the inf. n.
in the
sense of each of them
(WIH).
1595
by that the
sliows
and the inf.
when
it
because the
n.,
between the
difference
act.
part.
part, governs only
denotes the present or future [o45] (IY.)
not prescribed as a condition
ment (Fk)]
that
or
because
future,
origin of the
's
govern-
governs [not on account of
it
but (A)] on account of
v.,
contrary to
v.,
the inf. n.
[of
It is
should be in the sense of the present
it
resemblance to the
to the aor. [v. (YS)]
tion [of the act. part,

[in the sense of
so that
it is
its
Fk),
(A,
resemblance
prescribed as a condi-
government (YS)] that
's
its
being the
its
the act. part.
which governs [only (YS)] on account of
be
act.
it
should
the (YS)] present or future (A,

YS),
because they are the two [times] indicated by the aor.

[404] (A).
.
The
342.
n.
inf.
not preceded
is
the conjunct
[339] (M, IH, A), as
jiart
of the conj.
Thy beating Zaid

as
KJ vA=I u>*4i3
will be good for
because the inf.

tival p.
him
?z.,
so
that
is
not said (M).
and the
the
reg. of the v. that is
of the conj. does not
him
infinitival
inf. n.
conj. of the
prrrnlr the
R), say
This
op., is rendcrable
while the reg. of the
[similarly (IY,
viL^ |j^
is
not
said,
That thou should st beat Zaid
when
?.,
reg.
not preceded by
any
will be good for
^1 !j^)
with the
[1!)7, f>71]
(A)
[177]
is
its
by
they (R),]
]>.,
/>.
is
by an
i>
be
inh'ni.
conjunct
really
and
conjunct
the
is said to
the
.And
(R).
n.
tli.
is
not
1506
separated from
its
[339] (IY, R, A),
i.
reg.
by an extraneous expression
something not governed by the
e.,
inf. n. (IY), as the conjunct is not

Bf s
[177]
conj.
T/JC
(A)
so that
the beast by
riding of
.^
l
Amr
separated from
& a
-e
ljo\ JbljJ!
'
^?y*)
and
UT
^
not
^j
^CLLfTjjCljU
c-o
xx x
>
-*^
II.
Fasting hath been prescribed unto you, as
179,180.
it ivas
c.-e
v_*svt!
may
prescribed unto them that were before you
peradventure ye will guard yourselves (Jrom

(fast ye) for certain days
The
its
^
surprised Zaid would
not be allowable (IY), because part of the conj.
be separated from part [177]
>>
"
extraneous"
the inf.
to,
and the ag. and
obj. of
the "non-extraneous"
plementary
what
is
supplementary
lycô [below] (R).
not dependent upon, nor
is
n.,
lx>UJ
like the inch, and enunc.,
a word other than the inf. n.

is
what
the inf. n.,
to,
means
sins)
and
dependent upon, and suplike its ag. and obj., and the
is
adv. and [prep, and] gen. depending upon it (Sn). If any
supposed instance of such [constructions]

explained away.
azZimmani
' ^-O s
C -
.jUJ!
W/
it
supposed instance of precedence
the saying [of AlFind
,^
occur,
&JJJU Jn^sJ!
^ ^ ^ X
is
is
(T)]
O
-0
>
O*-^
Jo*S JL^'I
ydw.J
S
\^
a submis[And some forbearance, before ignorance, is

sion to dishonor (T)], where the J of &WJIJ is not
O
dependent upon the
Ûj! mentioned, but upon one
sup-
1597
pressed before
indicated by the mentioned, the full

9
C9x0 o^ 0,0 x o
c.0
Q
x
jo^ JLsvJ!
phrase being ÛJ! xaJjJU
^Lrj! JL^^sJI
ucjw,
x x
"
x
3
it,
-4nc?
J.
some forbearance before ignorance,
is (a
submis-
sion^ to dishonor, a submission, like the full phrase in
such as ^11. 20.
i.
(A),
[498]
**
e.,
\^
v^**J>
And
were (listless) about him (Sn. ) Aud a supof

posed instance
by an extraneous
separation
expression
is
LXXXVI. 8,
the text
9.
He
Verily
on the day when the
^ ôUJ &*^
ilj
Ji^jT
cs
to life
where
secrets shall be tried,

(i
him
able to restore
is
^^ &\
is
by a*^ as Z [followed by B]
asserts, otherwise the inf. n. would be separated from its reg.
not governed in the ace.
xx-
by an extraneous expression [ÛJ
the inf.
of
n.,
the sense
implying
would be predicated of
Oxx
sense would be
&JU
(Sn)] a conjunct
[in sense, not letter, since the

x>
xJU!
O^
sjJb
^,^ 6
^!v*uJI
,,*>
and the approved construction
accusatival op. for

^->
^Jl
a word, vid.
(5ly
>
x O ^
&ju^
before the completion of its conj. [by the adv.
(Sn),]
(Sn)]
&
and
j^JLo
(A), with
(7/ie
him
to
life)
Fath of the ^, from the trans.
Rcproaclihirj
iciili
And hence
tlv
to
supply an
the full phrase being
will restore
to the inf. n. (Sn).
is
fjf/t is
on
*ju=>.^>
the day, etc.
^^
for affinity
also the saying
GOndudlK
to
Maine
then
1598
so that thou be
reproach not thou^
found without praise,

x^x
or wealth, where the

W
dependent upon
AiujG
ctS
is
not
-'
x'
^J!
jj.JI,
governing A&*1\ in the #en.
v-
so as to
make
the construction be
although the sense accords with
this,
&
because the parsing would then be corrupt, since it would be
two objections mentioned,
liable to the
separation
[vid.
by an extraneous expression, and predication of the conjunct before the completion of
its conj.
(Sn)]
and that
is
avoided by the dependence of the <o upon a suppressed
[inf.
?i.],
s~a
'
& s^p
as though rtJuub &Jft
gb
9-
ing
is
conducive
to
second
said, the
suppressed, while
(A).
And
S>
*<*'
Reproach-
pijUU <j-JI
f
blame, (reproaching) with the gift

t,
were
<M
*<>
being a
,j^J|
its reg. is
but
subst. for the first,
retained as an indication of
similarly, say they, the inf. n.
may
it
not be sup-
pressed [339], and its reg. retained, because that would be

like suppression of the conjunct
retention of the other part

indicated,
in
(Sn),]
is
is
what
they say
(R).
its.
XXIV.
you and
jul
rtg^
2.
xx>
that
But, [says
I see nothing to prevent the inf. n.
preceded by
like
discussion on] the concomitate
[the
This
cow/., with
unless the inf. n. be strongly
which case the suppression
mentioned in
[68-70].
and part of the
when an adv. or its
XXXVII.
like, as
100.
from being
5û SL
And let not pity for them take

b
obj..
hold of
And, when he
reached the age of working with Aim; and such precedence
1599
is
frequent in their language, while supplying the
such cases
of what
is
is
a forced construction.
(R, Sn)
in
For the predicament
renderable by something [else]
what
the same as the predicament of
v.
it is
is
not always
renderable by
so that there is nothing to prevent the inf.
n.
from being renderable, as respects the sense, by the

infinitival p.,
notwithstanding that the former
subject to the predicaments of the latter.

obj.,
indeed, does not precede
weak but a
:
of]
tinge of the
it,
because
v. suffices for
its
may not be
The genuine
government
[the
is
government
the adv. and its fellow, so that they are governed
even by what
extremely remote from government,
is
like the neg. p. in.
LXVIII.
yft
[339],
i.
e.,
L^ L
Co
?*^ Uj
2. [498],
# j
(R),
alMuzam (EM), addressing
and the pron.
Juli
Co $\
in
^dBj
by Zuhair[Ibn Abi Sulma
the clan of
Dhubyan and
Asad and Ghatafan, and urging them

to make peace with their cousins, the Banh Abs, and
deterring them from making war, the hardships of
their confederates,
which they had known in the
And war
War
of Dahis
(AKB)],
not aught but what ye have known,
is
aiJ
experienced nor is //, i. i\, ?/?// account, of it, the conjectural account (OI, AKI1). And tlic truth, says Sd,
;
is that the reg. of
the inf. n.
adv., because this
is
may pmvdc.
wlu-n
a word that a tinge of the

206
it
is
an
v. suffices
1600
for [governing] (Fk): while

n. is not preceded
inf.
mistaken
,pJ!
Jl^sJf
>
by
its reg., unrestrictedly,
u>av5
is
according to this, the
z'n/1 n.
dependent upon the
may
supplied (BS).
v.
not being
similarly the inf.
n may govern when understood, provided
As
And,
also be separated from
And
supplied, as II. 179, 180 [above].
exists (R).
x o
Û3J
Û <M
by an extraneous expression, the
it
are
Hamasi's saying
in the
[above]
tion of
that the
*x
mentioned, not upon another
its reg.
who think
those
and accordingly the J
c /<
^.
that an indica-
for the inf. n. occurring as
substitute for the expression of its v. [339], the soundest
opinion
tion
is
that
it is
equal to the act. part. (1) in assump-
of the pron.
government belongs
substituted for
is
to the inf. n., not to the v. that it is
while, according to the theory that the
government belongs
there
[according to the theory that the
to the v., the
pron.
is in
no pron. in the inf. n. (Sn)]: and

(a) the ace.
the
(2) in
v.,
and
allow-
ability of being preceded
by
governed by
it,
and (b) the gen. governed
by a prep, dependent upon
it,
because
it
does not correspond to a conjunct, nor
its reg.
whether we proceed upon the theory that

the government belongs to the v., for which the inf. n.
to the conj. (A),
acts as a substitute in sense alone
that the
government belongs
to
or upon the theory
the
inf.
expressly stated by A, on the ground that
n.,
it
as
is
is
an
1601
.Unrestricted obj> acting as a substitute for the
and government
342. A.
The
quasi-inf. n.
dent (Sn, MKh)]; but
what
is
differs
from
or
rad.
aug.
in being literally
in
is, [i.e.,
its
it
is
equal to ili^t [332] in sense
&&* giving,
"
found in
pensation for
its v.
(IA).
otl
îa^t
without receiving any com-
So III defines
[332], because
it
is
devoid of the
of
Jjfls
not constructively, for which reason the
expressed,
by a
tii'
as JUxSj but converted into
it is
Tasini
(1)
literally,
is
jUs
but
sometimes
^ because preceded
pronounced with Kasr and (2) Hji [699],
letter
because
in the
it
following, therefore, are excluded:
The
(A).
it
but differs from
and constructively devoid of the
in being literally
Hamza
of the
without
v.,
like
[receiving (IA)] compensation (IA, A):
which
vid. acci
MKh),
it
MKh),]
(Sn,
equal to the
is
and constructively devoid of part of what

letters,
in sense
[41] (Sn).
indication [of its sense (A,
inf. n. in
v.
literally
but receives the
these are inf.
n,.,
not
and constructively devoid of the . of

as a compensation for
qua si- inf.
ns. (IA, A),
it
so that
contrary to
*^ from Cl^f [331], and jjC/from jU&f [below], because

and constructively devoid of part of
they arc literally
and one of the two double
what is in their vs., [vil. tlir
letters,
while the letter of prolongation
in
them
is
not a
1602
compensation (Sn)]
is to
$>
whereas the property of the
include the letters of
its v.,
& ss
y&j$
exactly, as
(^^
inf. n.
inf. n.
s s*-6.
,
* '
or with an addition, as
|JU! informed,
The
"(A).
v.
O
of which is
of
'pk?
"^
pJ&
is either
[or fjUS]
that fclJal is an inf. n., its

;
but this
declared by other
GG
is
whether
n.
1).
Hamza
contrary to what
The quasi-
(IA).
[sometimes (IA)] governs (IM, R) like the

it
-^f
jj/or |jU2 the real inf.
as IV. 162. [39] (IY on
being elided for lightness
inf. n.
n.
'.- ,-'
BD, however, asserts
is distinctly
inf
v.
(IA),
be pre., or aprothetic and anarthrous, or
synarthrous (Sn), like the inf.
n.
[339] (R), as
UGyTk5uVû^^
'
# ^1 v^jf
jJÎrf
Zufar Ibn AlHarith

[below] (IA), by AlKutaml, praising
What! Shall I be thankless after thy
alKilabl,
repelling of death from me,
the
hundred grazing camels
and
after thy giving
? (Jsh,
MN, AKB), whence
(MN)] i^^lf ^yf J^yT *LJ

man's kissing his wife is ablution
the tradition [of 'A'isha
On
account of the
necessary,
[When
[i. e.,
the Creator
helping the
does not find a difficult
made
eewy,
i. e.
me
man
comes true, he
one of the hopes aught but
and
&3UJ (MN),]
1603
[below] (IA.)
thine associating icith the noble iviltthou
By
Then do not thou be seen
be reckoned one of them.
familiar friend
to others,
i.
e.,
inf. n. [that
governs like
its
substantive
transferred
from
vdLîLjtlj (J).
v.
is
(MAd)]
its
original
to be
The quasithe
generic
meaning
to
import accident, like ^"^[above] and v-Jy* [below] (Sh).

The quasi-inf. n. is [of three kinds (Sh, A),] (1) what
[indicates the sense of the inf. n.,
A) not denoting
aug. p (R, Sh,
like Joiii [333] (R,

J
(A),
Sh),
[333]
reciprocity [499] (Sh, A),
whence
sj^*
(Sh, A),
<1>^
O >
and -ô^x> (R)
(A)],
and (R)] begins with an
and
this
governs [like the
inf. n.
by common consent, as
by AlHarith Ibn Khalid (ID, Jsh,
(Sh, A),
MN, CD ) alMakhzumi, but wrongly attributed [ by H

in the D (MN)] to Al'Arji (Jsh, MN, CD),
( MN, CD)
O Zulaima, verily your afflicting a man that has offered
tl* salutation to
you
(Sh, Sn), because

inf. n.,
is
it is
oppression (Jsh,
really an inf. n. }
and sometimes, but only
lessly (MAd),] called a quasi-inf.
a [generic] proper
[8,
name
193] (Sh, A),
(Sh),
and ^LlS
leiii'j
[8]
[for
(A),
in easy
MN), i.e., Jjlil

named the mini!
tropically,
[i. e.,
n. (Sh): (2)
an accident
J,lilL
care-
what
is
(Sh)], like ^L^\J
[8, 41],
c&>
[193]
circumstances (A), a proper
1604
(
*
name
of
>
^*o
opp. of
^&
(Sn)
by common consent (Sh,) (A)

which is the kind meant by
concrete substantive, used
inf. n.
(R)
is orig.
to
and
this does not
govern
(3) other than these
IM
(A),
(R, Sh)
denote accident,
like
what
[vid.]
in the
^S'
two,
is
sense of the
which
[above],
a substantive denoting the words spoken, but

9
sense
transferred to the
[above],which
is onV/.a
of
is
3 xx
pxbo speaking
and
v^fy*
substantive denoting the recompense
of the workers, but is transferred to the sense of xlbl
recompensing (Sh)
and the government of
disputed, being allowed by the
KK
this [sort Sh)] is
and Bdd (Sh, A), on
the authorit}' of such (Sh) as

pjTl^/l [above] (R, Sh,A),
i. e.,
dblilc! thy giving,
though *Cka a gift
what
[concrete] substantive denoting
hence
is
is
orig.
given (R)
and
^J! dLyiju [above] (A),
T/ty speaking to
this poet),
while she
will heal
thee."
existed
"
!
is
i.e.,
(the beloved of
lending her ear
I said "True
(MAD),
Hind
dUJl&
is that.
to the speech,
Would
that it
(Sh)],
by Hassan Ibu Thabit alAnsarl (MN, AKB),

praising our Prophet Muhammad (AKB), Because God's
(Sh, A),
1605
recompensing every believer in His unity

dens of Paradise, wherein he shall be made
is
with gar-
to
abide for
slo
ever (MAd), and the saying of 'A'isha
pJf J^pl
[above] A): but
is
these aces, with
forbidden by the BB (Sh, A),
vs. to
who supply
govern them (Sh). The government
of the quasi-inf. n. is rare {IA,
A,),
though regular, as
is
deducible from the antithesis [between "rare" here and

"
anomalous'' below] (Sn).
government
Those who assert that
allowed by common consent are mistaken:
is
for the dispute about that,
[when the quasi-inf. n.

a proper name, and does not begin with an aug.
denoting reciprocity (IfKh),]

Sin says that
its
government
is
is
rarity
And
anomalous [above]
adDin Ibn Al
llj
not
not
And III
(I A,
A),
indicates
o ^^
by making JÂ indet.
a quasi-inf.
is
notorious (IA); while
citing the verse ^JTtytfl [above] (IA).

its
its
n.
[in his
phrase
has a government] (A).
says in the Baslt
<c
And
it is
But Diyd
not unrea-
sonable that what stands in the place of the inf. n. should
govern like
it;
and one Grammarian
allowed that regularly
"
(IA).
is
reported to have
THE ACTIVE PARTICIPLE.
The
343.
act.
part,
is that [n.
(WIH, Jm)] which
derived from [the inf. n. of (Sh, Fk)] a
is
the person, [or
denote
to
v.,
Jm, YS),] whereby [the
thing (R,
accident denoted by (R, MAd)] that
v.
the sense of originating (IH, Sh, Fk),
exists
i.
[339], in
of [coming
e.,
newly into (Jm)] existence (Jm, YS) after having not

been (YS), and of existing restricted by one of the
Ox
"
three times (Jm), like v-jpLo striking and *jCo honoring

Q
Thus
(Sh).
v;^
X
means a [person^
whereof
or] thing,
striking is affirmable after having not been (YS).

But this definition does not include all the act. parts., as
*
>
.x
>
jv
x
Zaza
zs
>
going far from him or
Am,
w;Â
iwflr,
Âmr and
opposite
I am drawing near
^&
such a one or
to
X X G
&*x>
is
obj.,
act.
part,
is
Z.
6],
jk$L=l
of
> \i
&JLJ!
Croc?
by
e's
[263,312], etc.
the ep. [140] indicating an
the ag. of the accident denoted

[vid.
the
coming newly
x
syi
them
And
(R).
often used without importing
knowing [Note on j9. 344,
The
uf
auL
not existing by one
existence and originating, as in

jJLt
(YS).
xtl
^jjcjLo
or
^^ssô combining,
t'wfo
>
>
specially, to the exclusion of the other
part,
x*
because these accidents are relations
between the ag. and
act.
r.
that
#.,
ep. (Sn),]
1607
when [that
ep. is] conformable, in both genders, totheaor.
[248,331] (A) in [arrangement of] vowels and
of its v.
quiescences without restriction [of sort], even though [only]

>x
>
according to the o./, as in the case of j.yb [703] and

jwls [708] (Sn)
importing the sense thereof,
[i. e.,
of the
present or future, and likewise innova-
aor., vid. the
tive continuity (Sn),] or the sense of the pret. [403]

I
M defines
in the Tasini
it
It
(A).
what
is
[351] and
and
its ag.
indicates
so that such as Judit superior
"
oribeautiful [348] are excluded by
^L^
gination," since they indicate only subsistence

O
so
" **
origination
*U
such as
struck [347] and

v;;-*^
" its
[402] by the mention of
and
.-
stood or has stood
ag"
The
(Aud).
act.
part, [derived] from [the inf. n. of (Sn)] [the unaugment-
ed
(III,
tril.
Aud)]
[v.
(WIH, IA, Aud,
Sh,
Sn)]
is
formed upon the measure of J^cG [347] (IH, IM, Sh,

Fk), whether the
(IM),
i.
tril.
be intrans. (A), like
Jll, act. part. 6tl flowing, and
q.
XX
^|j ÔZT?//
act. part.
o
|JL
was
srz/e
went,
[below], ac#. â?V.
^> "
jJL 5a/e
and
ay
zâs lively [below], said
O '
act.
flowed
!<X
i.
horso,
x x
part. sÛ
nourished,
of a
U**ly
q.
vô
^,
or
/ra?zs., like
reared,
act* ]><trt. j>Lc r*'(irin<j,

nourishiiiq^
struck, act. jxrrf.
[IM-IOW],
[!j^
(/e/.
J; L^
part v^l; ri// wfl

207
striking
r
(A).
and
That
is
1608
(I A),] in (1)
[frequent (And),] regular
with Fath [of the g

q.
[i.
like
Kasr
with
Jjii,
(2)
J^C
v_>ij
[of
or
Bur.
it is
Aud, A) of the g (IA, A),
(I A)]
the
when
(IA)],
like
trans.,
[above] (I A, Aud), and jJU
knoiving (IA).
[every
whether intrans, like
(I A)],
and
JLl (Aud),]
fcneit',
when
trans*,
act. part.
JU
Kasr (IA,
rare in (1) Jmi,[with

]
^>Jo
intrans. (IM), like
[above] (I A, Aud, A), the regular forms being (a)

fi
-e.
like ~il exalting [432] (IM) and

[in accidents (Aud, A)],
O x
_.j rejoicing [432, 484] (Aud, A)

>x
constitutions (Aud, A)], like

.
^t
unable
to see
'
*
*
(b) Jubl [in co/ors ?ind
"
6/acfc
j^t
in the sun
^^ji3
(c)
and (IA, Aud)]

[in
what
cates Jullness, like ^Ljj satisfied with drinking

^
insic/e
(Aud, A)], like

G
Jo
indii-
or foaJ
^^(Xo
thirsty
(IM)
while
x-
fiicfc
and ^^middle-aged, [in the case of the intrans.
i (Sn),]
are anomalous (A), the regular forms being
J and JL^ because they are
of vs,
denoting]
Pamna
(I A,
accidents
Aud, A) of the
[derived] from [the inf. ns.
(Sn)
(I A,
(Aud, A), the proper forms being
(2
jjj (IM), with
A), like
(a)
JuoJ,
regular (Aud, Sn), according to others than

O
like
[above]
[which
IM
(Sn),
6
**J.S?I
J^y^ comely, the
*1*
v.
of which is
is
1609
noble (IA, Aud), andoLjJb smart, clever, witty (And, A);

O
fix
(b) Joii,
[which
to Juuti
is inferior
bulky (IM) and ^^^ sharp-witted
(Aud, Sn),
(I
A, Aud, A)
"
like
while the
following are rare, [inferior to the two former (Aud),] in the

case of
(IM), like vîaj*! dark-red (IA, Aud,
juii ,(a) LUi!
(A); (6) ju^(IM), like jLbj valiant (IA,
A) and jilJl roeÂ

6 x
G x x
Aud, A) and ,j*^ beautiful (Aud, A)
Ox>
Ox'
x x
^\j^ cowardly ; (d)

8
Jl*i
n<>
9 9
like ^Jo* unclean [239]; (/) JULJ

x
O
(Aud, A)
*c>
JU3
(h)
>
(^) Joti
like
like
orifice
in the [Jh
to the teat
KF,
and]
so that perhaps
it
ox
(i)
9>x
Jyti
>
\y^^ having a
like
(;) Jjtj
like i+AJ* (A), but,

xx
j^^ rough, rugged, coarse [239],
And
[the
[with Fath (IA, Aud, A) of the

sometimes contents itself with another [measure
(IA, Aud, A)] than
Ox
O w x
JÛ
(IM), like v_*Ib
ni'cc,
ûi oW,
Aoar^ (IA, And, A), and uU^c chaste.
But the
ft
v.AA-i!
like WAC bold, crafty

' s
has two dial. vars. (Sn).
act. part, of (IA)] jii
c (IA),]
> >
Jmi
narrow
(e)
inexperienced in affairs
*+'&
^Lo^ [252]
>
-â
like
glûi 6rave
like
jUi
(c)
whole of these rps.arc assimilate rps. [348], except J^cU,

X
O
like
when
O -^x
-x
^L<3
it is
sistence,
and
pre.
[i. e.,
jjftlio
'
Û
[above],
to its
which
is
an
nom., vid, when
act. part.,
it
except
indicates sub-
continuance, not origination (Sn),] like
pure of heart and x Jjjj
ka>l *>
nor JjuU**.l
ep. [349]
for this reason
the act.
[from the expression jLclj,
the measure of the
s *
an assimilate
is
Bays that (R)
named JL&UJIÎ
because the
act. part, of the tril. (R),]
(WIH,R)
frequent
not JoiljT
jJ
|V,J
But what he says requires
[below].
*<
consideration, because
JÛJ
Didoes not mean
the n. de*
noting the (formation occurring upon the measu

but the n. denoting what does (the thing) ; while
j^jJjLLJl
and the like do not occur
in the
sense of what
</>.,
does
(the
j
A*!
that one
thing), so
If,
].
indeed, he
unrestrictedly to
[or
had said "They apply

that does not do
an
act,
-'>
as ~wJCuo broken [491],
.^jo*
rolled
down
[495. A],
him
might say J^LaJ p-J
JjoU* ignorant, and ooLo slender [349], because what this
shape
is
formed
to
denote does, in most cases, do an

*
'
^G standing and
act,
as
'
out" it would have been

^j^^ bringing
something (R). The ac. /w r. [derived] from [the inf. n. of

other than the[unaugmented(IH, Aud, A)]/n7.
(Sn)]any[v.]
is formed upon
the measure of the a or [of the a ct. voice (R,

.
Jm)J,byputtingan[awg-.(IM)] r (IH,IM,Sh,Fk) pronounc-
ed with Darnm (IH, IM, Sh),inplaceof theaoristicletter (R,

Sh,
Aud,Jm, A, Fk),atits beginning (WIH, IM), whether
1611
the aoristic letter be proiiounced with Daniin or not (Jm)
Kasr
and pronouncing the penultimate with
(III,
IM, Sh,
Fk), literally, as in ^jCo honoring^ or constructively, as
and I^sioo being red (WIH), without

inÛciuo choosing
whether the penultimate of the

aor. be pronounced with Kasr (WIH, R, IA, Aud, A),
restriction (IM, Sh),
[i. e.,]
as J^Juo introducing and ^JLX^JO
asking forgiveness
6
(IH), or Fatfc
IA, Aud, A), as JlxJ trying

Xx
(WIH, E,
Sometimes
remember (WIH).
to
with Kasr of
of
its
by
its
alliteration to the
[252]: (2) replaced
by
bage, act. part.
u*p
-4nc
w?e
i.
Ox
^^
part.
and
^?arf.
*AJ! ^rrez^
up, became
and
9x6)
ac/. /?ar^.
^>JJLo
^" 9
x
x
e.,
o >
v^>Ls>JiJlc
'
*
,
;
(B)
like
(b) JjUx,'
^L
^
as
*0
^*a:t married, took a
tvife,
x xO
>
^ %n-<v^
^jU! helped,
x O
part. ^$~JQ
ac.
i.
^ i^^J[23]
8
act.
the yellow plant
xx<-*
and hence lîy

-LpTlIily^ XV.
Aave sent the winds fertilizing, according
oLÔl in
went far,
^jU for Jjjclo'
one interpretation (R),

q.
Damm
or with
X '(!&
-**
to
or
pronounced
^^\ produced her-
as
,jjux>
adult, act. part. *sLj

22.
as
s^Lt ^^f produced
act.
J^L*
(a)
O *x
called
>
alliteration to the
by
j*
JUIA* is (1)
(R).
wJLe
->AJ|
became bankrupt,
destitute,
e
But Kasr of the
* in
^ÂXXJ
from
8 x
fromÛ! raided, and ûuo from
plain, by alliteration
to the
îJl
vowel of the following
1612
)
x
q.
9
>
ft
i.
anomalous (Tsr).
is
letter,
JiAX)
i.
e.,
>
"
that J^tU occurs

n
<jytXx>;
r*
>
e<
and xxolp
;]
rel.
rx
as (j^to fcU
They say
the rel. n.
have a
&yovx>
e.,
but these are rather
'
*>
since the jLtb
[312],
not obliged to have no
is
v. ;
i.
Job and v_^b
like
7i5.,
&xiuui
but
v.,
and the same expression
may
also
and
to the rel. n.
act. part.
O
does not occur
i.
truth
*-
that Jccb
is
*x
>
q. J^JLJUO
explainedbytheBBas
The
(R).
q.
common
then
is
i.
the
rel. ns.
instances
cited
being
and by the Rhetoricians as
cases of tropical attribution, the proper phrases being

9 9
'
'JÔx
'
iu^Lo
\JfrM*
whose possessor
whose possessor
is
is
pouring
hiding, and &x=*Lo ^cL whose posses-
And
sor is finding is pleasant [312] (BS).
part,
said to be [sometimes] on the
is
LuU
part., as
promise
is
x**<
sjJ^'
coming,
'&
cot. of wo^l! c>jo!
au^Lo *3#
out,
J6
XIX.
i.e.,
Co!
measure of theâss.
Verily He, His
62.
but this
so the act.
is
rather of the
99*"
/ did
the matter,
i.
e., &AJjij,
meaning
done (R). The act. part, governs like its v. (M, Fk),
5ytô
in the act. voice, intrans. or trans. (Fk), whether it be
#o^)
prcpos. or postpos
that his
young
l
honoring
man
Amr;
as L*^
is
>
&x>^Lfc
striking
xox
u^Lo Jo\ Zaid
'Amr and
*,JCx)
>)
He
is
beating Zaid,
and (beating)
such
U+^y*
expressed or understood, as
i*
-ffe
y;^ ^'
Amr [346. A,
1613
i.
538],
; (Wi
v;^
s
Iv**
e.,
anc^
**r**
s
^ ow
^ r^
'<**>'
(beating)Zaid, beating
him
as though you said
ajsL^ Îo! !jo;>[G2] (IY): except that (1) the act. part,
tf
^Lo\
may be
^re. to its reg. [346. A], while that is not allowable in the v.;
(2) the
of the
J [346. B, 504]
v.,
while that
act- part.,
(3) the
is
not prefixed to the postpos. reg.
allowable here, as XLI. 16. [312];
is
when an enunc.
"
of a du., does not govern

6
,-
a preceding word, so that

&SÛ ^
The
t<X?\
'
,-,.
[below] or a non-red, p., as in

i_>sLlj 1jo\
;
^
* *
<~
v^?>vx>
>r
e*5
[above] the words
of the act. part., as
r,
?io/
while
O us
striking
t,i>j.
docs
by a
i
j^re.
*
?z.
pLc. Ijo^ Ijô and

:
to
contrary
^
,'^jJ
U-TS
>5<
Jjoo
"
J^!
\
&&
^L^
^
I
so [says Syt] in the
Amr, though some
except from the pre. n.
many
S
,
and JJ!^
(21 the inch.
+ *'
!jo\
Ham*
vcrns the two advs. [G4, 498], the

{?/.),
'
disallow the last
Zaid
J3U
which are disallowed
L*-c !J^)\ ^/^^/
^Lflj
not
would not be good here (YS).
v.
the act. part, is governed in the gen.
when
^
is
^j^<3^
"^
'Jo)
may precede (1) the act. part.

IX^ -t/us man ^5 striking Z nd except
* *'
'
[344], as y;L*3
"X
ac. part,
reg. of the
&
S*
u^Lo
^
***
allowable, because the
7%i*J
(Sn).
man
is strlki
HCJ
And, as
d. s. [75],
its v.
the inf. n.
132, 435], the causative obj. [72], the concomitate

[OS],
it
anl
the rest of
(Will, .Jmj.
t<>
the
It
the complements
[19],
so
governs only because of
its
<wr- in
measure and gender [248],
in
1614
indicating the inf. n. and admitting of denoting one of

the
two times
[G04] prefixed to
it
jUb
form of (Fk)] Jlxl
[the
or
J\JUIA
o *<>*>
the quality (YS), as xJL*J!

^
in
well-versed,
and
(MAd),
or
frequently, and
Jyu
MAd), as
of
Zaid islearned
question
O **
^Lsxj
Jo^
slaughterer of the fatted
(Sh,
^
'
-o
;V^
KN)
Q os
*Jlfc <^>;
s<Xg-?
&
*s
^
S
multiplication
to
this
(Fk,
of the tril. (Fk),] into
MAd)
rarely, to denote intensification (Sh,
^<
or
intensive paradigm is
transmuted from [the form of
is
part. (Fk,
[act.
The
(Fk).
(MAd)] which
that [ep.
(Fk)]
and in having the J of inception
[404],
beast
and
repetition
Fk),
of the
Zairf
act
a great
fMAd), [Thus] JLulo
.^
JUi
or
[below],
JyLT
is
and
[importing intensive ness
in
frequentativeness (IM) of the
sense
same
the
to
(Aud,
It
(Sn).
o
entitled
jUu
(Aud, A)] substituted for
[often
is
A)]
then
government as JccU had (IM)
before the transmutation (A); and therefore governs like

the
the
t;,,
in the
same way as the
conditions
mentioned
Its
[345, 346] (Aud, Sn).
the
act.
part.,
as conj.
is
part, [above] (I A), on
(Aud,
A)
for
is
the
latter
predicament being that
divisible
into
what
of
occurs
which [kind] governs

unrestrictedly
denuded of jf, which [kind] governs
of jf,
and what
on the
it
act.
two conditions
mentioned
(Sh).
And hence
1615
AlKulakh Ibn Hazn
(IA, Aud, Sh, A), by

Jsh,
atTamimi (IY) asSa'dl
Ibn Janab (UN)
JIN)
(AAz, Jsh) alllinkan (AAz), the

ing himself (Jsh), Being a
man
trappings in readiness for
its
Rfijiz (ID),
of war, wont
them (IA)]
I am wont
v_>C& Gl3 J^jJt

to
saying
is
wont
to
*
I
Lgjl+^w
by S
transmitted
(A)
^>
I3t
"
slaughter their fat ones
oK 1^^^
ox'O>^
o^ ^****H
by Abu Talib
[below] (Sh, Aud, A),

4
(I A, A)]
and
'
viLU
îii
the saying [of one of
Arabs
[below] (IA, Sh, And, A), also
knock-kneed
whatever betide, honey
Lot
one of the
[of
Verily he
(And, A)
hide
to
jI^T
'
put on
to
drink [below], transmitted by S (IA,A)
the
MN), and
Jsh,
describ-
and not wont
it.
inside the tent-poles, here meaning tents
from fricjlit (AAz,
AAz,
(IY,
(Sh,
Abd Manaf Ibn 'AM AlMuttalib (MN),
J^J-*-?
V^T^
MN, AKB)
uncle of the
Umayya Ibn
Amr Ibn Makhzum
Prophet (AKB), lamenting [Abu (AKB)]
AlMughira [Ibn AM Allah Ibn

(AKB) alMakhzumi (MN), the husband
'
'Atika (AKB)], (lie

the
sword
lack
the
wont
/.)
shanks of
prov
ih<*n.
(MN, AKI5).an
cnalljigc
to strike
th> IT f<it
verily
thou
208
sister
with the blade of
ones.
When
art a
from the 3rd
(AKB), and
of his
to tlh-
t!
ihterer
L'JI
p<
1616
(
6
"
"
>
by ArRa'I, On an evening such

Su'dd had shown herself to an anchorite at
(IA,
A),
below
whom were
traders
and pilgrims,
hated his religion, and been roused

she
is
wont
(M),
Talib,
when
noble, wont
he would have
to
lust.
Verily
to
lust
cites
by Abti
versity,
zy
Duma,
of asceticism
to rouse the brothers
(MN). And S
that,
to
his
[J bewailed the brother of ad-
day was being praised.
(He was)
smite the heads of the mail-clad
(AAz),]
which contains an indication that Jyw may be preceded
by
its reg.
three
is
[below]
frequent
(IY).
The government
And
(Sh).
of these
the government of
more frequent than that of the next
JL3
ia
two, being regular
according to the soundest opinion (YS). But this [substituo
tion for
Jû
is rare in
with survival of
Q
Jo^j and
rarer than JUAJ (S).

the Arabs ali3
to
[
hearken
to the
Jjii
(IM, Sh).
And hence
tlij
Jp
the government
++"
x-UI
the
below] (IA,Sh), like
And Jxi
is
much
saying of one of
^| Verily God
prayer of him
(Sn),]
'*
that
prays
is
to
wont
Him
1617
Lo!
'
[below] (Aud, A), by
Ubaid Allah Ibn Kais arRukay-
(They are) two damsels, such
yat,
them, she
is
closely
one o/
as for
that,
resembling a new moon, and^
moon
as for another of them, she resembles the full
(MN, EC)
and
by Zaid AlKhail
[below] (IA, Sh, Aud, A),
come
to
me
that they are
my
tearing
It
(Sh),
has
reputation
to
of AlKirmaldn (a water in the

mountain ofTayyi), making a noise (MN, AKB), and
shreds, the
young
o*o
asses
Lo
[below] (I A, A)
not,
and
decrees
(He
careless
is]
wS
* jf
^1
!so|
><
harm
that
of what does not save him from

of
(IA, A), the slur cast on which
wary of matters
(MN, EC, AKB)
envious (A).
^^
o!
cites also
[as
God (EC),
is
cited
the
by S
a fabrication of the
evidence of the govern-
ment of JuJ (A)] the saying of Labid [describing
his
she-camel (AKB),]
Xx
[below] (IY, A) Or a wild he-ass sticking

<r
long-backed she-ass, on her back,
wounds from
BB,
[i.
e.,
his biting her
to
the side
that has scars
(Dw, AKP).
Jr (MAd),] agrees with
And one
him about
of
and
of the
1618
because
it is
on the measure of the
him about
v.
but disagrees with
Ju*s, because
it is
on the measure of the assimi-
late ep. [348], like
obJb, which does not govern the obj. in
The
the ace. (Sh).
intensive paradigms governing,

o
common consent
of the
BB, are three, Jl*j,
which are formed from the

+ G x
'^fsO^sVs
<
& " "
lxjjix>
[by Sad Ibn Nashib alMazini,
^ l^sow^
as
tril.,
xxx*
by
,and Jj*3,
<J\juuo
[unaugmented]
^ x
-o
USuwll^l^^wjiJI^JU #
of
Ox*
fix
L3
jjjjj
Then, 0, I call the clan
Rizdm, make ye ready in me an advanced guard for

apt to wade through the squadrons to it (AKB ],
6
xo xJO
<^
*x.
9>x
sLssoJ &j^ [above], and *>J! vûJ! JC^LXJ v;r^ [above]
battle,
Ô
.^J!
<
x*
and sometimes from Jowl as
9x
sensible oj,
[344],
jjZ.
of
and
Jl^>
e x
o
,
xx*
from J;^! [below] ;and
^lô from ^lil
when transmuted
sensitive from
^L-^
(R).
He cites,
jv/o j*J
J^-Ut c^Lj^ LfLIs v^j'Lj 4
[as
that
into Ju*3 or JmS
S says
[below].
^
O
,
ss
also governs,
**
evidence of the government of
(IY, R),
by Sa4da Ibn Juwayya
(IY)
alHudhati,
Until lightning tiring out a time of the night, incessantly
plying, roused them.
and
it
(the
They passed the night cheerfully,
lightning)
passed
where J*J.r governs
\lff>^>
the night, not

sleeping
in the ace. (IY,
AKB)
1619
as a direct obj.
say that U*yo
is
because JoJ^
is
to j^l*, there
AKB). That
an adv. to
disallowed by others,
is
IjeLi, [not
intrans.; and that,
would be no evidence
adv., for which a tinge of the
v.
who
a direct obj. (AKB),]

if it
in
it,
even belonged
because
But [a
suffices (R).
is
plea
2
i.
<>
>
as vi^/oujL>!
and uyyo
that case,
there
it is
is
In
c7a^ is said.
/iy
is
>
an intensive form of Jaw*
(AKB)]
and
say that
no evidence in the ambiguous, especially when
government of
And S
Jc*3
say that the verse
is
made
is
as evidence
(R)]
^jf
of the
Cx!
disallowed by others,
forged: AlLahlki
S having asked me
ness of JuJ
cites,
[the saying
But that
[above] (IY, R).
said
trope,
extraordinary
improbable (R).
"
(n6
by a
obj.
however, Ju*i
is rare,
its [direct]
fired
&at?0
6
[which
<
advanced, in justification of S, that (B)] JoyLîs
jXo (IY, R)
q.
an
it is
is
who
reported to have
for evidence of the transitive-
this verse for
him
"
(R). But, if
S be
reproached with [credulity in accepting] this verse, he

lias cited in
is
evidence another verse, in respect of which ho
irreproachable,
-~
^J!
J^~uc
we have
vitl.
the saying of Labld
a : s iliabl
;
o ^
;
[above]
and, says
Am,
followed by ISB,
found in the poetry of Zaid AlKhail
a^Sahftbl another irrq>r>acliable verse,
vitl.
[a cm-]
(AKB).
When, however,
J+JL-
and jou arc not
1620
transmuted from the

sagacious, there
ace., since
act. part.,
as vû Jb smart and
no dispute that they do not govern the
is
our discussion is about the intensive paradigms,

Q
not about the assimilate eps. [348] (R). JuxS [often (IY)]
occurs as an intensive form of Juulo [above], as in
II.
9.
jvxl?
grievous chastisement (IY>R),
i.
(IY), according to one opinion (R), and L..w g!5,
Îji
Jô
q.
i.q.
*+*Lo
[246] (IY), whence
(Iy,R),
by
Amr
Ibn Ma'dikarib (IY) azZubaidi a^Sahabi,
summoner making one hear from Raihdna keeping me atvake, while my comrades are slumbering $
/5
^7ie
But, as for the Jcx*S
(AKB).
v^ju^ calling
to
i.q.
jLcQ^
account [246, 247, 269],
like
^^ and
it is
not inten-
sive
(R).
and therefore does not govern, by common consent

According to the KK, not one of the [five (Sh,
Fk) intensive (R)] formations governs (R, Sh, Fk),

because of the loss of the form wherein the act. part.
resembles the
v.
(R)
[any of (Sh)] them,
and,
But
that their
government
made
to accord
repeated,
what
this is
ace. occurs after
governed by a supplied
it is
Sh, Fk).
whenever an
far-fetched (Sh).
is
The
v.
(R,
truth
is
allowable, because they are
with the act. part., since they import,

it
imports
and because their government
1621
is
transmitted by
<-<
^.
5^J|
JuwiJ
Co!
hearsay, as in what
-*}
and
is
reported by S,
&M [above], the sayings of

^J! >LsuJ
the Arabs
jjuelijf J*jJ *yU
to
*^<jl Vtrily God
forgive the trespass of the sinners and
vj>Jl
[above], and the poet's saying pJ|
The BB say
(Fk).
yJJ\
g+L
^j
13!
ready
^t
[above]
that the intensive paradigms govern
notwithstanding the loss of the

v.],
^!
is
lit.
resemblance
[to the
because the intensiveness in sense makes up for that
deficiency
part.,
and also because, being derivs. of the
which resembles the
v.,
they do not
act.
fall short
of
the assimilate ep. in resemblance to the act. part., for
which reason the sense of the present or future
is
not
prescribed as a condition [of government] for them,
as
it is
not for the assimilate ep. [348].
that they do not govern,

,
when in
But IBdh says
the sense of ihepast, like
the act. part. [345]; and, in the verses cited, they obviously
denote
unrestricted ness
the
[Note on p. 344,
the act. part.,
I.
may
6].
The
importing
continuity
intensive formations, like
be preceded by their ace. [above]:
but Fr disallows this, because of their weakness [in
government]
and
this is a
government belongs
to
proof that, in his opinion, the
them.
The general
opinion
is
that
these paradigms do not differ in intensiveness (Fk). II
mentions that(Y8)tlic paradigm formed [by thcArabs(YS)],

to denote (1)
one that does the thing once, is jUlj
as
1622
(2) one that repeats the
slayer:
act,
is
one that goes
to
Jl*5
as
r.
JUjJ slaughterer [252]:
(3)
and
zs
in the
strong,
patient
the act,
252
269
as
is J\jJuc,
when she
is
by turns:
accustomed
one that
(5)
D)
extremes,
as
JJ.SLS
>
êry
accustomed to
is
NÂ-O
and vi>uc [269]; and LjU*x>
male and female

[like (CD/] an instrument, and
O ^c
Ox*
to
is
give birth
JLalo
to
(a) JOLÔ (D, YS), as
act, is
'
one that
sLx>|
J&juo
apparatus, for the

warlike
is
act,
>
as iCiLLo
vr^
(CD). But
[328]
IBr observes that the distinction mentioned by H between

o
to
&,,
JL*3
JLjLLo
whom
>
and J^LS
they are
n
all
^
"substituted for J^Ls
gms
not
is
known to
the GGr, according
synonymous (YS).
"
IM's phrase
[above] implies that these paradi-
are not formed from the non-tril., [because the

o
part, of the non-tril.
and such
6 x
like
is
is
not upon the measure of Jc&U (Sn)];
the case, except in
what
is
extraordinary (A),
^ ^ of.
*"
*ju^
act.
in the foregoing verse, since
it
is
from x^l
resembled (Sn). But he says in the Tasini "And JL*i J(JLO,

,
are sometimes formed from

Jjjil,and JUULS
js*i!
[above]
",
O Cx
alluding to their saying

xx
from
J!^ quick in comprehension

Q
vita!
comprehended
xt
sl*J
a heel-tap from
s
[above] from
[above],
and
& s
%(Lw zyo?i^ to
leave
-^ x
Z^ a residue
a
&
kt! gave
in the cup
fcUanx
and ^(^44
t(?o??#
fo
?ay
?OM?
from
1623
laid low [above]
JJUD!
<7&zci
G
x< JS
.joi
??iade to
*-"'
hear [above], and
tuarned (A).
The numbers
344.
other than the sing. (IM),
(IA, A), the du. and the [sound or broken
(M,IH, IA, And,
(3#\!
XX
and *+* from
oJo earner from

.
oysx quick, active from
.x
A) of the act. part.
(II,
i.
R, Jm)]
e.,
pi.
(M,WIH, R, And, Jm,
Sn) and intensive paradigms (M, R, Aud, Jm,Sn) are [made
(IM)] like the sing. (M,IH,IM) in government [339] (M,
W1H,
IM, Jm) and conditions (IM, Jm).
the du. and sound pi. [345], the reason
they retain the form of the
resembles the
v.
not slandered themnot, to
shed
dare not try
XXXIII.
it
35.
my
the
GodandikJ vLli^^
Hood, while in
Jjja
IA1 (B)] with Tanwin (K,
(R).
You say
my
XXXIX.
JJD
i.
see,
e.,
presence they
*^J1
is
39,
<j-Â%
that
it
And
is
Shall they
A] (And, A), read [by
B), according to the
in the ace. (B).
aLJC*
part.
men and women often remembering
be dispelling ///. affliction 9 [346.
broken pL, the reason
act.
when I have
ivhen I meet,
(EM)]; and oOuJt} Uy^"
And
and with sli
which the
reputation,
and vowiny,
my
obvious, because
Hence
[343] (R).
[by 'Antara, Slanderers of
them
sing., in
is
In the case of
o.
f. (K),
in the case of
a dcrir. of
the
îLi' j& They are inhabiting

209
the
sing.
M<ikka
1624
and
the
A ,* x 'x
aJJl C*AJ
{!
&
x x
a^fZ*
>
They are making a pilgrimage
\j>
to
House of God (M) and hence

;
(M, R, IA, Aud, A), by Tarafa (M), Moreover they have
surpassed their peers in #*
ready
to
they are,
among
their people,
forgive their trespass, not boastful (MN), ÂA
[with two
Dammas (MN)]
being pi
of l*fc [246] (IY,
Aud),
ant}
[343],
by AlKumait (M) Ibn Zaid alAsadi, Haughty,
^vont to lay
law the bodies of the fatted
beast, very
hungry
in the evenings, because they put off supper on account of
the guests coming by night, not faint, nor
and
^LaJ
by Ibn Kathir,
f}
> 9
7.
[80, 83] (Aud), so read (K,
Uaj!
;
J^G
B)
Nafi',
Ibn 'Amir, and A?irn (B),l

'
which
vid.
the dial, of those
is
because this
pi. is
And
"
who say &uL
That [government]
Tayyi (K).
sound pi [247] (IY).
i,
e.,
frequent
hence
>
when they
(women) have conceived
the waist-cloth,
is
as universal in aULcU as the
.M R, A), by Abh Kabir allludhali,
of
ff.
[21,1461,
in
LIV.
ills*
mean (AKB)
Of
those that they
ivere tying the strings
not prepared for bed,
so
that
1625
he
to
grew up
the
youth praised, liked, not execrated ivith
"Thy mother
malison
be bereft
c
0,0
!
x G x
(JUj
of
Â
.-:
&&Q
"
thee
(T)
and
LftJlj
(M, IA, A), by Al'Ajjaj (M) Haunting Makka, namely
dusky pigeons (MN),

I
orig. r CsJ!
(IY, IA, BS,
MN),
the
being elided [for lightness (IY)j by poetic license (BS),
because
&
>
x-x
the second
MN), from
(IY, BS,
)
MN)] and
(IY,
at/g.
dislike to the reduplication (IY),
O Xx
as in o^yoJu for o^LoJij [685]

ing]
changed into
(MN)
and the [remain-
then pronounced with Kasr for affinity
and for
of the
rectification
sound or broken pi.

the sing. [343], as
>
~x-&
*>
^y
TAese
100
T/zese
Hinds are
of the
synarthrous [du. and
(Will, Jm) of the

in
[its reg.
obj.
(Jm)],
because,
ore strik-
o(re
striking Zaid^
'Amr, and
part.
'Amr
striking
|
(IY).
sound (Will)
(Will)],
^?.
when governing
(Will, Jin) the ace. (Will, R, Jm) as an
may he
tin;
rt////".
[the verse of
R), like the
with
act.
ace., like
2atcZl are striking
The ^
du. and
!jo\ ^tjoo
^L^li
The
(BS).
be preceded by their
may
^
rhyme
[to the ^5],
SjJLaJ!
tin-
elided, for the
is
sake of lightness
long ly reason of the
Hook (WIH)]
n-adin-of
^J! ^hjliJf
11 IJ in
[
in the ace. as
an
^ (Jm\
obj.
,K;]
|iV. I]
X XI 1.
oG.
(III),
as in
(Will,
[112],
(Jm), by supplying the
1626
For the J
(K).
[176, 177]
is [in
the sense of
while the conj.
because governing the
is
elided in
v>JI
,j
as the
C -0
s +
But, as for elision of the
jtjÂ [H2,
599,],
it is
37. [234], with the ace., elision of the
is
with the
XXXVII.
while the
not one to be relied upon (Jin).
345.
The
(A,
[anarthrous
MAd)
or synarthrous
pass. (R)] part., in order to govern [the
act. [or
(MAd)]
&
îs weak, because
the act. part, does not occur as conj. of the J
reading
because of prothesis
And, in the case of the anarthrous, as in
(R).
may
it
of the conjunct
<j
'f
>
so that
vûJLT^j [178] and ^J| ool~* &&)\
[117, 176, 178].

gen., as Ju\
x-
the ace.
in
obj.
a conjunct
(WIH)]
deemed long (WIH, R),
is
be lightened by elision of the

*
must not be a dim. [288, 292], nor

qualified [147] (WIH, R, Sh, A, Fk) by an ep. (WIH),
contrary to the opinion of Ks on both (A, YS) conditions
direct obj. (Sn)],
(YS), because
by
it
qualification,
zation,
from
its
is
excluded by the dim. formation and
though not by dualization or plurali-
renderability
by the
allow the dim. and the qualified

to the
du.
and pi. [344]
but
to
i\ [343, 347].
Some
govern, by analogy
this
is
of no account,
because of what we have mentioned and, as for their

#
s*S<>s9s O ,* ^
* am 9 oin9 on fti
saying LLU,*J j*.y** J^-V
fwwl
;
>
nearly travelling a league,

the reg.
is
it is
allowable only because
an adv., for which a tinge of the
v.
suffices
1627
Some
(R).
[among the Westerns (MN),]

no non-dim, be remembered for it,
of the moderns,
say that the dim.,
if
may
govern, as
(AJ,
by Mudarris Ibn Rib'I (MN),
77ien a taste of wine
in the glass, whose juice is dark-red,

XX
sparkles in the hands, where

the two
ep. of
ci>
s (Sn)]
kcliX*
(MN,
Sn).
This, however,
is
by an
act.
in the gen.
(MN)]
as ep. of
_K
not a case of government
while the assertion
part.,
'
ouîs
that
is
while
curtailed of one of
UM^'
the place of the nom. as
oJ^
direct obj.
of the
is [in
wine that
not
is
XX
a dim.
act.
part, obviously requires consi-
if
The allowance
deration [274, 289].

of the dim.
is
attributed
by
Fr, say, while
44
when a
44
opinion that what is regarded

.
in
dim., does govern.
sense, not appearance
opinion
is
And
the
to the
KK,
agrees with them, that the
44
government
Ham'
Syt in the
except Fr, his language being
Ns
of the
valid as
is
They base
is
and
that
except
act. part.,
upon
resemblance
IM
KK,
their
to the
says that this
proved by the fact that the
act.
"part., when transmuted for intensivcness [343], governs,

u from
regard to the sense, not the appearance while
:
44
44
Ns
allows the dim. to govern by analogy to the broken
pi
[344]
"
(Sn).
Nor
is
any argument
for the govern-
1628
ment
of the qualified to be found in the saying
[of Bisbi'
Ibn Abl Khazim (MN, EC),]

x
<
[When an
children,
>
>
^5 ^g+A-Lu,
x Ox
/ remember Sulaima
(MN, EC)],
being ^J-^Y-* ^^Xo

to its v. in
since
,j^**
*&*
because
q. the rel. n.
iy>f
is
the full phrase
not
(A),
[312]
having a suckling, like
AA-o^
governed in the
is
does not gdvern [the ace.
/*^
i.
the departing
(Sn)], since LijJ^

is
of) two
because jJfU not being conformable
femininization,
âô
^r^X
'
by a supplied v. expounded by joG

9x X
*x 6 x*x>>
#o?.
(bereft
among
* *
neighbours
<*
ia*&#0>**2 (J^t* iLxkk JoU !M
bereaved mother,
afflicted
softs,
'*'**.*
said
[-J68],
meaning c^b
fi
Job
[above],
uÛ.
[268],
*
n
and
"
>
[252, 268],
jLikxj
^
>
JJL? ^y!J
little
one (Sn).
It is
Or after
to
Sn), according to
be the language of IU,

;
>
o!i
qualified, either before
the government (YS,
preferred by 111 (Sn)
J^
[apparently (YS)] implied
that the op. act. part, must not be
to
having a bereave-
o!3 having menstruation, and

u^j^
*
having a
Seems
?
*
97(671^,
meaning
>
and that
which,
Ks
Dm
what
says, is
allows the qualified
govern unrestrictedly [below]. Some, however, say that
Ks
Gl
allows ^>LS ^T
L-yL^f34)
|juC
V)^>
qualified
btit
not
t^lo
LM
which necessarily implies that he allows the
to
govern only when
it is
qualified after the
1629
CT
Ill says in the
government (YS).
school agree with
Ks
some of our
that
in allowing the qualified to
govern
before [the mention of (Sn)] the ep., [as !jo\

v-^Ls !<Xp
^ S*
* + *s *
JjjU and
C^ 11 ) i] because its weak-
^ V;^ ^) ^*
v;^
ness arises after [the mention of] the

(A, YS),
by the
But others relate
BB
and Fr, while
ep.,
not hefore
the
The
correct practice,
[147], is to
is
either
make
as laid
down
[above]
act.
a
denuded (IA, Sh) of
it
governs (IH, IM, Sh,
KN)
strictedly (III,
ML
in the
The
this distinction (Sn).
conjoined with [the
KK
rest of the
allow the qualified to govern unrestrictedly

(A).
made
that this distinction is
Ks and
conjunct (Sh)]
part.
^
J!
or
If conjoined with jf,
(Sh).
like its v, (Sh,
Aud, Sh, KN), whether
it
Fk\
it
unre-
[in the sense of
the (III, R)l past, present, or future (IM, R, Sh, Fk),
supported or unsupported (Fk),

in the place of the v., since
to
it
then occurs
the property of the conj. is
be a prop. [177] (I A, Fk), [or rather], because
really a v. (Will, R),

of the
v. to
^\
made
that of the
prefixiouof jfto the

or
because
or \A^
//<
to-morrow will
v.
n.,
to deviate
from the shape
because of their dislike to
(Will), as u^l \J^ J^LlfT^Ll
that yesterday beat, or
heat,
it is
Zaid has
now
bea/t, or
lima alKais
conic (Fk).
says
[Who
slew the
valiant
Idnrj,t1t<
b* *t
of
Ma add
(
in
1630
)
x*x
honor and bounty

withstanding
by
"
making
(Jsh)],
the valiant king
"
and others
in the Idah
Then I passed
not-
its
governing when a
cite as
evidence the saying
f U
L JaJ!
[quoted
he means his father; and this
verse also contains a proof of

[344] (Sh).
govern
being in the sense of the past, because
its
Mb
^r^Jb'UJ!
pL
'
ô
by F, who attributes
to Jarir,
it
the night, ivhile the nocturnal visitants
of distress were overpowering me from fear of
the
,.
departure, and fear
(0^5 being
here suppressed, accord-
ing to F) of the separation, of the travellers on the
morrow (AKB)] but (& may be governed

:
"
in the ace.
by
[one of three ops. (AKB),] EJU^ or ^ô or ^r^JLtL^Jl while

,
the evidence of the equivocal

discussion is about
.tlift
ace.,
This
what governs a
while a tinge of the
is the
weak and moreover our
is
direct obj. [below] in
v. suffices
for the adv. (R).
well-known opinion (IA,A), that the act part.
conjoined with jf governs unrestrictedly, because

in a place
however
(R),
it
them (IA)] Rm, assert
(I A),
and
it
occurs
must be renderable by the v. (A). F,

[and] many of the GGr (IA), and [among
where
(R, I A), not
it
that
when present
is
it
governs only when past
tir fatter e ;
transmitted from
Hz
while some assert
(R), that
it
does not
1631
govern at
by a
and
all,
(I A) that the ace. after it is
understood (R, IA), because, the J
v.
him, not being conjunct, the synarthrous
(R)
is
governed
according to
not really a
IM
and these two opinions are mentioned by
v.
in the
Tasini [below] (I A).
And Akh
when
tlie_p$, governs the ace. only as
in the sense of
says that the synarthrous,
being assimilated
to the direct obj.,
[350], not as
being a direct obj.
what he says
is
when
ft
*^J
'
S^rO
-*
f0
^^^J
*>
Jo\
but the weakness of
IM, however, in the CK,
obvious (R).
followed by (A) his son
as in
(IA)], says that
[BD
by common
past, present, or future,
it
governs,
consent (IA,
A): whereas in the Tashil [above] he transmits the dispute,
saying that the ace. in what follows the
[act.
part. (Sn)]
O."
conjoined with
J! is
the opinion of
Mz
not peculiar to the past, contrary to
and those who agree with him
governed by assimilation
the opinion of
the
to
Akh, [according
to
direct obj., contrary to
which the J ,says Dm,
a p. of determination, not a conjunct (Sn)]
understood
IM, Sh,
(111,
its v. (Ill,
IM,
KN)
KN)
of jl
tin-
Sli,
.
nor by an
;;nd arc.
t\v-
<
.
\\
II. 'lin.
(IA\
like
WI1T,
If
Fk), the act. part.
one or
to
<
,Iin)J
contrary to the opinion of some (A).
v.,
denuded (LA, And, Sh,

governs
nor
Sh, u|,cn two con-
dition8[343](lll, IM,Sli, KN), whidiarr indispcnîlilr to

the validity
\i<
-nvci'iniicnt of the <irr.
210
(Kk
).
contra ry to
1632
its
The
government of the nom. [below] (YS).
tion is that
it
first
condi-
should be [in the sense of the (IH, And, Sh,
A}] present or future (IH, IM, Sh, KN), real or historic

or of innovative continuity
(WIH, IM),
because
it
to
agreement
v.,
[i. e.,
governs only on account of
whose sense
A), which
is
in
conformability
vowels and quiescences with, the
imports, vid. (I A)] the aor. [343] (IA,
it
like that (A),
present ov future
i.
is
e.,
in the
sense of the
innovative continuity] (Sn)
[or of
that the act. part,
then resembles the
The reason
sense (I A).
its
[343] (Sn),
v.
in
so
form and
for prescribing one of the
two
is to
complete the resemblance of the act. part,
to the v. in
form and sense, because, when in the sense
times
of the past,
it
is
it
resembles the
v.
in sense, not form, since
If the
never commensurable with the pret. (R).
[trans.
(Jm)] act. part, denote the past.,
it
must bo
ideally pre. [Ill] (IH) to [what is (R)] its obj*
B,
Jm)
in sense
must prefix the

And, since
in
the
is
it
sense
contrary to the opinion of
(R),
You do
[below] (IH).
(WIH,
not say
act. part.,
<JM*! !jo)
v;^ &*
the
past,
does
not
pre. to the
det. [Ill]
have another reg.

Jm)], this
is
[than
governed
(R).
And,
what
it
[in the ace.
is
if
when
govern,
prothesis must be id., producing determination,

it is
but
saying Jo^ y^Li [111] (IA).
established that the act. part.,

of
Ks
its
when
the act. part.
pre. to (Will,
(WIH, Jm)] by a
1(533
supplied
v.
as
(+&)3
y~>ot
by the
indicated
(Ill),
is^^
5*4-
f*
^)
act.
[below
(WlH),
part.
where U4*%>|
I,
<r
is
ace.
the
governed in
The government
Jm).
(Sh),
(R),] is
of
laÛ
<XyopG **J;
While their dog
17.
Ks
allowed by
[when
[above]
Jm, A, Fk), Hsh, and IMda
Sh,
on the authority
XVIII.
(WIH,
supplied
^kit!
of the act. part., however;
in the sense of the past.
(WIH, R, IA, Aud,
by
is
faJJ)
out his
stretching
forelegs at the entrance (R,IA, Aud, Sh, Jm, A, Fk).
But others explain
this
away (RJA, Aud,
Fk)
which
A, Fk, MAd),
as a historic present (R, IA, Aud,

is said
as
An
by
mean
you assume yourself to be,

that time; or assume that time to
to
that
were, present at
it were,
as
be,
present
it
mean
Sh, A,
now and
:
is
admirably said by
you assume that past act to be occurring at

the time of speaking (R), what has occurred being
assumed to be occurring now, for which reason the
to
act.
that
is
part
O
interpreted
t
being *A*IJ3
^^
f
that [the
reason
in
[Ix'fore
it
(And, A), as
is
proved by the fact
jt-f^>;
(Fk)]
by the aor. (Fk), the sense
9^
denotative of state, for which
i*
f^lUjj
(A)], not
And We
^lill^
(And,
turn
A,
*
11
t-
upon the allowal'ility
was
terday a
giving
Uj^y^t
2+&
^
>*
terday
f<>
'
^Lb JoC
Z>/i<l
mi*
s } and VI. 96,
'
relies
f*'-r
&2* ^'
^^-
said
is
Ks
Fk).
/l*'
f
W^s^ u^l jv*^
<t
f/t(>m
1uc
dir/ntw
"'
(WIH,
R),
A in r
yes-
//////A'/////
[;U;. A, 538,
Note
1634
on p. 346,
I.
Sf says that the best course here
6],
say that the act. part, governs

necessity, because
pre. to the
in the act.
cannot be pre. thereto,
it
first obj,
so that the verbal
make
it
withstanding the frequency of
F,
is
nowhere found
e.
when
(jôl
And what
a 9
^+c
deemed
is
this
and
occurrence
the
that
by the
in the
first obj.
But
second obj.
act. part., as
is
though,
were
said, the
hearer asked
did he give ?", and the speaker then replied

*
meaning
U#o
<,
Of-
slkt!
(He gave him) a dirham$

9
like the ag. in *J!

JoC> SJUJ
^\^>
interpretation, the necessity for
govern,
is
go^
15-^** &*)
&
Utf>J>,
indicated
v.
^
its
govern the
to
and with him many, say
governed by a
it
sense of the past, not-
therefore the act. part, in the
language,
since
But, says he, government
govern.
not allowable without such a necessity as
is
by
obj.
sense contained
part, in the sense of the past
sufficient to
"
second
the
is to
when
And, though
in
An
the
[23]
so that,
this
the act. part,
making
sense of the past,
is
avoided.
refutation of F, that this is

o^ & ^
* ~s
<
as U5U' ,J~AJ!
<X# This man
says, in
o-e.
not correct in such
<x>^
was thinking Zaid yesterday
to
F may
assert
indication [443], even though
of F, that the ace.
is
^b
be
because suppression of one of the
would ensue,
by
standing [346 A],
two
objs.
of ^LJb
that this is allowable with

it
be rare
and the opinion
governed by a supplied v^ not by
1635
the act, part, forced to govern
opinion of Sf,
^1
L+j
saying
*X
jo^
it
>
<
.-
is
put L*^ into the ace., as Sf asserts of
have two other
objs.,
subaudition of the
**
y^jo!
c.0
>
And
know him
'<>
since
the
sQ ; J^
JjL^ jjj
making
Amr
most erudite of the learned
to be the
nom. by the
of the
act.
to
and
(WIH).
and
^9^55.
allowable unrestrictedly, whether

they be in
sense of the past, present, or future, or denote
none of the three
bnt
times,
>
the
^
X Q
'
unrestrictedness
^
importing continuity, as iOiajôLi jo^ Za/d

>
in his
belli/
and
>
'
&x!<X=*
government
extreme
of
peculiarity
^s
slender
Q & *>
v^
4
^ as wett-trained servants
the least resemblance

[349], because
for
is
they are governed in the ace. by

[346 A], as juiil
v.
The government
is
it
the act. part.
if
similarly with the rest of the complements [19]
parts,
to
L^j
similarly,
Zaô was yesterday
feLJLxJ!
the
the appos. agree with the apparent inflec-
a nt. (R).
tion of the
of your
no necessity here
*
make
the
with
[346 A],
better to
is
v;^ '^
coupled in the ace., because there

^
by necessity, as
by the allowability
fortified
is
the
nom.,
of the
on
nom.
to
the
v. suffices
account
to
the
v.
of
the
(R on
And Fk
appears to say that the act. part. '$

government of the nom. [above] does not depend upon
Prothcsis).
either of the
two conditions.
independence of] the
first
As
for [the act.
[condition in its
part:*
government of
1G3G
the 7iow/J, that is expressly declared by
and
11
[For example,
others (YS),
say that] the condition that the
[anarthrous act* part, should be [in the sense of the]
present or future (R), [as also] this dispute [between

the majority and
Ks
about the anarthrous [act.
(Sn)]
part, in the sense of the] past (A), relates only to
government of the
[direct (A)] obj. (R,A), not of the ag.
because no condition of time

of
the nom., as
its
is
needed for [government
we mentioned
in [the foregoing extract
from] the chapter on Prothesis (R on the Act. Part.}.
As
to its
of the
governing the ag.
moderns (YS),] hold that

[in the
explicit n.
does,
in the
which
is
preferred by
nom. (YS)]
nom., IJ, Shi, [and most

it
does not govern the
while
many
hold that
apparently the language of S, [and
IU
(A)]:
and IU says that
pro 7i., by common consent
government of the pron.
it
is
governs the
while others relate that
is
it
its
disallowed by IKli and [his
master (YS)] ITr (A,YS), which
is
improbable (A).
And,
as for [the act. part's independence of] the second

[condition in its
government
for that also, because]
of the nom., there
IHsh says
in the
is
ML
authority
that the
most obvious reason for the disallowance of

Îjud?
[24,25,346] by the majority [of the
condition requisite for the
nom.
to
BB]
is
Isis
want of the
be a sufficient substi-
tute for the enunc., vid. precedence of a

ney. or interrog. t
not
want of the condition of government,
vitl.
rt
[346]
1637
and assigns two reasons for
second of which
the
that,
support and the qual.'s being in
is that
the sense of the present or future are prescribed as

conditions
only for government of
soundest
the
that
opinion,
part, governs the explicit
And,
Iving supported [346].

of
the government
not
support,
the nor.
the
n.
of
the
for
anarthrous
on
only
act.
condition
of
in that case, the condition
the explicit
??..
nom.
the
in
part's being in the
act.,
not
ace.,
But Syt says, which
government unrestrictedly (YS).

is
the
while the saying of [IHsh in] the
is
sense of
ML,
that the
majority prescribe support and the qual.'s being in the

si-
of the
use
or future as conditions only for
/>/''.
government of the
acr.
means
that they prescribe the
combination of the two matters; for support

according
also: so say
$.
,,
r*h<>uld
!<;.
Dm
nom,
and Shin (Sn).
The second
condition
is
that the act. part.
be supported, [even though only constructively
(Sh,
Fk)J upon (HI, IM, Sh, KX) what
it to
thr<|iiality of
;i),
a condition,
majority, for government of the
the
to
is
(1) its
(Jin), (a)
subjtvt
p.,
vid. (A),
(III),
i.
o.,
L4<ta
i><irt.
'/-"" J
(IM,
approximate
one of four "things],
i.
thr
[;/.]
an inch. (Will. IM. R, Sh,

.
will
JSh),
()
'';/ '^^^/'
c|iialifiahli-
KN,
Jin),
by
c.,
it
whose
actually (1\,A), as
HA);
1638
as
O *x
"f-
b;^ Jo\ jjl^ Za^cZ t(;a5 beating /us

.L dUcs I thought thee to be beating
slil
ther (R),and
Uo
llUa
!^
^J^l
llC^
brother,
thy bro-
7 warfe Zaid
to
know Amr
(
to be
beating
Bakr
(I A),
(b)
|jo\
LXV.
3.
[44,
346 A] (Sh):
KN, Jm) by
a n. qualified (Will, IM, R, Sh,
two men-servants
aLc^Ca Verily Zaie? is such that his
are going away (R), whence
and ^jato
theacJ.
such n. being (a) mentioned (A),

part. (IM, Sh),
IJoC ^>>L^
"/
*' }
(I A,
Sh)
I passed by
J^Cj
'/
*
/' ^>)V
'
(M
1^ [below],
i.e.,
i^ L
*
(Fk)
G
x-
(c)
(IA, Jm, A, Fk), which sort
"
in the " qualified
R, Sh,
beating
Zaid
(1A, A)
*.
5.
(WIH, R, IA,
Jm, A, Fk), as Lwwj L5K Jox gU
Hamza
man
supplied, as will be seen (A), whence lllUb
+ SS
mare
&
a&
Zaid came riding a

is
included [by
IM
(2) the [interrog.
(IA)]
(Jm)]
(IH), or rather, as Jz says (R), an interrog. (D{>
KN) p.
(R), (a) expressed (R, A),
as
(Sh\ by Ktassan Ibn Thabit, ^4re #7i?/ men purposing

the slaying of a man that in exchange for a high
estate in thy love, has taken a low estate ? (MAd), whence
}
Îre
?/e
^70^1/7 to fulfil
have ye
all
a promise that
I trusted
followed the path of'Urkub? (A);
to ?
Or
(b) sup-
1639
,,--&#xSoxO
plied (R, A), as *joj&>
j*l
L+^ tX^
/s
^^^
Zaid abasing
>tf
him ?
'-4mr or honoring
(A),
i.e., ,j-isg-l
a ncg. (WIH, IM, R, Sh,
(3)
(Su)',
^. (R, Jm), like
(Jm)
KN, Jm)
[below]
Co (IH),
Si
or
,jl
(Jm),
expressed (R, Sn), as
(a)
Li
:C
keep not the covenant of a promise-
(Sb) Friends
breaker, but he that keeps faith finds the friend to be a
friend (MAd)
(b) implied,
as
the
îJopl ^Ls L2j 0?z?y
^
Zaids are standing,
two
any 6w^
i.
e.,
Cgj ^^
^JJoJf
g;
iff
f5
,^,s
Lx>
,wLj>
two Zaids are standing (R, Sn)
^7ie
JTo(
(4)
(IA,
A).
But IM's saying that it is supported upon the

p. is an inadvertence (Aud): while the correct
voc.
a voc. p. (IM), as
nion
11^
lIJL
[below]
is that being in the voc.
is
opi-
not one of those (A) per-
missives of government (Sn), because the voc. p. being

peculiar to the
v.
(Aud, Sn)
?i.,
and that the permissive
upon the supplied

CjCL [below]
cannot be an approximative
The
(A).
act.
not govern
the,
<///.
and
the
only the support
qualified, the full phrase
being SL=^
and pass, parts., notwith-
standing their resemblance to the
may
is
to
obj.
v.
in
form nnd sense,
primarily, like the
v. }
because their requirement, and government, of the ag.
and
n?,j.
arc contrary to their constitution, since they are
constituted, as
we
mentioned,
211
to
denote the thing cha
1640
racterized by [the accident denoted by] the inf.
w.,
whe-
ther [such accident be] existing by the thing, as in the
case of the act. part.

the pass. part.
or falling
upon
it,
as in the case of
while the thing so circumstanced requires
neither ag. nor obj. It
therefore prescribed, as a con-
is
dition of their government, that they should be strength-
by the mention of what they are constitutionally

need of, vid. what particularizes them, because they are
ened
in
(1)
constituted to denote a vague thing,[which is]characteri-
zed by the accident [denoted by the inf.
are derived from, [and
is]
preceded by
what particularizes
ing or beaten
or (2)
more appropriate
p. (R).
The
indication,
it,
as
>
by
the
mention of
or
\^f6*
a man beat-
"their occurrence after
act.
part,
is
sometimes known [by some
oral or circumstantial (Sn),] to be

(I A)], in
which case
> >
it is
xJJ O
the government described (IM), as &jfy
its colors,
an ep. of a
entitled to
>
oUUscuo
O
(A kind) varying in
a p.
and neg.
to the v., like the interrog. p.
suppressed [qualified
25.
that they
9*0.0
^^ J^;
n.^\
i. e.,
XXXV
"
oLLo (Aud, A),
whence
Umar Ibn Abl Rabl'a alMakhzumi, referring to

daughter of Marwan Ibn AlHakam, And how many
4
[by
the
(a person)
there
is
in the days
of Mina,
bootlessly
1641
filling his eyes with the
women fair,
like
ing of the pebble
images of ivory, go at eve

!
when
thing of another,
(MN)],
i.
the
to the cast-
e.,
and [similarly (IA)J
Mainmn Ibn
[by AlA'sha
goat) butting a rock one
harmed
(MN)],
it not,
i.
and
the
blj
e.,
Kais, .Lz&e fa
day
to
mountain
mountain
he-
shake
it,
lie-goat
broke his horn
(IA,
And, A), and
J^? [below]
so that he
l*JLb
3^*1*
i.
e., llJliS
part.,
(man) climbing a mountain [above],
lS
&4j L
IM
[48] (Aud, A).
when znenunc.,
or even a
e?.
5.,
says that the act.

is
supported upon
This, how-
the qualified, but that the latter is supplied.
ever, is a forced construction, especially in the case of the

d.
5.,
by a
because the
d.
s.
seldom occurs as a prim, qualified
deriv., as in XII. 2. [77],
subsidiary d.
s.
And
[74] (R).
supplied \interrog. also (A)]

the expressed, as
(Aud, A).
is
which
what
like [support
[above],
named
upon (Aud)]
O
[above],
i.
e.,
>*
,JJL$*|
"
" even
though only constructively
+ s *
is
is
[support upon (Aud)] the
>^.OxO<'>
*J!
Jo^ ^^4*
My saying
is
an allusion
to
[abovrl,
such as *J!
S^dc
1642
[Would
I knew
that
my people would
(whether)
uphold
theexcuse for me, or they wouldbe upbraiding me for lovO
ing (MAd)]
in reply to
and L+A L>li (I saw him) striking 'Amr
"How
sawest
tliou
Zaid?"
for these [act.
parts.} govern because supported upon a supplied [word],

since the o.f.
is
Jê^S" [above],
^Jsb
(Sh).
Thus IHsh's saying refers to
of the
s. 5.;
and
to the inttrrog.
*
inch, also, as L*x
the qualified, inclusive
and apparently
v;^ (ê Z5 )
"Is Zaid striking 'Amr
?, i. e.,
is
'
but not to the
any of the preceding
(A).
Its
of the things mentioned, as
(R), on
MAd).
it
the evidence of
îJoJT
tions are
only for
prescribed
And
ace. [345] (YS).

o
because (Fk)]
that
its
(IY,
pjts [24,25,345]
^Jfvy^^wu^
explained
Akh
MAd) upon
[24] (Fk,
But here the qual. does not govern an
has already been
û^
government,
KK and (MAd)]
R, A, Fk, MAd), without support (IY, R,
any
to
y^Lo yo
If not supported upon
allowed by [the
Âmr in reply
striking
the act. part, does not govern
however,
to the
neg. (MAd).
and L?>Lo Jok
jv^!
the
ace.,
while
two condi-
government of the
[there is no evidence in the verse
>s &
^^J ô
s
*.xx~
is
attributable to hyst.-prot.,
being assumed to be like ^-Jb (KN) in
LXVI.
4.
[24,571] (Fk).
346 A.
The
existence of these two conditions does
mot necessitate government of the act.part.^ which may, on
1643
the contrary, be pre. to its obj. (Fk).
the ag.
(YS)
[nor to the d.
or sp. (YS,
s.
but [only (Sn)] to the
;]
transmitted in JL^\
XX ^\f
X
brother (YS, Sn, UKh), as
MKh)
obj.; or to
~
is
It is not pre. to
the pred., which
/ am about
LM
or the like
IHsh says
be
to
(Sn), because of
resemblance to the obj. [19,97] (YS, MKh).
its
[obj. (I
is
(IA)]
which immediately follows the op.
governed by
in the gen.
LXV.
3.
(Ill)
That
[act.
part.
in the ace. [as a direct obj.]
it
And
by prothesis (Aud, A).
XXXIX.
[44,346] and
his
among
But every other
i.
[obj. (I A,
Fk),
e.,
or
the texts
39. [344] are read
both constructions (Aud, A, Fk)
with
the Seven (Sn).
such as
is
separat-
ed from the qual. (MKh),] must be governed in the
ace. (Ill, Fk), as
0>
,.
U*^
Jo^
.,
Îajt/5
& *x
Zae'd a
dirham
dirham
to
(I A,
Zaid
A) or
[432]
assumption that J^tU>
is
cX# 27us
man
!jo\
is
giving
>
|^<> (5^*^
giving a
(IA), VI. 96. [345,538] on the
a historic present [below] (A), or,
as some contend, denotes continuity [Note on^>. 346,

*
(Sn),and
Ujb
know Amr
{
**,'
** X
!^ Jo
to be
< >
*X
jjlxx>
Jo^
>
Zaid
is
standing (A), even
if
/.
6]
making Bakr
to
the separative be
*>f o<o
not post, to the qual. (Sn,liKh), whence

frAylj! II.
X
28.
Verily 1
am
about
a vicegerent (And, A, MKh).
to place, in the
If,
which immediately follows [the op.
however, that
actf.
'
^^ ^ tUU* ^
!
earth
[ot>j.]
âr^.Jbe such as
1644
be interposed between the pre. and post., the other
may
[obj.]
may be governed
its
XIV.
does not notice that,
ed in
it
As
the
(MKh)
[all (Sn)]
for the
which immediately follows
in the ace., unrestrictedly,

(Sn),] as
(^^
[i. e.,
jjâ
mentioned, because
it
is
which
is
inop.
(Sn).
man was
C
^1
>
*>
JLxx>
to
be
(A), not by the act. part.
it
nor by an act. part.
would be
i.
q. the
But Sf allows
mento
it
be
and his opinion

f* o s
xx>
strengthened by their saying U3l? U^JQ\ Jo^ ^Lb y&
governed by the
act.
part, [mentioned]
^ -_,-
is
Jo
know Khalid
to
inop.
supplied, as is said, because
that which
This
giving Zaid yesterday a diram and JjJU*
v.
Di's
must be governed
whether it be one or
tioned,
appears in
(Sn)]
[it
Jo^ îo**
standing, by an understood
but
inop. [qual],
And
op." (Sn).
U5U making Bakr yesterday
<x#
must be govern-
it
"
does not immediately follow
yen. by prothesis, as intimated by
language (A), since he says
more
48. [1*25]
because
proper place (Sn, MKh).
that [obj.]
C#o ^k**
in the gen., as joC
[below] (Sn, MKli) and
IM
[345],
where C^b must be governed

*
because,
if
first of
and that
it,
the two objs. of the understood
and of the second of the two
ensue
by ^Lb
an accusatival op. were understood for
suppression of the
op.,
in the ace.
i>
is disallowed, since
objs. of ^Lib
would
you may not confine
yourself to one of the two objs. of Jj* [443].
What IM
1645
mentions as
to the
allowability of the two
is in the case of the explicit
the attached pron.,
it
man
it
(Sn)], as
honoring thee (A); though
is
for
in [the place of (Sn)] the
gen. by prefixion [of the qual. to
This
As
[as exemplified].
rc.,
must be
constructions
iLcJLo \j&
in the
is
it
place of the ace. also, as being an obj. in sense.
This
is
the opinion of S and most of the critical judges, and is
by the
indicated
elision of the
Tanwln
^ from
the
But Akhand Hsh
qual. [110, 113, 228, 234, 609] (Sn).
hold
or the
be in the place of the ace. [163], like

09
Q(js9sV*s
in such as aXxiuuo
j^ ^jJl The dirham is such
t\\z
to
pron.
9s
the
Zaid
that
better is to
it,
giving thee it [164], That the ace.

be understood from IM's giving precedence
is
and appears
o. f.
but
Ks
language of
S,
because
it is
to
the
says that the two [constructions] are equal
while prothesis
The
ness (A).
to be the
is
is said to
act.
be better, because of
part. pre.
anomalously separated from
it
to its
by
(1}
obj. is
its light-
sometimes
an adv., as
[by AlAkhtal, the Christian, praising Hishfun Ibn Mutnrrif atTaghiabl, And wontto turn his steed back to the
encounter behind the panic-struck, when not a
woman
X X
is
defended by her husband (AKB)],

an
J'j.
as
.c.
^^'
^-**
i.
e.,
>
cM^^L5^j
giving *Amr the dirham
1646
whence VI.
in the case of the inf. n.,

[above], as occurs
The appos.
138. [125] (R).
of [the obj. governed in
(IA, Fk)] the gen. [by the act. part. (IA, Fk)]
(IA, Aud, A, Fk), which
is
unless some preventive hinder
it,
the proper construction,

c
[112]; though
that
is
as in
allowed by
from him (YS): (2) the
differ
be
the form [of the
in (1) the gen. (Ill, Fk), according to

ant."]
may
'
'
Jo\^
ace.
-o >
C5
y^LiJ!
Mb
and IS
while
S,
55
J^J!
Fk), (a) by
(Ill,
coupling to the place
(IA, Aud, A, Fk), according to
some (Aud, Fk), which
is [said
opinion (IA)
v.
to be] the
general
by subaudition of [an op., vid.
or (b)
by IA
(Fk)]
in the pret., or aor.

(YS), or a qual.
(IA, Aud, Fk)
[pronounced with Tan win (Aud, YS)], according to

(Aud, Fk) which
is
The saying
the truth.
[112, 1738] is related with
Jui
*J|
all
^*\J\
in the gen. or ace.

(IA).
Fk
Aud, though the language of [III and]
only about
is
the ace.
from the allowability of

by subaudition of what has been mentioned, that
the ace.
is
the op. [gwaZ.], one
may
allowable
infer,
when the
qual.
not op. (YS).
is
If
the act. part, be in the sense of the past, as

<ojli ijô
^
f-
3^5
*'
u***l 0^?)
SRMnnantOflU beating Zaid yesterday and
'Amr, the preferable construction

into the gen., in accordance with
*
ace.,
is
to
the
put the coupled
form
while the
**
L*^ and
by subaudition
(lie
beat]
of a
v\,
Amr
which
[345],
is
is
allowable,
but
expounded by the crude-
1647
form of the
for
is
act. part.,
though the latter does not govern,
which reason the ace.
is
only a pret., in order that
the contrary, as
tras beating
morrow.
!cX
weak but
** *
it
may
Cs
*f.
L*-^
^c\
(J
<X>^
Zaid yesterday, and
But,
if
agree
9
s
I
man
TK'%
i
Amr
to-
the act. part, be in the sense of the
are allowable
[in
whether the
the place, or
by reason of a supplied
ace.
is
put by concord with

op.
but,
if
it
of a supplied op., as is the opinion of S,
the act. part, should be supplied rather than the
order that the supplied and the
pond (R).
with
<X#
(will beat)
tioned] as to
by reason
v.
though concord with the form [of the ant.]

and here remains the dispute [above men-
the appos.]
better
supplied
[in time]
'
<^lo
present OT future, the ace. and gen
is
that
be something indicative of
the exponent, unless there

* s
Aud
may
then
v.,
in
corres-
hence
(R, IA, A), by Ta'abbata Sharri
Art thou going
expressed
be
to
(K,Bon XXVI.
38),
send Dinar for our need, or 'Abd
Eabb, or or (wilt thou send) Abd Rabb, the brother

of Amr Ibn .Mikhrak ? (MN, N, AKB), or (O)
4
brother, etc t
(N,
AKB),
cited
by S
(R),
with J^li in
the ace., by coupling to the place of sLL^ (IA,A),

is
a man's name (A)

julj1 (IA).
or
by subaudition of a
Z means by
212
which
v.,
i.
his exposition
e.,
of
1648
tnat
343).
IM
y u cou i)le
wlien
to
governed by a supplied op. (IY on

says that there is no need to supply an
the ace.
>
is
accusatival op. other than the op. of the
ant.
but
the condisays that one should be supplied (A), because

tion of coupling to the place, according
to
him,
is
the
existence of the requirer of that place, which here is
governs the ace. only

pronounced with Tan win, or conjoined with
non-existent, since the act. part,
when
Ji
it is
or pre. to one
^1*3
in
L+j
the ace. in
of its
*
<>s
v;^
Jop
Jo^
is
part,
objs.
so
that
is
[848 f 538]
requirer of
not a
but of the gen. (Sn). And, according to
S's saying (A), sonic

act.
two or more
**
supply a
v. (I A,
in the sense of the v m
original op. (A)
and some an
A,) because the
(IY), which is the
act. part,
pronounced
with Tanwin (IY, A), indicated by the expressed (IY),

for the sake of correspondence
sed and expressed (Sn).

is
YS
preferable [as
to the mentioned,
term
is less
(YS, Sn).
(A) between the suppres-
But subaudition of the qual.
says (Sn)],
because
it
corresponds
and because suppression of the single
[violent (Sn)] than suppression of the prop.
The
truth,
however,
is
that the coupled is put
into the ace. according to the sense [426, 538] of the ant.,
because
it is
like
v>Jf
is
an
obj.,
and Tanwin
^Sb^f i^L^J
is
in the
meant
so that this
case of the inf. n.
[340]
there
And,
if
oj
inop., a v.
as VI, 96.
the ace*
i.
cXxfc
Were
in the gen., it
[538] (Aud, A),
[to
(A), unless J^L*. be
would be allowable
govern the ace. (A)],
where ÎxcJl
by subaudition of a
is
governed in
not otherwise (Aud),
v.,
and (He hath made)

assumed
(IY).
however, the qual. be
If,
must be understood
pJ! yL+jjl Ju^>j
e.,
in the ace. is expres-
it
no need to supply a suppressed
is
nay, preferable (Sn).
and, since what governs
sed,
(A)
1649
the sun, etc.,
be a historic present
to
[above] (Aud, A), in which case the ace.
allowable by
is
coupling to the place of the gen., because the qual.
then op., and there

op.,
is
except according
But the dec.
is
no need to understand an accusatival

to the
in the act.
preceding saying of S (Sn).

[after the op.
stronger, because the general rule
act.
part.]
is
for the act. part, to
is
be pronounced with Tanwin, and govern the ace. (IY).
And
the appos* of the ace.
may
not be governed in the

^
yen<
though the Bdd allow
it,
relying upon
>
s s
slgJb JÎai
|JH7,&38] (YS).
346B. The act. part, and
direct obj.
*s
OoJ
&
'
v;^
may
inf.. n.
self-trans, to the
be supported by the J [343,504], as Qf

<"
^ am beating Zaid and JoJ
'*
vJU_o
&
(5Ax^-tl
Thy
bfitniy Zaid surprised me, because they are weak by

reason of
tin -ir
subnnlinutimi to
tlic
v.,
as the
?;.,
when
1650
preceded by the ace.,
be supported by the J
may
[498,504] and vÎî
43.
Cl
y>L
Zai'd ^5 beating
*^>
Amr
as XIT.
You say
(R).
[504]
jly
or
jvjj
being
allowed the option of making the act. part, trans, by

itself or
by the prep., because
like of that is [said

v.,
as
<xj
vIJp.
weakness
of its
[to be] allowable in the
by IY] not
Kur has XXVI.
the
but the
19. [201],
LXXXV. 16.
being made trans, by
itself
being made
by the J (IY). [According
trans,
but
however,] that [construction with the
the v.
[31], the v.
to
Mb
though best
v.~\,
when
the obj. is prepos., because the
when
the J has already governed, as XII. 43. [above],
is
good Arabic when the
v.
then comes only
obj. is postpos., as
XXXIX.
the chaste dials, being comprised in

[413], all
and the
GG
say that
XXVII.
while Kuthayyir says #J\
[construction]
because
it
is
74. [504]
^3 Jo
peculiar to the J
* X
S X X
by the
such as
[503] (B).
o^
because
it
'
X
,
all the
That
prep$.
appropriate to
the
but the act. part, and
<5^>, |%ls
may
is
Kur
only pC/^,
[504] (Mb).
among
[imports peculiarity, which
connection, of the v. with the obj.

inf. n. of
is
the
14.
and
J^^
are supported
be red. with their
vs. also
THE PASSIVE PARTICIPLE.

.
The
347.
inf. n. of (Sh,
is
pass. part,
Fk)] a
to
#.,
what
derived from [the
is
denote the person [or thing
(YS)] whereon the act falls (IH, Sh, Fk), like
btaten and
is
honored [below] (Sh, Fk). Thus

denote something or nther, whereon beati
^JCc
applied to
The
ing falls (YS, MAd).
what
defined as]
(Aud, A), like
indicates
^r^
>
allc^
fr*-*
tril. \v.
[above] (Aud).
att.
WIH,
Aud, Sh, A, Fk),
Oy**
broken
^^Xo
N^Lo bound
(IH
^J^> [above]
(Sh),
>
and
and intrans., like j^J^ J^Joo entered upon
(Tsr), and
hence
upon the mea-
intended (IA, Aud, A),

xx
known
The pass.
IM, Sh, Fk), regularly (IA), univer-
sally (IM), from the trans. (Tsr), like
killed
is
obj.
unangmented
(TsrJ,
Tar)]
its
x-
give of J^juU (IH,
I A,
[otherwise
an accident and
part, of the [whole (R), plastic,
(WIH, Aud, Jm)]
is
pass. part,
&j
>
"
AÔ ,soW and
(Tsr)]ô
And
^^x> passed by [below] (IA, Aud, A).
.<?7io#
JyLo
5zW
[709],
and
[^-eJoc
caêrfand
[722], except that they are altered (Aud,

a
>
>
>
A) from the shape of J^jUx?, lcinôr?^.ûuo and J^yi*, and

"
and (Tsr)]
[ l^ju*
(Tsr, Sn).
By tril." [in his
saying
"
^^
Tlic pass. part, of the
the plastic (A), and so in his
19
tril.
(Sn)]
saying" The
IM mcana
act.
part.
1652
[derived] from [the inf. n. of] the [unaugmented] triL

9
[v.] is
formed upon the measure of
aplastic,
JÛ"
[343]; for the
and IjuandyLlj
Â!C [459], gill [447],
X
like
[468], is excluded, no act. or pass* part, being obtainable
from
Analogy requires that the pass, part*

should be on the measure of its aor., like the act. part.
it
(Sn).
as <-+>&
[343],
"
beaten pass*part.,
of the
Os
Hamza
ff
was beaten, aor. v^v^
ydx>
the
in
is,
or will be,
beaten', but, since the elision
cat. of juijl [428] leads
them
to
JuUx>
they intend
distinction.
triL,
to alter
They
one of the two, for the sake of
therefore alter [ike pass. part, of] the
where alteration takes place
part., because
[in the triL],
in its fellow, the act.
though the act part,
is
like
theaor.in [arrangement of] vowelsandquiescences without

restriction [of sort], still the
is
augment
[of the act. part.],
not in the position of the augment [of the aor.], nor are the
>
vowels of most act. 2ârts* like its vowels,

9
kelp, act. part,
"
ôb
>
helping, and
asy^helps or Witt
x x x
cX*aEkj
praise, act. part. JooL^ praising
praises, orwill
whereas in
act. part, is like its aor. in the position of the
and
in the nature of tbc vowels.
They
J^tif the
augment,
alter the pass,
part, of the triL by adding the ^ and then pronounce the

;
with
Fat!?, to avoid
by a
.
,
which
is
a succession of two
pammas
..
followed
heavy, rare, as in j.yto [252, 379],
1653
bodkin used in applying collyrium
yLH
The pass. part,
[253, 396].
to the
of the
eye, and
tril.,
after the
alteration mentioned, remains quasi-conformable to its v.

[252], because the
the
Damma
of the
the predicament of the
is in
impletion, as
inj^kjU^j! [497]
is supplied
while
from
letter arising
But JuyJ [some-
(R).
6
>
times (Aud)] acts as a substitute for

indication
JjjJuo [in
of its sense (IA) and is then of common gender (IA,A)],
;
as JucsO"
and J^s^
15**
a youth, and a damsel,
sUcs
ha ving the edges of the eyelids blackened with collyrium

(IM),
and^j^ wounded (I A, Aud," A), JuOS killed(IA,
A),
anointed with
^
and
oil,
^ ^sJ
5
A)
in
(IA,
But
[IM
says
is
J^
been
has
i
q.
its
consent
(IA,
consent
to
frequency (A)]
A).
But
^ye^xj
that
regular,
is
is
q.
this,
being
(I A)]
(IM).
(IA,
BD
BS,
but [notwith-
not regular, by
assertion
and
(Tsr)]
frequent
Arabs (A)
[his
that requires
(IA),
transmitted
Jytô"
the
the language of
standing
[not
i.
Oôx
x-
Jycix)
what
A),
"
Tsr),
[though frequent (Tsr),]
says
>
<IA,
(Tsr).
confined to
^.^ cast away (Aud),

O
<
of
common
common
consideration, because
(IA)]
said [by his father in the Tasini not to be regular,

"
"contrary to the opinion of some (I A, A), which plainly
it
is
indicates
;i
dispute
A)
and
in the
CT
to
be held by some
1654
in the case of the

(IA,A)] to be regular
i.
as
Jctli [343] (IA, Aud, A),
q.
the
(Tsr, Sn), not of
v.
^^ was
have
\,Sn),]
A),
Jooii
i.
q.
i.
J^-J
q.
;*>ls
and ^fp
&*f* (IA, Sn) and Juas

r
that has JuuJ
as uXjfuaw potent and
i.
fJJjf
Hl^lo
mercijul, [which two
and
like
^>jj>
is
that juuJ acts as a substitute for
i.
>
IM
[means
J^ [often
J^JLOXJ
in indication [of its
sense (IA)], not in government (IA,A) and

;
seldom, as ^-?3
^jjii
in indication
JyuLt only
kixj
q.
strange, as in
of its sense: for he (A)] says in the Tasini,

for
vs.
j*x^ (And,
But ocXS
i,Tsr).
j&3 [346A, 538] (BS).
a substitute
(A)] acts as
(IA, Tsr),
JÛ
q.
meaning cooked in the cooking-pot,

.s3\
that has no Jou
v.
Jots
animal for slaughter,
Joi/,
(jaJ
and
game,
and iivc quantity scooped up in the hand (A): and,

according to this, you do not say a<x^
making
f>3.f*
govern
s<Xx* in the
nom.
^-f^ ^T* ^7*

;
>
but others plain-
construction to be allowable (IA).

The
ly declare this
other (IH, IM, Sh, Fk) than the
pass. part, of any [v.']
[unaugmented (WIH,IM,Jm)]
tril.
WIH,
IM, E, Jm)
is
in the form of the aor.; but has a ^ pronounced with

Pamin (Aud, Sh, Fk), in place of the aoristic letter
(Aud,
Sh) at
its
beginning (Fk), as in the act. part. [343] (Tsr);
1655
and has the penultimate pronounced with Fath (Tsr,

Fk): or. you may say, it (Aud) is in the form of
but has
the act. part.]
with Fath (IH, IM),

constructively, as
the
literally, as
?lttu>
pronounced
penultimate
J^Joo introduced, or
chosen (WIH), because
pronounced in the aor. whose government
by the pass, part.,

is
so
exercised
is
vid. the aor. in the pass, voice (R).
formed from the trans., in which case
it
It
needs no adjunct
.-
A) and
(Tsr), as _ls2uL*A> extracted (IH, Aud, Sh,
ju awaited (IM)
brought out (Sh), like
contended with in beating (IA)

in
which case
and
1.
and [from the intrans.,
needs an adjunct (Tsrj,] as KJ (jjljolo
it
And
departed with (Aud).
-ciJ!
(5
O
'
s *
>
"&
CÂJUO!
meaning /
doubled the thing, pass. part, oyudx doubled,

O
malous (R).
9 s*
But
>
for JjiA*
boiling
as
it,
ano-
sometimes acts as a substitute
JÂAJ
.o^
is
of.
/ thickened
the
honey by
pass. part. &+&. thickened, and
^^J? &JU!
Juwju'l
v^JJi^l
7%e disease sickened him, pass. part. Jul^ sickened,

n ^
i.
e.,
2 -
>
jui'ô
and
Jouo
formed from the

n
then,
h)trvn*., exeejit
made trans, by a prep.,

O
ofy.,
The
(Tsr).
as
>
"^
ju;ô
like
the
is
not
after the latter
lias
â5.9.
since the intrant, lias no
[above] or
v.,
is
U^
neither
part,
or
dualised
contrary to the pass. part, formed from

213
or
,j^j
and
it
nor pluralised,
tlie
trans. (Fk).
1656
If the
be trans., the 2}ass * part, is formed from
v.
without restriction of & prep.

then, if
the
but, if
v.
be intrans.,
be not trans, by means of a prep., H\Q pass.
it
part., like the âss.
not be formed from
may
v.,
the
must have a
attribute
^jo 3
not said
is
2}rrP'>
by a
but, if
P ass
ne
may
part,
>
subject, so that ^>yc juo
be trans, to a #en.
it
since
it,
*
>
like
governed
be formed from
^x^0
when
it
attributed to the prep, and gen., as jJLJ!
it,
'
^1
^~wu
"-'Ox
/ journeyed
And
to.
journeyed
its direct obj.
a prep., as i^yU!
^v
shot from, the

their saying
&j
^!
JyiAj!
act is done
mentioned
&
as
Ucu^
v^*/>
auJ[
~o
ouuc
J^jLa+J!
it,
and
is
made
XX
trans,
X*
[508]
by
<l
pass. part.
being the person.
And hence
^!
T7ie
passive participle,
i. e. y
>
<j-
$Ao
eô
part.
'
so In the ease of a trans, that has
suppressed from
* ^"-C
country, 2}ass
the
to
noun denoting
TVie
the
to,
Jf*Ju)
the
person that the
act done being the inf.
n.,
as
we
If the intrans. be attributed to an adv.,
[39].
x-o x
9 *
VAA*,
j.jJ!
T7ie present
of a league
on, to the extent
day has been journeyed
[436], the pass. part, is not
with the prep., the present

applicable to the adv., except
O
day being
league
^jci.
aui
wu*x>
journeyed on, and similarly the
but, if the v. be attributed to the inf. n., as
wj>-o ^.
Aarc beating was beaten [436], the
1657
part,
not applicable to the latter, so that you do not say
is
that the
hard beating
2wrt. governs like
is
its v.
(KN) in
the pass, voice, putting
the pro. og. into the nom., as sju*e
such that his slave
beaten, like
is
The pass.
beaten (R).
Vjr"**
vj;^ ^) Zaid is
sju^ C>o and the
;
other regs. into the ace., literally or constructively (Fk).
All (BI) the conditions laid

of
down
for [the
government
Sh, Jm, Fk)] the act. part, are [equally
(WIH, R,
to [the
(BI)] applicable
government of (WIH, R, Sh, Jm,
Fk)] the pass. part. (IH, IM, Sh, Fk), which, therefore,
be with
[if it
governs unrestrictedly; and,
Jl,
if
not,
governs on condition of being supported, and of denoting

the present or future (IA, And, A)
and,
when
it
fulfils
sense
all those conditions (A),] is like the pass.
v.
in
[and government (IA, Aud, A): so that,
v.
be trans.
to
one
the pass
obj.,
as a
as
pro-ag.,
/,/>/''////'/
or three
nom. as
*
s * ^
objs.,
a
^
cunt> at
s *
ag.,
*
;]
if
ia
the nom.
Vjr^ <^ Zaid
is
such that
and,
if
the
part,
v.
be trans, to two
one in the
governs
and the rest
in the ace. (A;J, as
^'
^kau'l
//'
that
/s
////'
/i
a sufficiency
[M), where ^kiLtoantH ins a jpron. relating
conjunct (A, Tsr)]

>
in
the pass.
pro.
*
Ulft^
^Jo
In <if< 'ii
/.s*
the
it
governs
part,
>&
Sj.?!
if
J! (I
A, And, A V and lu-ino-
nom. as a pro-ag. (IA,

the
second
(I \.
A), which
And.
A.),
is
and
is
to;"tlic,
n the [jdar,'
the first obj.,
as
JJM
jo^
1658
; (/
L^
>SU>
&ft0w
'
Zaid
Sjj|
Amr
to be
^5
such that A/s father
There
standing (A).
is
wa<ê to
^5
nothing in the
language of the ancients, which indicates that the present

or future is prescribed as a condition for the pass. part.
but the moderns, like
and later authorities, distinctly
declare that to be prescribed
act. part, in
n.
for
it,
But the pass, part,
[345] (R).
as for the
act part.
is [dissociated
from the
being (Aud)] sometimes pre. [below]
governed [by
it
(IA, Aud, A, Fk)]
the
in
to the
nom. in
sense (IM, Fk) after (1) transfer of the attribution [from

that n. (Aud, A)] to a pron. relating to the n. qualified
(Aud, A, Fk) by the pass. part. (Fk), and

of the former n. in the ace.
by assimilation (Aud, A)
is
praiseworthy in hi s pur suits (IM),
<XoUx>
I A,
Aud, A) with [<xJJLo governed in (A)] the
nom. (A, Tsr) as a pro-ag. (A)

with the ace. v Aud, A)
from the nom.
>
'
vid. the
Jl
>
which then
put as a compensation
according to the opinion of the

^'0<0
then
then JooUjl
d^Jsô
fx
becomes latent in t^+ûo, while

it,
the attribution being transferred
to the post, pron.,

6
for
orig.
x^
x x
to
<XoUjT 3 J-saJ Lj( The
the [direct (A)] obj. (A, Tsr), as
pious
government
(2)
KK
[599] (Tsr)
<XoUJ! 4>^ôo with the
</en.
(Aud, A).
And,
in that case, the pass. part, is treated like the assimilate
ep. [348] (Fk).
But that
is
not allowable in the act.
1659
part.
so that
meanin^
!jo\
*'
(1)
he intimates by his saying

times pre." [above]
(a)
when
meaning
[not
"
nom., as
its
But the pass. part,
some-
is
though that require analysis
for
the act. part, is intrans., and subsistence of its

is
intended,
it is
be^7*e. to
its
nom.
like the assimilate ep.
treated
upon the measure of the
act. part.
[after transfer
explained (Sn
and may
(Sn)],
of the attribution, as
before
whose
the dissociation of the pass. part, from the
part, in the allowability of prefixion to
act.
man
IM's language necessarily implies two
[below] (MKh).
things:
^H v;^
I have passed by a
^>>Lo
->!
!<X^
beating Zaid (IA), according to the majority
is
father
you do not say

*^
"/
^\
in the
on the principle of &:^JT
^^^
],
as iJSt
^5(3 Jo^
with
9
nom.,
[350]
ace.,
:
(b)
or gen.,
when
to
(a) according
treated,
the act. part, is trans, to one [obj.], then,
IM, who agrees with F,
it is
similarly
upon condition of freedom from ambiguity,
from the chance that prefixion
to
the
ag.
may
[i.
e.,
be miso ^
for prefixion to
Jltej
JJLJÎ!
and oppressive
j^lp
in
sons are merciful,

it
of
the context
the
the
obj.; so
Zaid
his
and
merciful
his
in
1
servants,
meaning
sons,
that
his
his servants opprc >>/>/-, then,
import praise
servants, the
is
that if you say ju\
phrase
of the
is
son*, and
blame
allowable, because the
1660
context indicates that the prefixion is to the ay.

but
if not, it is not allowable (Sn)] (6) the majority [above]
disallow this construction, [unrestrictedly] : (c) some
;
make
a distinction, saying that, if the obj. of the pass.

part, be suppressed for the sake of brevity, this construction is allowable,
[because the act. part, thus
becomes like the intrans.

this [opinion] is preferred
accords with
it,
(Sn)]
and, if not, not
and
by IU and IAR and hearsay

;
as
The merciful of heart is not an oppressor, even if

he be oppressed ; nor is the generous a curmudgeon,
even if he be rebuffed (MN) (c) when the act. part.
:
trans, to more [than one obj.], it may not be co-ordinated with the assimilate '7?., without dispute, say some :
is
that [construction] to
(2) the peculiarity of
the
intrans.
pass. part., which is the one formed from [the inf. n. of

the ft;. trans, to one obj., as is intimated by IM in his
1
declared by him elsewhere than in

this book while, as for the trans., the preceding observations on the trans, act. part, are applicable to it (A).
and
ex.,
is distinctly
;
says in the Tasini "The act. part., if subsistence

of the meaning be intended, is treated like the assimilate
IM
and the soundest opinion

[formed from the inf. ?i.] of the
ep.
that the
is
one obj.
If the pass. part, be pre.
belongs
to this cat.'
(Tsr).
[v.~]
trans
a
to its reg.,
whether a pro
9 9
'
ag., as
**>
'
pas s. part.
in
to
o^
zf,
v^r*
ptJ^sJ!
[ 349 ]
c ''
Jo\
or not, as in XJOÂ
+&jd Jajuo
Zaid
is
such that his
0^0
servant
is
given a dirham,
i.
#0*^
Uj^taax)
its prefixion,
1G61
is
But,
improper [111].
prefix ion
is
if it
be not pre. to
respect of the sense, as in
hi )n
pi ni
?s
his slayer!
(R
in
Ox-
the
25
<**<*
vjr^
Jyt&i p^JLlT
AlHusain (peace
co-ordination of
with the assimilate ep.
is
be
&od abase
At faff*
slain of
f/*e
The
)*.+.
>
>
or not, as in our saying
aJJ! ^fU*! uikJl
i'
11
its
whether the post, be an ag.
proper,
beaten of ''Amr
its reg.,
the pass. purt.
when
allowable only
O
>
on
is
it
measure, vid. the measure of JytA^ from the

and the measure of the aor. in the ^;Y.S,?. voice from
its original
//v7.,
the non-tril.
be transmuted from that [measure]
for, if it
to Ju^3 or the like, such
co-ordination
not allowable,
is
[from dislike to the multiplicity of alteration (Sn

f
>x->"xx-
x-
that &xxt Juc\5" Jo*,o

* "*
>x
;'
v^>>yo
'
indeed allows
it
O^.
import that
&jLct
but
>
or
y>
it
*
x-o!
x-
"^
J^-o
"x-
is
f^.
These
so,
allowable
and
because the pass. part, mentioned
this
i?
x-
<*
>
*X X
I passed by a
as *4=*j ^j-~~ J^rJ
^>;r*
Xx-
acc, by prefixiou of
ireak [860]
(&\\.)
<j.*+*>
to
&-o!
JÂAX
obviously
is
treated like the
assimilate cp., in which that [construction

'
cxs.
man
passed by a
having his eye blackened with collyrium or

is
IU
not said.
>*ix-x-
J^Xo J^j ^j /
killed by his father
,]
--
needs hearsay (A).
fcx-
so
is
allowable,
man fair
in
///s
x-
&^.^
although
that is
THE ASSIMILATE EPITHET.

The
348.
assimilate ep.
is
that [n.
(WIH)] which
is
derived from [the inf. n. of (R)] an intrans.
to
denote the person, [or thing (Jm,)] whereby [the acci-
dent denoted by the inf.
of] that
n.
the sense of subsisting (IH),

(R), not of
inseparable
is
X
by
it,
\j*~=* [below],
an
logically
a*/.,
[below], in
being continuous and

It is
as
transferable to the pron.

>
x-
x^^
,-
S*X
,j-*^ Jo\ Zaid
with
in] the
[&^
since the
is
beauti-
The
ful in his face, with the ace. or gen. [350].
*4^;
[349J
originating [349] (Jm).
every ep. whose attribution

of the n. qualified
e.
i.
v. exists
v.
o.f. is
nom., because
it is
beauty really belongs only
to
the face: but, meaning to intensify, you transfer the attrix
bution to theorem.
o/Jo)* Zata,
making Zaid himself
beautiful
and put the *=j face afterwards, as a comple-
ment, governing
obj. [below]
it
in the ace.
by assimilation
and, after that,
prothesis, in
you may govern
which case also the
gen.
by
late,
because the gen., according
is
educed from the
ace., not
of the thing to itself [120]
to the direct
to the
it
in the
ep. is assimi-
soundest opinion,
from the nom.,
lest prefixion
be entailed, since the ep.
is
always identical with its nom., [because the face is

identical with the beautiful (MAd),] and different from
its
ace.
[trans,
(Sh).
to
The
one obj.
ep.
assimilated to the act. part,
(Aud)]
is
an ep. whose
putting
1663
(Aud)] logically an ag. into the gen.
is
[what
able (IM), as
*z*y$\
is
approv-
beautiful in the face [below]
^j*+s
99^xOx*'*
governed
in
the ag. into the gen.]

*
O x
<>
you do not say L^c ^^! u^vd
ûc/
such that hi* father
t5
part, trans, to one obj.
act.
This [putting of
[350].
not allowable in other ep$.
is
^^^
tXj)
?'s
*
.
>
is
K^^
& s '
nom by
the
J 9 &
^**z> [above], where
4^
(LA, Aud), orig.
>
>
for
x
meaning L+^ s^l y^Lo
beating 'Amr, [since the

not be pre. to
may
according to the majority, even
if
its a#.,
subsisting be intended
because this prefixion might be mistaken for pre~' O *

C^-0
X
meanfixion to the o?y
(MKh)]; nor \&
p3\J
by
it,
ing |J^
^Sis
sjjj
fi
^\
Zazd
such that
e*5
fo's
Jo^
father will be
standing to-morrow (IA),becausethee*wrans. [act. part^\
may
not be pre,
ed by
it.
Ho
its ag.~]
when originating
the intrans. act. part,
an assimilate ep.
is
being then unrestrictedly applicable to

part,
>
>tf
5jj! jiSui
J^
it
the connected
may govern
x
intend-
however, continuance be intended by
If,
act.
is
this
Ijja TAe's
(MKh). For the

in
the worn., as
z*3
raara
qualify
whose father
the
man
is
stand-
by the act
of another, because of the connection between the
when
the act.
*
ep. in]
name
ing [145], where you
and,
it,
intrans.,
two
and
governing the connect r

part, resembles the cat. of [the assimilate
'*
**r
<!
^^^
the act [from
[above]
so
that you
may
transfer
the ag.] to the qualified, and afterwards

214
1664
prefix the act. part, explicatively to

> ,
tfo-o
~,
<
what was an ag,
^\
saying
pZ\j>
^^
2Vus
jjâ
es
man
wlio^Q father
standing^ where ^SU contains a pron.

o
in the
your saying \Jy\
father
is
9tfxO-o
man
as
is
proved by
7%zs
fe+jU 8Lx>l aj^
zs
woman
whose
standing, where the femininization of JUoU
a proof of what
we have
it
n<m., relating to the J^,

f-o^
governed by
t's
said
is
And, as before
(1Y).
mentioned [347], the pass. part, may by pre. to the n.

-0>^flox
T
1'
in the now. by it, as (.Jy\
[or?,#.J governed
^>ô Juv
'
Zaid
beaten in respect of father, [provided that continuance be intended (MKh),] it being then treated like
is
the assimilated ep.
a one
c-o
they say J jjf;j+**' ,j^*
such that /us abode
is
Cf
And
I A).
inhabited and*
is
>
^ i5
^
and
servants
are well
trained,
y>cs>
x^lJc:^
the
ujJyo [347] treating
&^Jf
^>*AO
is criticised
>ass.
part.
above (IY).
The
by BD on the ground
that appro vability of prefixion to the ag.

for the definition,
ep.,
and
is
not suitable
differentiation, of the
because the knowledge of it
is
defines the assimilate ep. as that
intrans.
[the inf.n. of (Sn)]an
to [the
v.
assimilate
dependent upon know-
an assimilate ep.
ledge of the word's being
of the accident
e. r
>
like [the assimilate ep. in
definition[last]mentioned
i.
which
is
And
he
formed from
to import attributability
person^ or thing denoted by] the

t
1665
n. qualified
by that
[351] (A).
When you
without importing the sense

of originating, and which does not denote superiority
ep.,
[below],
it
say
,^M^
means that beauty
is
e>x-
Ziid
Jo\
is
affirmable of him,
continuing in all the times of his existence

it is
beautiful
the assimilate ep.

so also
is
that, as
not constituted to denote originating,
not constituted to denote continuing in all
it is
because origination and continuity are res-
the times,
trictions
is
not that
novel originating (Fk). But what I think
and
on the
which
ep., of
it
contains no indication.
8 * x
For, by constitution, such a word as
^^^ beautiful means
only possessing beauty, whether in one, or all, of the times
and the
expression
contains no
The
therefore,
restriction.
quantity
ep.,
common
to
indication
of either
properly denotes the
both of them
vid.
qualifiability
by beauty unrestrictedly but, since that is unrestricted,

and not appropriate to one time more than another, while
:
it
may
the times, because

you
so
it must occur in some
that
affirmability,
not be negatived in
predicate
its
time, therefore
it is
all
apparently afflrmable in all the times,
unless there exist some context indicative of
when you say
arity to one of them, as
This
i_:_.^
is
man was beautiful and

He
only
continuity
is
beautiful
peculi-
^1 U*
then became ugly,
will become beautiful, or
now
its
so that
^^^ k*
its
apparent sense of
not const ilutional (R). Its
ll'.'ront
1666
from that of the

in
act. part.,
(WIH, Jm)]
[varying
accordance with hearsay, as
^Ls^ beautiful,
and
jojJo severe (IH). The assimilate
hard,
not regular, like the act. and pass, parts, as
SH
[the following extract from] the

>^
upon the measure of
larly
'
v.
[the
(external)
ep.,
6Ze'm
and
*
white,
o/*
[derived]
and
(Jrb),]
Ox
like (RV|
one
from
(1)
^P colic
G
is
on the
-^3 joyful, mostly (SH),
[and even] regularly in the case of
pam
occurs regu-
00
(jdjo!
or appearanr.es
defects,
measure of (a) [JaJ
in
on the measure of JjJ with Kasr
9 ^
like
shown
was joyful, (a) when not denoting colors,
(R), such as 'vj

";
is
>
assimilate
whose pret.
is
Jowl in the case of colors
tf
having wide black eyes and ^c!
The
it
ep.
f.
external defects, like j^*! &Zac& and
[below] (R).
but
is
^ô
(/3)
(a)
internal ailments,
internal defects akin
'"
B ' ^
B * *
%W
such as jJo meanness,

y^? ill-nature
niggardliness) and the like (y) excitement and levity,
to ailments,
other than Aeaf o/
ê
inside and
repletion,
like
r J exhaling a strong odour, ^^LiinsoJence,^] [327,331]

jj^. gladness,
ly
[331],
J-U pregnancy,
and JLL,
continence of urine (R) the assimilate ep. is mostly

derived from the v. whose pret. is pronounced with Kasr
:
t?i
of the
ed]
and,
when [derived] from
with Kasr of the
(Jrb)
it, is
mostly [pronounc-
but in some instances
1667
Pamm
occurs with Kasr, as
^Ju
*&> wary,
intelligent,
and J^xi hasty [below] (SH), all three with Damm and Kasr
(MASH)
(b)
[jLj
like
(R, Jrb)j *^L*safe (SH), in the
case of what ought to have JJLJ
while
jwJLv
is
made
but
and
sordid
and
&
[ Jjt3
like
(Jrb)]
:
JLI
is
O
[
vjUT^ ÂîJt
_AJuJ intelligent,
*
wretched (R)
(S
like
[368] (SH), as in tradition ouuJl

^txj* &JUf
the redupli-
&
yJLZ perverse
(e)
in
the defective belonging to the
like^jtf^^s and
^ free
(Jrb)]
in
medicine,
ill',
the regular
jdj^jo
mostly occurs
skilled in
v^-k
*
cat. of the
JUUL*
and odj*.x
sick
p+JL
Ox
cated, like
(jûivy^
as
with
to accord
form being
jJL*
(d)
jjj
(c)
like
(Jrb)]
Jy^M
<j.
Verily thehouse emptiest ofgood
empty of the book of God most High(3rV):(f)

O
the Jh gives wasc. and
like ( Jrb)
<}*. jealous (SH)
the house
9
'
JJAJ
**
fern. *}*. jealous, pi. masc. and/em.,
>x*
xfc
^^^',
[246] and masc.

;
masc.
Fath and
^?^.
^^& with
^\^ jealous, fern. ^^ xxx
x
Damm ofthe^,^./em. ^^ (J r^) (^)(j^*' P>tow], re,
>
"
gularly in the case of (a) Olxx>! repletion,

O xx
71655,
(^8)
^drinking
one's fill)
^>^ hunger,
Ox-
and
Acaf o/ fAe inside, like yiJaA thirst,
^cJL anger, and J^J (R)
(b)
Jl drunken8x x
.xxi
satiety;
^*>
when denoting
hunger,
colors,
1668
(
x x
blackness and \jcto whiteness
[like &\y
* x
blindness of one eye and

^4^ blindness
>j
appearances,
[like
<_^ hairiness,
Ox x
JLo
a x x
larkness of belly, and
jvâjfi
on the measure of
larly (R)]
masc. and /em.
(a) hence the blind
this defect
x*
327]
is
internal
9x*0
(6) *ks!
not used, but
of heart
x
>
maimed and
is
is
and
is
i'1l'
and
p;
xff
appearances, as
c*x-&
'
and
though these are
<Xsxxj
>
^*
i"
^^
>xtf
ys^l
from which
(c) Jj^t some-
and
timid,
xC
jj^Jij
and
Ox
and so Jow
X
the case of external defects and

>
x of.
and &juz\ having shaggy hair,
Ox
humpbacked, XstXTand
x
>
.JJI turbid,
and
>
in the sense
>
fxO'fi
^"^^
having a protuberant chest
(jMxil
mentioned [above
x*ft
and Jowl
for the latter],
>x*x
OX
Ûx* thirsty and

:
Ox
substitute for J^xi
is
Sx
and tju^ stupid

X
LjtX^-l
>
AjJfi!
said,
Joii! in
as
as
called
Ox
similarly ^s.^^!
and
is
an internal defect, so that the regular form
encroaches upon
upon
Joi3
because
mutilated are
Ox
whioh
in the ^?a55. voice,
^loiLo
times encroaches upon
called
^tXa.!
Oox
>Z.
XC
6/md of eye
while the
and j^.
^
Iki'
the regular form
Axi
*3CjJ
/e?7i.
[above], ,^| [above],
jy*,t
as though formed from

and
^Xa.
^JoS
Ox
[regu-
having a clear space between the eyebrows
^JL?I
^^t
(R), like
is
"Of.
(Jrb)
(SH),
t
X *
Jk*3
^^ hairless,
baldness (R),]
Joii!
and
external (R)]
G"
defects, [like
(R),] or
>
,
as a
^^Lxi sometimes acts
like ^jUxiA
angry, the regular form
1669
being ^^Lfc
^
anger is an exciteme nt but that is only
since
because heat of the inside
mostly inseparable from
is
Ox
Ox
anger: and they say ^SLsLcand J^LC A a sty, J^t [above]

O
from regard to the unsteadiness and levity, and ^^SJLC

from regard to the/jea of the inside in short, since the
:
three [measures] mentioned approximate [in sense] one

to another, they sometimes participate one with another,
and sometimes act as substitutes one

9
they say ,jl-^ [below] of a cup when
are not used, but
ifc
and ota3
half full, though ^>3
'x
is
**
^G> and
v_ko3
with the sense,
accord,
(d)
nearly full,
^
and Ûxaj when
ep.
it is
another
for
i.
making the form of the
e.,
repletion
j!cli
(e)
occurs in the sense of the assimilate ep., denoting unrestricted qualifiability by [the accident denoted by]
derived from, without the sense of origination
tuhatit is
in this cat. or
any other, although jLcb orig. denotes
Ox
afraid,
origination [331], as yili*
*
*jL^ hungry (R)
nounced with
(2)
Damm
from [the
of the
mostly
(b)
JJ,
like
^11 [239,
like (R)]
() Jii
lik, ]
[J-uis
(R)]
^L
"jLc htrd:
whose
j^retf. is
pro-
(d)
(f)
is
Ox
**
(a)
343]
g (Jrb), such as pJ$ [331 j,

O
upon the measure of
v.
angry, and
ioi*L
like
(R)J vJ.J'[246],
[239, 343]
jJa
JLii
like]
(c)
like]
[Jii
[above]:
^CI
[246,
1670
343]
(g)
jlii
like
glû* [below]
(R)]
form of J^*J
O
cl^Ji [246, 343]
seldom
more
J.:^
,of
like
[ Jlii
(i)
(3)
from
'x
The
(SH).
j^jj
X
cat., as
if
the
tall
J!JLL
and
^*a^
(R)
be doubled,
:
(h)
[239,
fern. *ll&~
(k)
JUU
is
because this formation
(j)
^.i'
(Jrb)] is
(Jrb)]; but
it
covetous, ^$&\ [343], and ^jua

'
assimilate ep.
like]
like
.with Fath of the
jJti
it is
(SH)
343]
being used instead of
rare, [the act. part,

\ja?.f*>
and,
like]
Jî^l coarse,
barren (R)
occurs, as
'
b very
intensive, as
jfaui
Ox
>
*>usui
Jlîs [246],
wonderful and
and
any other
in
<&*
often, but not urii-
O ^
as
Joîs
versally, in this cat.,
SH
*i
occurs, as an intensive
narrow
frequent in the conjug. of

is
common
the case of
in
internal ailments, external defects, and appearances

three of which are mostly inseparable from
all
[484 \
their subject; while the assimilate ep. [also]
and apparently continuous
[349],
intrans.
is
and similarly
J^jJ
denotes natures [484], which are intrans., and continuous: whereas
Juts is
not commonly an intrans.
even when intrans.,

O
in^f,
>
is
not continuous
"
|
VI
like
jortti *Ui' standing, and

going
-5>^
^
^sa
'""^
\L
v.
'
and,
'
Jf^&o enter'
'
oyii*
sitting
t.
>
[331].
But
vÂxi!
[above]
swaying from JLo
is
extraordinary
aor. J^MJ (Rj.
And
and so
is
*&
Juy
the assimilate
1671
)
x
measure of <j^^
ep. occurs on the
from
[derived]
all,
[i.e.,
from JuJ with Fath,
Kasr
sense of hunger, thirst,
(Jrh).] in the
as
or
Damm,
(R, Jrb) of the
*M
their opps.,
ijLc* hungry, ÛLkt thirsty [250, 385], Jut+x

Sated, glutted, and ^C^ having drunk one's Jill (SH).
such as gL^ hungered,
Ill says this in order to include
a or. ^j> hut the assimilate ep [derived] from a conjug.

:
hunger and
thirst,
dciri-ved
x-
full and
seldom occurs
and
made
is
from] the conjug. of
made
[above] are
having the
being put into the
and
in (1) its
(IY).
in
t/u.,
an
and into the
accident,
most cases (Sn
and, in most cases,

[1 :)9,248].
not
say
it
(II).
is
not [like the

[to
letters
We
kloxj!
to it (IY);]
pi.
and
(M) wilh the
Its re.semblance to the act. jxirt. consi
denoting
with
conformable
and J prefixed
the accident exists [above]

tlir s
only assimilated thereto in being made masc.
in
///.:
\\\\\j'<
in
is
~~
as ^^Lo
and number of
their vs. in vowels, quicscences
but
>
agrees with the qualified in
it
act. part, in being (IY)J one of the eps.
JJL*
to accord
as the act. part, does (IY),]
its inflection,
to accord
"
Ox
,jljw>
assimilate ep., [though
(I Y)]
the sense of
in
"
with [the fp
The
with Kasr of the
than JjU
other
into
k -
say
or
]:
in
^^L^\
(2) its
(':;)
tlie
and
its
the
person whereby
having
\\
/,<>//.
bcin^ put into
[/^ rf. ^Sn
y/.
[witli
tlio
(A) wasc.
most cases" because one

in tlic
215
du.\
<!>, s
case of such as JoLl
1672
(
O
nor
[249],
Ox
case
the
>
x "x
^
x
/e??z. (5
are treat-
This ep. participates with
ed as assimilate eps. (Sn^.
the act. part. in*(l indicating accident

>
being made masc. smAfem.

>.: (3)
notwithstanding
as
^^^3
and ^^jti
such
of
and
x * x
that Joo! yfem. i^xi
and (Fk)]
.x * x
.,
,jjjLy^& in
[250], as one says Jo^Lo

9
and
its
ag.
2)
and being put into the [du.
being supported (Tsr, Fk), when an-
arthrous (,Tsr) T upon one of the things mentioned [846]
when
(Fk),
it
governs the ace. after the manner of a
direct obj. [below]
while
of another ace., is not
with the
case
act.
its
government
dependent upon
part, also (YS).
governs like its v.
(M
being disregarded in what

x x
is
Jo^ [above]
originating, in
means
is
It [therefore
(IH),
(M)]
e. r
i.
(WIH, R, Jm), time
indicated
by
it,
because
beauty is subsisting, not

But support [upon one of
prescribed as a condition
R, Jm), because of what

aft. part. [346]
that
him <WIH\
the five things (R)]
we mentioned
(WIH, R)
nay,
is
witli the v., nor does
WIH
more appropriate
the assimilate ep. governs, although
commensurable
it
in the case of the
the assimilate ep., because of its weakness.
Kojji
the
is
r "x
^^^
why
as
that,
III), unrestrictedly
without any condition of time [345]

o
of the nom., or
its
to
The reason
shape
is
not
denote the present
future [349], whereas the act part, governs because
of its resemblance to the
v.
in latter
and sense [343]
is
1673
that
resembles the
it
because the [assimilate]
act. part.,
ep. is [significant of] that
[person or thing] whereby the

accident [denoted by the inf. ??.] that it is derived
from
>
being
'*ts,
*
>
i.
like
to its inf. n.,
^ pre.
q.
<j~*^
i.
q.
,j-u^jj
*
the act. part,
as
dent [denoted by the

"
inf.
"
the subject
is
that
n.~\
it is
of the acci-
derived from,
'
like
l-
V;"-
v/^
<!
)*>
there
no
being
difference
between them, except as regards the origination constitutionally [implied] in one of them, and the unrestrict-
ed ness in the other (R).

act. part, trans, [to
It
has the government of the
one obj. (A)], according
to the rule
already laid down (III) for the act. part., vid. that
mu-t be supported
(I A, A)
upon what has been mentioned

^ 0^0*3 O
(A).
'
governs the
It
nom. and
where
id is beautiful in face,
<r
pron., which
the ay., and
is
by assimilation
&^l
to the direct obj.
,x"^0x^
one
obj.,
as
.<j**^
is
[below]
the
wliirh
is
suhnrdiiuitc to
which
is
tin-
<>s
nom
(I
in the ace.
The
A).
to the act.
ace.
j>rt. trans.
0<^
intrans., and so
is
]nv!i.\inn to
?,
a^j
which
by
contains a
governed
sequence of the transitiviMiess of

v., is
^ ^
&^Jt ^j^^ jo\
<j-~^ &*) L alj oveJ, is not in

because the ep. is frans. only in con-
in
the ace. as an o&/.,
ace., as
* **
governed by the ep. assimilated

to
it
it
/>ron.,
the truth,
is
nor as a
its
v.,
thrrrfu: c
>/>..
that the
>-y.
is
is
Ix-cnus.-
while the opinion
^^
while
its
it
is
det.
tin-
\\\\.
not de^, [83^:
and,
oi'
1674
since these
the
direct
[above],
assimilated
j^+*> being
assimilated
it
to%Lo in that each of them
to
is
that
said, vid.
obj.
remains
nullified, there
two constructions are
only what we have

to
is
an ep. that
is
dualized,
and femininized, and that requires something
pluralizcd,
follow
to
in the ace.
governed
Zaid
L+
after receiving its ag.
it
is
by assimilation
Amr
beating
needs a cop., wliich
<>{).
so that the
(Sh).
The
to
&^ is
in ^)^
<^)
L+
reg. of the assimilate
[relating to
only the pron
is
the n. qualified by the assimilate ep. (DM*], expressed,

as
x.g>j ^^w^. Jo\
*juo
lg<*2
[where
[where *.$^
is
L^j
lation to the direct obj.

o
Lg.:^
9
[below].
[349]
some say
J! is
that
XAX> is
a substitute for the
and, according to this, IHsh's phrase

u
only the pron. or
[above] means
With the
or
is
^^Jl
ace.
or gen.,
^1^
must be
is
needed,
and the result
ep., it suffices; but, if
in the reg. of the ep.:
to the objection that in
however as
no cop.
present in the ep.
a pron. be present in the
Bet, the pron
open
and some that
because the pron.

is that, if
nom. 350]
the
substitute".
,j>ww^
<jo)
a dispute about Jov
is
^M^ with
be supplied
x^J!
There
only the pron.'
its
by assimi-
or supplied, as ij**^
or
pron. [599] (ML)

"
in the ace.
governed
(DM)]
^^w^ (DM),]
(i
e., XAX>
i.
x"-C 9
*:>y!
to
>
is ag. of
LÛ ^*L
though
this is
the ep. contains
167-,
/>/()??.,
and yet they supply the pron. in

Ôx-O^fj
(DM;
and [the truth
is that] in
KK,
according
ed,
or]
<*
or the [,ron. is supplipron.,~]

o^^
conclusively proved by the fact that you say v^wo
is
ggr;
tx/<
x-
governs the [expli-it]
that, in
when
it
does
the
making
worn., [and
it
when
(BS).
And
it
therefore contains no
it
assumes the pron. of the
it
governs the
ace.,
and you
x*>^x-a)"a-'
^ x
L$^ *iUâ
masc. when
ej9
governs the jew., which shows
governing the jew.,
qualified, as
is
X-
beautiful or &^JI xx^^^.
pron.,'] and/e??i.
woman whose face
I passed by a
SlvoL?
(j-*^
1 ^&,
say
put as a substitute
as
X"
x^^\^+*>
theBB, although the ^.contains a
to
.,
like, [a cop.i* needed, but] J! is
for ttiepron., [according to the
[above]
^^"G
**
[*yl ,j-^
o
and the
its rej.
*
j,
^.^sJ
[similarly]
.^jOUzJLJ
^
x ^t.
^
XXXVIII.
X^ ^LxV
vltpST^ Lsô' ut
'
^
v^
And
a beautiful retreat, gar-
(t
verily for the pious
is
of abiding, having the gates thrown open
?ts
X O
must be construed as orig.
LgJuo
X<)
^1^?^!
(DM)];
to
them
t"
the gates
X
[the coj9. being suppressed
50.
49,
>
fc
of them,
tf
or L^J!^J!
Mejr
gates,
J!
acting as a substitute for the pron. (ML).

.
(And,
349.
ML)
The
five
art.
like
q<ix>
ML),
_^^,jc>ô
[or rather j
(And)
(1) the act. part, is

[v. (Tar)],
part, and the assimilate
r/>.
differ in
eleven (ML) matters
formed from the twin*, and intrant.

*
v;^*
'
^''"'"'.Y
al >d
-^^
Û
,-->
ttfiwlhuj (And,
167G
(ML)
[343]
[v.
but the assimilate ep.

[only (ML)] from the
(Tsr)] intran*. [348]
like
^M^
*"^=
intention, like
>
>
<
constitution (Tsr),
u"lwjL4 whose father

slave
when
pass, parts.,
Tashll (Tsr)
act.
or
by
is
a beater, and
is
since
the act. and
intended
by them, are
beaten,
subsisting
is
IM
treated like the assimilate ep. [below], as
and the
ML)
'
V;T^ WA0M
&*JL)\
(Aud,ML) by
beautiful and Ju*^ cornel?/ (And,
"-o-o
like,
(a)
as
for
says in the
^^ merciful, ^JU knowing,
they are confined
to
hearsay (A):
part denotes [one of (Aud)]
(2) the
the three times [343]
but the assimilate ep. only the [continual (An&J] present
ML)
(Aud,
time
(And, DM),
i.
e.,
speaker, explained by Illsh [and Kh] as

t\\Q
time
the
(DM) meaning
past continuous with the present time (ML, Tsr),
not the discontinuous past or the /uture

since Sf holds that
it
of the
it
(And):
denotes the past, and
IM
(a)
that
denotes the present, IHsh, in order to reconcile these
two opinions, intimates that those who say the past
mean
the past continuous with the present
who say
past
is
the
mean
present
continuous with
the
so that
it
present
and those
that
the
has no indication of
originating, nor of subsisting in all the times [348]; but

indicates only the
part,
is
present accident (DM)
always comformable
quiescences [343] (Aud,
to the
ML),
like
a or. in
its
uL* and
(3) the
act.
vowels and
1677
Tsr),
<j.lia>J
and ^JLko (ML), whence
Û
absolute identity of the vowels is dislyb; though

regarded (ML, Tsr), what is meant being correspondence
or/7.
of vowel to vowel, and quiescence to quiescence (Tsr), as

9
is
proved by
for
s-*#to
s O s
>
and
jo
>
and JoU and Joib (ML),
which reason IKhb says that
this
[agreement of the
act. part,
with the aor. in vowels,
ment
a prosodical, not an etymological measure (ML,
in ]
Tsr): but the assimilate ep.
ML), whether
(Tsr), like
fluent in tongue,
[to the aor.
(Aud), like
*i
71
which
in the [ep.]
the preva-
is
formed from the
Ju^
comely (Aud, ML), ^**~ beauti-
8 * *
i*.*1 *
^Lo full
AHlj, and
comformable
is
^LJjf JjItU
mind (ML) and
ML)
[Z, 1H, Ibn
[of
(Aud
or the non-tril.
Ox
and
fiuo bulky,
ful,
(And)]
[an agree-
vice,
>
u^^jJ! ,j^Jxo eas//
lent [formation] (Aud,

tril.
x-
is
to the aor.
tril.
from
free
-c
(DM),J
comformable
be formed from the
it
^!Jfy0Uc
unconformable
is
etc.
(Tsr)]
(Aud)
many
(a)
that
the
it is
saying of
always un-
refuted by their agreement that the

saying
Adi Ibn Zaid atTamlml. a heathen poet (MN),]
[Whether a Jr tend, or a trusty companion, or a foe

tant in abode
(MN)]
is
dis-
a case of assimilate ep. (ML,
Tsr), since k*>Li is comformable to hg\.vj (Tsr, DM), so

that
tin-
'
i>.
a gives
with the aor.
in
measure (DM):
(4)
1678
the act. part,

vI>;L^
be preceded by
may
L+r JuC Zaid
is
x x
<
while ^w.^ *4^;>
[343] (ML,Tsr)
not preceded by
to the ace.
(Aud, ML), as
its ace.
Âmr
beating
is
but the assimilate ep.
being subordinate
its ace.
(Aud),
part, in government
(Tsr)j
no^ a ll waD l e (ML, Tsr)
*s
^)
is correct
hence the ace.

beating) Zaid,
lam
8
K*L4
in such as
a*
u!
(a)
<x
!JL^
aw
(/
beating him [62]; but disallowed in
xxCO*x
***^
such as &
-?^
beautiful in his face
^rJ
.7.
is such
Zaid
(Aud
(5)
the re#. of the act. part r
conjoined with a pron. relating to the

**> _ X
X->O
xS
and extraneous, as L^r^ auoî
qualified (DM),]
JoJ
is connected, [i.e.,
>
j?az'<2 is
beating his young

^
is connected,
re^f.
and
man and
^L^
[where u&&
Âmr,
!^D
of the assimilate
extraneous (DM)]
ep.
joined with the pron. of
but
must be connected,
its
>x*xO x x Ox
(Aud),] as x^^^^^w^^ &*j Zaid
(ML) the
[i.
con-
e.,
qualified, either literally
beautiful in his face
is
[below]; or [ideally, as (Aud)] n^jf
^L^
Jo^
ZaW
is-
beautiful in the face [348](Aud,ML),i.e.,iOx>o/A/?^(Aud),
meaning Jo^
^ of Zaid
(Tsr)
while C-c ^.1^ joC
disallowed (ML): (a) this opinion [that the cop.

pressed]
is
held by the
BB (Tar);
that there is no suppression,

stitute for the post.
but
it is
&
that the allowability of such as
(b) the
viL
sup-
KK
said [by the
and (Tsr)] that J?
[pron. (Tsr)]
is
is
is
a sub-
saying of
BD
jo;
Zaid
is
joy-
1679
ful in thee
reg.
falsifies the
generality of IM's saying that the
must be connected [350] and postpos.,
because by " the reg.
what the
[to
1'
IM's saying (Tsr)
[in
governs by right of
ep.
the act. part.
(Tsr)]
is
whereas
refuted,
is
meant
resemblance
[its]
government of
its
the adv. is by reason of the verbal sense contained in it;
as also
is its
(Aud):
(6) the act.
government
governs the
government of the
d.
s.,
and the like
sp.,
part, does not vary from
while the assimilate ep. does, since
ace.,
as K^S-J
with the
^M^^
ace.
of some,
is
-Y
the
[who
^ -
<:
*UjJV
that
direct
x
x x
ojJ!
is
govern the
to
(DM)]
^SxOô
v. is
the bloody
i.
as
c.,
it is
forms
by assimilation
for
the
tradition
e,
>
[where
aor.
e.,
xi'M
it
ace.
may
be objected
by oLgJ*
^55.
of
j*jJf
notwithstanding that this

is
the^?r0-a#., the
that (DM),] *U>J! is (a) n .^., J! being rec?.,
Verily a
woman
in respect of blood the

this reply
Js?)
opinion
that
v.
ace.
trans, to only one 06;., which here
iTply to
[''.
(a)
governed in the
or quiescence of the
âed shed
to the
intrans.
the
oW* ^^ *M u
ft
whereas &4^j \j~*^
disallowed, contrary
obj.
>xx-x>''O*x
Jos [above]
allow
an assimilate ep.
to
it
notwithstanding the intransitiveness of
>"<xOxxOx
its v.,
its v. in
(DM)]; or (M,
that
was poured out by others
woman being
.says
216
IM, an
slain, according to
obj.,
the &,/. being
1680
was pouring out
blood, [and the
woman being
a slayer, according to this reply (DM),] and the Kasrathen

converted in to Fatha, and the
and
which
is refuted,
&
into
mobility of the
is
XjyoG forelock, and
^ remained
allow
(a)
&
>,
x^lo
\4^\
subaudition of a
to those
who
L>!
[62];
&
as in
sLolS
(7) the act.
iL^Li girl.
part,
may
remains: and therefore they
#*
and
(b)
v;^ ^
*^>
L+^
tX^
by
Tan win
the place, according
to
by coupling
~"
x-
or of a qual. pronounced with
v.,
not
[346. A], but
its reg.
Cx
slpli
because the condition of that
[conversion (DM)]
be suppressed, while
as in
! ,
prescribe, as a condition [of such coupling
(DM)], the existence of the require r of the place [538]
(ML), because the
act.
the ace. except
when it
Tanwm, while
here
part, does not govern the obj. in

is
synarthrous or pronounced with

^
> x-
JoiAJ!
*
x^J!
"
^^>
*
it is
neither (DM): whereas
with &jJ! in the gen., and
ace., is not allowable,
nor
XJUM^.
*$-*)
(I
j.
Jô ^>wo
JuuLl!
*
in the
^^ ^ô with the
in the ace. [by a suppressed ep. after

*^j governed
the manner of distraction (DM)], because the [assimilate] ep.
does not govern when suppressed, [which
a cause of disallowance in both exs.

because
it
is
not
its
preceded by
not govern what precedes
it,]
reg.,
[i.e.,
and
doea
and what does not govern
does not expound an op., [which

ance in the second ex.
(DM)];
is
is
(DM)]: (8)
a cause of disallow-
it is
not inelegant to
1G81
suppress the
by the
n. qualified
and prefix the
act. part.,
latter to the n.pre. to tliepron. of the

[suppressed
*
f.
qualified, as XAJ!
of his father,
*
(DM)]
***>*>
JoUb
^ô I passed
J^L (DM)]
Jots
[i. e., XAJ>|
by a (man) slayer
^^
whereas
x$>3 ^~+&^ I passed by a (man) beautiful in his face,

i.
*^j ,j^
f
e., ' '
nom. and
[from
it
ace.
J^l>
' ' (DM),]
&
inelegant (ML): (9) the
is
governed by the ace. part, are separable
(DM)], as
\^
5^!
y jjf'î Û*
L
that his father is beating
Amr
Ju^
Za/d
in the house
such
es
whereas,
9 ^
according to the majority, x-&^j v.>v^!
such that his face
^5
is
the reg. of the* ac. part,
followed by the
cp.
may
is
disallowed,
is
nom. or
(ML), because, being subject

it is
co-ordinated with
description of the
them (ML); though
t>r
to the
not qualified [147] (DM): (a) so say Zj

;
in tlie
ace.: (10)
of the assimilate ep. is not
reg.
and the modern Westerns but the tradition

[o.")0],
^"2^
be followed by all the
condition of being connected [above],
the pron., which
<>x
&^ into (DM)] the
appos.; whereas the
^^w.^. Jo\
beautiful in battle
<j
whether you put [the
it is
O^
Q^>
9 ^(j-f.
^\ aax^^f
(5
Antichrist,
is
awkward
sometimes replied that
V JU
(5
l4jJI the right is the enunc. of a suppressed [inch.'],

-
^\ ^
(5
i.
e.,
(It is) the
this
right,
prop, being a reply
an assumed question "Which eye?"; or that

*
of a suppressed
[^.],
i.
e .,
<
"
<-
^v
'
it is
to
the ohj.
ftff
^-'
(f
mean)
th<'<
right
1682
(DM):
part,
those
(11) the appos. of the gen. governed
may be in apposition with the

who do not prescribe, as a
apposition
and -Jl
is
it
condition
^Jo
and
the body, with the

>
'***<>
strong in the leg
the nom. [or ace.
who allows
[346.
A, 347,
the
(a)
where
538],
arm
Bdd allow
the
^
w
^ x
*&
with the coupled in
ing) boiled meat,
weaZ (EM,] the
the appos.
[i. e.,
the
according to them, is
or
o. f. is
v^cxS'
'
^?re.
is
vJ<AJ>
^?lb
ô.Juo
x
^L
explicable
*<-f.
^\
or (cook-
(dressing)
or that jjjo*
*
is
coupled to
/,.
vicinity [130. A], or
^ ^ll
to the place
(DM).
Sf^
boiled
being suppressed, and the post.
gen., as in the reading of VIII. 68.
left in the
gen., like
*-><X3
but the gen. in otXS
on the theory that the
by
&^
and assimilate ep. (DM),] as

^Jf^LTnL^Jo Jki
coupled to oLft^
-o
^x
and
(DM)];
JuJf: JL^ J!
*
of the ace. to be in the gen. in both the cats.,

act. part,
A, 538]
in the ace., is not allowable, con-
trary to the opinion of Fr,

is
such
[of
whereas ,j<X^ &^p! c^w^y&
beautiful in the face
in the gen., and the
He
act.
place, according to
jILTÛ^ VI. 96. [346.
a possible instance of
He
by the
(DM)], the existence of the requirer of the
place [above]
is
JL^,
'
but
is
[127]
put into the gen.

*
by imagining JUAÔ
to be in the
[426, 538] (ML), not
by coupling
1683
IM
mentions in the Tasini that the reg. of

the assimilate ep. is [sometimes] a prominent attached
350.
pron.,
not detached, independent, whether
[i.e.
be con-
it
tiguous to the ep. (Sn),] as

3
**w-0
X *<>
"f
OxO-oJx-'
^5 oo! xJLLJo Jt^-H ^**A.

j-gjaXx) ^.^
(A) Fair offace, bright of it, art thou in peace ; and
LJv^J!
in
^ ij
|V-L*Jt
war frowning, stern (MN)
or separated from
it
by
U^-pt^ Sb)J> ^LJ! iU^Lj u^y> Jpforaish are the noble of mankind in offspring, and the
another pron., as
And
generous of them therein

[below] (Sn).
'
O
be a latent pron., as
Gx
^^^ &jj
intention is to mention
what
Zaid
is
is
so
beautiful
it
but the
governed by the ep. as
being an assimilate ep.; whereas the covert \pronJ\
erned by
it
may
is
gov-
as being an ep., not with the restriction of its
being assimilate (DM).
The connected [governed
ace., really or virtually,
being in the latter case a nom.
susceptible of being governed in the ace.

to the direct obj.,
*>va,
divisible
into
twelve
[by 'Umar 11m Abl Rabl'a (MN),
in their waists,
wrapped
over,
plump
i.
e.
the
coiij.
the
first
sorts, (1)
Long
and third
a conjunct, as
in bodies, slender
in what the waist-cloths are

buttocks
resembling the conjunct [in

the
by assimilation
as in the second of the verses cited below,
gen. susceptible of that, as in
(Sn),] is
in the
(Sn,]
its ep.'s
of the conjunct (Sn)], as
(2) a qualified
being a prop., like
1084
aw!
&
J^J
will visit
[I
has
ma n such that
made ready for him
S4X|
(J!j->
is
great
L*^
ljX>l
a largesse that he
that has
repaired
to
him,
seeking a competence against the hardship of the time

Ox''
(Sn)], the evidence being in J!y>
fl
U=:
(3,4) pre. to one of
the two, as
X
XX
'X
-^
[by AlFarazdak,
/ turned them
T7ien
(the she-camels')
towards the exalted in rank, and the nice in all that

the waist
aw
XX
(jjilaj
#Ae
wrappers are wound round (MN)] and oo!^

!** SWj / saw a man slender as to
(j^-**
f**\
^^
"
Aead o/a spear that he was thrusting with

x f x*-o O
^^2* beautiful in
synarthrous, as &^J!
>
(6) anarthrous, as
the face [348]
^y\ beautiful as
X
beautiful as
to
one of the [last] two, as
^j
father's face and ^J
to the
S?
a father's face:
9
of the qualified, as
jj-^^ beautiful in his face
&^5
(7,8) pre. to
(5)
O X ^
[below]
x x
(9)
pre.
to
O x x
*L^ ^^^ [above]:
(10) pre. to the n.
f- 9
O x x
pre. to the pron. of the qualified, as KJO!*^ <j-*^ beautiful
as
to his father's
to the
prow, relating
pron. of the
J
X*t
face
(11) pre. to the pron. of,
to (Sn),]
qualified, as
[i.e.,
a n.pre. to aw. pre. to the
Lg-xÛ* at^
^"^
!woL
c^wo
&>! xJUâ.
I passed by a woman
girl's face,
comely as
to its nose,
beautiful as to her
[because the sense
is
1G85
xJU^
^
^
AJ!
^
*'
the Tashll
(Sn)]
mentioned by
this is
J^+2*
"
+ '
(Sn)] LgJLi*
'
the
last
in
x) I
J^r? ^)r
passed by a
XX
v
LI)'"^
"
*^~"3-'t
'
and similarly in
ex.,
**
X--"
beautiful in the cheek, comely in
cept that here the rcg. of the other ep.
CT
mentioned in the
this is
IM
(12) pre. to the prow, of the rcg. of another
[assimilate] ep., as [in
man
its
mole, [ex-
not pre. (Sn)]:
is
by IM, who holds the
saying
[The damsel plump in the naked body elegant in

flank, captivated me,
when I Jancied
in x-sjîy relating to
(b),
(Sn).
jyûjt
has three cases, being
it
theprcm.
(A),
'
I should
not that
be captivated (Sn),] to be an instance of
its
(1) in the
The
nom.,
reg. of this ep.
(a) as
an
ag.- or
says F, as a [partial (Sn)] subst.for the prorc. latent
in the ep.,
[meaning where substitution
unreatrictedly, so that their saying
woman
/passed by a
is possible,
nLjf^j^L
sllcL
#/
beautijul in the face
"
is
not
^p
//
not to
be quoted against him, because here the substitution
is
prevented by lack of thefeminiiiizatioii of the cp., which

is
necessary
when
in the ace., (a)

act.
be
t.:
(:>)
assumes the pron. (Sn)]: (2)

to the direct
by assimilation
part. (Sn)],
///'/
the ep.
if
the reg. be
in the gen.,
by
</r/.;
and
prothcsis.
obj. [of the
(b) as
sp., if it
And, with each
nf the three [ruse* of the reg.], the ep. is either indct. or
1G8G
det.
[by reason of
its
being synartlirous (Sn)]
and
tliese
of] the [twelve (Sn)]
in [each
arise
six [constructions]
sorts of the connected already mentioned; so that there are
Such of them as involve prefixion of the
72 constructions.
synarthrons [ep. in tliesing. number(Sn)]to the anarthrous

[reg.]
as
devoid of prefixion to the synartlirous [112], and,
IM expressly adds
in the Tashil, to tliepron. of the sy-
These are 9 constructions,
nartlirous, are disallowed.
îvJ!
(2)
^^lijj
O^
(Sn)]
X^XOX
(4)
x^
XAJ!
^^sJcJ!
(5)
X*XXu,>x^^
(G) a->Uu o^>oLx>
(8) 20
(i
anarthrous, like Jo^
^^ww^svJ!
*L^; ^^^J\
in the three next exs., is

'
*
9
^ * <>*
[when the qualified here, as
Lo
(3)
(1)
^LL
xj
J^jiL
^ ^^^S\
ÎssJi
when
(A),
(7)
(9)
the qualified
>'C<'x' o x
is
such as ju# Hind, not such as

X
(Sn).
But
LgJLb.
>
Jou^J!
the cheek, the comely in
X*
X-
'
LJ!
ivoman
&AÎ ^^svJI
its
!T/ie
!T/ie
mole [below]
is
beautiful in
not one [of the
disallowed (Sn)], because the reg. ispre. to the pron. of

the synartlirous; though
Mb[below].
it is
And the other
weak, because disallowed by
[constructions (Sn)] are allow-
able; but [not equally allowable, being (Sn)] divisible into
three kinds, bad, weak, and good.
The bad are where
the
whether anarthrous or synarthrous, governs, in the

nom., a [reg. aprothetic and] denuded of the^rcw., or pre.
ep.)
1G87
denuded thereof (A), because here the
to a [n.]
of SL pr on. relating to the qualified (Sn).

tructions, (1)
\j*+&J] (2) o!
^ ^L
(4)
vj
(7)
LLpf Jj^J
(5)
[348]
(8)
These are 8
cons-
*^ ^^l^jf; (S
*^pf ,jl^jf;
ep. is devoid
(6)
wj^lT*^
J3f *Ij ^l^
but the
first
four are worse
than the second, because [in the second
four (Sn)]
a substitute for the pron. (A), as
J! is
KK
the opinion of the
[599]
(Sn).
is
Those [construc-
tions],
though bad, [from the absence of connectedness in
letter
(Sn),]
sense
are
allowable, because connectedness in
taken as equivalent
is
^0^^
since the sense of
to
connectedness in letter,
'
^ is x) &
&^
'
9o
9 " x
^^
or
XAX>
while
the proof of the allowability [from hearsay (Sn)] is the
saying
an
by
not a
heart,
expert,
glances
q^(MN, EC,
invincible warrior, stout of
wielder of a blunt sword, that
Sn)]; and
what proves
this cons-
truction to be allowable proves the cognate constructions

to be allowable, since
there is no [material] difference
[between them]. The weak are (1) where the indet ep.
governs, (a) in the ace., dcts. without
whether made
the gen.,
restriction,
det.
[i. e.,
by jf or by prothcsis (Sn) (b)

dHs. other than tho s\ n.irthrous and the prc.
the synurtliPMis: (2)
where the synartlirous

217
ep.
in
to
1G88
in the yen., a [reg>] pê.
to'
the pron. of the synarthrous.
These are 15 constructions,

Fx o
x<>/
xx
j'e".*}
*=
\Jy\
(2)
xx
[8 of the 1st sort (Sn),] (1)

s x x
^*^
Ô
(10)
x-ot
r*,[6
x
x,,x
x^^
Â^^
&-W=^
auLfti
(11)
Jî (lo)
i
(15)
in the
Lx)
(a) as
^-^^
(f>)
^Â^^.
^-vûi*
intrans.
Tsr
(6)
x^.>
(12)
..vô.
v>
(14)
[and one of the 3rd sort (Sn),
like
ep.
The reason
(A).
sort, is that it
involves
the trans.: so [says
(2) in the 2nd sort, is that
(8)
X X
weakness, (1) in the 1st
treating the
fi
xxx >*x6xx
aujf &JLx4^.
"
Lg.X.^L*.
x'Xx^,
l^Li JU*^Ûayr^lijf [above]
of the
Kh]
o^rSVJ
.''**'
"
^ * XO^>
(4)
C>
'*xx>xx
Lo
L^JCj^L^. ^L^^
of the 2nd sort (Sn),]
,j.^^
9 x ^
Lo ..VA*^
(7) &AJ|
n x ^
*^
(3)
it
involves
mentioned below by A, the semblance of pre-
fixion of a thing to itself
dance of an unnecdcd
[120]; (b) as
pron., for
is
said,
redun-
which reason the
synarthrous and the pre. to the synarthrous are cxcepted, because
there is no redundance in them: (3) in
the 3rd sort, is that
it is
disallowed by
Mb
[above] (Sn).
The
proof of allowability, (1) in the 1st and 2nd [aces.,
i.e.,
the synarthrous and tlivpre. to the synarthrous (Sn),]
is
the saying -Jj" a jJu
w^J!
in the ace.,
<Ub
[this
[83, 425] in the version
being a proof in the 2nd
with
also-,
because the pre. to the synarthvous ranks with the
1689
synarthrous
(Sii)]
in the
(2)
rest of the aces., is the
saying [attributed by lAr to one of the Asaclis, describing

ramels, and by
whom
Ibn
Al'Ainl to
Umair Ibn Laha' atTaimi,
do not know, the well-known poet being
Uniar
atTaimi (AKB)]
LJIJ.I'
[I describe them
verily I
am
one of
J/ieaV
describers
of the humps, having their navels

hanging down from fatness (AKB)], since there is no
[material] difference between them (3) in the gens.,
cis to
t"/ty
the tops
except the
^
last, is
-*"
the saying [of

''"*
AshShainmakh (EC)]
"
SS-'XXX-
^*X
*XX^
Xx-
v-i
neighbours (meaning
stones
^6'0
cooking-pot) of a smooth stone
the
(put
that support
at one end of
them as an additional support) abode in their two homes,

dark red in their uppermost parts, black in their lower
part exposed
disallows
(Sn),] Ixicausc
UiiK-e the
by
heat of the fire (EC)]: (a) in this

to S, is a poetic license
the gen., according
i,
Ml
to the
it
>7>. is
absolutely,
resembles
identical
nom. (Sn)]
in the
it
it
[i.e.,
empty as
O
>
which
to
x
,VXA
is
while
or
in poetry
prose
pivfi.\i<m of a thing to itself,
in sense with the n.
governed
KK. allow
but the
it
x
in prose,
correct, as in the tradition
[cvon|
x
L^Lij
>
UL&
her girdle, [meaning Janfc in the belly (Sn),]

x*ft
;>
////'/
///
',
"i
iu
another version
1690
.J! left
(Sn),] eye [349], and, in the description of the

* x
x-
prophet xjwLo!
en
/^'c&
^î
-,
last is the
'
fo's
fingers
the
in
(4)
* x-
^z*** [above]. And the good
sLxAJ!
saying ^J!
"
''fc.O
are all the rest, amounting to 40 constructions, divisible

into good and very good: for such as contain one pron.,
> >
[like
X^
<*^
xg>j ^^ssJ! (Sn),] are better than such as contain
two (A), like *^>j ^ÎJaJ!

>
which, besides the
^ *
a latent pron., ag. of ^^^J!
because the former
from redundance of an unneeded pron.

opsis of] the foregoing
ep. (Sn)] I
contains
(Sn).
For
is free
[a syn-
[constructions of the assimilate
have compiled a
table,
from which their
exs.
and predicaments, [as disallowed, very bad, bad, weak,
good and very good (Sn),] according

tioned, will easily be
known and
figure to the proof that
to the detail
men-
have referred by a
some of them
possess, combin-
ing in that [proof] each pair of cognate [kinds,

O ^
f^f-0>xf--*o
^
like
>
and L^|
&**>
(Sn)]
and this
is it (A).
1692
10 references to 10 evidentiary verses, each of
gircs
which
is
evidence for two constructions, except the 7th,
which
is
evidence for one (Sn).
The
^^ and
[the evidence for the gen. in .?
the
vid.
saying
(A), describing a wild he-ass,
fat back
saying
fc
* x
>
OS
>
i*
(Sn),
by
Amr
XXX
SL? x^xicuo Lo^>

4
Lank
in belly, with a
not knocking his legs together in the step,
nor over-reaching ( AAz)

^
*J\ t
Humaid alArkat (AAz]
of
(Sn)
1st reference is to
kÛ.
Ibn
^Jl
Slia's
and, in
>
some MSS, also the
Cx x
I^^Jb U
13!
^Xx^
vg)
(MM), Nor bad
xx-
in garb
whenever they busy themselves, for a need some day,

with (she-camels) subdued, that have cut their tushes,
(EC)
x
the
x/ O x
2nd
is
to
and
to [the evidence
'*L,
(A),
evidence for
vid. the
the
vid.
for the
ace. in
saying (Sn) of
buttocks
ace.
in
saying (Sn)]
mentioned above (Sn)
L^;
when
(IY)
evidence for the nom.
,.*>.2.
in *s;
the 3rd
and
is
^1^
atTa'i (IY)]
when advancing,
retiring,
back, well made, fine in teeth
^^
Abu Zubaid
describing a woman, Slender
large in the
the
O x x
uj^l a^j <j>^^
(A),
vJ
[the
*f-o '
smooth in the
the 4th is to [the
and
&=>
1G93
~
vid. the
saying (Sn)]
above (Sn): the 5th

and
XAJ!
aij
>
ooOx>
J!
is to
)
6 >
**-S^
evidence for
the
\j-~+^
vid.
L^J
oJUi
Gth
is to
and
xj
[the
;;)'
nom.
in
.x
wx
>
owr number.
ZTI
her, verily the generous are few: the
evidence
nom.
the
for
u^ ^^
,jjtiij
x E
bj>!j^ Jîi- b!
reproaches w5 ^/m^ ê are /etu
Then said I to
the
the saying (Sn)]

O
JJCN ^!
JuJj-
mentioned
(A),
cX^!
the
vid.
in
^^^
Jf^j
saying (Sn)]
(A), mentioned above (Sn): the 7th is to

"
'T'
"
"
>
x-o
>
x-
fx
[the evidence for the #e?i. in aJL*. Juwû! iU^y! ^vg^xJ!

vid. the
saying (Sn)]
above (Sn): the 8th

tojJ!
^.^^vJt
(Sn
pJI
-fj\
is to
and v^l
kllxL
iLujf ûuLy (A), mentioned
[the
evidence
^.^^J!
&^.^
^î Ui
(A)
[83]
for
the
ace. in
vid.
the
saying
and,
some MSS,
in
the
9th
Q>j
^.M^XJI
and
of
Ru'l.a
Ibn
also the saying

j^J [239] (Sn)
pJJ kjbSflfjUfi
is to
[tlie
^ Ox
v^j
&=>^
ijj
evidence
the
ace.
in
^.-u^
the
vid.
saying
(S)
(AKH)]
(A),
describing a
Then
th<it
the
for
fellow
ts
man
a
as
extremely
churl) that
hard in door, and
t/r
Ii< <</>-
in
inhospitable.
T?.O^
reproach
dog (AKJ5)
and
1694
10th
the
xjLaj
is to
nom.
evidence for the
[the
and
Lo
oA..s\ji
c^3\J>
aoLiij
Lo
in
^w^\J(
Jk5^
^
vid. the
saying (Sn)]
*
Then repair thou to Yazid, the man such that those

who repair to him are dear. When the reg. of the
ep.
is,
contact with
(a) the gen.,
t\\e
by
[below] (A)
ep. (1) if in
}
pron., and anarthrous, governs
prothesis, as xlx*^ *^jJl
I passed by a man
obj.,
a pron., the
as before mentioned,
^j.****
it
J^j-?
in
^>*
beaut ifid in face, comely in
b) the ace.,
by assimilation
to the
it
direct
as IM, agreeing with Ks, allows in the Tashil, the
to this, being prevalent, not

necessary, as
gen., according
is
observed by
Dm, who says
that the difference between
intending, and not intending,

t^^
as
Of.
SyAô!
'
^f
intheface
prothesis
ft
xCX
is
cM*-r^
--'S'
'
prothesis appears in such

<>
ss
^>;y
/J
it,
I passed by a man red

with Kasr of the, when
intended [17], and Fath
when
it is
not (Sn)
from the pron., or synarthrous, governs

ilx^j
and (Sn)]
yio^s (above)
[pJt (jJjjf
^jf n^Jt ^^l^sJ! [below]
being in the place of an
The
'
not yellow in
in the ace., as
y_JA
*f
^vf! y+^t
x'
^
(2) if separated
it
'
ace.,
cases where prothesis
is
(A), the
pron. in xJL*sJ|
according to S [113] (Sn).

disallowed are only where
the ep. is a sing., as you have seen
whereas,
if
the ep.
1G95
or a pi. analogous to the du. [234],
be a
flu-.,
pn\
unrestrictedly [112] (A),
may be
it
whether the
i.e.,
ep.
be
synarthrous or not; and whether i\\Qpost. be anarthrous,
and devoid of prcfixion

of the
To
synarthrous, or not (Sn).
tions, then,
and to tlicpron.
to the synarthrous,
must be added
the 72 construc-
where the
three,
reg. of the
ep. is apron., (1) a,gen., in contact with the anarthrous

*
^*-o
as aJU+r* *=;J!
ej}.,
(Tsr),] separated
^Jt ^lllT [above]
>
^^^
(2) [an ace.
as ÎxacJ u^r*
ep.,
(3) [an ace. (Tsr),] contiguous to the

*
so that the constructions
O-o
become
8 multiplied into
S^
75.
The
moreover,
ep.,
broken pi., masc.
or/e??i.;
75 make GOO: and the ep.
nom., ace., or gen.\ and these
[itself (Tsr] also is in the
3 multiplied into GOO
ôx>
i^^l û^^M jo^ [above]:
the sing., du., or sound or
make
1,800: and the rcy. of the rp.
[also (Tsr)] is in the sing., du,.,

'<c.
[above]
from the anarthrous
and these
V^s
c^y
<^>-?
synarthrous ep., as K-U+^J!
is in
or sound or broken pL,
or fern.; and these 8 multiplied into
1,800
make
14,400, from which 144 are to be deducted, because the
pronominal reg. has no sound or broken pi .; while the

rrniaiiiin-- rnnstrwtions are
1,256, sonic allowable, and
1
flOme disallowed, the lattrr of which should h

r
from
Kh
th'-in,
in the
tantive
is
as liefore nientionc<l
Tsr
(Sn).
made
to
l\sr,
says in the
Sn)
K..
ti
excluded
80 oh
a M
imply the scn^r of the *p<
1
\
he subs1-];
and
1696
is
then used as
it is
used, though such a construction is
weak". The following sayings are instances where the

is
prim,
made
to
imply the sense of the deriv., and
is
given the predicament of the assimilate ep.,

*
X X
'""
X XX
*' ')***"
'*
>>* X
-0
v_JUo sljo s_>-Liij 3 <jj ^!JotJ! (J^r* (JLAJI auiLj
9
>
*>
butterfly
in gravity, a Pharoah in chastisement;
ifthou seek his bounty, a dog in whose front
is
dog, and
x
<<
'
<>&
ix
V^ÛW;^'^- ^ oo^f
5
SSx>
-0 >
)f-0
# ^(XM^Jl^Jlj
[by AlMundliir Ibn Hassan, Then, but for
> Jj -0
xxx
iJL'I^^Jb
God and
the
blessed colt, thouwouldst have returned, being a sieve in

O X XX
hide (MN)], aLiLs being made
>x
C-~x
jjiolt?
inconstant,
of
^jyfi-j*
perforated, riddled
to
imply the
6x
and Jb-^
jiUJ! grievous,
6^
ace,,
though,
it
if
OSx>
of VÂAÔ
and therefore treated as these eps.
one treated in respect of prefixion to what

ag.
sense of
they were made
v ould be allowable (A).
to
is
logically
an
govern the nom. or
THE
.
351.
OF SUPERIORITY.
It is the ep.
participation, and
the v.(Fk)], like
indicating
be called the
(Fk)]
of
more generous [287] (KN). iHsh
says in the Glosses on the Tashll that

>
subject's
[its
excess [over others, in the root
it
should rather
Of.
of
JOLT!
excess, because
it
is
sometimes
formed from what contains no superiority, as Jû! more
niggardly and JL^! more ignorant (Ys, MAd).

diptote
ep.,
It
is
because of the inseparability of the quality of
and of the measure of the

9
vary from the shape of
And
v. [18].
it
does not
O^
Joti!
except that the Ilamza
GO s
is
mostly elided in w^> better and ~i worse, from fre-
quency of usage, and ^.=J dea rer is sometimes treated

like them in that [elision of the Ilamza (Sn)] as
And
a thing most dear

9*
refused] while
in^ to the
to
man
is
what he has been
1 x
andyfe
f>.
are sometimes treated accord-
as in the reading [of
o. f.,
Tsr)] /!i5lT vJJJOT
^ LIV.
2(3.
IFAo
i*
Abu
Ivilaba
(I),
the worst liar?
**
and the saying
(A), whciv J^L>
made
diptote
by
poetic lioenae (^\\),
1G98
Bildl
The
the best (Jsh).
^"f.
of superiority is
jJtil
formed from the intrant., like
and the trans., like

more
|JU|
formed only from what the two'
more
JLai!
of men, and the son of
the best
is
>
excellent',
knowing (Sh). It is
vs. of wonder are formed from [477] (And),
aft. plastic
ctjf.
triL [352]
v.
meant by]
[354], such that [what
is
and not forming
ep.
in
[353]
vid.
every
the act.
voice
admits of emulation,
it
>
,x
its
>
i^*i [352] (Tsr)
so that one says
X X
to strike
ready
x
>
.x
rtor.
[from |JU,
>>0 X
JLÔAJ (Tsr)],
!
**
jjiju
of.
y&
/Tie es
wore
***'*'
& ff
^>x-
-ft
(Tsr)], andjodj)
>
v-^dj (Tsr)], and JU|
<ror.
u-y3l
>xx**x
Lo
as one says
&.^t
>xx
strike
-*
>
^*
^~o
[from
upon the measure of Juul,/era.
77oi(;
>
or.
[from J^dJ,
ready
is
lie
to
knowing and &JLaj| JEToto excellent

*C*
0*fi
xj JU! and ao Jocusl (Tsr).
And
^5-0! and xx'x
x^x
'/
and &JL&!
1010
X*
(Aad), and io
xx
what is used as a connective for [deriving an expression
of]
wonder from
raorphons
v.
of
that [v.]
which does not form a homo-
wonder [477]
is
used as a connective for
[deriving an expression of] superiority, the inf. n. of that

v.
being put after the connective as a
He
iLLscJC-^l
as
stronger in extracting and *1^L
in fairness (And).
intense
.
is
sp.,
Whatever has been heard contrary
352.
we have mentioned
>
is
not regular (Sh).
The
to
what
formation
x*
of the JJLS
of superiority from
what exceeds three
letters
1G90
anomalous, as S-A
*"
,^
is
ô ^L^\
x^
pjJJ\
'
<
IJjc Zvit*
wore concise than any other (And), where

from loJc-J
speech
v*a~>t,
is
being
?ms made concise contains two anomalies,
//
being pass. [354] and exceeding three letters (Tsr).

But, as to [its formation from the pret. v. upon the
measure of(Tsr)] J^"l, there are the three opinions (And)

held as to [the formation of the two vs. of] wonder (Tsr),
(1)
that
two
vs.
it
allowable
is
of wonder),
transport [488] or
critical
i.
not,
e.,
whether
which
its
Commentary
Hamza
its
denote
the opinion of S and the
is
judges of his school, and
Tashil and
(And on the
unrestrictedly
is
adopted by
(Tsr): (2) that
it is
IM
in the
disallowed
unrestrictedly (Audi, except in the case of some anomalies
remembered, not imitated, which
to be
of
is
the opinion
Mz. Akh, Mb, IS, F, and those who agree with them
(Tsr):
that
(3)
it is
allowed
if
the
(And j, and disallowed
tra
IU
opinion of
Hamza
if it
do,
but this distinction, says
do not denote
which
Slit, is
is
the
not laid
do\vn by any one, nor adopted by any grammarian, and

is
being
contrary to the
consent [of thr learned] (Tsr).
The Revelation
sufficiently
common
lias
sjlilU
be fairer in
the
f'
t
refuted
jî-f j
by
Jj?jUA JLLfff&
th<' >/<//// <>f (1<><L
ttimony, from k~^

^
its
vC
and
A
II'
i*

-is;|
,0
ÎXJ!
to
jjjo
This place
more desolate than any other have been heard (And)
and among their [current (IY)] provs.
^T^ Jjbf
is
ijJ&J? Poorer than Ibn AlMudhallak (M), a [needy

of the Banu Abd Shams (Md,
poverty-stricken (IY)] man
c
IY) Ibn Sa'd Ibn Zaid Manat (Md)
and S holds that
X X
to be regular
KK allow the
when
>
xo
Job
the
augmented
**
\v.~] is Jots!
The
(Sh).
-e.
of superiority to be
O
O x x
formed from the
x-
two words 4>!^ blackness and ^cLo ivhiteness, because,

say they, these arc the two original colors, whence
[by Hu'ba Ibn Al Ajjaj,

l
ivhiter
x i
<
maid
than the sister oj the

>x"*x **^
Â^
jJLliJl ^.x)
[by
^3
J>^-w!
hast no
that
shift
Binu Abdd (AKB)] and

>x
xJ
Begone
ADIutiinabbi,
ivhiteness
oJ^ ^
in her wide
xx
u^^? ^
thou
(mayst
lustre.
#xx x"
^^?
^->tX*j
iêrish
BB, are anomalous
(R).
/],
Assuredly thou art
blacker in mine eye than the three dark nights at
end of the month (W, AKB)]
*x<>
Jou!
the
which, according to the
The saying
of some,
on the
[preceding] verse of Al Mutanabbi, addressing hoariness,

*.
^J|
>x*
juul
that ^jo is dependent
upon
o^-*!
necessarily
>x e*
implies that Jy*l
is
?i.
of superiority
allowed in colors, and the truth
is that
but
JljlJl
that is disis
an
1701
ep. of
jyj
i.
e.
jJliaJI
&JU^
^ ^&
jy*!
a black
tiling,
being one of the aggregate of the three dark nights,

[like ylsJ
ô 2La free man, offree men, and 'r lJj

.
?ttea?i
o/ wea?i
fellow,
i.
fellows,
e.,
^xlf
of
f^JU^
^/>
^
' *
X
\
aggregate, and the saying of the poet

x
^ o^
x
x>o5-o x"9x
,JS
L^c -Jj cM^^ l^ oLg-ci 3RE *3l5 JocX^xJ! &lx>
//je/r
x x
8*3
,jô
>
ôe
ud-o!
a w/uVe sword, of water of iron, flashing as
-4?id
though
were a shooting-star that appeared when the
it
shades of night were dark, as though he said

* "O
svJ! *Lo
-0
(AKB)]: and, similarly, in

X
-O
>
XrX
[7/e wi'M ??iee^
blood,
^/ie
or with a red sword of blood,
the necks
and
it
has gotten (DM),]
ff't)i,i.e.,on account
blood
of
Ci
^^
(its
either
>
being accompanied
The
by
hud become blood
blood,
Joiil
of
formed from
is
superiority
^î
^
-
is
b//)
x"0
denoting] internal defects, as
one
denotes causa-
or is an ep., as though the sword, by reason of its
bring often accompanied
(ML).
whose brightness
have taken away with their blood
livers
that
red because of
a sword
girt with
duller
t/c'it
^3 sillier and jJ!
[vs.
JjL!
^
such a one and ^3+^! stupider and

;//"/'
<l
i</t
'Rations and JjCi!

>
perverse notwithstanding that the
wore
Jou! not denoting super-
1702
)
*
-<
iority is
formed from some of them, like
fern. ili^.
and
silly, fern.
^J!
x^6x x
x
>
their provs.
&Lu^.
is
^<
stupid,
And among
Stupider than Ea-
t\j^ (R).
0*J
i3+W|
bannata (M), the cognomen
f.
^^!
of Yazid Ibn
Tharwan
(ID,
Md, IY) Ibn Kais Ibn Tha'laba (IY), one of the Bauu
Kais Ibn Tha'laba (Md), who was proverbial (ID, IY)
for stupidity (IY).
from [a substantive or (Tsr)]
Its formation
353.
**
an
ep.
lie
is
having no
v. is
^j+s\
more voracious of the two camels
the
dll^ palate, which
ya //e
is
worthier of
^
(jîL^ (Tsr),]
and
>o9^ ''f-^)
>
from
(357),
a substantive; and (Tsr)] like
is
<1
anomalous, [like ^juuuJl dlx^l yo
felfitA
it,
[from ^4J' worthy,
i.
e.,
wore o/a
(jâJ!
t obiter
than
Shizaz (AudJ, a well-known robber, of the Banu Dabl)a,

2
.from
(ji!
robber,
the last, vid.
cording to
i.
but IKtt transmits a
the property
u*Lj fooA;
this,
"
e., (Ji\L*
secretly
there is no anomaly in
X
x>
X>
their provs. is *jUaaJ! oLuL>
it
v.
for
and, ac-
(Tsr).
Among
> ^ -^.
^x Jo! More
skilled in
good management of camels [357] fâ?i Ilunaif
al-
Jlanatim (M), a man of the Banii Taim alLat Ibn

Tha'laba (Md, IY)
but this
derived from
is
The man
jJ^pf
Jj>f
ivas skilled in the good management of

o x sf.
9 ^,'
G ~
camels, aor. JoL> , inf. n. iUL! act. part Jo! ; so that
,
1703
(
it is
derived from a
from
v.
tril. v. }
as though they had formed a
camels, and then conjugated
Ju>
354.
By
rule
over others in the
more than
it
denotes superiority of the agr
act, like
of the
the rest
y^>! [351],
of the
than the
obj,, since, in
t4
say
in
most cases"
possessed by a
is
^^
no
is
but
obj.
we
not true; though
^^^
such as
to provide against
devil and
more than
more frequent
is
most cases, there
has an ag., whereas the converse
striking
i, e.,
strikers, not struck
struck, because the ag.
the rest
like other vs+
it
But
confounded.
sometimes they use

9
for the
it
obj., irregularly,
s Of.
<
as sj^l
x
more excusable,
[357], ^\ more,
^^\ more notorious
9 x e
^ sf.
blamcable, JJL| more busy (R), and o^l more feared
9
f.
',
formidable, dreadful [below] (R on the verses cited
from S
in
It
360).
has been heard formed from the

a-f.
>\
v. [360],
as (1)
db^ ^*>
conceited than a cock, [from
though
proud
to
but
it is
(2)
^jus3^\
which,
is
more
self-
Jh says in
ID
in the sense of the art., vid. *J3o
transmits
what he transmits, there

<*X*w^>
^\
He
the
spoken by the Arabs, except in the 7^55.
Sahali, is not
voice,
^!
^>
yc
X<*
is
q. ,-Jo'
and,
no anomaly in
according
it
(Tsr)]:
>XX
^>!3 ,jô Jjui!
the two skins of butt*
i.
lij
ica*
r,
[a
Busier than the
woman
of the
owner of
Bairn
Taim
1704
who used
Allah Ibn Tha'laba,
butter in
to sell clarified
the days of heathenism (Md, Tsr), from JJL* ivas busied

x
:
(Tsr)]
(3)
dU^Lô
^jLtl
<
need (And), from J^t

x
hence
(5
Afore anxious about thy
ivas troubled,
xx
x J5
in S's saying
^l x3L-o
(5
JLc!
more anxious
to
it
explain
(R)
the ac. voice, has been heard
anxious (Tsr) ;and

>
but
>Lc
(5
they are
like
^^
in
according to this,
and,
-4^
x *ff
there
is
no anomaly
llt
verses, like
in
being
The
355.
it is
(4)
o^l
J^t [357]
(AKB).
1
has three states,
Jmi! of superiority
(I A,
[above] in the
x*ff
anarthrous and aprothetic
(1)
pre. [118]
(3)
(Tsr)
[above] and
9
it
And).
synarthrous
(2)
If anarthrous and aprothetic,
always conjoined [below],
literally or constructivelyr
with ^xj (IM) governing the inferior in the gen. (IA>
Aud, A), both [constructions] being combined

ifrxx
(5
*>f-
Lw -j\ }
if
!^Lx> JL>Lo
XVIII.
than thou in wealth

X
in people,
is
i. e.,
[85],
and more mighty
[357] (A), where
suppressed, because
if* is disputed (A)
those
I am more abundant
32.
viLuo
known
(Sn).
who agree with him
(A),
it
(than thou)
with
its
The sense
(1) according to
Mb
denotes
in
better than he (Sn)
superiority
;
^re?2!.
of this
(A,YS)
aiirt
beginning of
9
extent (A, Fk)
Gt
in lif?
(Fk, Sn), as &A*
or inferiority
(Fk, Sn), as *lo
1705
worse than he (YS, Sn) and

that,
together with this [sense],

fX
the sense of partition, saying that
more
excellent
to one,
and
CT (A,
"
>
ijjt
*
'Amr
imports
J^îi!
'
He
y&
is
according to
(2)
IM
the
in
Jo^'
^*
in excellence
^M might
partition
'
denotesâssm^ (A, Fk), as though, by
speaker said Zaid has surpassed
Jîit [499], the
intended,
<\j\
it
than Zaid pronounces him superior
not general
it
YS),
x-
2f+.
4*
is
by S but
this opinion is held
he intimates
and he says
occur after
beginning were
and that
its
its
denoting
not being re-
placeable by u*i*j
X-
general, as
by two matters,
is falsified
6
it
that, if
and
M,
its
>
^^& <&
gen.'s being [sometimes

9
jjacl
(Sn)]
>1)^
God
xJJ\
is
greater
than every great one (A, YS) and in that he was

But IUK says that [Mb's
anticipated by IW (YS).
:
opinion
is
is
apparently correct: while (A)] LM's criticism
not [universally (Sn)] applicable, since the announce-
ment of the
//'////
is
''//'//////
is
sometimes omitted, because the
not known, or not
intended to be announced
mid that [omission of the announcement of the

is
(Sn)]
lu-anT
more emphatic
is
This
rW///
in declaring superiority, since the
not informed of the place of the ending (A, YS).

t
and
superiority in
,
(to jfen.
tin-
together stand towards the
same
]H>itinn as the post,
and therefore may nut precede
it,
Jots!
of
towards the
as the post. m:iy
1706
But sometimes
not precede ihvpre. (I A).
J^
precedes
in poetry, as
it
(R), from the celebrated abbreviated ode of Ibn Duraid,

And he brought down AlZabbd, by force, when she was
higher than the eagle of the air of the sky in soaring
(AKB). And,
the gen. governed
if
by Jô be an interrog.
(R, IA) or pre. to an interrog.
[n.
(R, IA, And) n. (R,
IA)], they always precede (IM, R) the JoLjf of superiority

O
>
(R, And, A), as J^dil

>
excellent f and
man
JCCLS!
fi
,.
,j*jo
"
ool
Than whom art thou more

X
>
oo! T/m?i W*ose young

^^Lc J^c
art thou more
excellent? (Aud), because the

takes
precedence (A, Tsr) of what governs it,
interrog.
vid.
JowT (Sn)
[but they do] not [precede] the whole

Of
sentence, as
Than wliom
f
<*t
oo!
IM makes them
do (A), like
^
x
ou!
^*
art thou better? (IM) and [similarly (Sn)]

.*
>
jv^jf j*^L& jjjo
TAe?^
#7ie
young man of which of
art thou more exellent?, since his exemplification

involves a separation between the op. and its reg. by an
extraneous word, [the inch, not being one of the regs. of

the enunc. (Sn),] while no one maintains [the allowability of] that (A).
is
And
no interrogation
in enunciation,
>
with
its
[i. e.,
where there
(I A, Aud, A),] the precedence [of J
gen. before
anomalously (IA)a a^
^"f-
Jobl
(Tsr)]
occurs rarely
1707
by Janr (MN, Tsr), TFAen Asmd (a

woman) journeys one day wfih a lady in a litter, then
(IA, Aud, A),
Asmd
prettier than that lady in the litter (MN); and
is
hence
LJ
Lc JL?
J^x
[by AlFarazdak, T/te n she (his beloved) 5a^/

hast come to) kinsfolk,
(place)" (GO)
and
and
(hast
come
to
us
il
(Thou
a smooth
to)
she provided honey of the bees
nay, what she provided was nicer than it (MN)] and

x*
O
>*
xx x
fixx*
x*x
7
(IA, A), by Dhu-r
them
(the
Rumma, And
women mentioned
in the
there is no fault in
beginning of the ode),
except that their quick ones are slow,

is
and that not a thing
more indolent than they (MN, EC), indolence being a
quality
praiseworthy among women,
worthy among men (EC)
but this
is
though blamea poetic license
(Aud), according to the majority; and extraordinary,

according to
IM
(Tsr).
The (Yompunitival (R)]
^
X
not be separated from the Jcu! (R,A) of superiority

"
conjoini'tr
(R), as is necessarily implied by IM's saying
\\\\\>\
>
[above] (A), because
That, however,
is
it
completes the sense of
not unrestrictedly true (A)
Joiil
:
(K).
but they
1708
arc sometimes separated by
nearer
(1) the reg.
of
JJtf XXXIII.
f
is
to the believers
(R,A), as
JoLit
The Prophet
6.
than themselves (AKB, Sn),
whence.
S
#'
-O
^x
&6L
[360] (U), hy
0-0
u^lJ
x"S
Lof^
we held honor
.For verily
more in need, one hour, of preservation from
be
to
Aus Ibn Hajar,
pollution than fine striped
yamam
clothes
(AKB)
(2)
jj
and
(R,A), as
its v.
r*
And
(A)
bestow
assuredly thy mouth
it o?i
wine (MN)
^
I have,
a voc.
(3)
nicer, if thou wouldst
than water of a hollow in a rock upon
us,
xS
xx
is
Sn), as says Jarir
(AKB,
x "^
=*
"x
>
<<
>
not met by night a fouler
x x O*
x*xx
set,
"x
Farazdak,
than you, and by day a fouler in the day (AKB)

9
though not by any thing

formed from what
ity is
Jô
may
else.
is
When
trans, by
be combined with the
<
<j.jQ
than
Joti!
of superior-
means of ^*
X
this
the inferior,
as
>
w^ (^ Zaid
y*A
it,
"f-
A* prefixed to
being put either before or after

Ox
the
"
wyb.
Amr
near than Âmr to every good deed or

x^
nearer to every good deed
JkT
is
(A).
>
>
yjj|
The
#e?i,
governed by the comparatival
1709
participates with the superior in the

*
root of the
is
either really, as
j^+z
&
v.],
handsomer than
#^
saying
,^G
x-
Ixy. ^ki!
^t
'
^
'
meaning
x
>
j^j>\ JL^ Zaid
Amr or constructively,
^
x* ^
S-ix*
;
<
as in 'All's
x * xff
^ L^
v_^l ,jU*^
^JJ
[of the
G *x
Of-
rr
o!
that I should fast on a day of

^jLd^ ^jo assuredly
of Sha^bdn is dearer to me than that I should break
on a day of Ramadan, because breaking the

on the day of doubt, which may be [the first day] of
the fast
fast
Ramadan
the last of Sha'ban], being dear to the
[or
i
adversary,
All supposes
it
to be dear to himself also,
and then affirms [fasting on] the
[last]
be dearer to him, as though he said

to
me
than
also.
it
"
day of Sha'ban
Grant that
it is
to
dear
Is not fasting on a day of Sha'ban dearer
?" And, in irony,
you say ^CsJ?
pLlT
vlJ>f
Thou
art more learned than the ass, as though you said " If
it
be possible for the ass to have learning, then thou art
like
him with an excess
",
the intention being not to
declare the excess [of the person addressed over the ass];
but to associate the two in a thing
known
to
be non-
existent in the ass, [and consequently non-existent in the
And [R
person addressed ](R).

**
-o
>*-xJ!
sayings
OfS
~>\
LJ!
\&S Jyu
<j!
ô
îajtl
the intention is
not
Breaker
y,
/<
v^6!
to
I am
says that (Su)] in their

too old
Thou art
affirm
for poetry and
too great to
say
so,
the superiority oftha
or of the person addressed to the
1710
saying
but to declare their remote ness from poetry and
the saying, the
of superiority here importing the
Joii!
remoteness of the superior [person] from the inferior

(i
[thing],
and his passing
away from
so that
it:
in the
9
like is not comparatival
0Ô
Oos
"/
*
but resembles the

t
I separated from Zaid and
L-v
^* +
sense of xjUca* swrpasszfi^rand
too
^^ vib^t
^^
to
I de-
d-f.
used in the
Juti!
And therefore
dear
me for me
to
^ ^L
siLô! ^!
the possibility of w?/ beating thee
dear ness
,,
oJLaJbt
^j^
^pW separate, without any
assertion of superiority (R,Sn).
means
in
~x
*Juo
*
parted from him, being dependent upon
^x
from
Jil^
to beat thee
separate from
the excess
of thy
me, that being allowable because the compa>
ratival Jô depends
upon the
*>
x*
of superiority in a sense
Joii!
x
>
* 9
.^t ^jo J^di! jo^ [above] means

2aid surpasses the degree of Âmr in excellence; so that
approximate to
the {j* that
we
this, since
are discussing
is like
except in the sense of superiority (R).
rous and the pre., they
(I A,
may
the comparatival
As for
MKh).
'
the synarth-
not be conjoined with the
A) mentioned (A, MKh), which
the inferior (Sn,
And
[thus]
is
prefixed to
two opposite states
"(
take possession of Job! by turns,
when accompanied by
[this]
it
being always indet.
and det. when parted
from
I
it
One does
(M).
A), because Jô
it
not say
when attached
y*&
J^diSH jo\ (M,
f X C
to this Juiit
imparts to
a sort of particularisation, for which reason
occurs
it
after the distinctive [pron.] in
XVIII.
37. [166,419]
when
contains
more determi-
while the J
prefixed to
it,
nation than
that they disJô imports particularisation, so
a
like to combine the two (IY)

(I A),
because
is
&
nor )*+*
inferior,
expressly mentioned in the pre. (MKh).

the saying [of AlA'sha.
* of-
4"*-
which
And, as
is
for
(MX)]
not more
might belongs only
>
mentioned only as a medium for
communicating the knowledge of the
[And thoH art
-o
^JUJI J^di! jo\
to the
and J with the word
than they in number ; and
many, where
the poet combines
(MN)], and the saying [of

Sa'd alkarktira, according to Jh,or of Kais Ibn AlKhaiim
the
al Ansari, according to
\Weare more knowing
Jj.*
IU (MN,)]
in the /yJfintinfj
<iofth<' cot<r*crs
freest/'
day-break, where the
poet
.Vo (MN)], tliry arc cxplaiiKvl

"
is
arcounted
of jfonng palm
f"i
in
combines
away
four \vay, (1) that
prothesis
)
for
at
with
j^L* tJ^5t*
does not denote
1712
beginning of extent, but explanation of the genus, as in

cl^JLl!
o^CLM
^x~y
{^,
cavalier,
that
i.
Thou
oo!
fâJuo
^4
art.
/
c.
of them the qallant

t
c/
^ /raw amo-ng them
.VÂJU
-XX
\J
[359]
(2)
dependent upon a suppressed [word] the

"
"'f
xx
^"f., x
phrase being +$**X Xvi5 b J^^ljx o*J^ ^/zcZ Âcm
x
is
x-
full
ar
7io
more, (more) than they[3by], where the
fAe
Cl
suppressed
is
for the
s ubst.
mentioned; (3) that
J!
is
red, and therefore does not prevent the introduction

of
(4) that Jô is
among them
post, being
the
meant
i. e.
c5
nor JLrLJLki
i^JLLftJl
(MN).
Âe 9?ôre
jjCcI
[does
one say
nor ^LJLki
The
&LlLJ|
Juti!
Jîi!^! the
nor
most excellent
JL^JI Jcî! the most ex-
c5
JLki
^/ie
most excellent of
of superiority is always used
(IY, R) with one of the three mentioned (R),

the [comparatival]
nor J^l> [18]: but they must be made
the most excellent,
(M).
Nor
Jdi nor ^Lli!
of the men and
women
^^ J^^t?
be understood as rejected, like
to
by the J or by prothesis, as
cellent
the
and, similarly, in the fern., du., and pt,
one does not say
and
in J! IaJ f
L^JL^y ^ [78]
(IY)] jJxs! jo^
det.
q.
while llo UjLî is constructively llo
tlie
Jk^Gl
i.
[i. e.,]
the art., or prothesis (IY),
with
not
being devoid of all; nor having two of them combined,
except extraordinarily,
It is
not devoid of
all,
because
1713
it
is
applied
another
deuute
to
superiority of
^ and
and, with
tit
an indication of the
ed with
as,
it,
Joiil
That
is
more
more
is
toe say,
virtually
to indicate a speci-
that has the inferior mention-
when a person seeks a more
Zaid, and you say JÂs^M

i. e.,
being used
art.-,
it is
previously mentioned, literally or virtually*
fied object
is
thinfj
prothesis, the inferior is ex-
pressly mentioned; while, with the art.,
mentioned, because the
P.
excellent than
^^ 'Amr is the more excellent,
excellent,
i.
e.,
the
is
Za id.
excellent than
person
And
that,
according
y ^<i~f-
to this, in
every
case, the art. With the Juu1 of superiority
denotes knowledge [599], in order that
jjiit
may
entirely divested of the mention of the inferior.
two
of the three combined, because each of

of
instead
not be
Nor
are
them serves
the others in importing the mention
of the
them having any import except

that, the mention of another, when one has been mentioned. would be a mere pleonasm
inferior
and, none of
The
of superiority
wl
is of.
three
kinds,
and gander] with wlint

(1) what must agree [in number
it belongs
to, which
[kind] is the synarthrous, as
>/?".</
most excellent
s x
>"-o
LJ^flX
and ^j^-Ui^l
or
JoJ^\ JoUC
and
^,'JojJI
<
^J^l
[or JuiLi^!
M Ad
;
10*>
âJj\
ami
'
s *f.o-c
/'/
^M$\
/////'/.
>
rjrrJ/' nt
(2)
what
mils*
noi
and
1714
but be always in the sing, masc., [whether
be sing., du., or
O
"
Hind
or Juw# Zaid, or
X
more
is,
of
is
anarthrous and aprothetic, as jJii!
sorts, (a) the
two
qualified
(MAd),] which
masc. or fern.
pi.,
its
than
excellent
O x
^
^
":
J^c J^kil
x *
>
^lOopi
*x
>
v^^f-N
>
o:
"
a ^d Jâj!
(jjJoyl
*x
or ^1 JJL^J! (Sh) [here] agreement is not allowable;

:
5r
,!ô
and therefore it
is
said that 1^1 [18] is made to deviate from
IbJ, [which ouglit to be used (Sn)]; and that

(357,359] is a solecism (A)
'
Zaid
Jov
ii!
man
a most excellent
is
^^>
\J6
an indet., as
(b) the pre. to
-^S\
and
of-
Hind
aJ>!
and
a most excellent woman,

^
is
ipaJL4 jLAil jjlJo^J!
H^ Jolif ÎJuLjf
and
(Sh)
and
Jcis!
that [indet. (Sh)
(A)] must agree [in
number and gender (MAd) with the
n.
MAd) by
(A,
qualified
(MAd)], as exemplified
x
in full
j& Lx^r*
A),
(Sh,
X
y*>
J^l
jife'
'
x
4.
îe
and, as for II.
^r5^ (party)
38. [118],
to
it
is
disbelieve
it
&.f^ J;T would be said or is

S
X X
3^^^!? $) Nor (let each of yoii) be etc., like
'
liCuo
XXIV.
J^
of superiority
jJiil
otherwise
**
Xwt
s~f-
the
J^\^ J^^jJL^ti Scourge

ye (every one of) them (MAd)
(3) what admits of
[40] (Sh),
i.
e.,
L^JUQ
both constructions, which
affirmation of
is
the pre. to
superiority
to
the pa<tf.
det.,
is
[when
intended
The
cUit ÎJ^pf and
Zaith, and The Zciids, are the most excellent of the
as
(MAd),]
men, and ^LllH

x
?.<?,
^^\
r^)f
and
jo#
^
jJii!
and The two Hind*, and The Hiwl*
are the most
of the women
excellent
and
r yLM
p^Sjf
LlIf LJ^X
o-
>
u^^
you
and
Alii
an(l
-J---0
x *
& Lu.xJ!
^^di
is better, [or
ÎJJ^^
x
the
usage (MAd),] as in
prevalent
II.
^xa. ^JLt ^lll!
them
be thr
to
and
<>x^
:
dis-
(a)
xc
^^1
Tsr, is
a ^
jÔ^V^Jj
thou wilt assuredly Jind
90.
^4/ir/
n)<>.<t
greedy of
///'//
for
life,
not
'
-C
^jlJoy!
And and
as said in the
'
>
va>LuuAJ
,*
x ot
^Ldi!
please,
"
jJUu! ^j.cXjU!
x-
agreement
'*
x*.e
x</-o
or, if
Hind
and cJJoLgJ!
^
ÎjJl^J!
x
and in
Rumma, And
[by Dhu-r
M<>
is
</>/</
the most beautiful
of'man I; /'IK/ find genii in neck, and front of the neck,
and
of them in back of
the most beautiful
(AAz)] not
*~*^ and
ÎjjLiJf
ÛLLs*
(S
head
the
and IS
related to have held disagreement to be necessary
he
is
refuted by the texts
tl,.
and
ir/tn
l)oth
arr the
usages are conbinrd
X^LxA.
^c^
'
ft*
^'///
-*
s
i
t/j..
^
*-
^^ f*
/ inform
in
^ **
^-*^
forî^'t P\
you
<>f
but
XI. 29. Save
and VI. 123.
''"*>'
^1
llhf ^^jjjf $
is
[248] (Sh)
the Prophet's saying

6
i s&
Jf. sl
1}
A A *^-^
fV^vX^^' ^1
the
<1
_r*i
*>
Barest of
yon
to
1716
and
-me,
of
nearest of you
the
you in morals (IA, A)
who allow hoth
in the assemblies
(they are) the
which
say that
reason [Th
-
Fa ? ih
of the
is
blamed
best
of
while [IA asserts that] those
constructions
for
elegant,
me
to
day of resurrection
the
more
for saying
agreement
,
author
the
]
^
J^âjj
is
"
&
-x
iLx^Li in
which case we have chosen the most elegant of them,

G
where, say they, he ought to have said JjaLsLoJ (IA)
9
'
affirmation of superiority be not intended (IA,
(b) if
Aud, A, MAd) at
all
intended (A, Tsr,MAd,
MKh),
i.e.
and over
MAd, MKh),
[357] (A,
MKh)
unrestrictedly (Tsr,
MAd,
(MKh), not over the post, alone, but over
others (A,
[all (A)]
the qualified (Tsr,
MAd)]
MKh), then agreement

is
>
determinateness and
in
MKh),
The reducer,
AlWalld Ibn
[i. e.,
Abd AlMalik Ibn Marwan,
A,
x"t
(MKh)]
devoid of Jô in letter and sense (Tsr,
it
[with
necessary (IA, Aud,
MAd), because of the resemblance of this Jju!

arthrous
or bo
so
to the
in
syn-
being
as yosUJJ
Yazld Jbn
named
be-
cause he reduced the allowances of the soldiers (Tsr, Sn,
MAd, MKh)], and
the scarred,
i.
e.,
Unmr Ibn
Abd
Al Aziz Ibn Marwan, so named because of a scar (Tsr, Sn,

c
MAd, MKh)
on his forehead (Tsr), from the blow of a beast
or two justest of men,

(Tsr, Sn, MAd),] are the two just,
"
-
of the
Banu Marwan, [where
"f
*$&\ admits of being ren-
dered by what contains no affirmation of superiority (Tsr,
1717
MAd),]
e.,
^1^
^-o
SbU
MAd), because
(IA, Aud, A,
none of the Bami Marwiiii participates with them in

since there is no just
MAd),
justice (Tar, Sn,
man among
them besides these two (MKh), or of meaning unres* -
tricted excess ^Tsr,

yioli' Jciki! |JL*
MAd)
Muhammad
and as xJLi
x)
J,
*JU!
S,
^JLo
bless
(God
'
<x-s3oo
him and
him peace !) is the most excellent of (mankind,

'
**
m
s
from among) %uraish i.e.
^LJ! jJii):
fa^s ^ô
(lire
prothesis of these
the
(c)
as being,
the
of a certain tribe,
e.g.,
inferior (Sn)]
be
^ "
sorts
tAvo
* "&
[mentioned in
denotes mere part icularizat ion [of the qualified,
(b)]
*G
to
pre.
what
and therefore
it
this
in
which the sense of
of what
being always* part
t
it is
>
>
of,
meant
is
in
JjLtl
not part
is
f-
Jufci!
not explanation
of
them may
contrary to the
be understood,
to
pre. to and for what

:
reason &jy=J ,j-*^! ouvô Joseph
is
handsomest of
the
mankind, from among his brethren, or the handsome
man of
his brethren, is allowable if
ÂO
faA*^ be intended but is disallowed

handsomer than they be intended (A).
or
357.
its
AYheu the
gen. (E, IA. And,
K, IA,
inferior is
A)]
is
known
if
(R),
[with
sometimes suppressed (M,
And, A), because indicated

w
(I
A), as in
X YIIJ.
,;
[355],
i.
e, dUx?
occur
Aud),
(IA,
and
in
where
expression
and
.Îlii^STj LXX X VII.17.
1718
And
come
the life to
is
and more
better
* w *e
Ae present life)
Aud),
i.
e. LAJ jJ!
than
lasting
c -o
sÂ^J
ô
(Tsr)
being then supplied, [and therefore like the spoken

that
you do not put the
you do not put
art., as
it
so
with Jô
because the virtually present is like the literally present

C
,>>< ^
^ o
XX. G. He knoweth the
and
hence
(IY)]:
V5 A^*.J!
f.
(JljJ
secret,
and a
thing more hidden (than the secret), [vid.
the inmost thought of the soul (B)J
i.
e.,
*-wJ!
and the saying of the poet [looking at some

belonging
to other
vJvi
^Tû
^x>
fat
^5*^5
camels
men (AAz)]
^ sUji
]\
**
û JoVî:
[0 would that they were camels for my people, or had

been made lean in a drought of a year before (this year)!
(AAz)],i.
God
is
(IY)]
9
e.
lifftl#
and your say ing
^Jy;
greater (than every thing),
[i. e.,
and the saying of AlFarazdak
J^
î!
> >
-^x ^
* "'
\
"I
'"
~~' S
juSUj buu
# LJô^L
He
that raised the
[below] (M) Verily
heaven has
built
for us a house, whose pillars are mightier (than the

pillars of every house),
L^Lo JjL\
and
taller
(than they),
e.
ouo J^fjliS <j*j*\ (AAz). That suppression

>
occurs (1) often
when
^ji
Juu! is an enunc. (IY, R, IA,
A), actually or orig. (Tsr), as in the text (IA, A),

32. (Sn),
i.
and the
like,
being frequent in the
Aud,
XVIIL
Kur
(IA);
1719
and hence
-0
and
Ilfl *JU|
^Jf
xx*C x
X x-Cf-O
JuviM
oôj!
&+L ^ jJT ^1
*
I.M
<
[by 'Antara, addressing
[above] and
C
Of.
iS
Lo!
^j! ^-JU
Umara Ibn Ziyad
al 'Absl
Thou shalt know which of us is nearer to death than his

fellow, when thon bringest near to me the thirsty
X
spears,
i.
&xa>Lo
e.
X *5
^jl (AKB)]
though, in such
9
cases,
*<5-
it
Jy
may
be said that the elided
the greatest
is
the post.,
of everything and jwllS

>x
i.
,*
e.,-^1
111
most
OJ
mighty pillars (R) : (2) seldom when JOL! is (I Y, R,

I A, Aud, A) not an enunc. (R, I A), [but] (a) an ep.
(IY, Aud, A), as in
J^^lJîîj^ #
(And, A), by Uhaiha Ibn
palm-tree,
and come
to,
^lAja^tjj^J^^s
Al Julah Grow tall,
young
i.
[reach and (EC)] take
e.,
a place more Jit [than any other that thou should sleep
at noon,
i.
e.,
shouldst grow
tomorrow, by the two sides of

EC),
i.
e.,
**j
(Aud, A), as
IM
(g
L*&
and
cool,
flourish,
therein
shady water (FA,
^W^J^JiWGLfe^ ^js
says in the
CK
(Tsr)
or (b) a d.
s.
'Aud, Aj, as in
[Thou drewest near, more fair (than the full moon),

<^nwe had fancied to be like the full moon "//'/ /////
;
heart became seduced info love of thee (MN)J,
i.
e.,
1720
;4
XJT &*
j^f (I A,
Aud, A), as III says
suppression of the enunc.
for, since
suppression of the ep. and d.

also is
it
is
XVII.
2/cm(IA,A;,
i.
to
be
XXX.
creation,
;
and
yftj
it is
easy
to
j^Jlaftju
(IA); and
x>^
Him
g's
*s
?7ie
and *Jt
One
f/a^ beginneth
(after their destruc-
it
(R,IA,A),
one thing
is said, since
is
i.
e.,
aui^
not easier to
^j3l ^3*
0*
f.
|^T!5 lyLo! r^3-
i.
e.,
M ^ 1^
r
cast out from good,
O race
<>s
jo }
s~
J!
Him
ôJf ^1
&l^b s^t mighty,

ss*
tf*f-
5*
(j-*
[503] (IA,
(IA,Sn) and J^\l lSn,J); and
viJd [above] (IA,A),
ye,
acquainted with
>
26. u47ic7 ZTe
than another (R)

e.,
is
ÎU
>
and then repeateth
(IA,Sn), as
i.
part. (R,Sn), as
(I A,Sn): or (2) an assimilate

>C> ^* *<>*> i>sQ^
C>o
x
5<x^? (^ ^^J! ^<x^ ^5<3JI y5
po
e.,
whence
ê
[said
act.
Your Lord
56.
p]\
is
,.
Ijo JU! pJos
A),
more frequent than
(IA ,A)]
Jill [of superiority
v f.
tion)
(Tsr)
suppression of part of
s.,
(R,IA,A) and renderable by fl) an

y
CT
sometimes used divested of the sense of superiority
(I A)]
in the
more frequent than suppression of part of them
The
(R).
tall
>
L |0^4i
of Zaid, as a family!
(Ye are) a most ignoble people, small or great (A.KB)],

i.
e.,
CXA^)
AJui
and
1721
[by an Arab of the desert, And, if not (of the race of
Hashim), then of the race of (Akil} alMurdr, (kings of

AlYaman; for verily they are great kings of great
kings (AKB)],
i.
e.,
JJiD (R) and

;
^^
>
(A) v by Hassan [Ibn Thabit (SR)], What I dost thou
when thou art
rize him,
him
not like unto
bad one of you two shall be
est
it is
CT
when
that (A),
(R\] adherence
the
to
number and gender], because

which
riority with
ralized
-x**-e
^
t
regular; but
is
ijje
the original
[35GJ (R)
when what
x*
*-
li
,:ui
pi;
[by Al Farazdak,
Jrom you, ye
will be the
it
And
but
belongs to
l>*
\uo\jf
it is
is pi.,
,*&
Joti!
sometimes plu-
f-
*<*
while ye, so long as
ignoble (MN),
^
s
*r\ $&>*
When mount "Black-eyed "
will be noble
of supe-
as
"*~o
^^^
the
i. e.,
that
>
more
is
qualified in
>
in this
treated like the pre-
Of
Joti!
used
masc.
[with the
it is
9
it is
sing.
common (R, A) than agreement
valent,
is
confined to hearsay (R, I A, A).
says in the
sense
the
in the Tashll that (A)], according to the sound-
opinion,
[III
Then
for the good one
the sacrifice
of you (Sn). According to Mb, that usage
[IM says
sati-
b!
vanishes
it
abides^
meaning ye will always 6s
will not vanish (HN,Sn)];

ignoble, because this mountain
and, says he, since
it
may
be plunilized, because divested
of the sense of superiority,
it
may
be made/cm., so that
1722
^
the
X*
Gf-S
>
saying ^J! ^r*-
-^ s
^j&
though swaZZ
As
[356, 359] is correct (A).
efc.
^Tand
[the fern. (IY)]
pLo^l
jiit
and
R), as
pi
[the
^!
being Jo^ (IY)
as
its
and g being a
not used, except in
no
v.,
Jl^f ,
like Jo!
being
[having
Jj<
Hamza
it
is
orig.
and
(M)
like
J^,
^^5
variations (R)
its
its
first
*
and jy
that J^f
Jh
>,]
from
while
reverted,
J!
[state],
>
-6.
(R)
J^t
having
J^T
but some say that
from
being
spor^
it is
J!^'
orig.
escaped\
others say
because every
J Stf.
thing reverts to
fern.
this composition is
though
for its medial
ty
because escape lies in outstripping

that
^11
BB hold
majority of the
^1 Y)
[353]
y^\
[below],
composition of
the
and
38. [248],
J>!
of
j^f (M),
fern. (IY)]
,
1)
proved by
LXXIV.
(a) the
is
it is
1G,f,
orig.
is
*s
fern. jlflj
great
JJ former,
fern. ^yuaJI, pi. fern. JLaJ!
**<t^
^Pbt pl
for
BB
JjJf (M, R), according to the
like
am
'S*
being
^ Of.
JUL*!
in the
tif.
sense of the pass., like >$-! and <X+&1 more prais eioorthy
[354]
and
in the
lously converted into

Jl^
[its o.f.
two cases the Hamza
[last]
^
(2)
say, of the composition of

first
J^
anoma-
KK, (a) from

Hamza being trans-
say the
being J!^, and (KF)] the
ferred to the position of the
(Jh)] the
jUy
is
or (b)
[its o.
/.
as some of them
being
being converted into Hamza.
J^ and
,
But
its
1723
being declined like the
used with
its
,-vo
Joy
being
of superiority, and its being
jutit
and, as for
lfy
and ^bfy
[first] j [of ^Jyy
which
the
is
of
o. /.]
the opinion of the majority of the BB,
Hamza, on account of
verted into
the
first
which
of]
^!
is
like [the first
Hamza,
[G83]
the
of
o. f.
Hamza, as
^pf
bli LIII.
with
its
51.
^^
the
Jj!
[orig.
into
of
pi.
that
is
J^l
being converted
and then
of
^^t
Hamza
The
first
[GG1],
in
l
the second,
which
for
Kalun's read-
Ad, because the
J of the art. being mobilized
(B)], so
removed.
is
Juotj!
as in
its o. f.
[Damma
two Hamzas
of
vid.
'
who say
[237, G83]
elided, the
i] is
vowel
is
according to
>
into
returns to
[Ilamz
^!
>
s^l
it
first
in
Hamza
quiescent,
reason
such as
^ in]
necessarily converted
is
but, according to those
from J! j
ing
The
necessarily con-
its pi.,
into
they belong
speech of the vulgar, and are not correct.
to the
Jjj
KK as to]
assertion of the
falsify [the
that the
Thus
J^l
combination
like
is
former
a f.
{ju\ anterior, prior, more preceding

in
out&tri in>i IKJ,
or
struction.
You
say,
declension
sense,
in declining
<''
sing.
'*H
Jfl\
or prei
it,
(1)
[715]
(R)
(b) du.
^^^11; (?) pi.
and ^JjSf
by
con-
masc., (a)
>&ex
x-6tlx
the first
and
^^
transposition
and
(Jh,
1724
KF;
fern., (a) sing.
2)
vLlJ/^f
and
(KF).
^;
jyl\
(b) du,.
[248] (R) [or JJV], like
JîlT
And Jjl
is
(c) pi.
!J and
used [as an ep.] for the [broken] pi.
masc., considered as being [tropically] /em. [270]
the
poet says
*a
" "
"
"\T
j^xJL^
LA^J
'
x **
*"^
JyJL ^^j #
j;
^yol
(camel) upon an old (road) belonging
and
peoples, that dies by abandonment,

A
(Jh on
J! ;
if
but,
x
i.
),
e. 7
-*
you please, you say
say, in construction, s-Ai Jô J^l

>
#Ae
opinion,
AJU
^r5#.
But
r,
since
respect to the
jo^
2aia
z*5
Âe first
is
prior
since,
of them, and Jj^Myo
according to the correct
v.,
like
^^!
nor from a substan-
the sense of qualificativity in
qualificativity
word
is
apparent
'x*
x*
(JU!
only
it is
with
that the qual. is derived from,
qualifiability of that derived qual.
as in
And
; ).
*x
the expression J l is not derived from anything

;
tive, like siiL>! [353],
to the
(Jh on
Jfif'-cx
used, neither from a
obscure,
lives
former
by work
^^! ye ê
ô others,
to
(Jh on j
>S
o^
>
^^ ^.x)
jjo vj-lo
you
**
f -
^JU
more learned,
i.
e.,
and
by that word,
x'"
s^ ^ ^ j&\
to
.'
p-Lfc 5
anpossessed of learning more than the learning of

S"*xx
,xC^
<Xl dUo.
other and JUÎ more voracious, i. e.,
sw^viL^ possessed of a palate,

than the palate,
[i, e.,
[i. e.,
aj{?6t#6,]
<
more
appetite^ of another', whereas the
1725
>ats
qualificativity of J^t
apparent only by reason of
is
"
'
being renderable by the deriv.,
becomes like
[<xll
jJ*! J^,-?
^;vo,
in]
when
t-zf.
it,
as
the
qualified
i.
e.,
so that
^^
J^!
[142].
expressly mentioned before
**
LjJ on a former day] or when the comparatival

expressly mentioned after it, since this J^c is an
Jjl
is
indication that
O *
is
'&*
<j^l
mnst not be regarded, ex-
Its qualificativity, therefore,
cept
vid.
ita
"*
s Qf.
is
JULSJ
^ *f-
not a substantive, like JjCs! and
v-f.
it be devoid of both
together, and
gjo! [249], If, then,
be not synarthrous or pre., Tan win and the sign of the
gen. are introduced into
it,
because of the obscurity of
/~.
\j\ $j
&*&
x-x
Himfirst,
Is-
^T &J
last (R),
"
S'
7iew (IY on
/ have not
^ C>tX5(H
But
324).
pressed, and be uninfi.
not met
him
^J
as ep. of r Lc
~
^>J!
ô!
Lo
year).
J^l ^Lc.
\&&
And some
..wo
^
J.l r Lt
of the
first,
nor
nor a
old,
^^
J-jtJ
[201],
i.e.,
of its going in the

<J
>
juc &AXAJ Lo
former year, with
'x
(ô this
J^l
And you say
i.e., -LiJl
an
neither
the first (of the times
since a
him a
left to
>c* O
early morning).
f.
may have its post, supupon Pamm, when it is renderable
time, as
y at
at the beginning, and. in the saying
l>J^
by the adv. of
"
'
v^5\j' Lo
i.e.,
>
in 'All's saying Lj^L

S^l 8<X*^!
qualificativity, ai
will praise
^ ft *
**
its
J^l
/ 7m ve
in the
nom.
a year anterior
Arabs say
J^f
Û J^
1726
with Fatli of
J^l
but this
&
(*^
but
foremost of
the parts
the
because,
difficulty,
fc
its
the
thing being
means in the foremost of
or
of its nights,
whereas dLx>U JLO means
preceding the whole of

X
the
involves a
Juj>-
of the year, either of its days,

^
x OX
by
Jj!
of
first
its parts, viLoUT

j^l
or of its times
as
since a ytar before (thy year)
<3oo
rendering of
the,
an adv
it
"f-
were said
on the
relates
make
authority of Khi, that [here] they
though dLoU
rare.
is
parts and,
:
if
#Ae time
were
J^l
i.
q.,
>"
sdUU &+s be fore (thy year),it& post, would be suppressed,

X
and therefore
J^l
(to
x
would necessarily be uninfl. upon
it
however, here
be
may
i.
q.,
dLoL^
thy year), the ac?v. being an ep

x x
viLolc
Jô
of
Jô j^l anterior
^ll
And
thy year).
an
ep. of the nom.<
it is
may
not improbable that

j^ though
be put into the gen. by imagin,
ing the qualified to be in the gen., because

is
ding to
pJI
v^G
this, j^l
the former
% and LXIII.
is
in
10. [426,538]
construction].
seen Zaid for a day, you

not seen
him
so that
it
and, accor-
the gen.; not in the ace., [as in
And, when you have

C f.
I have
what follows
sometimes governed in the gen. [203]
is like
^1^*1^
e.,
^ a 3/ear (being in a time) anterior
^jLtj
(to
jj>
i.
xx
tS
^3-x-ww!
Damm
say
since the
uô\
day
l^f.
J!J|
&*
>0
not
x
jajK Lc
before yesterday
1727
when you have
and,
Of.
s^f.
\j*X
o***t
>
day
ty
(J^X
358.
things
_!&>!
is
I h ave n
Jj'
j\
The
i,
q.,
Joii!
But
but
it
has a predi-
to
qualified, as w:>L? j
!tX5
x-
and by another,
du., pi,
)] ^//
Jjjc
or with pro-
Jj.x>
is
not
supplied
oÂera
that they treat
and
,"-'''
fern.
and
[356]
it
(IY).
others, and
[in the
They
^H^H [r
/em. (IY)]
^^b
and
^>L^b
6y
222
^^
say
;^L>
[nr
(,Ih,
SllLL
(KF)] by another, [du. (IY)J ^.Ô^L? by two
(IY)]^L>
as a substantive,
xx
[pi.
with the
so often used apart from the

^\
>X
J^j cyô I passed by such a man
I passed by two
altogether obliterated from
For
^ '
.ÎkTj
is
agrees in gender and number with what
Kb
being
used either anarthrous or synarthrous,
is
belongs to (R).
it
[the fern,
^sT
not used either with
it is
anarthrous*
ing
And, since the sense of
it
meaning one of two
another [90] (KF), because jjT^jo Jûj

*
sense of superiority
thesis
since the
any of its fellows, vid. that

always suppressed from it when indet. [355] (M).
so that
it:
KU
Jh,KF); except that it contains the sense of ( Jh)] an
cament not belonging

is
him
seen
substantive,
[a
found only in the ep, (Jh).
Jjjo
&AJ
but you do not go beyond that (R).
on the measure of (Jh)]
ep. (IY),
is
two days,
for
>
before yesterday
him
not seen
&f
crtAers
<
(M): the Kin-
,-,,,,i
lias
1728
IX. 103.
and
And others have confessed
Ll^Ll^
a mistake to say
^^Ji
*^^
III. 5 [593] (IY).
^*4l /
1^**
It is
bought
a male slave and another slave-girl, because the Arabs

qualify by ^&.| and
^^\
and
their
[such words as denote] what
is
and] pis. only
[dus.
homogeneous with the
[person or thing] previously mentioned, as vL^JT jJs>G|
<5v^l &)uJt
Lix>j
considered AlLdt and Al'Uzza and

the other ? and L*OJ~C ^t> Jô
r^^lQ tj^
of you
is
s^X*^ r*-^
(5^
be a fast of a
is sick,
Uzzh,,
1^1-
>
and
*U by
ous with
is
Y> !|
ye then
the third^
*JCoo Jcgî
^W*
Therefore whoseover
let
him fast
there-
or on a journey, for him shall
number ofother days,
^j*\ because Manat
Al
x^xxJo
H-
Manat
present during the month,
and whosoever
in,
^^
Have
LIII. 19,20.
&f*ft )
gllx>
being qualified by
homogeneous with AlLdt and
because the days are homogeneILf

*
month; whereas, the slave-girl not being

homogeneous with the male slave, since the former is
the,
&^
fern.,
by
i
while the latter
jcC^f
*~'j
is
masc., *JsU^
as one does not say

>
^1
may
not be qualified
C\A*
Jk^*
^
jj
^* L. Hind
and another man came. For^fis
of the cat. of
person or thing denoted by] which
is
the [person or thing] mentioned after
jJtil,
[the
homogeneous with
it,
as
is
proved by the
1729
fact that,
when you say ,-jl
azZhnmunl
Ûl JUUJ
Hamasa
[one of the poets of the
and another
!
the
says,
full
(CD),] says,
is
phrase
a iid a nother (of the poets) says. And, as for the
saying of the poet

9
#
Compassionate
and
Laila,
bless
Azza and her daughter
her other female neighbours!,
bless
attributable to the poet's having
made her daughter
it
is
to be
a female neighbour of hers (D).

,-*
359. LujJ!
world
and
(R),]
in the sense of the
[when
^j!
[when
affair (R\] are sometimes

thetic
present
life or
in the sense of the great
used anarthrous [and apro-
(AKB)], as in
*'
oy^
'Iff
)yo3
"
'
jf
6
upjuo
(M, R)> by Al
rection (N)],
JLj
*Q
ss s
^*
CD tXÎ
O
Jo UJLb LjJ
Ajjaj (M, N,
AKB), On the day
when the souls shall
see
[of resur-
what provision they
have made ready, when affairs shall reach their en<l

in the strife of a life that has long been extended (N,
A KB), and
the tradition of
Iprfytf
^ ^ ^7^
see one
of you
cs*
idle t not
'Umar
^6-^
^jjj ^\ J,!
F'creVy
y V ^1
/ rfe/^
to
busy in an affair of the present
1730
'nor
life,
intention
,
x*
an affair of the life

being to make the matter
in
to
JuC
<5jAJ4>
(5
'
*
^ in a worldly
strife
'
f>
[397], the
indet., as
*
x* >
>
come
and i^joJ yd
*
'<
x-
though
^ in a
X
temporal matter and ^yh^ eternal were said (K on

72.), and in
[by one of the Banu Kais Ibn Tlia'laba, or t as
XX.
is said,
by
Bashama Ibn Hazn anNahshali, And, if thou summon

a great affair and a noble feat the chiefs of the
nobles of mankind^ then summon us (T r IY)], because
to
they are prevalently applied (M, R) to the two things

mentioned, so that the sense of superiority
ated from them (R)
substantives
and
which
reason they, like
hv([149], seldom follow a qualified (AKB).
[725]
is
and thus they are confounded with
for
(M),
is obliter-
is orig.
^^1
an
ep.,
on the measure of
(
the nearest, from
converted into
&
afterwards [the
in
&
^jj I drew near,
^S$\
into
&1: and
its
the
L^JLff
masc.
being
because fourth [727], and

because mobile and pre-
ceded by a letter pronounced with Fath [684] (IY).

is a disgraceful mistake, and a hideous solecism, to
JX>*S>.I
$u*juo
Lo^
sj^D
all
words on
the
Tanwin
its
This
is
It
say
X 0>
a weary world, because LJ^ and
measure are diptote whether
not being affixed to
them
det. or indet.,
in either state
1731
The
(D).
Lexicologists, however, say that the Arabs do

#
>
so that H's
sometimes pronounce Leo with Tan win
declaring it to be a mistake is a mistake on his part and
;
IHL
says that LXJJ has been heard declined as a triptote
though, as IJ says,
we know
it is
extraordinary, strange
anything, ending in an
~~
been heard [so declined] in #J\
which
is
ss
00
Ulb
>
and
Loj ^x^ î[above],
not a poetic license because the measure does not
IAjf is an
riot fern,
[248]
because,
indet.CTf
(5
of
when an
inf. n.,
it
may
^!H and
that
be made det. and
-u*^ in the reading
And, as for
like
the greatest,
J^Sf
is
^^\ [248,272]and dÎIJ
inf. n., like
331] ;
has
it
vary in either case (CD). But the correct opinion

(5
nor do
of femininization, that
declined as a triptote [18], except this word
is
t5
^LJU \^^
jLww^ II. 77.
And my
to
ye
men good and
&*y*t in the
saying [of Abu-1 Ghul at Tuhawi (T, IY)]
requite not any wzY/*
ey^ for good, nor
requite any with softness for roughness (T, IY)], they

>
are not the fern, of <j-*^
are inf.
1
[Abu
n*.,
like
^ju^
and
AH AlHasan (UN)]
as Abfc
mistake
i^
6e#er and
^^
saying
worse
[above] (M, R).
but
But
Ibn Hani [alHakaml, known
Nuwas (MN),] has been

in his
\^
taxed with making a
H32
As though smaller and greater of
[356,357] (M)
bubbles were pebbles of pearl on a
MN)
while in
^L> fift G
*j!
its
ground of gold (IY,

the
sûLfj [355]
is
not coraparatival (M,R),but partitive (R), being like the

in
;*>
glûUfJÛJTjLÛi
or the J
vôf [355] (M),
i.
e., J^x>
be judged to be red^
may
vLl)j
being
comparatival, as in
[by
Amr
Ibn Kulthum atTaghlabi,
I have
inherited
Amr's maternal ancestor), and

(the glory q/] a better than him, Zuhair (his paternal
Then most excellent is the treasiwe of the
ancestor).
[the glory q/]
Muhalhil
AKB)]
treasurer-keepers, (glory!) (EM,
what
verses, according to
rous,
may
is said,
another
or in both
Joti
be supplied, on which Jô depends,
^L 'jf\ [355] and
*Ix>
\^^^J^ the
i.
anarth-
e.,
pb$l
better, (a better)
than him (R).

9
360.
'
The Jou
*
\
superiority does not govern
of
like the v. (M), because, not being

fern. [356],
part.
are
it is
remote from resemblance
and becomes
not derived
placeable by a
made du.
v.
like
from
in the
or pl. 9 nor
to
the act.
prim, substantives, which
vs.
(IY).
It
same aense as
either
is
re;
it,
or is not
1735
(I A, A), it
does not govern in the nom. (R,
(I A, Sh), rare
(Aud,
except in a [weak
anomalous (Sn)] dial. (IA,
A),
Aud, Sh, A, Fk) transmitted by S

because
resemblance
its
the act. part.,
is
weak
throus and aprothetic,
v.,
Sh, A, Tsr, Fk),
and likewise (R)]
(R, A), inasmuch as,
made
not
it is
of superiority because of
to
anar-
nor du. or pi.
fern.,
resemblance [288]
its
to
jJilf
the
"f-
Jaw
of
wonder [477]
in
measure, origin, and intensive
Most
(ML).
signification
>>*>
Arabs do not say s^l

Sh, A,
*Juo
or oo! (Aud),
Fk)
of
s s
(Tsr,
Is
*"f-
J^j! J^vJ
MKh)
Fk,
the
1<i's
^>>vx>
(M, I A, Aud,
making <kb! govern
s^JT [or
oJl (Tsr)]
ground
in the
that the
passed by a
man
nom.
sense
to
Tsr) as an
(IA,
is
whom
ay! jJillf
his
as a [prepos.
MKh)
(IY, Tsr,
MKh) to yf (Tsr, MKh)

[in flic jmsition of
cp. (IY, Tsr,
MKh)
of
on the
or slo!
<lf.
but put Jôj! in the nom.
(M, Tsr,
prop, being
*s\
ag.,
father was, or thou wast,

,
superior in excellence Tsr)
an
when
detached pron.] in the nom. by the
plicit n. [or
the
[to
(I A,
disallow the government of the ex-
They
[356] (A).
IA,Aud,
A) an expressed ag, (Sh), [whether] an explicit

iR, I A, And, KN, A) or a [prominent (A) detached
(Aud, Fk, Sn)] pron. (Aud, A, Fk),
^ *
same sense
the
in
v.
KN,
Sh,
n.
by a
If not replaceable
(I A).
(Tsr,
or
MKh)] enunc.
JLJf (Tsr), the
(IY, Tsr) a gen. as (Tsr)]
(Tsr,
MKh),
as in
1734
I passed by a man whose father was

thy brother (IY); and the cop. being the pron. governed
in the gen.
by
(Tsr). Y, however, relates that (R)
Arabs allow [the
of the
explicit n, (or detached
jJu! of superiority to
from the
#.,
its
although
(IY,R), because
resemblance to the
remote (IY): but that [construction]

(R)
while S says that
is rare,
it
what we have mentioned (IY).

by a
v.
(IA, Aud, A,
>
[e.g.] in the
(I A,
is
act.
derived
part,
is
corrupt, because of
if
replaceable by
same sense (IA, Tsr,
case of J^xXlf! [below] (Sh),
an expressed nom.
(I A,
it
^1*
not well-known
is
But,
in the
Fk)
J
Fk).
govern the
pron.) in the nom., as (R)]
XA* Jw*ii! J^=*C? [or c^Jl
jj!
some
it
governs
Aud, Sh, A, Fk) universally
Aud), by common consent (Sh, Fk) of the Arabs
when
(Sh), vid.
Jî! is [cp. of a generic substantive (Sh,
Tsr, Fk, Sn)J preceded by negation [or the like (I A,
Fk\
vid prohibition and disapprobatory interrogation (MKhJ],
and when
its
nom.
is
[extraneous
(IA, Aud, A, Fk),
not connected with the pron. of the qualified (Tsr,
MKh),] declared superior to
itself
respects, as in
[the saying
ju\ ..jj^,^
"
^^
^ss
*Juo
+ "/ ^r
seen a
than
it
man
is
XXXD
""
in two
of the
eye,
Sn,
[different (Tsr)]
Arabs (Sh, Tsr)]
-***^
e.,
I*
have not
'
in whose eye collyrium
in the
i.
is
more beautiful
of Zaid (IA, Aud, Sh, A, Fk),
1735
where the collyriuin,
of Zaid,
in respect of its being* in the
superior, and, in respect of
is
other
any
o/e of
of Zaid
colly ri urn hi the eye

itself in the eye
more biautiftd than
is
man
of any other
known
<X^
ijjLC.
yon may say &**.

O
x-
x-
>
>
putting the
(And),
>
reason that the
/ Aaê
able by a v. in
v.
nom.
were made an
^^ô
whereas
(Sn)],
^L=^
Lo
man
in
Jotil
'
^c ^
&.
^^!
while the
'*
iuuo
[l)fl)\vj
tf
S.
govern the
has no
it
ex.
it is
and,
if
in
v.
its
replacethe
n<
enunc. (Fk, Sn),]
tlirn
extraneous word,
[vid.
xjjf
And
^! J^|
similar
jjjf
Û
**
|ôJt L^xi
///////
to
of-
Prophet,
fasting dearer to Go<l
pOCt[Suliaim
unable
would ensue (A, Fk).
Ibi.
(Tsr)
in this
^ by an
from
are the saying of the
Dhu-lHijj".
eye of
^
IM
is
hich., [and juttl its
(YS),]
*-
ook
in place of
sense, as you see (A)
its
>^*fi
reparation of
>
seen a
?zo^
only that
is
>
^3
'
of superiority
Joti!
sense [of excess
'
*-
explicit n. in the
x^sxJ!
^j^^^
without altering the sense: so says
inch.
X>
xJUvuSxT J.^^XJ!
the
colly rum is so beautiful as in the
trhose eye
Za Id
as the case of J^jCII [above] (Sh,

x-
For
Fk).
from which
(Tsr),
>
ex. the case is
eye
being n the
i
the sen&e being that
is inferior,
man,
its
/'/
is ///
A, Sh)
in
JTo<
///<
<ni
<lf.<
i'n
;uid thr
Watl.il (S). ,-itnl by
>/
Baying
A J
)
>r
14
1736
(S, IA)
I passedby
know any
not
the vale
XA>
y!
of Wild Beasts
&j
sl
and I do
when
vale like the vale of Wild Beasts,
it
grows dark, wherein riders that have come to it tarry

less [than they do in if], and more dreadful save so
as
eo
God guards a wayfarer (MN), where

p,A* ^$07
a->
but suppresses that
[*j
means
lie
for
^Juo (AKB)]
the sake of brevity (S), because of the
know-
hearer's
^ *
ledge (AKB), the phrase being like Jo\
t ""f-s
oo!>
^**f
^
Lx
(MN) and
[below]
>
the saying
>
_
(Sh)
to
I have not seen a man
than
it is to
thee,
a ^
governed by
^^1
that lavishness
Ibn Sindn
in the tradition
from the
s_*=*l is
act.
this explicit n. should

first
dearer
is
But the nom.
(Jsh).
f.
a pro-ag., because
[354], not
v-A
and the
[last]
formed from
The
(Sh).
verse
is
the pass. v.
general rule
is
occur between two prons.,
that
the
belonging to the qualified, and the second to the
xplicit
?i.,
the second
pro 71.
is
as exemplified, [the
by the
in &** (Tsr)]
first
by the
in aJUc,
but sometimes the second
suppressed, and Jô prefixed to the explicit
[vid. jJ-J'(Tsr),] as Js?)
rium of the eye of Zaid
^**
;
and
J^"
&
than
or to its place,
[i. e.,
the
n.,
colly-
the place
1737
* X
the
^^ ^ than
x-
of) the eye of Zaid, [one pre.
'colly rt urn
(And, A)]
pressed
"^
(Tsr).] as Jo^
j^.
or to the
owner
n.
(the
being* sup-
of the place, [vid.
**
(Tsr),] as Jo\
<X>\
fAan
Jjjo
colly r turn
(/*e
of the eye
of) Zaid (And, A, Fk), two pre. ns. being* suppressed
and
O
sometimes
"
-0
>
JôC'l L^xi ^j-**^
eye Zi&e
/ie
^)
0^
5x
icherein
'
iaye n
the
they say
jô^
one
is
a7iy
^^
Jo^s-jf
prefix
(Tsr)
it
&j
it
becomes
Jo)
(And,
Jo }
^
is
Jx^jr^,
because of hi<
A), saying Jo\
(Tsr).
And
like
is
fasting
dearer
'"ys oftheten[u\wv],
(Ju
^îoJI r
Lx>
**
b!
it
is
the
Pro-
^fô ^li** "ilfî^f ^f
Not any days
x^
Tv^l
and then they suppress the pre. (And, AJ, so
phet's saying
Iyti*l\
^1^!
to
Jou^
x
[119]
ox
that
man
more beauti-
nection with
Lo
good behaviour more beautiful in

X
similarly
is
than (good behaviour in) Zaid the o.f.

then they
joo;
V'-
^11
is
not seen any
Zaid, in whose eye the collyrium
And
see n
"^X
>
Jo^ c^ I have
ful (Sn).
colliji-iani
(And, A), and
[above]
*5
*XX
^l
as
the nom.,
u^^^^^-!;
eye o/ Zaid,
more beautiful
>
*X X
put after
is
nothing
x"*
then
"<
S*
to U<,<l
in
vi't'.
x*.
U rro J^, tlien^juH ^Ll j^

^dU)| r
This construction docs not occur
in the
Kur
(Sjj,
(A).
Fk),
1738
IM
CT
says in the
but (A)]
that
it
tion or interrogation (A, Tsr)
KN
on the
is better to confine
The
it
in the
Commentary
has been heard
Fk]
the
latent
Sh). [It exercises
(R,
IA, Aud, Sh, A,
<?.
O "^
J^di!
cV.?s
ypz.
Â
government]
its
in
(R)
every
i.
e.,
be preceded by negation or not (MAd), as
it
this
is
without restriction (Sh),
dial. (Aud, A, Fk), [and]
whether
it
nom.
governs [in the
Fk) pron. (R, JA, Aud, A, Fk), which

(R,
and
oneself to what the Arabs have said
Jû! of superiority
(R, IA, Aud, A,
arj.
(Tsr).
containing the sense of
and IHsh follows him
but no instance of
only after negation,
[occurs
be used [by analogy (Tsr)] after prohibi-
may
negation (A)
Zfiid
more
zs
excellent
than
Amr
>s of.
(IA, And), where Jaw! contains a latent pron. [in the nom.
d,
as an ag. (Tsr)], relating to Jo^ (IA, Tsr), because such

government [is weak, its effect not being literally ap-
parent
so that
(Sn)] does not
it
IM
op. (R, Sn).
says in the
soundest opinion (Fk),
(R,
KN, A;]
it
cause
co-ordinated
vs.
if
does not govern
e.,
KN,
whether an explicit
i.
is
(A), According to the
the direct obj. (R, Sh,
tedly (KN),
it
CK
need strength of the
[in
[in
the ace.
A), unrestric-
n. or not (Fk),
be-
intransitiveness] with
the
denoting natural dispositions [432, 484] (YS)
any
n.
but,
suggesting [the allowability of (A)] that [con-
struction] be found after
governed
in the ace.
it,
such n.
is
[held
by a [supplied (A)]
v.
to
be (A)]
indicated
by
(R, A), as in xJLx^

is
wiser (than every one
from His path,

hence
VL
i.
e.,
J^?J>x> jJU! yc VF.117.
He
pJf
knoweth) who stray eth

txil
jjju
J^J^
JU!(R); and
124. [64,201,202], vLLi being a direct
oft;
the place of an ace., governed by a supplied
(Sn)] indicated by
(A^; and the saying [of
pJlit
in
^ O^
Jl^
v. [
Al Abbas
4
Ibn Mii-das as Sulami (T)]
.3
(R,A)
And I
have not seen the
of the tribe of the
like
Banti Asad, as a tribe assailed at
morning; nor
the
of us, on the day that we encountered, as cavaliers ;

and I have not seen any tribe returning more boldly to
like
and more vigorous in defending

dard than they, and not any more ready
the charge,
than we, (we smote, or smiting)

being
J^jLlli
(AKB)]
v, [
governed in the
lljli or
>
stan-
to
smite
crests with the

ace.
(A KI*)]
v/^
*
the
swords
by a [suppressed
indicated by
J^f
to be the
(T) while some allow Jou!
op.,
of the sense of superiority [.>57] (A).
because divested
Nor docs
it
govern
the ace. assimilated to the diiv.rt uhj [348], either because

t
it
docs
n<>t
govern
the,
direct obj. in the ace.,
does not govern the ace. assimilated

or because the [assimilate
<
\
/>.'s
to
and therefore
the direct obj.\
government of that
ace.
1740
sidiary to its
government of the nom., and subprefixion to what was governed by it in the
nom.
whereas
subordinate to
is
its
>
[348];
IM
it
f!
does not govern the explicit
on the conditions mentioned [above];
n. in the nom., except
and, if
-*
Juii
do govern that in the?iom.,

s
CK
says in the
(A),
The
is
not pre. to
it
(R).
f-
Joti
of superiority (R,8h,
A,Fk), (1) when formed from a self-trans,
v.,
(a) if the
be not indicative of knowledge [or ignorance], nor of
v.
made
trans,
by the J (R, Sh, A,

Fk) to the direct obj. (R, Sh,Fk), which belonged to the
^ O
^J & Z
*
^
v. before the formation of Jow (R), as **3 1^
^LcJLJ ^JUblya
love or hatred (A),
i*
f-
>
*>
>
f.
L^JU
7/tf
/.?
'
*s
quicker
to benefit the
to seek blood-revenge,
neighbour (A), because the resemblance
of Jotil to the
and
v.
act. part,
is
weak
the case of the act. part, and inf. n.,
support by the J [346.B, 498,504]
obj.,
and readier
and, since in
when
is
allowable, not-
withstanding their strength, that [support]

in the case of
the
(R), is
KA.M
+ *
>
made
^
because of
its
necessary
weakness (R
(b) if
ted with
[346.B, 503] (R,A,Fk), as
jJLa.
*
o^t!
*
Khdhd is better acquain-
trans, by the
&
f-
b JLÛ j&JJ
*
s
La
'
f.
grammar, and more ignorant of law
because the
obj. of
is
be indicative of knowledge (R,A) or ignorance,
v.
Of-o
j*l
trans, to an
such
is
vs.,
and similarly
sometimes redundantly prefixed
parts, and inf. ns. (R):
(c^ if
[to the obj.
the
v.
of
(Fk),
to the
their act.
be indicative of love
1741
or hatred,
is
the obj. and
made trans, by the J
by
504] (R, A),i.
aJU!
what
&&H*AJ
**\
500,
^t^c^jf
'
>
x-
is logically
logically the ag.
is
the lover or hater (R), as
e.,
OJ
what
to
to
JQ
aJJ
The believer
loves
God more dearly than himself, and he is beloved by

God more dearly than any other (A), e., more deari.
ly than the unbeliver
such
as
vs.
JuJl 44^ XLIX.

,jU^T
&
&
>
>
.^
and J^J
(vX^.
trans,
to
you (R)
obj
7.
(2)
belief dear
-4;irZ
when formed from a
t\L 15
irurt'f,
And
fa
sin,
^W! Jll
-ê
m ore
abstinent
and more quick to do good, and more

and more covetous of praise, and
more worthy of clemency, and more averse

nity.
made
Aa^/i
by means of & prep.,
*S
^'5
to
_ff
by that ^rep. (R, A) alone, as

!
n(je
means of
Hath made
7.
XLIX.
^^
the direct
trans, [to
ili<'
(Sn), because
unbelief hatejul
made
Him
are trans, to the lover or hater by
v.
beloved by
is
the
wonder [477] shares with J^fin

i
JSxtfxx'
x
>o.e6x* ^
^
iJJ
&x^l
Lo^
^^J ^^1 Lx /A///;
^H
of
v.
1
to obsce-
-e
this usage, as &JJ!
dearly (he heli^rtr loves God, and how dearly he

x
ts s
**
beloved by God!, *~JLL> ^-^f

'
xx x
^^^"
>
^ x *r
-'-*^' 'V*^--
is
*>
L?
How
well
he
Lx
Hot0 quickly he cuts

through
1742
(
*
obstacles
from
is
to
do good
xj
vA^vJ
xlie-
^t
aLfc^*!
*^s^l
LT JEfew
>
If the
v.
be trans, to two
to the first
by the J
in the ace., (1)
> ô-f.
mm
wore
a??i
JJi.il
as
&
__, *o
to
.^jj
(A).
made trans.
is
governed
Jj^>
^"*-
-**
^f\ b!
(5
'Amr: (I
clothe
>
clothe
>x-"t
>^
Aim) with garments and UJLiiuo Joy)
than thou
is
(R, Fk), according to the
C?llxJ!
ÂaTi fAow ô
it !
of
while (R)] the second

v.
he
^ *
o&/*., [ J**l 18
by a supplied
BB, indicated by
is
he
quick
covetous
l/oty
//ow worthy he
Uo
s>J^!
he abstains
Lo 7/ow; strictly
s sjoo\!
the world!,
of it!, and
x x &
>
Lu jJ
/,
dLuo
know Zaid : (I know him)
^JLt!
to be
better able
departing^
ô-e.
the second obj. of
J^ti!
and the
v.
with
...e****:
being suppressed,
by jmit
(2)
as some
first
06;'.,
*>>>xfe^
UJUoô *LjU! (R):
#
s^^l and
(R, Fk), according to the
itself
unrestrictedly,
vûxJ
i.e.,
its
say; but, as
KK
others
(R),
say, if
renderable by what contains no declaration of superiority,

>
which opinion, says Dm,
would be made trans,
same
place,
sort, like
(R).
two
v. is
Nor does
analogy,
<if.
Joti!
by the J
not trans, to two things of
direct ofy's. or
by means of two preps, alike

>
By
good (Fk).
to the second 067. also
but for the fact that the

the
is
two
ns. of time or
in
form and sense
[in the ace.
(Fk)] the unre-
x*5
Juti!
govern
stricted or causative or concomitate obj. (Sh, Fk).
But
it
1743
governs [in the ace. (R)]
oK
U^Jlo Zaid is
to
f-
the
xjuo
adv
f-
the
*
Li
v. is suffi-
2) the d.s. (R, Sh), as ^llf? ^^1^1 J^x
handsomest of men when smiling and
vûyb! y-u? !jk55 [77] (Sh),
because this resembles
[74] (R); (3) the sp. (R, Sh), as
355, 357] and
XIX.
75. [147] (Sh),
erned in the ace. by what

v.,
the adv. (R, Sh), as
[355] (Sh), because a tinge of the
cient for this (R)
LJsj
(1)
is
as in !xi oy>K [85] (R).
221
XVIII.
because this
32. [85,
is
gov-
devoid of the sense of the
THE NOUNS OF TIME AND PLACE.
361.
They
arc applied to denote time &n& place,
with respect to the occurrence of the act therein, without

G ^
restriction of person or time, as
place,
not
ô-^ meaning time, or

of unrestricted going out. And hence they are
made
to
govern [365] an
obj. or
adv*
so
|Jo\ time, or place,
or place,
become
motions
restricted (Jrb).
is
The
object of using these pro-
a kind of conciseness and abridgment, since

to
import the time, 01 place, of the act

9
xx
,jLo\
not said, lest they should
is
but for them, you would be obliged to use the

O
"
of killing Zaid or ^J\ ^vûo
of going out to-day
they serve
word
that
x Cx<-o Q x
& GX
v.
and,
with the
x x
time or Ûoo place (IY).
They
upon the measure of the aor. (IY, R)
t;.
are formed
&
JJiiJ
except that
you put the ^ in place of the aoristic letter, to distinguish

Such of them as are formed
the n. from the v. (IY).
from the unaugmented
tril.
are of two kinds, pronounced
with Fath, and pronounced with Kasr, of the g (M).
formed from an unaugmented

the measure of
(R^],
when they
(1)
jjil*
tril. (Jrb),
they are upon
[with Fath (R, Jrb) of the
are formed from (a) the
pronounced with (a) Fath of the g

x
place, of drinking, [from
If
G~i
as
v.
whose aor.
v.yu
>
drank, aor.
is
time, or
O
1745
MASH
(b)
Darnm
of the
as Jojo vital part, where

) t
a wound
is
fatal [372] (SH), from
MASH):
(Jrb,
the defective, [i.e., the
(b)
the J (Jrb),] as
^C^Q
birft
(SH\ from ^^
aor.
Jutf killed,
unsound
shot, aor.
in
^^J
>
(MASH), even
if
they be formed from JOLO with Kasr of

O
&*
the
likef^ô
abode, or be quasi-sound,
^ô
and]
to the cat. of the
belonging
of government (R),
like
^^Q meaning place
in order that the
word may be
lightO
ened (R, Jrb) by conversion of the J into
(R)
JuU*
(2)
x-
[with Kasr (R, Jrb) of the
from
the
the
(a)
as
vj>v*i>o
is
are formed
pronounced with Kasr of
time, or place, of striking, [from
stru< k, aor.
<Lj*ij. (Jrb,
MASH)]
the unsound in the
i. e.,
(R)],
whose aor.
v.
when they
Cr^
(b) the quasi-sound,
(Jrb), belonging to the cat.
of the
(R),]
as
tXô time or place, of appointment
(SH), from JLC^ promised, aor. JoLr(M^J3II), even

>
aor. be on the measure of JUIA.)
^
,
like
if
the
>
J^ô dreadful pi
of the aor.be pronoun

(R).[or more f ully] whether the g
witli
Fath,
is lighter
place
tlie
or
Kasr (AAz\ because Kasr with the
Fath (Jrb)
than
and some
occur on
[18
Damm,
ns.,
but the
neither inf.
measure of JiLo
Klv transmit
ns.
nor
/>*.
witli Fath.
^hilu
^yo
of pLi
like
tin- <juj\si-souii(l
174G
belonging to the cat. of the
,5
which the
[in
^ is a
&** time,
O x
(S),] is
treated like the sound (S,

'
R)
as
vJ
or
place, of waking, from JaJio wakes (R), because [the aor.
and
in] it is complete,
is
not altered, since the ,5 with the
[than with the
^5 is lighter
The reason why
^ ] (S).
Damm of
and place are not pronounced with
ns. of time
tbe
when
the
>
the aor. is so pronounced, is that JOLW does
not occur [in the language (R)], except [extraordinarily,

o
>
^-
>
as (R)] in
Ju and ,jyw
because
is
it
so that they deviate to Fath T
But the following [twelve
light (R, Jrb).
(Jrb) words (R, Jrb), formed from Jm^Twith

8
the
(R),]
Kasr iR,
for
occur [upon the measure of JoU^ (R) with
Jrb), because
Kasra
aor. of the same
v.,
>
like
c
>
often occur in the
^^ collected, gathered together,
mustered, aor. v-iû (Jrb)]

O
Damma
the sister of
is
Damm
reason Kasr and
which
Ditmm of
dL*uuo
(1)
place ofwor-
ship [below]; (2) ^ô place where camels are slaugh9
lered
,
'
(3) ouJLo
place where plants grow
or place of rising [below]
(5)
9"x
west
time>
(7) (jyax>
crown
oftJie
head [below]
w place, oj fatting or dropping

8
of abode [below]
[below]
(12)
(10) ^jJô elboiv
(9)
o
o^,
;
east
(J^J>
(G)
Oo^,
;
(8) iaju*x>
^xlji place
t,
(11) tXû^x;
lsJU wo5/r/? [372] (SH).
^
JLJbjc
(4)
mosque
And hence
1747
place where a thing
kliaJo
And
to
analogy (MASH),
(R)] has been heard, vid (1)
9"*x
siJL^Juc
(above)
Udljuo
XXII.
worship]
<Xs\w**jc
(R,
is
(3) JyL'; (4) ^xJ^ (5)

^LC (MASH)
9 x
x
MASH) (6) ^^ô place of congregation or
;
allowable, even
while Fr says that in all of them
have not been heard (MASH).
if it
But jLôo meaning place of alighting

because
its
aor.
is
read with both vowels;

c
explained] (R).
As
for
s'
is [so
XX.
biform, J^xli in
Q
[and ~^LX>
83. [411]
is
being
be similarly
may
^sJuo
nostril [372],
[252, 343] (SH); but both are
while there
pronounced]
[formed by alliteration to the Kasra of the
^1*
x x
Have We appointed a place of
35, 60.
muster [below] (R)

2
both being read in LJLx>
MASH),
(R,
(2)
Fath
thought to be [362] (R).
is
some words Fath, [according
in
as well as Kasr, of the
no other (SH), since
not one of the formations (Jrb).
it is
a deriv.,
(Jrb),] like
extraordinary (Jrb),
jjilo
with two Kasras
And some
is
words, formed
from JouL with Kasr, occur with Fath and Kasr, vid
2 s '
*-0
xpx
^joo track or course and Jo^l
^Lo nightly resting-place
of camels (R); whereas
the
in
case of
anything but
^Lo with Fath is said (L).

IH says in the CM th;it (Jrb) the 5
came/5, only
J62.
of fnniiiini-
zation is sometimes aflixt-d to borne of these ns. (M, Jrb),
1748
as though they meant the &*jb plot, or patch,
(IY)
whether they conform
[place of slipping, which
to
is
analogy (Jrb
its
aor.
place of burying (IY),
which
wjlLj
by IY
[said
from
fa
differ
from
[said
by IY
from
^B
to be]
it
the
sun
(IY)], and iiiyi
pronounced
[361] (M, Jrb), which
with Fath, because
Damm
(IY).
is
being
(j,
with Fath [482] (IY)
like kilo*
(Jrb),
to be]
&
aor.
or
is
it is
But, as
which occur on the measure of &i*I^ with

Jrb), like
^!Li[ place of graves
place in which exposure
ns.
[place oftliQ sun's shining,
thought^ aor. Jîk> with
Damni (M,
are
Kasr
.o^
pronounced with Fath of the
alighted,
for those
chamber
ky>
place ivhereon the bird alights, which
(M
kiLciuc
of sitting in
the place
is
like
pronounced (IY)], Hllix (M, Jrb
so
is
with
pronounced
9
because
of ground
(IY), and fcjLLi
v.
yL^
sun occurs,
'^^^ upperhair on the breast (M), they
to the
made
not
[so constituted (AAz),]
course of the
(IY)],
to
follow the
in them not
(M,Jrb), the act's proceeding
>
but are
being meant (AAz),
(Jrb)
[above],
The
like
^^3 flask,
bottle,
phial
were meant,
'^J^
be
said
would
and abLLo with Fath
(IY).
*$pL?,
and,
if
the place of the
affixion of the
act
in (Jrb) such [a formation] as
&Ifaui
or
8Cl
is
not regular (SH), but
confined to hearsay
1749
(Jrb), since the rule is that

place,
.
and in the
And whatever
the quad,
is
Jjboin the
of time
n.
should be denuded of the
inf. n.,
is in
All of that
363.
the
unaugmented
(R).'
tril. (Jrb).
formed from the augmented
is
and
tril.
or
identical in expression with fat pass, part*
(M, R, Jrb), with unbroken regularity, as in the case of

like
the inj. n. beginning with
r [333] (R),
9
or place,
g-^*
time,
>
of including, )\JUQ
(S,
AAz)]
(M)
And
she
in the saying [of
the tribe
Ûu
their say ing
Qumaid Ibn Thaur
not clad save in a waist-wrapper
is
a shift at the time of Ibn
he makes
of excluding (M, R, Jrb), J^Joo time or place

C ^
upon
and
Hammdm's making a raid
of Khath'am Ibn Annmr (AAz\ where
a [n. of] time, an adv. (S),
^^\ ^^^^3
Such a one
is
JXx>
in
(IY)
noble in ori-
gin (M), JolLo time, or place offighting (M, R), ^,JaJLc

time, or place,
of seeking gain, ^Jl^Lo place oftrau-la-
'
'\
'
'
tion ajter death, JôLssuuo time, or place, of oppression

(M),
vû^c
tniip, or
place, of extracting (R),
time t or place of rolling

,
down
down
place, of being rolled
(M, R*, _^.<xLo time, or
(R), and .yfljûi /nne,or
place, of crowding together (M, R).

^*
JuoL^J
.Hjlo'
rv-^VJv^XX"
APAjjKJ
1750
(M) The place of the crowding together of the herd of

camels with their herdsmen and owners, and the
shallow trenches dug round the tent
water [243] (AAz), and the
to
keep out the
like (Jrb), each of
which
admits of four meanings (R), this expression being com-
mon
to the n. of time, the n. of place, the

It
pass. part. <IY).

place,
being meant
seems that the
it is
ns.
resemble the [aor.]
to
are made conformable
because
inf. n.
of
time and
v. in
measure,
the pass. part.
to
[347],
(1)
lighter than the act. part., since the act.
pronounced with Kasr [of the g

pass, with Fath, while Fath is lighter and
part,
and the
is
and the
],
(2) because,
the ns. of time and place being adverbial objs. as respects
the sense, the use of the expression denoting the obj. to
represent them
.
3G4.
formed,
is
more agreeable with analogy
and
iiiLi [with Fath of the
r
[to indicate
in a place (R,
L)
and serves
wherein such objects abound (BY)
that
(L), as
^
BY)]
^^
provided that the
in Jll3 wolves (R, L)
BY),
either un8
^1 land
abounding in
tX**l
lions (R, L,
(L,
BY), by
f-<i
BY) and i! joo
or augmented, as sUuLo Jk|
abounding in gUt vipers
glx**
9
'
wild beasts and sjLÛ in
(R,
land
9 o^
O ^^ a *
&*x**x)
is
abound (R, L,
to qualify the
substantives be of three rad. letters (L,
augmented
(R,
abundance (ARf),] from [prim.
ARf)] substantives denoting objects
BY)
(Jrb).
land
elision of the
1751
Hamza
^w! (ARf>, and
of
in
sCJauo
v^ll^ serpents
{below] (L), and BL&otn l\J3 cucumbers [below] (L, BY),
nates (L).
&
one
elision of
by
(ARf), and
IA1 says,
to recite cm the
It
has reached us that 'Uniar used
Makka
to
way
in ^Lo> pomegra-
sjJoJo
though her rider were a branch in a windy place,
-4
when
she
(D).
They
urged gently by him, vr a tipsy drinker
is
the
distinguish
because of their lightness
>^
forming
fl
[above], because its
some assert that

says s!^2oi
<jc>J
it
Dm
ls
disputed,
The mode
Go
of
S saying sL^*
;
the
saying
of
while the Author of the Aiu

4
truth,
says,
g according to him, is a ^ while

and the Author of the Ain
is a
^
but
(S).
6 ^
from JU^
*JLjUx>
by that [formation]
trils.
Q *
is said to
be the
is
unknown.
And
<i
Urn says, The vulgar take sUU^ [above]
to
mean
the
place where cucumbers and other things, like melons,
grow, altering the expression by putting an
in place of
the Ilam/a, and not observing the sense of abundance.
Since this formation contains some
advs.
beginning
But
them (ARf).
witli
[11
it
r [3G1],
is
resemblance
co-ordinated
to
with
says that (AKf)], notwithstanding

-
its
frequency,
it
is
not regular, universal

*--
abv
(K. ARf).
'a
IM
hywnas
add.-,
i.
or
in the
so that wi^cii
ijjJw
in 0k>n*yj
is
not said
Tasini iLuL/with Fath of the
1752
and
from
Damm
KhA
of the
Dm
while
with
'*&y> dung-heap,
JJtll
abounds in a place (L, BY); so that

>ar.
is said
(L
as
ci*o
9 c"
^^
n^
cc?
^n z/;ua beasts, act. part.
beasts upon the
abounded in herbage,
act.
\jbj$
that
object
T
oJUst
act.
The land abound-
>
abounding in wild
autx**x>
measure of the
ARf).
"
OX*XA!
o
upon the measure
v.
from a substantive denoting an
o J
O
aULaUjo
transmits
Damm and Fath
Sometimes they form a [quad. (BY)]

of
AU
says that
act. part.,
C^ o >
aUxiouo
part.
and
oJLc^c.!
abounding in
G '-6
> of- cf-
herbage (BY), whence ^CN^! o^yo! the land abounded in

lizards, act. part.
iLydx>
and
^>Lb'
-"
abounded in cucum-
'-^"^
This xJiixf
6er5, ac^. |>a?^. xXxAx> (L).
is
not formed from

O
the substantive of four [or
more (R)]
(R, L, BY), loIS/bo; (R), and
rads., like
jÎi
jM^nce (B Y), such
phrases as gjU^jTawCcT abounding in frogs (L) [and]

s^JLxiJI wsi?
abounding in foxes ^R) being used instead
(R,L), except in the extraordinary sayings Ljl*^

9^_^
abounding in foxes and

transmitted
of the r and
kjyijCo
by S (L, BY).
[above], says
IM
As
m
for
scorpions [below]
Lju*' and LJiJ
says in the CT, both are with
Kasr
^3 land
Damm
of the penultimate,
according to
of
AZ,
upon the measure of the act. part, from the non-tril
1753
[343J
Damm
but are transmitted by S with
of the
Fath of the penultimate; and ought therefore

with Fath, because S
though
and,
AZ
was
is
You say
(ARf).
foxes and
9
<,
read
more truthful
is
>
v_JLxA*
a place abounding in
<jUo<r
in scorpions and
yJuw
to be
a better authority than any other,
his master, stil
and
frogs and
<xL<Lo in
>
in scum, with Kasr of the
v_J^jJax>
first
as an act.
part.: Labld says
makes springs in the

or in mount Ajd, dwindle
It
stony tract called Lubiu\

to
frog-ponds, all of which
are covered with scum(R), meaning g^LLdJ

S
slytf'
'
'
s-
(Jh).
If
formed from the quad.,

8
&IXjii>o
of
the
of
the pass. part. (R),]
tril.,
upon the analogy
t/x>
iuljixxj
[and
^^y
would be
measure
the
upon
because the
said,
&
in the case of what exceeds

counterpart of JuU*"[3Gl]
*
1
three [letters],
is
upon the measure of the pass. part.
[3G3](S,R): but, [says

with Fath of the
[first]
(ARf),]
L&U
have not been hoard
think that S's saying means that iuJuio
have actually
if
used from
h-
ru hr-anl
tin-
hut his
*y*^
s.
d<
not
^1 and
kjyuj
language moans that,
thoy would ho said (R, ARf).
Those, however, [says S (R),J who
abounding in foxes
and
sa
(S,R), beaiuse iL'UJ
[7],
is ////.
say
|&
(R).
And
1754
^,
some,
Jh
[says
(R),] say slajuo
abounding in scorpions
(Jh, R, ARf), with elision of the

9
reduced ^LC
which
is
O
that
v_,
(R), as
though they
to three letters,
anomalous (R)
and then formed
but
Dm
"
says
it
We do
be
not
it
and
_ 1^
derived from JLC meaning
wound, because a wound
not admit
derived from the expression ^>
is
why may
ARf)
So
(i
su*
(Jh,
often results from the sting of

O xc
the scorpion ?" and, according to this, iQai
is
the
land
producing the wound that proceeds from scorpions

*
(ARf).
And &JUU*
is
also sometimes formed to denote the
cause of the abundance of the object denoted by the

Ox ^
expression
* x
OxÔ^,
x -. c/x
>
as yJ&uuc sJu^jc jJ^l! children are a cause
of much cowardice, much niggardliness [331] (ARf).

365.
No
n. of
time or place governs [361] (M) like

ft
fehe
inf. n,
[33$] (IY).
Andî
in the
saying of An-
Nabigha [adhDhubyanl (ABk)]
--'O
xOx^
li*
[u4s
though
it
by the
dust were a parchment that artistic hands had

in xlLc over it relating to the
x>
engrossed (AAz), the

,5^3
mce, o/) Ae dragging of

winds burying traces under
(the place, or
their skirts over

the
&A-U
trench dug round the tent mentioned in the preced3
ing verse (ABk),]
is
an
inf, n.
(M, Jrb),
i.
q.T
(M),
1755
pre. to the ay., and governing- Lp^.S in the ace. (Jrb) :

while a pre. n. is suppressed (M, Jib) before it (M) the
7
full
phrase being
AAz), as
or (2)
IH
(1) cA*lx>!J
holds (AAz),
^LLclpr^pT
(M) as Z holds (AAz).

7
fO
i.
M.
Iwsvi
e.,
>
^^0
ff^
(IT, Jrb,
THE INSTRUMENTAL NOUN.
.366.
for
It is
every
n. derived
what is used as an instrument
like _U*x>
key
[379],
which
is
v.
and made a name
in that act (Jrb,
name
what
for
open with, and SLsxUCo broom, which
what
what
to
loosely applied
such as
is
used
is
act
the
is
a name for
And sometimes
used to sweep with (Jrb).
is
ARf),
9 ^ ^
to
from a
done
is
in,
it
when
is
it
is
used for an instrument (Jrb, ARf), like v^JL^x?

O
milk-pail (Jrb).
The
So says Jrb (ARf).
'
v^JLssuc is
not
the place o/ milking, that being the place in which

the milker sits to milk
milking
but
tril v.
Llia>o
^
is
The
is effected (R).
from the
JjUx>
(IY, L, BY).
an instrument wherewith
instrumental n.
is
formed
on the measure of
It is
and JUJuo (M, SH, L, BY),

x
all
three
the
as though
r (IY, R, L, BY),
(BY) with Kasr of
meant to be distinguished from the inf. n. [333] and n.
of
(BY), like
[361] (IY), and with Fath of the
place
^JJauo [above] (M, SH, L, BY) and uoox> blade of scissors

(M, L),
uL'
^*
*^X* [above] (M,

[above] (M,
SH) and Li^w> comb
SH, L, BY) and J^tyL blade of

9
shears or scissors [310] (M, L) and

B
(L, BY).
(R, L),
^+&* lamp
[253]
They make JJu*
fern.,
as they
make
the
1757
(IY)
but
'
n. of
place fern.
[362]
'
*
*.
said to be
kJLiAx? is
*
s O
*l
And some say
confined to hearsay (Jrb).

*~.
1 S
<j
contracted from Jljulo
and that [saying]
ft
[above],
and
^>.ftx>
more often used
s o
JULAXJ is
allowable, as
^Lx*o [above]
o
^M and ^1
Juulo
JLo
not
is
is
allowable
and
for that
reason, say they, the
is
Ox-"
whereas
whenever JLiLo
allowable
is
confirmed by the fact that J L&L
is
allowable whenever
although Juulo
that JkjUx ia
is
sound
o s
in Jsvx> s/*(/i
-
and kxûo
^
*>
needle [712], not being converted, as in JULo and *Ux

R
because they are contracted from
Jfu> and IsLô, where
it
must be sound, because of the occurrence of the
it
(IY).
after
'
or
Every instrumental
mentioned
elrgy on a groom
>
'
like the
and hence the saying of AlFurazdak
&*
^'^
" " '
'
on the measure of JiLo
pronounced with Kasr of the *
is
&JLxAx>
n.
'
1*
s O
in
?is.
an
*
L>t
ilvAxs
^
4> juMuSJuo^
iLc^Juo ^
*
"^; i
^*
^r
ahe-mule, and a she-muleând a nose-bag of evil,

?/7/0se barley has been wasted, and a rejected brvvm,
and a curry-comb, and a yellow whip whose thongs are

worn out, be wail Abu-lKhansd /; while IA1 says that
iv^jvx
LJ^lc
wi'li
Futh nf
thesis
the
with Kasr thr//// (D).
ffac
[:>(i 1J,
and
1758
367.
few words are formed anomalously,- the
being pronounced with

w
(1) Fatfr in
.*
[some instances of slil*,
o^
like slLx ladder, stair-case, and s\ULo lamp-stand, because
these objects are instruments in one respect

in another, a subtle distinction noticed
Q
,x
O ^
xlftJLo
farrier's flea
Q
;
andâces
by few, and (CD)]
while s\jL*Jodri7ikiny -fountain,

x-
x-
gULo [above], and

vessel for purification are pro*^$b.A
nounced with Kasr, conformably with rule, and Fath,

because these objects are not transportable by hand
Danim i\\^j&&A oil-flask,

'
JojuLo tubs
'
,_m
and
[below]
pestle,
(JiJuo
'
'
though Jjju
The following;
n
trumental
Damm
s.
occur [upon the measure of
[of the r
(1)
(5)JLsvX-*; (6)
oJi (^) *^r^->
(L, BY), which
They
^t\x>
(2)k*^x>
added by
is
(L
Jouix>
(3) Jk^Juuo
,]
with
alli-
(4) Jôûo
vessel for holding potash
IM
in the
Tashil (BY).
are names for
those things
BY), which are not treated as mere implements

o
6
to
ins-
o >
are so formed [by assimilation to concrete substan-
tives (BY)], because they

(L,
>
and g (ARfj, anomalously (BY), by
teration (L)]:
t'
Jôô sword, Jc^vJCo
mallet
according to rule (D).
is said,
(2)
for injecting medi-
c^7ê Z7^ô ^/ie nose, Jk^\Juo sieve [o7JJ,
colly rium-box,
work with
(R),]and
Lo
(L).
'
Such [formations] as ^
,[these five being]meutionea by S,
(M,SH), the
last being
mentioned by
1759
(R), which occur with
Damm of the ^ (M, R, Jrb) and g (M
Jrb), are not regular (SII): and (R),
S says, are not made
to follow the course of the v., but arc
these vessels {M, R), which
peculiar
means that
fellows (R); the sense
of,
IH
7i5.]
does
confined to hearsay
pronounced with
is
and similarly
and derivation from, the
being observed in them (IY).

this formation is
*JUxX/> does not
collyrium, but
the particular vessel;
to
strumental
used as names for
that contains
denote every thing
not
v.
mean
not
that
but that the
its
[in-
Damm of the * and c
are
not like their fellows in unrestricted applicability to

every
instrument, being only

so that only vessels
though
oil
names
for particular instruments
made for
oil are called
be put in another vessel, this
is
not
^JJ>
named
(Jrb, ARf): and similarly with the others (Jrb)
Jrb (ARf).
denotes
may
When, however
(BY)], working
is
intended by
c c -o
it
s ^
v^JLixj
(BY)], as JdouJL*
' *
*
?
/ brayed with
/ sifted with
JL*
so says
them,
what
they
according to rule
the sieve and
the pestle (L, BY).
220
and,
[derivation from
be pronounced with Kasrfof the

*
CHAPTER
XV.
THE TRILITERAL NOUN.

368.
The
of two kinds,
n. is
unaugmcnted (IA,
Aud, A), none of whose letters is dropped in the original

formation (IA) and augmented (IA, And, A), some of
;
whose letters are dropped in the original formation
The
(I A).
of the [decl. (IY, Jrh)] n.

[rad. (SH)] formations
tril.
are [three (IY),]
The
[below], quad. [392], and quin.
S and the majority of

the GGr is that the quad, and quin. are two species
different from the tril. (R) while Fr and Ks hold that
[401] (IY, SH).
opinion of
the [only] rad. formation
is
the tril. (IY,
R)
and that
the quad, contains an angment of one letter, and the

quin. an augment of two (IY), Fr saying that the aug-
ment
is the last letter in
and
letters in the quin.,
quad,
is
the quad., and the last two
Ks
that the
the penultimate letter
what they say (R)
and the
augment
but there
is
in the
no proof of
[correct] opinion is the
former, which is held by S; and for that reason
we
and J whereas,
measure the quad, and quin. by the o
if the matter were as is mentioned [by Fr and
Ks],the aug.
,
would be represented by
*'
rad"
as
because the
w^ [373]
its
tril. n. is
two, as
v;*^
like [671] (IY).
augmented by one
I
3 ?9]
three,
as
IH
says
[letter],
17G1
[371,387]; and four, as *\'^&jil^ [332]: and ihequad. by

Q x
one, as g-f*>&* [393]

8
two, as
x '
_^=ju*
by a
[393]: but the quin. only
pUaj^t
ation before the final, as JuuuuJL* and

Q XX
after
with or without the
it,
letters
[of letters (IA,

is
mented,
(Aud).
(IM), as
five
The
is
rel. n., as
The augmented,
as in
^LLxÎl
if
?i.,
"
(Sn),
du. of
sound pi." (A), as in
[401] (IA, Aud,
du.,
sound
does not exceed seven [letters],

of femiuinization
"
(A), as in
or the two augs. of the
du"
as in
'-
or of tho
used as a proper
Ûî!
not to be taken
frit, lias ten
Bubstantivea and cps. (IY,
(A),
(Dm),
into
is
that theso
account [381
385], because constructively separate [283] (A).
unaugmented
A)
here does not except the
^L..^! when
rcl. n.,
known
be unaug*
if it
two augs. of the
'i
augs. are
The extreme number
vllC^Jj [391] (Dm),

^
name, or of the
or
he does in the Tashll, where he says
except by reason of the
Lillli [above]
X^
seven (IM), as _Lsjxz*J [above]
of femininization, and the
and
and fcu-Uko!
(HII),]
j^jll
why IM
reason
#X
Aud, A)] reached by a n^
be augmented,
if it
and,
fi^J*^ [401]
augmented by three
is
Jh says
as
HH),
(Jh,
carrot are extraordinary (R).
"
as
as SL&uS and ^V^JLO [401];
while kj^Llcls porpoise, [which
pl. t
three,
letter of prolongQ >x
and
The
formations [237] (M, SII, A) of

Jrl)),
often used, not neglected,
1762
nor extraordinary (A),
vid., (1)
A), as (rJl small copper coin
knowledge (M); (b) ep.
(I
(a)
ep.
(IY,A),aB^'&taer (IY, Jrb):
(a)
substantive (IY,A), as
ep.
(1Y,A), as
O
[2391 (A): J^3

it
IY,A) and
and
(a)
substantive
substantive (IY,A), as
(a)
earned [238,257] (M,8H,A)and
jii,
(4)
JoJ
(IY,A), as
&* he-camel (M);(b)*p. (IY,A), aftj^wrffcftt
[343] (IY,Jrb, A): (5)
flank
(b) ep.
substantive (IY,A), as jis foc& (IY,SH,A); (b)
<P,
stance of
Y,A),asyLe empty[S4] (Jrb):
(3)
(IY,A),as
(a) substantive (IY,
(SH,A)
<&,
difficult (IY, Jrb): (2)
j^,
is
to us (A)]
the
is
only
in-
substantives (Akh,
among
(Akb,A): but [among substantives (A)J
is cited
is
Jrb, A) and Jot prolific
(IY,
rare (IY): Ssays, Jo
[known
eps.
s/ow^
JLloJ â7ifc(Mb);(b)
(IY,A) by
Akb (I Y),
Mb
mentioned by
as a dial. var. of
and the saying of Imra
alKais
*
Aas the two flanks

legs
of an
ostrich,
and
o/a
gazette,
the back
and
of a wild he-ass stand-
observation
ing upon a raised plact of
Kasr
of the
is,
though the Kasr
',
and &s+peg,
related with
be an allitera-
&&* comb, and
cited as dial, vars. of
is
is said to
tion
the two fore-
JJ
JJMJJ
kii, and y^
date-juice are
(A); and
[Akh
17G3
asserts that (Mb)] the
yellowness (Mb,A),
Arabs say s~<^ julljl? In

(A), though that
f&
\~
i.e.,
known (Mb); and they

and
00,
ijjLs jjJLa.
call the boys'
and they say
[below], and Jix^ as a
name
siJu^ as
is
is
not wello
**
game ^J
a dial. var.
of a country (A); and Sf says
that Jaj
his teeth
o
!
armpit
occurs,
and that
dried curd
ki't
is
said
as a dial. var. of ks!
while
Th
says,
The only
upon the measure of Jaw are Jb said of
eps. that occur
a woman, and
(R)
<X?[
said of a she-ass (Jrb, A): but, as for
the saying
the
[Our brethren,
Banu
//7,
taught us the drinking
of must, and dancing with
the leg (MN)],
transfer [of the inflectional
Kasra
cent] because of pause [G41], or
so that
is
it
(IY,A),as
Jli
'
'
^^r
is
a case of
preceding quies-
a case of alliteration
original (A): (G) J*i
neck (IY,SII,A);
_ -**
rare (A), as
9
not
to the
it is
substantive
(a)
(b) ep. (IY,A), wliieh is
swift said of a she-camel (IY, Jrb, A),

o
.7/4
>
>
r>
'
sû^ unclean [239], JJLi ague (A), and ^JJo unsltakled

being the [only] instances remembered of
(IY), these
(A): (T)Joi
(a)
it
substantive (1Y,A), as wix5 shoulder-
blade [below] M.S1I)

f
(b) ep.
(IY, Jrb, A): (*) JjU,
(a)
(IY,A),
as^ wary [348]
substantive (IY,A), us
11^
1764
upper arm (IY,SH,A);

[239]
(A):
(9)
(b) ep. (IY,A), as JaiT
wakeful
JU*
jî, (a) substantive (IY,A), as

o
(b) ep. (IY), as
grapes (IY, SH,A);
^x dispersed
scat-
substantives
(BS\
6 X
tered
Jrb): Jxi
is
frequent
among
as
L* H6 (M,BS):
but, as for eps. (BS),
A),
We
it
do not know
unsoutid
to occur as
S says (BS,
an ep. except in an
word ^<Xt [239, 257], which
generic, n.
is [a
(IY)] used to qualify the pi. (IY, BS, A), like yLl and
as ^<Xc
v_>sf [257] (IY
strange, or hostile, people (IY,
BS); and
is
not a broken^?/. because
it
has no counterpart
o
among
pis. (IY)
among
,
eps.,
and so ISk says,
Juu does
except in ono word, ^ti^ ^j>
not occur
i. e.,
iGi
or
as says the poet
Lo
TTAen <Aow art among a strange, or hostile, people, that

thou art not of, then eat what tkou art fed with, both
nasty and nice. (BS
eps. occurring
but others mention [that the only
upon the measure of
ijUU* [above] (BS,A) and
^J^
Joi3
are (A)
^s
i.
a quasi-pl. n. [above]
(A), as in this verse and in the saying of the other

^
*"
''^
**x
q.
^
!
&f
^'xlx *<*
JLJ
siJLi
1705
She
(the poet's she-camel)
passed three nights,
vid. the
nights of the three days next after the day of sacrifice,
and afterwards
ran away, and passed
one night at
an encampment whose
Dhu-lMajCtz, watching
people
were dispersed (ABk), or whose herbage was

,C.^*' x<'>
tered],
i.e.
or^
ÛxJ!
the reading [of Ibn
Uls iLj VI. 162.
.4
(BS); and
Amir,
inf. n.,
i.
q.
Ûs
'Asirn,
Hamza, and Ks
right religion (BS,A)
(A), used as
(B)]
may be cited
perhaps S might say that
correction of S, though
an
scat9^
in
[Sf says that (A)]
it
in
is
an ep. (K,B): and [some
GG cite other expressions in correction of S, vid.(A)]^Lv

* + *
midway
^^ ULCc XX.
[239] in
(BS,A), and ^0^
J^
dant water
and
juIio
t5^l
(A),
man liked [143], and

^ye
^Lo
^ iU
abun-
stagnant water (BS,A), and
persons taken captive lawfully or/a eWy, which
onicrs explain
(10) Jij
A place midway
60.
(a)
away (A)
as inf. ns. used as eps. (Sn
substantive (IY, A), as
sparrow-hawk
^LL rough, hard (IY, A), whence

*^x-e>^
^
C-o>
'*< '
Lîl Jo # ^JJL| ^jUi. ^'LJt
(M,SII, A); (b) ep., as

* *
pjb^
* '
o!^
'."
JuJL
(IV), by Ku>laid
two shanL
f
Item for a
ll)ii
Ruin.iid
hi step, the night
hard driver
rla^sitiratinn
exacts
(Aud, A) of the
aVAmbari,
(T).
The
/'//^
having
///
collet
[theoretical (A, Tsr)]
twelve (SH, And, A) formations
unau^mrnti'd
/;//.,
because
it^
first
1766
vowels, but not quiescence,
three
[letter] receives the
since beginning with a quiescent is not possible [667]
second receives the three vowels and quiescence
while
its
also
and the product of multiplying three into four
is
These, then, are the whole of the mea-
twelve [392].
sures of the unaugmented
IM
as
tril.,
indicates
But, out of the twelve formations, there are
one of which
tions,
neglected, and
is
(A).
two forma-
the
other rare
For, out of these measures
(IA).
(A), Jjw is
neglected
(IM), because they dislike the transition from Kasra to
Damma
(A, Tsr), since
heavier than
it
(Tsr).
Kasra
This statement of
upon the opinion that dl^ [below]
As
for the reading [of
{Ibn Hilal
by IJ
to
heavy, and
is
is
IM
is
Damma
founded
not authentic
(IA).
Abu-s Sammal (And, Sn) Ka'nab
(MINH)J al'Adaw! (MINE, KF),
attributed
Abii Malik {Ghazwan (IHjr)| alGhifari (Tsr)
a!Kufl(IHjr),]d)L^To!SrClJl^LL 7. By the sky adorned with streaks, with Kasr of the _, and Damm of the ^,
[it is
said not to be
assumption of
[in
two ways
its
authentic
and (Aud, Sn), on the

is
explained
by intermixture of two
dial. vars.
authenticity (A, Tsr),]
(A),] (1)
in
two
letters of the word, because viLc*
are said (Aud,
A)
so
that
it
and dU^> [above]
the reader compounds this
reading from them (A, Tsr), taking the Kasr of the
from
dl^ and
,
the
Damm
of the <o from dll^ (Tsr)
(a)
17G7
IJ says
He means
ivad with Kasr
to
but after pronouncing the
well-known
with
Damm
but this
therefore
u If this
explanation
Tsr), wlio says
want of orthoepy, and a vicious
(A)
by
alliteration of the
in
Kasr (Aud, A),
(2)
o of o!3
pronounces the
CK
by IM
Damm
the
AH
God
with
be
it
better
ns. (IA), in the
beaten
instances of
is
a barrier not
of the J
(Tsr)
(A).
by
and
[29G], used as a
.f
AAD
(IA, Aud, A)]

killed
occur
name
t'r a tribe of
that (1Kb)]
said [by
is
rare
is
(IM)
traced (Aj: for
Akh
v.
to
make
like
(IM),
[43G] (IA,
The
A).
are (1) jbj jackal, weasel
that
is
I.
alliteration to
this
And j^J
I.
language of the Arabs (A), like
and Juo was

it
"
[of viL^Jt (Tsr)] to the,
Juo [below] (IA), because of their intention

peculiar to the [/"/*>.
to
the quiescent J not being
Damm
of the ^ before
(Sn)] to
among
!,
(A,
style of reading*
insuperable (A, Tsr), like the reading sJJ <xl^jf

to
would indicate
it
taken into account, because the quiescent
Praise be
<.,
were confessed
by the reputed author of this reading,

a
and
inclines to the
lie
refuted in the
is
the
ut'
with Kasr,
reading, and
:"
[had
Kinana,
[AHni
to
which the
r.-eiti-d
ÎKb)] recited
it
to
to
me,
him
IK
'
'
IK1.
\V
b]
Kfl b
0>^*>
'
Lx>
c^
Ibn Milik
:il
Aiis-iri
(A),
de<eribin.r
1768
as small and contemptible the
when he made
a raid upon AlMadina
brought an army
such that, if
would
measured,
it
the weasel
(MN)
so that this
anus, podex
of
J^j
transmitted by
Sn),
They
halting-ground were
its
measure
certainly rare, as
used (Sn): (2)
is
Kill.
It
is
proved, then, by
formation
this
who
is
(R, Jrb) of the unaugmcnted
not neglected,
assert that; though
IM mentions (A).
n
of
mountain-goat a dial. var.
contrary to the opinion of those
reduced to others:
(MN,
>
(3) JLC^
these expressions that
it is
Abit Sufyan,
be only like the halting-ground
pjj
of
army
Some [measures
(R)] are sometimes
tril.
(1) Jcai
when
(a)
its
second
is
guttural letter, as in <XapJ thigh [468, 482], where A&Jaiul

are allowable and similarly [ joJ
<X&J and jâJ
' s
s
s
;
v.
[when the
is
'
in (R)] the
guttural (R),] like jLaî witnessed [468]
(SH), where the three variations are allowable

Juot3,
when
its
ration of its
to its
in
Kasr, as Ju^** martyr [372],

'
Omju* prosperous,
"'
->.^
"
7
7
< ^ slender,
round
"
spare and oix^s
' '
,f
cake of bread (R)

O
while
guttural, shares with Jc*i in theallite-
is
and
(b)
[when
O
is
its
'
not guttural
(R),] as in oixâbove], where oU*' and ^Juf are allowaa
ble: (2) such as
'
'
Jua^ [408], where JLÔ^

>
and similarly in the
v.
also,
as
J^Jf
is
allowable (SH)
^*x
The
man was
as mentioned in the Verb of Wonder,

generous for**/; and,
1769
(
~^
*x
*>J!
^^^
allowable
is
06
JL
such as
and
Jo|
(4)
[above],
Qo
"
where Ju| and

are allowable (SH): but
yJb
a
more frequent
tion is
[476] (R): (3) such as <jji* [above],
o t
where <j^
S
'
<5
L$J
*Jj.x&e
JAJ that contains the sense of wonder,
Joi; is said for the
as
in such as {$*& than in such as

Jo|,
twoDammas
because the
this allevia-
>
are heavier than the two Kasras;

x
so that even
in the
J
<l
apostles end
Kur, which
>
Hijazi, UJLwv
is
p$Lj Their
Apostles [24G] occur
and
better in the pi. than in the sing., because the pi. i&
O
in sense
(R)
Our
Of
(5)
>
such as cU$ [above], where
it is
heavy
> 9
Jute is
allow-
according to one opinion (SH), transmitted from
able,
Akh
[246]
made
IIU
while
light by
likewise says that every JL^
some of the Arabs, and heavy by
difficulty
others,
Off
Qfc)
is
and~*u easiness
(R), because
^^
and
occur (SH): but the majority do not allow that, since

tin
ol.ji
vid. alleviation, is not realized
r,
while one
is
may say
that
from
it
(Jrb)
the [measure] quiescent in the
a deriv. of the [measure] pronounced with l)amm of

> >
the
as
is
means
III
the case, by
in
that,
common consent,
the case of words
in
or more measures, one of their measures

I
said to
of
tlir
But
l>e
all
the o.f.
i^
<|
said
t<>
<>t
^^
[above],
that have
is
two
sometimes
the nthers,a84X*u with quit'scenec

he a
<1<
riv. of
tiMi.s
<XU
arc in
with Kasr of
the
it.
language of
1770
Tamim;
and, as for the people of Alllijaz, tlicy do not
The augmented
alter or vary the formation (K).
(Jrb)J has [very (IYjj
formations (M,
many
Imt perhaps the paradigms that
comprise
all,
them (M).
or most, of
The
369.
of
meaning
being
that there should be adjoined to the

letters not belonging
SH, And);
mention will
shall
[tril.
"
rad.
some
letters
such as drop
to theln,
is
augmented
some
in
off
variations of the word; and are not represented by a

,
The
or J [071].
objeet of that
is (1) to
import a mean-
ing not existing [in the iinaugmented form], like
(a) the
fx
of
an
ay. [343,
v^wd* beaten, which
imports
[373], which imports being
\^\^beat\ng
o *
>
673];
(b) the
of
objectivity
[347,
676];
means
which
the
of
arc numerous:
(c)
aoristic
co-ordinate
(2) to
another, like (a) the & in

i
letters,
with
varies
expression
meaning [404]: and
of the
variation
the
such
one
by
the
augments
with
formation
i>Juu>
near in lineage
to th<-
<*
highest a ncestor and ^JL$X
Uahdad [375], a woman's

G
>
name,
t>
which are co-ordinated with ,jX? and Jta*. [392],
for
which
reason the two similar letters are not incorporated in them,

S
as in
o^<
>
^^ love
and
affection [731]
Q*
jewels, gems and the ^5 in
owyo money-changer
and multiply the formation, like the

[574], the
of
in
yc^>
(3)
only to extend
0^1
of
^^ y<>>^n
O
\^^^ old woma
[253, 373],
* ^
which are co-ordinated with jju=>[392]:

1
(b) the
o^
M n<l
the
///
'
of C\A*^
prospc-
1771
nuts
The augment
[till] IY).
)
is
homogeneous P>^| with
the letters of the word, [being
it
word
second ^ in iXXa/ancI
the
itself (IY),] like
repetition of a letter of
(lie
jj^p
above]; or not homogeneous with them (M), being one of
the letters of jLîS
&
-*=>! red [2-10,372]:
9*0 '
is
fit
ofshivcrincj and
H
like the
co-ordinative, like
tlie
tion of (1) the
from
of Jjctf [*T3]
>
S,
-C
fJlkJ!
co-ordinative,
[369]
and
<Xai>.
[above] (M).
augment
ostrich went
T/ê
(2) the
is
a rcpcti-
of
the ostrirh,
swiftly (IY),] and
as in j>JoU^ swift [291, 378]
Y)]; (3) the _jand g
^X^ [meaning WA-//
"'-'
as in u^wcwo d\[) incaninn-
Ot'
fixxx
<
calain% [2(53], from
^y.sv?v??-////(IY
////// //^
grov i^li
and q>
<>n //, fr
herbage
scrt place, lniri,i/;/,
A^//c// (1
sail
the other 0M9*< arrfoiily (IN')
Tlr
|<i71](M).
.....
if
tQ
MM?
>
as in JU*AA=> swift^ [said
"
"O^^
and
(M), also said of the ostrich (I Y),
is /<a/''
is
s s '
v.AS hem}} [374]
and
The homogeneous
370.
of joG?
<*
*>=* [above] and J^J^ rivulet[3T4]', or
of
s<>
Hamza
[071] (IY), like the
^J!
fust [kind]
tinj
ni'
;i
in
(IY).
h-Kcrs o
f<>r
ââncl r /*t>)
>
Xjc^^j^M)
woman
isn-gular; and
I'-
Y..U |jkr.
Y), and
J,a
llu-
/n// ;/
you
1772
Ox
O C
and ^JJ [above]

or
yiy^
vjps
but not
"
'^Ll [249, 372] (IY'
^^
four (M, Jrb), as in
j&*
Ox *
oLx^&t [891],
number reached by
the J
two (M. Jrb\ as
or
^ w^
or
by analogy to
one [letter] (M, Jrb), as in
is
(IY) or three (M, Jrb), as in
before the
S x
[369, 373] (IY).
The augment
371.
it
JiLCo' [382]
[3G8, 387] (IY)
or
that being the extreme
Its positions are [four (M),]
(IY).
between the
in
o and the
and after the J (M, Jrb).
between the
And
g and
occurs either
it
separated or united (M).
The
372.
(IY)] in such as
Hamza
mation
an
single
is (a)
ep., like
which has
dial
five
them
^J (IY)
is (1)
Jj^f[249, 253] (M)
J$ [348] and ^\
:
of
(a)
[the
this for-
a substantive, like JjJlf and JX*T[249];
antimony [249]
known
augment before the
(d)
(c)
(6)
[249, 672] (IY)

[249,
^[finger
L^l
vars., (a)
^! [below]
g$
[above]
(e)
(c)
(6)
(b) <IJ!
253, 672]
(M),
the
best
[above],
^Jil
Jf leaf
(d)
^t;
(e)
of Thebaic
(M), which has several dial vars., (a) jjbf [249],

which [formation] we do not know to occur as an ep.] (b)
palm
Ji
(c)
J4
(IY): (f )
"J\ [237,256]
(M), pi. of
IJSdog,
there being no sing. n. on the measure ol jis! [255] (IY):

(2) [the
(IY)] in such as
(a)
^Jufa
certain thorny
1773
tree [253, 395,. 678]
(b)
Kjo strength to repel enemies
[331] (M), which [formation] occurs
among
substan-
(a)
O xo
lives, like
by some
678], held
^Jy [274,
to
be an ep.
i.
q.
established as in
C
And we had an
like
e/>s.,
'
xx
Ul
established superiority over
Ox
f6j
-o
>
mankind
>
niving milk before the stallion
iuJLsJo
covers her, said ol a she-camel, as also &JLs>o and kJLsu

^
*
(IY)
(c) jLftx^
(M), a name of the fox, which has four

O
<ZmZ. vors., (a)
^Jp
[392];
iacA;
o/a
with
(IY):
We
**><-
as above
JJU3
(c)
co-ordinated
^.[392]
>
Juixj',
[above],
I^Ju
[373,
392];
isu Âaf
(d)
:
Ju&j, co-ordinated with
(6)
like
vlJJ^
[274]
(3) [the
&
15
(IY)]
(c?)
as
though
Jljtf,
pared
like
such as
in
8x
shining white stones [674] (M); and similarly ^Jbc/oafc

?c,
which is Persian, Arabicized but JoOj with Daram of the
:
&
and Kasr of the g does not occur among substantives
or eps. (IY): (4) [the r (I.Y)] in such as (a)

(b)
"jjjuo
pulpit
,
jyJiJI
a^JU.
is
rare in the rp. (IY)
(a) their saying
>
<
I)
AlMughira
bfnit'.y
(e)
volume [oroûn
>x
for
[361,676]:
(c)^**!^ nia'fi^-p2ocr.(d)Jjouu[S67]:
which [formation]
X
feL
[:U6|,Â*j
ra?iM
/.
MM
is
not of the
ca^. of
ûui
tXxî [36S].as nn instance of
1774
which A'/ cited the saying of one of

xJLJ! JuLfr .
*
x *
olL Paradise
threat of God
for him that has feared the
is
for in this [cat.] the alliteration is only in
Fath of the
the [word] pronounced with
SvuUJl, being an act. part, from
nounced with Da mm of the

9
is
343] and
but SyA*^
X x^
[above]
^jL-ci
regular, all of
only of the cat. of
(T)
and
The
37,).
is (1)
[the
signet-ring
oo^Tjw^*-
and
pro-
*"
[252,
^JuLx?
^ "
(5)
whereas
this is not regular;

o
Juo
slender
(IY)] in such as
[the
single
to
and the
withers [247,369],
(IY)]
in
[247,
283 673] (M), and
Jjtti
to
be rad. [392] (IY).
augment between the
such as
is
^Li
v*u* long [679] (IY), according
>U. ^c/^re,
^lL
from
decided the matter, and said also of the raven,

6
because he decrees separation; and,

369. 673] and
(I
is
its initial
9
is
(M); while S holds the
and Kasr of
[above], s_*U^ [368], and
it
voracious (M)
Akh
initial,
made a raid,
"
^j^>
the cat. of
sill
whereas
initial;
*x
90
anomalous
Arabs j
the
^killing, deadly
among eps
o>pLo [278
(IY): -2) [the
Hamza
Y)j in such as JooLi north-wind [672] (M), transposed
from
JU2 [374] (Jh), its
say ^h-N oJUxi TAc
measure being
-^z'/i^
measure] we do not know
blew
from
to occur as
JÛ
because they
the north,
which
an ep. (IY)
9
the
(3)
(IY)] in [the aubstiiEtive.suchaSvyJ^) Zainab (18)
1775
and
(253, 383); and the ep. (IY),] such as
tortoise
jjli
O - o x
said of the lion, because of his biting,

jUô &tfer[674] (M),
since
JU^ means biting, and as owyo expert [253,369,383,
money-changer: but we do not know in
674], said of the
Damm; nor Juili with Kasr,
the language, says S, Jotli witli

.
eptin the unsound [251, 716] (IY y

such as
in
bird, the
[217] (M), arid wJLS
yj
in
it
being
among
no (formation like] *^JL^ with Fath of the
,Ai
and as
o ?arft without a .. (IY):

/
^^ \
1
[253, 372, 383, 677] and
<>
.,
J^
e x
SICK/*
O X
(IY)
is
(5) [the
JlU
(I\T)
374.
)
(FY)| in such as
^5
The
Dingle
(2) [the
ass [246, 283],
&
(I
Y)] in
and the
(b)[ j^xi
which
is
and because
"
&
^Jo^
[383,677]
male
(I\l
).
wolf went swiftly

X
f>^^ a
Li/i'l v/'
thorn
onstellation [253] (IY).
Ilamxn]
[tliu
(M)
the
j
and
(1
'J
(:;)
^x
of a she-camel) from ^>3jJ! &*c.the
ns there
fix
j
(IY)
a well-known
tarfc,
because
-w/.,
4) [the
augment between the

such as
in
JlU
(IY)] in such as
and j!li
(a) [the
<-p.,
yow?/flf
and the
north-wind [373,
jt^
man
gazelle [246],
[246, 369]
(M)
substantive (IY),] such as

JL*T
sud. as
^.L
1<>.
:300,
343] (IY):
istive (1 Y),] sucli

asÂxic
is a
(/
Ox;
.,
(M):
(H'i; (r)
and an
'
/'
7'
Mirh as
lM)
l|iOll
^Jo
tlu'
/'///,
said of a
IlirasuiT Of
1776
by S (Bk), the name
so mentioned
va lley [belonging
to
Hudhail
in
of a [well
known (ZJ)]
Tihama (Bk)], an extraor-
dinary formation, [there being no Juki in the language

except this (ZJ),] since no other
occurs pronounced
n.
with Bainm of the o, quiescence of the g, and Fath of the

^5
(IY)
joj
(IY)] in such as]
(4) [the
[677] (M)
1I^
a stout bowstring, transmitted by
J>j
(IY): (5) [the
(IY)] in (a) [j^B
>
i.
S,
e.,
as
<>JJL
J^ [246] (IY)
JjJ^
(b)
[369, 675]
colt
(M)
(6) ep.,
ji
such
said of a
(b) ep., such as
as (IY)]
57**
man
as^jô
(IY)
o^
5
truthful
(a) substantive (IY),] such
f,
voice
*i
young he-camel, when ridden (M), and
lamb, and sometimes
and
ioxic
(a) substantive (IY),]
such as
as
XO
J^J
which
loud in
is
rare,
castor-oil plant (M), and also every
weak
(c) [
Jyu
Q s*
bending plant, and j^xr Îtwad

or,
in
as is said
stantives
of
to occur as
such as
an
(j*5<X^
name
of
a valley
these
being
the
(IY)
(d) [Jîi
(7) in
not
know
&
(b)
O 6
ladder, staircase [253] (M)

:
[rough
two sub-
a kind of colored hood or scarf (M)
6s'
in [Juu
ep. (IY): (6)
(IY)
only
we do
measure which
this
ep.
mountain in Syria,
the
(Bk),]
(Bk)],
passage
[a
(a)
ep.,
(b)
such as
such as
Jo^'
>
jJU
[252]
substantive (IY),] such as J^!'
a well-known plant
[370] (M),
(b)
ep.,
such as
ix!
1777
weak-minded, having no
opinion of his
and
own,
following every saying [672] (IY).

.
The single augment
375.
which
then of two kinds,
is
such as
Jol
258, 272, 673
and
.after
both co-ordinated
[392] (IY)
(1) [the
(M) and
ffl [248,
[392] (IY)
with^Ll
with
co-ordinated
[272, 673, 676] (M),
^Lo
is
co-ordinative (IY),] in
(a)
[248, 253, 258, 272]

1,
the J
jUy
[denotative of femininization (IY),] in
(b
(M)
^1 [258, 272, 327] J& [272]
and
^b [248, 272], which last by some pronounced
such as
is
with TiinwTn, and co-ordinated with

[248, 272, 673]
&J?* [248, 272]
and
n x
.IY)] in such as (a)
(2) [the <j
of a
ma n,
^j
o
^JL
^^^
eloquent (M),
i.
of the she-carnd
nation with
c,,
ybU
iJlj
and similarly
liveliness, said
the
i:^2],
<>f
in these
"p^,
gated] in such as
nf
tli-
with
[and
(a)
Miejbui:,',
^.
guest,
i.
q.
(c)
<j-^
the /torse, and vj^c
being
Ox
'I
^J^>
hoof of the camel-,
^ji
an from
lett
[272] (Mj
and shaking, said of a he-camel because of his
(IY)]: (b)
i'
^1L
trembling, [said
x
in hi*
briskness in journeying, and similarly
oui
(IY)
rm</., for co-ordi-
JALj]
(IY)
(3) [the
jj>J>
rugged [253] (M),
M'l'l-attMl
f..|
en (.rdilia-
\o similar
1778
letters are not
incorporated [721]
8
[369] (IY)
place, and
and similarly
(M), a certain tree, or, as is said, a
>
name
the
jo*-vu
of a place, the
8
'.,
* 9 9
(b) _o*.,
>
for co-ordination with
[369] (IY)
(c)
and ^ being
<_>
>
^^.j [392]
in the ep.,
and,
Jjoi way of escape [392]:
Jj^;
(d)
x-
perishing
(M), said of ashe*, which they co-ordinate with
"^ [392] by repetition of the J

name
[676] (M), the
of a
(TY)
tribe,
not meant by the augment, for
^ Ma
(e)
add
where coordination
is
which reason the two

C "
'
x-
arc incorporated; and similarly io^xi Sharabba, which

a
*.
(IY):
bellied (1 Y)
/4CC5C
(f)
376.
Lu^
checse as
}
imilarly
cloud
in
ana,
both meaning strong
the second
.
(M>, and
like
of the nicest
clouds, n. un. K+^d a

,
[370] (M),
,^1^
(g)
JUô
uwX
(IY)
tlie
00
v^*
>
and
tX*^'
'/>.,
metal* (M),
being a^^. (IY).
The two augments
in (1) [the stX'/-
(a)
separated by the
upon the measure
of
Û!
Ujarid, which
substantive,) such as j^L>!
and, in the ep. (IY),] such as
^t-
and
^bl (M)
is
^
(in
i-
jjiU
the
firs!
mentioned by S among substantives, but correctly an ep
and both applied
to a
map meuning
}
severing
1179
Ox
kindred (IY): (b)[upon the measure
his
from
the substantive (IY)
*"6
~f-
in
*' *
or
such
of JoUi!
aloes-
>pûJL>
f*&JJ\ (M)
to
wood, the wood used
fumigate with and similarly, [in
7
^ * ^
x '"'C
x-
(Jh,KF)] contentious (IY)
the ep,,] ^xX-Jl [or oJuJL)

(c) [the act.
(IY),] such as JuUlo fighting
of JklU
âr.
+ ' *
:
with
(2) [the
pi. of
^Jj
j^l^
[361] (IY)
[372, 078] (IY)
(c)
(d)
JoUl
>
(b)
[249,
j^Co [18,253] (M),
i^\j3 [253,332] QH),pl

^x>
(IY),] such as JuU/?
(IY;,] such as (a)
/>/.
jlM [372] (IY);
(M), pi. of
O-*
JÛ
[the pass. part, of
(d)
(M),
of
;^/.
of
[372,
the
arc
674] (IY).
in
The two augments separated by
377.
[seven formations (IY),] (1)

n
(1 Y),|
>
x>
such as Jji'U a
6erceZ
[JÛ
m a stream
(a) substantive
or valley (M),
and ^j/sb larkhicj-place of the hunter, and coiijidv

n
f/ff
and
^J^^
of
while we do not
b'U> [217], zdial. var. of

jJlL [:7;;)
know it to on in ,1., an L [IY] (;'.)
Q x
(1Y),J such as
O
(M), and
'
o^j~
(2) [JliG (IY),] such as JbLLl,
JUj3
epidemic, said of death, and sweeping away,
arcade (M), and
nt
'
man', (b) C/A, such as j*^^> digestive, said of water
said of a /orre/</ (IY)
ci
'
fab
roll,
d [278]
svrvll ci
fvunii u (in the jcgioiisol
i;k): while
>.
it
due::
n.'l
00
in
.'..
,ui
$<
1780
(4)
[jul/
f&L
(a )

fol
yll^
[373],
i.
who
according to the opinion of those
was
^&z
[jljui
Jju
e.,
o^*^
*lG
q.
from
it
as
waw
and sometimes said
Jliill
(IY)
(IY)
(IY)
(6)
JU^
(7)
J^*AJ
of
the
xx
from *w*xo / buried
grave, as though
i.
q.
such as u-Ujj [above] (M), a dungeon
[685]
(b) ep., such
generous, said of a
belonging to Alllajjaj,
i;S
derive
x * ^
veterinary and
(5)
i.
distant,
i.
[below], and ÛaLi [250],
JXjo
q.
(M),
,]
such as
which
him,
vlp
e/wrf
i.
c,,
(M),
a substantive
is
(IY),] such as iÂjJ)
southern-wood (M), a plant, and
P/ ovider [384], one

and an ejp., such as
j.^xi'
Lyg^&r*otf;
of the names of God, because he provides the means
Q
for
of subsistence
His
servants, and
+.0 waterless
said of the desert (IY).

.
378.
The two augments

X> X
in such
are
O
as
(1)
(M), dim. of
^wyoAJ! the last rib
C^
^jAaJLf!
'
>
fern, of
Ae shortest,
by the J
separated
>
t"
w<ai$!
ei
is
it
(a)
a dim.
*x
''o
formation, found in substantives, like ^wyaiJ! and
(282];
(IY):
and
eps.,
(2) ^-AJ *J>
JLLH
[274, 282] and
(M) a long-legged
but [slightly (II II)]

is co-ordinated
like
Jiflfflfcr
by the
and this formation
is
than
^ and
the
frequent
insect,
the beetle
I
with
in
the
resembling^
:
(a) the n.
^^
ep. 9
as
[401];
1781
and
<5<ixx*u
both meaning daring, undertaking every
thing, and J*Jte strong,

is co-ordinative,
when the/ew.
powerful
while in
such the
all
as is proved by the affixion of the
meant, as, HUxll sCjy?
is
(3) ^joJlij^ [272, 273] (M), the
name
&
to
it,
G^ (IY):
and
of a king of
'
Uniau
(IY): (4)^kljb (M), &bird, an irregular collective [254]

of
uîii (IY)
mation
and
is
(5)
^ (1L [248, 272] (M):
frequent in the substantive, as
ÎX* a plant] but
is
this for-
Û**
[248,272]
not an ep. unless
Sjui
(a) its
meaning swift:
which we do not know
(6)
be a
it
^Jllr and ÎJCl [250, 272] (IY):

of the ostrich,
(a)
pi.,
as
[370](M), said
measure
is JJll*/
to occur as a substantive (IY): (7)
ixy>
Aercf
of wild asses (M), where
between the two augments, the
<j
the J is interposed
and the
while
jL
also is said (IY).

379.
The two augments
separated by the
o and
arc in [about 14 formations (IY),] (1)

[JLjUj, (a) substantive (IY),] such
as^L^t whirlwind\25b\W);
(b)e/?.,such
as JllXlj carpenter, or any artificer or artisan (IY)

,
[Ju<**-[
(M), a
(a) substantive (I Y),] such as

/a?icZ
of *<ili,
hftfer
plant
k^t
(2)
w7rf leek [672]
(b) ep., such asjLublf
cowardly, and inking fright, said of the ostrich, which

t'mni i-M-rylhin^
/fees
O
(1 \')
(IY)
(3) [JfjJl(a) substantive
'
such as v.yL^!
pathway (M);
(b)
67;.,
such as
of
1782
tender [253], said of a branch (IY):
^^
stantive (IY),J sucli as

0x6
^ô! ^\ Such
n one
others, because
(b)
as Jlsxî* lnughing
such as
tive,
Jyijuo
~Uo*
(7) [
to his
i.e.,
(5)
Jl*Ax>
(P)
juio
J^jiô
(a)
(IY),] such as
(b)
e/>.
(a)
substantive (IY),|
O
JL>JOUO
napkin (M)
needy, poor [252, 2G9] (IY): (8)
lowly,
as
j>î* [252] (M):
as
JU&
9 s
JliL'
(!)) [
(a)
ma^fe, c^t//^ [334] (M),
such as ^pC***
ep.,
(b)
Jyt**
such
substantive (IY),] such
JÛ^
331], and
[2s?,,
<i
* o
*l
explanation [332, 334]
^Lxxj'
(b)
(a)
substan-
such as
[3GG] (M); (b) tp., such
reason (333)
:
sub-
(a)
such as J^\| following
ep,,
much (IY)
[347, 3G8] (M)
Vj/^
Jj*Vt
his dirt,
to
of his weakness (IY)
substantive (IY),j such as
dirt (M), whence
returns
original filthy state
(4)
e/?.,
such as
^\+.*d3
striking her mi7icr[334](IY): (10)[Jiils (IY),] such as

olSlS [334]
'
(M) and !U^3 (IY)

9
tive (IY),] such as

9
as
>
g^J
(11) [JîOj
,<a)
substan-
jerboa [253] (M)
gô
(b)
such
e/>.,
ravening, an
(TY),] such as Jo^djJ
e/>.
hunger (IY):
(12)
a Aer6 [303] (M), which
be tarragon (IY): (13)

6
of
*'
/
Ju*jtf
i
7
tire
I think to
substantive (IY),]
T7-T-1
T"""
such as OAAJU shrubs (M) or c^vyJ' (Kt), and VIH^
crimination: (a)
it
does not occur as an
(j^
JLAAAJ
e/>.;
and
its initial
1783
Kasr (IY)
sometimes pronounced with
is
such as
(IY),]
>
pen at
the base
bird (IY);
(b)
(u
2^ [332]
(M), also a 6*nZ (IY)
The two augments
are in such as (1)
[^)^
similarly
in
Â^
and (Jh)]
^)^
jlkL [301] (M)
(2)
^f having
and
kl^
to
be a
and J
^v^
(M), and
# tand of gait, where-
#a^ 0/* women

know to occur as eps.
like
the
and such [formations] we do not

(IY)
AU
(c)
separated by the
273] and
[272,
looseness of the joints,
is
but such as these do not occur as eps. (IY).

380.
(15) such as (a) j&+S (M), a certain
[274] (M), said to be a country^ and by
bird
(14)
fall-grown dates beginning to
v;H^
O
t-j
sAorf, or, as is said, big-bellied,
and such [a formalarge beard

tion] we do not know to occur as a substantive (IY).
The two augments
381.
and J arc
in (1)
^1\
no other instance of
(a)
o and
(IY),] such as ^JU^t [272,273]

^
(M)
separated by the
y.
^Xjti!
occurs
and this
is
9 *>
substantive,
îjb^Tî
S>
As says
(1
Y)
("2)
'
^j
^lijfî Such a one was invited in
the
do not
jJJf
not in the general invitation: (b)
know ^5!^^!
wliidi
C
>
arid
"ii
b.-iiii.-
i.>
";
but others transmit
a snlistantivo (IY),]
such as
it
_yf
^~
t>
&*!
citron HI
ii"t
meaning general invitation, as ^^Ls
special invitation,
k
threshold, lhd<*1,
the
taken into account [3G8] in
il
of IVniinitbc
forma-
1784
tion,
because
[266]
:(a)
such as
equivalent to a
is
an
jki! does not occur as
joined on to a n.
??.
ep. (IY)
(3)
and similarly the

&j^| [and
JjiA
short (M), co-ordinated by the second
v_>^!
[401]
J^Sy^
it
ibxô
with
a small
rod (KF)'] of iron (IY).

.
The two [augments
382.
are in (1) [what
is
(IY)] united before the

conformable to the v. (IY),] such as (a)
a
<3JlkjwA>
departing [343, 371]
(M), from gliJL!, aor..
^kl
>
o 9
*&+*
(b)
[680, 759] (IY)
' + Of
poured
out, shed (M),
able, capable
from o'L#!
(c)
;
9
aor. &>>&> [67!
(IY): (2) [what is not conformable
the
to
which
v.,
is
very rare, consisting of not more than two or three words

(IY),] such as J^saJw! [301] (M),
i.
aged, having the
e.,
skin dry Over the bone, said of a

O
Oe^*
yV*i (IY), and r^^jj old, but
,<,
r^^|
i-
man,
<!
t,
x*
yvM
insolent,
still
retaining
SQ
strength (M).
.
The two [augments
383.
o and ^ are in (1) [the pi.

such as
tive (IY),]
kSfIL [247], pi. of

'
.
(IY),] (a)
^!^
ibli
*
bulky, said of a
(IY): (b)
Ji*!^, (a)
substan-
[247] (M),
(b) ep.,
such
1s*
(IY)] united between the
he-camel, and V)S**

*
cUlx3,
(a) substantive (I Y),]
[253] (M),pi, of pill [373]
(b) ep.,
such as
such as
vJ>
jjll^
(li [253],
1785
pi. of OVA-O
[373
vojtl^ (M*,
pi.
pL
(c)
of
J^Lo
(a) substantive (I Y),] such as
v^jo^ [373]
s^.,] such as
of jLlli [373] (IY): (2) [the

O
bulky
such as
(b) ep.,
(a
c>
sturdy (M), which [formation] does not
(b) p-$x^
occur as a substantive (IY).

.
The two [augments
384.
(IY)] united between the
and J are in [a number of formations, whence (IY)]

(1) [JlsLs
placc (M),
such as
&$"
mooring-
being a place [for mooring vessels (Bk)]
i^CXJ)
by S to be from *& protected, the sense

the place wards o^the wind from the vessels,
at AlBasra, said
being that
c x
Bk
and protects them (IY), [and by

*AA.ft*J
ep.,
/ moored
such as
V Û
^LLL and
i.
it
JUi
(a)
sub-
suchasoUai* swallow (M), a small
bird,
i.
e.,
343] (IY)
[252,
J^Jl/ flesh-hook
q.
fa
made
from c^S^
fast (Bk)
vl&
stiintive (IY),]
and
the vessel,
to be]
[252] (IY)
(3)
(2)
[253]
jlL
(b)
(b) ep., such as
(IY),] such as
*tL
henna (M) and
fcUs cucumber-, but
ep. (IY)
(4)
Jl^jti
(a)
substantive,
parasite and olî* #rea
matter
as
of a
\y^
icide (M), Hivid
legged [253], said
we do not know it
(b) ep.
valley,
of a she-camel, as
tp<.'ii
such as
and
as an
J^\^
(IY),]
such
^y>
?ow^f-
though,
said
an
spears, and also exposed to
1786
having no cover, said of a plain (IY)
the sun,
>
such as
(5)
JL*i
,]
Q *
>
otj^
i.
(M),
q.
jfô* [above], mentioned by Sf as
Dainm and Kasr
occurring with
(I Y): (6)[ JLuL
substantive
(IY),] such as
we do
not
as U>AA#
Lli
i.
JL^ (M), meaning 00W, and a red cfye
know
as an ep. (IY)
/a, chubby
^cX^
cZ?-e//.s
(8)
O
,
sucli as
|
LLo
JL^ guide
<7
(M),
/t//?
mulberry
f b)
mention of it
[685,747],
and J (IY)
between the
(IY),]
(>Z.)
(IY)
up
such as
(11)
i.
q.
sivcct-
^cU^
'
J^ls [377]
[252] and
but Z's
because this
two augments intervening
(12)
Jlxi
9
substantive,
(a)
>
sorrel and ,jU-w
sumach
such as ^ôfaslcrs (M) and
^s
and J*kjû* mirror (IY)
(b) e/?,,
slander*
Ox^xx
such as jJuJi* (M), s^wf?
(13) [ JJIAJU (IY),]
like a hill,
Jlii
jlili (IY),] sucli as
Ox^^x
of
Juyo^
in this section is like a blunder,
section comprises the union of
sing.)
as
sucli
e|?.,
[252, 253, 289] (IY)

(M), orij.
(b)
bearing a fruit resem-
thorny-tree^
l^
(10)
>
and j^jJU
c
such as
substan-
(a)
[252] (IY;
Jojj-&
substantive (IY),
(a)
(b) cp.,
Juii
(9) [
(M) and
and
jJL
from
substantive
(a)
(M)
but
ju^/(IY),] such
J^lL
stoolinyin coition (\\
such as
(7)
oj oil
tive (IY),] sucli us

^sAJ^ [2frl]
cp.,
of a &0#, derived
said
(M),
swelling (IY):
q. r
(IY),] such as
Jb^jjLt
it
(14)
heaped
[
1787
(
^
|S
(IY),] such as
man
of a
o
as
(M), dull, incapable, flalby, said
J^c
(1Y)
(15)
J^L
o
1
(M) apdj^JUy cai [253]
crt^/
two names of
allowable
(a)
O>
such as
(b) ep.,
young pig (IY)
(1G)
<
--^ holy (M) and
such as
6roc/,
the
of
said
flat-nosed,
(IY),]
substantive (IY),] such
(a)
f>
JjA
cX
which Fath
in both of
[of the
there are no ns. upon the

Q<2>
O<2>'
is
measure of
O
>
with Damni, except-,ÂA and ^^Jj'

JjA3
[and^,6/Spant*5&
in
which
more
is
Damm
while all
^// (Jh)J,
frequent
;
others arc pronounced with Fath (IY)

w
f^
such as
(b) ep.,
r
i.
ijj
q.
Jol]
I
Y)
(M)
(IY),] such as
(19)
.in
J arc
in
<
/>.
juolil
of
it
imdl (IY.
such as
(joSf^
light
(18)
^cr? r//
1
.
(IY)] united after
breast grows,
(IY)J and
or,
/L-
l~
ap.
as
(1)
$l,
t!
a)
,,
/tx.g-0
metimes an
?io
(a)
(IY),] such as JkcSb glitter it^j [r>76]
The two [augments
lY).]
its
dispelling part (IY)
[sundry formation^ whence (IY)]
t^/iowi
'
^,,
on
3^
(M), meaning sqfflower
&li^> small (M) and
nf a coal <>f
385.
ij^
*** dispelling, as though
were intermittent, part

f
said of a star, behi

?î> tioinkling,
+ s
derived from
17)
>
[land containing
<i
.1
<
is saj.l
[268,
278]
...
.-/.
///^/
m^
1788
such as
and
Damm
there
that
o and quiescence of the g
of the
words (IY)
no %^JL in the
is
(3)
OUi*
occur as an ep. (IY)
(4) [
(2) [
[273]: (a)
language, with
except these two
*ul* [230,
(IY),] such as
* [248, 273], but
273] (M) and
&LL
(M) and
(IY),] such as *CjS [248, 273]
ISk says
(IY)
273]
[248,
we do
248,
>&
know
not
i^*i
such as *Cla>j [273] (M) and K>
[273]
(b) ep., such as
'
3^*
and iCIi [248, 273] (IY)
(M) and i5lb.
as *Cu- [273]
not occur as an ep. (IY)
(M) and
[272, 273]
*Ly
transposition,
fGb
ISk says
that
(a)
(6) [
;
&**
(5) [
^prirfe
(IT),] such
but i5Ui
does
i&ii (IY),] such as ilC^
*bbc
and, in the ep.,
[272,273], meaning
or,
by
servant-girl:
there is no i&ui in the language,
with mobilization [of the g with Fath (Jh)], except one

word, vid. iBlS
mesming among
O
plant, which
is
not like the ^llxxl
274] (M)
,
(b) ep.,
^^Q
(7) [
such as
J&*j
Pasture, but
such as ,jl!ia
(b) e^,,
(a)
one of the most excellent pastures of

*
îU3
(IY)
such as Îjju*. [274] (M), a thorny
camels, whence the prov. ^!juuj
(IY): (8)[
eps.
s o *
such as
Jô [250,
[250, 348]
^f[250,
274] (IY)
(9)
jj* [4,250,274]
1789
)
"
(M)
frequent in the pi., such as
ÎkU
[250] (IY)
[237, 250] (M)
^l^b
which Fath
tree, in
wand
^ks tar
(11) [
J,^3
(b) ep,,
but
^llLjf [236,
of a place, and ,jL^Ji
[of the
(IY),] such as
]
&
is
a certain
more frequent (IY)
ûLU, clamorous
;
282
(IY)
(M), whose
liveliness,
and, in this, three
which
;
is
&*'#
is
to
Jbj
Jb
,
[272]
(14)
f ,
from
Jjii
(M)
^ the gland of the penis:
the
Jj^ [272,
go sideways
she-camel (IY)
such as
(IY),]
such as <5r^
ÎJUi (IY),] such as
cz^stom
of a
said
substantive
pace
(13)
(M); but no
augs. are united at the end, the second, doubled
such as
does not
J&j*
(IY).] as
other [word of this measure] occurs
and the
o >
J,VjJ(lY),] such as
J&**
(10)
and
name
250, 274] (M), the
(12)
^L?^
and V-AAX" branch, twig, rod,
and
and ^lyd* [246],
certain measure, or quantity, of wheat or
pis. of s-AJr^
f
(b)
(a)
ep.,
(15) _lki
a substantive, such as ^ti^ a kind of quick
and
(10) ['*jJd>
is
(a)
not
known by us
as an cp.
substantive (IY),] such as IbJjD

scurf,
dandriff (M), and
ib
;
such as ioU* crafty and
rugged place [248];

iLyo^
strong [674]: (a)
iVininiiii/xitinii,
though no part of
lu -
av<junt [:W$,381], because the
u iuto
(IY)
tlie
(b)
the
cp.,
8
formation [266],
a
iy
ij
of
is
1790
parable from &JUi
and
as from
*JUi
state of life (IY)

&A#l^ easy
,like
:
**&\S [25G, 331]
(17) [julxi
which
is
X X* X
a substantive
such as
(IY),]
&UJLU,
period [G78] (M);
and does not occur as an ep. (IY): (18) [î*3 (IY),] such
9x>
O^'ô.x
as BjJvS plant used in tanning [301] (M) and
[283,
SJJLJ'
G75] (IY): (19) [S^JL^ (IY),] such as Spill lock of hair

9
(M)
but
(20)
does not occur as an
SjJlju
from
inseparable
(IY)
" >
this
I>jJU3
as from the
&
(a)
haughtiness [331] (M); (b)
e?i
i.
q.
<ljU^
/i^/?
o/
O x
x x
jJ
(IY),] such as
saddle-cloth
lc\.ioJs
J^Ljii is
know
it
rare
the language
in
occur as
an ep.
IY)
(S,
and we do not
(22)
substantive (IY),] such as ^LjJL^ cloak

O x
^-x
and
r^=*
? s^ s s
e.,
*^ci
YJ^-H
*x&x x
(b) ep.,
(24)
jLjJjJ
(a)
substantive,
>0
which one syn., as
^ S^^ ^6
^ lyjyV
i.
(M)
noble and JuJUî

e., such as JujuLo
"
"
x
x
x x
(b)
J^4,xi [above] (IY)

X
O'*xx
Ox<" x
-.
(a)
such as ouuJU.assa (M), a

/"x
Q
of
yum:
^ ^
such as
sw^yi [below], said of a she-camel (IY): (23)
q.
J^L*i
ft
such as cDU-
i.
X*
&e'?ic?
S says
(a)
JkkU
O 9
(IY),
[juJL*i
x x
^^
such as v^-JU intensely
e/>.,
.(IY): (21) [
(M) and
s is
in ab><X^ [above]
black,
the
(a)
vp.\
^ a5
7l0 ^
juuo
v^Lol
obtained aught of
transmitted by S, and Lo<
1791
There
j
i.e.
*â;
meaning
(25)
as is said,
or,
which
such as
(IY),]
strong,
JoiLu
is
The
386.
in (1) [the sing.

6
tellest us,
lî
[370] (M),
stout
short,
a substantive
and
_La^j Spanish fly (SI)
known by us as an ep. (IY).
.
thou
not aught in ivhat
is
ep.
(b)
such as
(IY),]
foeê
l*JU*
(IY)
and
not
is
three [augments (IY)] separated are

(S^**[
(IY),] such as <5^fu*| [272] (M);

Q
and similarly
from
running, the Hamza,
Is^^custo m,
the first ^5 and the final being aug. (IY)
(2) [the pi.
^^
(IY),] (a) [Jostle
(a)
i^liJo
9 "
(M),
pi. of
oLiaue kerchief twisted
xJoÔT
^^liuc
* *
tradition
o'Jjl
'
to beat with, as
is the
Lightning
twisted
kerchiefs of the angels, [said by 'Ali (Jh),] and

[253,685]; (b) e^.,such as jj^LsaJo pi. of ly,sv*
hard
[252,312],
substantive
(IY),]
ft
v_&xilsxj
/;. of
substantive
said
of a
Aorse (IY)
as JuuCS
such
Ô
[:;7
J];
G
(6)
running
[
J^f
+>\^
(c) [
(IY).
230
O
/>/.
of
J^Lib
>
(a)
ro^\j
and
^x
[2.">,J]
" x
L^j
Uj
(M)
[253]
JU*J and oU^J> [379]:
such as
ôUô
>
cy>.,
(b)
(IY),] sucli as
in
yy
1792
The
387.
in <JjtI*x>
to the v.,
371, 6*0], the

off in
jj*
j.
The
O&
(M),
pi.
of
389.
and
what
ep. in
(1)
(2)
The
the J are in (1)
*^JcIJ> [253, 343, 368,

being aug., because they
v^
JuJlii
Jojl*3
such as (IY)
the second J
between
^Ll [253]
^CuUi
and the
such as (IY)]
three [augments]
(IY)]
(a) substantive
x w
^LJLo [274] (M), a plant]
<b)
e/>.,
^klc. a
[253]
united
after
(IY)
,J
O x
"
such as
such asÛiaJ^ rough,
'Iriffan, a
(M), which
as JL ^
1
(IY),]
ejo.,
i.
i.
//.
man's name (IY):

is
^llo
of that,
ITZ/.
e.
q.
*S*\
GjX>
J?e
^&x3
came
(IY): (5)
'
and also
(IY),] such as
<jL^
J&&
beginning of a thing,
i"o
us at the beginning
ZlllL
such as itLIr[273] and

X ^
such as rL
k-^w
a substantive, meaning
^JLt
[283,
o Ûi (IY),] such as Û^
O-*
knowledge (M), an
be-
tree [274]; but ^fÎiJ
certain
does not occur as an ep. (IY): (3)
x^M
churlish (IY): ^2) [^f^bli (IY),] such as ÎÎH

675] (M) and
is
the
jJL* [374],
ing aug. (IY)
such as
only an
three [augments (IY)] united
and J are in
the
is
o are
went cut [482] (IY).
l^L
.388.
three [augments] united before the
(M) which paradigm
conformable
drop
JI*^
X X
(a)
substantive
[283] (M)
north-west, said of the
tirc'wd
(b)
(IY):
1793
[lli*j
(6)
as
such
(IY),]
and
(M)
[272]
L^pr
Ljo" Baradayyti, a stream in Syria, so in the Book

of S, though the well-known [form]
jj
J^
The
augments dispersed
[three
and one separate, one
united,
playful (IY)
(2) [
O^
<i
we know
ep.
a certain
<jL^s^
small
hill
(6)
ej?.
ep.,
it is
[in]
their saying
night:
but
it
is
rare;
[and]
only this [instance] (S):

(3) [ ^^Lxif
only
9 x^s
(IY),] such as Ûp! distressing (M), said
,
(IY)]
cây
(4)
except in *TÎ
it is
substan-
(a)
bright (M), said of the
Itjfit,
a bright
(M): (a) S says (IY),
but
is rare,
jU^3co! aULJ
tn^f.]
^f^t [274];
(a) as for the
night (IY):
of a
sub-
^^xi! which
Û^^l
Ox
(IY),] such as
an
(a)
>
such as
[^^jut,
(1)
such as ^^Lss^l full-grown and ^Lou! sportive,
(b) ep.,
Ox
two
(IY),]
of various forma-
\_ns.
and
tpi?[*74] (M)
stantive (IY),] such as
tive,
in
on the measure of (IY)]
tions,
Barada, as
[126] (IY),
390.
^^
is
Ti*if (IY),] such as
We do not
(S, I Y),
know i&uf
as though
j^Z.
jj|
[273]
occur [as a
of
Lj^
(I Y)
[frequent as (S)] one of the formations of the
broken pi.
(S,
IY), as J1&&J [246, 273] and ZC*J|
[27;;,
.''*
278:
(b)
(l\)
the
,
of
iLju^l
\vhi,:h is
is
sometimes pronounced with
transmitted from some of the
1794
Asad
(Jh)
Damm (KF):
and with
(5;
iSLCi (IY], such
as iLLoU [247,
273] (M) and *Tiib [247]; but
know TiUU
formations of the broken pi.
such as
9
of
L\l**
(M),
of
pi.
substantive
(a)
(IY),
Llkli [385] and

,
xx
uûb
shinbone
laugher, said of a
(IY),] such as
ep v such as JoJU-
(b)
and JuJlgS^. of
p/. of
do not
JuJl^, one of the
(6) [
[385],
we
vÂ^l
(IY): (7)
as an ep. (IY)
(8)
iSl*i
substantive
know <j^^
occur
such
we do
,
<j*A*i
Û^ [250], and ^y
(M) pi of
J^ [253], 265]; but
of
which means great
JjJL^? [252],
man
^.
not
asiTiiS Tuesday [273] (M) and

[246, 248, 273];
and
(b) ep., such as iLlli incapable, said of a man,
ili'CI?
bad at covering
sta/n'd, said of
^jUiiLl
Jr,
wan
(IY)
(9) [
a certain tree (M), and
and a ^Za^, says
Th.
as
J^l** IY),] such
^LbU^
(IY)
a place, says
(10)
substantive, such as x^Ljo scwr/, dandriff; (b)

O^
6^
(M),
the
of a
said
as l^lliS' [254, 675] (M)
(IY): (12)
stallion,
and
(a)
(IY),]
x
>
ab^liD
of femininization is insepara-
ble [266] in this formation (IY)
e/>.
Ox
sr-0n# [283]: (a)
this
&JUi
>
such as xju^y
and
[273], said of a he-camel,
(a) the
[iS&j (IY)
(11)
is
such
S^llii (IY),]
such
inseparable from
as
ÎlilL [247,
1795
_x
273]
(M
[ jjSUixi
but ^^L*Ai does not occur as an ep. (IY)
such as ^Ji-Iio a tree
(aj substantive,
O ^ ^
which saddles are made and

ep. (IY),]
^L^
with Fath and Kasr

with Kasr
is
(a)
is said,
and so
(b)
man,
and of
^tlli
S*^Cx
-^
^lô
but ^^*AJ
one of the formations of the unsound,
there being no instance of

9
We do not know
'
(a) substantive,
it
in the sound
S says
(IY),
jj^jixi [with
S)] other than the
tall
liveliness,
cowardly
fearful,
from
a ree
as ^L^suJ (M) meddlesome, said of a
a horse, and
(13)
^jLuûu* also
and going sideivays in his walk from
[in
unsound
such as
(M):
Kasr
^^
(15)
(I Y)], in
(S,
IY): (14)
(b) ep.
the language,
J&lt
(IY),
(IY)]
^3Jd
such as
such
as
fellow (M) and ^CoSJo mea7^ fellow, which

are de. substantives, used only in the voc. [Note on /?.
vile
186,
an
Z.
15] (IY)
but
we do
not
know J&*1^>
occur as
ep. (S).
.391.
Ûl^!
The
four [augments (IY)] are in such as
becoming gray [283, 332, 371] and ;C*=*I be-
coming red [332] (M),

482, 493.A] (IY).
We
ainnn^r substantives or
mented or uuaugmcntcd,
tioned (S).
inf.
rts.
of
do not
r/-,
any
y>l^t and Ju^f
know
/;//.
otlu-r than
that there
[432,
occurs,
[formation], augwhat we have men-
CHAPTER
XVI.
THE QUADRILITERAL NOUN.

The unaugmented quad, has (S, M, SH
formations (M, SH, Tsr) agreed upon (R), to
392.
five
IM)
which another
is
Akh
added by
formations [in all]
(IY, SH), [making] six
JjUi
(I A, A), (1)
IY, IM),
(S,
(a)
sub-
IY, A, Tsr), as ybL^ brook (S, M, SH, IA,

And, A), sometimes used as a [proper] name [6, 263] (IY);
stantive
(S,
(b) ep., as
man
vl4^1
long, tall (S, IY, Jrb, A, Tsr), said of a
(Tsr), [and] of a horse (IY), though the
is said
by some
to be aug. [679] (A): (2)
(a) substantive
(S,
IY, A, Tsr), as
JdL
(S,
And, A) meaning ornament (IY, R, Jrb),
in Jl^JU,
(S,
IY, IM),
M, SH, IA,
vid.
embroi-
dery or gems (R), and, as is said (IY, R), gold (IY, R,

A, Tsr), and thin cloud (R, A), or, as is said, red cloud
(A),
and^;
[401] (S,IY)
(b) ep., as
A, Tsr), said by Jr to mean
woman
(IY, Jrb, A, Tsr)
stantive (S, IY, A, Tsr), as
and
|belo\v] (S,
(A) silly, applied
Jiii
(3,
(S,
IY, Jrb, A,
(S,
Jrb,
to
IY, IM), (a) sub-
claw (S,M, SH, IA, A)
Jj
male bustard [395]
j^ (S,1Y,
IY)
Tsr),
(b) ep., as
said
of
a camel
substantive (S, IY,

(IY, A, Tsr): (4) fc(S, IY, IM), (a)
1797
'
A, Tsr), as Ji^Jai
(S,
M, And,
i.
A),
time before the
e.,
creation of mankind (IY, A), in which,
Arabs say
were soft
that the stones
says
(A.), [or]
^3
Tsr), as
[245] (IY,
(S,
wya
(lY),JaL, [245]
i. e.,
(A)
Ark (Tsr),
IY, IA),
(S,
i.
bold,
e.,
IY, Jrb, A,
ep. (S,
(b)
an
IY, Jrb, A, Tsr),
ep. of the lion
and^s
(S,
A),
hardy, said of a he-camel, and hard, said of a cfo^
(5)
Tsr), as
which
(S,
SH, A)
the
time of the
deluge, and time of Noah's coming out from the
and
AU,
is
IY),
JJbL
ij*>
(S,
IY, IM), (a) substantive (S,
dirham [below]
[Persian (IY),]
i.
M, SH, IA, Aud, A)
Arabicized (TY, Tsr), and
maw
ver# oZd
e.,
(S,
IY, A,
(IY)
(b)
as
ep.,
[below] (S, IY, Jrb, A, Tsr) and g^sup [372, 679] (S,
Oô
is, however, open
IY, Tsr)
(a) the authenticity of JJL
:
O xo
to discussion, because
JLLo [above]
not
if
[U79]
we say
is
^j (above)
quad only
that
it is
we say
if
aug., which
(J*bV:(6)jL&tIY,Df,
Aud) and the

\.\n\] (SII,
KK (Aud),
is
is
R),
Arabicized
that the
male
Akh
added by
(a) substantive
(b) ep., as
a
[above] (A).
The formation
rad.,
the opinion of Akli
(R,
(A), as ^jJacl.
long-legged green locust (R, Tsr), or, as

tin-
5 is
IA, Aud, A) a sort of locust (Jrb),
locust (A, Tsr)
while
^v=
is
s;j
i.
i.
id
q.
e.,
the
(Tsr),
/^l^
x>
JJbui
uy
Akhia
1798
disputed (Jrb).
The
BB other
opinion of the
than
Akh
is
that this sixth formation is not an original formation, but

>
Damm
deriv. of JJLxi with
[of the
J (Sn)], being proFath

for
with
nounced
alleviation, because, wherever Fath
SL
[of the
'
J (Sn)]
is
Damm is heard, as <1>&^L [above],
heard,
GÔJ
'
s-JljJ0
green slime on stagnant water, and *So veil

o
[258]
among
substantives, and
>
A~*
>>
^y
whereas they say
>
(above),
which proves the
KK hold
and the
Damm
among
eps.
>
ia^
mimosa, a tree
o>
of the desert, and <X^->
with
[three (Sn)] JJjii
[above]
1 >'
striped wrapper, in which
Fath has
to
not been heard
be original (Sn).
(A)
Akh
But
that 3JUj is an original formation (A).
I hold the saying of
Akh
to
be correct (IY)
and the
language of IM here seems to indicate agreement with

Akh and the
(A) ;and, [according to R and Jrb also,]
KK
the better opinion (R), [or] the truth (Jrb),
measure
is
authentic (R, Jrb), though rare
they say JJOL&

it [375]j
&JLD
is
(R), because
is co-ordinative,
be necessary [731] (Jrb).

incorporation would
Jjlli is
"
and, [according
otherwise
But
IM
That Ji*i should be a deriv. of
more obvious than that

to
this
^ Li / have no way of escape from
where the second &
says in the Tashll,
that
IHsh
it
should be original
"
(A);
also,] the preferable opinion is
that Joii is a deriv. of JJUi (Aud).
The language
con-
1799
tains no [unaugmented]
a
quad, upon the paradigm
or
>
any other [paradigm] not mentioned by us
JJjL* or
analogy (Jrb), the unaugmented quad, ought
By
>
J,JL*i
48 formations, [since
by the 4
have
from the
this is the product (Jrb)]
multiplication of 12 [368]
to
(S).
the first J:
states of
but only such as have been mentioned occur, because
of
the heaviness [of the others] (Jrb, Sn), or because of the
combination of two quiescents, or because of the succes-
Some
sion of four mobiles (Sn).
add three measures

O
>
JJLjLJ,
as
;
formations of
rotten cotton-pod [401]
3f=*
(3) JJLxi
as
--
however,
the quad., (1)

Q <" 9
2^>
>
bulky
to the
of the GG-,
(2)
Jou as
^*AA~>.
'
of cloud
iu^sjJo piece
[401]: but
measures are not authorized by the majority,
these
according to whom, such instances of them as are cor-
The second
rectly transmitted are anomalous.
or third
quad, must be quiescent, since four vowels
[letter] of the
do not follow consecutively in a word. Hence (1) JJUi
is
not authorized
fern.
kJU
while
burly [401] said of a man^
aLkJU bulky, said of a she-camel,

s"
nor is (2) JJL*J
JJLxi
while
contracted from
is
"
plant used
a*
dyeing [677]
r
[39. j], the
jljSU:
is
or^., [says Khl (Jh),]
being then elided from
nor (3) JJjJ
from JjUl. stones
while JcXl=l
it,
like
like the
in
^>^
[-J:h;j
though Fr and
231
<-^
is
hold
from
contracted
it
to be a
1800
XX
deriv. of juJL*3
its o. f.
being Jujo^
because JjU2
preferred by IM,
which [opinion]
xx
is
being
sing.,
Some
should rather be held to be a deriv. of the sing.
cite
these measures as original formations, not contractions
but this
is
that four
not correct because of what precedes (A), vid.
vowels do not follow consecutively in a word
The paradigms
(Sn).
that I
prise the formations of the
shall
The augment
393.
is
in the
(IY)]
in
to three [letters] (M).
quads,
where the word
(1) coordinative, vid.,
one of which
mention will com-
augmented [quad.
which the augment may amount

.
is
of two kinds,
is of five
letters,
aug., while the order of its mobiles and
quiescents corresponds to the order of the quin. [401], as
jii^l [395] and J^JLSJ^ [283, 395], which are co-ordinatO x
ed by the
&
and
(2) non-coordinative, vid.
one
is
number
or
rad.
two,
or
formations.
three.
of letters that the quad, reaches
augment
letters,
letter,
is
as
before the
x x
;
where the word contains an
aug., but differs from the
ment
with the paradigm of

JIÂ-U, [401]
And
The augthe largest
by means of the
seven, in which the augment consists of three
pLsx^l
(IY),] such as
is
[368]
(IY).
only in [the
***
n.
The
single
augment
conformable to the
[343, 347, 368, 676] (M.)
v.
1801
The
394.
abounding in milk
O*^0
Damm
(b)
of the J> (IY),] and
[short IY)]: (2)
o/ tree
Au/zcZ
The
mations (IY),] (1)
is in
[nine for-
(a)
Ox-'
substantive, such as
long-legged greenlocust;
KF),
(Jh,
9^
(b)
(2)
[JJL^
(IY),]
e/>.
5frow</,
x
"
>
suchasytj^
[256,
[Aar^y (BS),] said
of a
>
he-cumel(IY),fem. syljc^
KF)
v-Ûa^
BS,
but this
JJui,
X
after the
augment
single
O
231] (M)
&
^* 9
*.v.,g;v
rare (IY).
is
395.
(IY),] such as
ep.
JUuT
Ju^jI^M) a
(1)
she-camel (IY)
iLotil
kind, in which Sf transmits
its
[jJjul (IY),] such as
[formation]
as
in
is
in
jj?yoiv [superior
with
KF)
(Jh,
after the
augment
single
substantive, such
(a)
[253], said of a
she-camel (Jh,
only an ep. (IY),] such as
9 x "-'x
chief (W), and JÛ^-t trailing his tail [393],

S ^
corpulent^ said of si she-camel (IY): (3)

stantive (I Y).] such as
o ^<^
sucli as
(IY):
[253] (M)
long-bodied, said of aca?tteZorother
JJU3
(M), broken
Z/o
JJyu
(a)
sub-
(b)
e/>,,
Icuo^y*
(4)
uJ^xS
/c??i
x"
broken ^Z of
^LL (392];
JU^
O
(a)
of
}>l.
animal
[.TJ7]
(IY)
(b) ep., such as

(5)
jJuii
^L^
vl^tp,
only an
*;>.
(IY),]such as Juo^.
(.M)
thick-lipp
\](\\):((\)[ JJUxi, substantive, wliirh
1,11
(I Y;,]
Mich
a.s
j^
s//o//
r///c/
sturdy, and JU^LSX^
^>J
(Mj, and ^JO
1802
[392, 677] (I Y):
( 7)
[U, known by us only as an ep. (IY),]
such as jJdU (M) thick,

G
[
says Mb, old hag (IY)
or,
JJju
such as
O
and, as Jr says, the /rm'f o/#Ae
which
it is
(M) a plant,
*A+S*
>
s_*-aJo [372],
his
o
(8)
according to
a substantive, but, as Fr says, stupid, accord-
ing to which
9 6
it is
an ep.
semen before coition (IY)
(9)
such as {$&\ emitting
(b) ep.,
(IY),] such as
J<*i
(M)
^.-fev..w
camel or man, and
of a
said
fo'#,
\&_i.&
magnifying himself, haughty (IY).
The
396.
augment
single
after the first
is
in
[about ten formations (IY),]
(1) [J-Jl**
(IY),] such as jocxls [253, 674]
(M)
"
/yjûi
*
"
ill-natured
(IY)
(IY),] as Îjp hornet
O>>'
(2)
(M) and
Q>>
(b) ep.,
:
(5; [jji*^
[274] (M)
(3) [
but
(b) ep., as
o >
,,
Jodx*
'b) ep.,
we do not know
ep. (IY),]
(4)
J^JUi
u)*j [253] (M) garden,
(a) substantive
such as
j^4^
x-
such as j^^kJLc active
J^liJ (IY\] such as
cloud
[253]
caweZ (IY)
substantive
(a)
JI^ [253] (M) exalted, chief (IY)
paradise
such as
(a) substantive (IY),] such as
JJlxi
^
^He
poor, and sometimes robber (IY)
^s
(b) ep.,
of a sword, and
v.ûJ' trenchant, said
o^^w /OTi^r and

such as
'
(a) substantive
said of a sAe-
(IY;,] such as
^y rugged (IY)
[ 253 1
M ^ r^ e
)>
>
(6)
said of a
a
Jîxi as substantive (I Y)
(7)
1803
J^Lxi
(a)
as
substantive,
(IY>,] such as
jLal*
J! J\
[332] (M)
(273, 332)
(a)
j^ occurs
in the
except in one word
in the reduplicated,
language only
ep.
(b)
walking badly from
Jltys*
(IY):(8) [jSUi(IY),] such as

O
S,
a she-camel
illness, said of
^b^ [253,
673J (M):
O C s s
's

here
^JU-i (M),
meaning fruit of the caper ; but sometimes an ep., mean(9) [JJL*i
(a)
ing thick-lipped
t00(/"(IYj: (10)
(b) ep., such as ,j*jUft swift, said of the
Jlil
nt*
which
O&
(M) a plant and

397.
i",
The
single
is
(M) long-backed
(IY),]
such as
emerald ilY).
3wo\
augment
after the last J is in (1)
which we know only as an
and
rare
* >
ep. (IY),] such as
short legged the

,
co-ordination withJcLil, [401], as
is
(5
^-^
of which is for
proved by the fact that

s ^ * '
the
of femininization
is
substantive (I Y),] such as
a place [282]
affixed to it(IY)
(2)
[Ûla*,
L?Lk^[272,282](M)and
c5
not an ep. (IY)
t5JULL,
which
is
such as
^jo*
cwdewe [272] (M)
rare (IY),] such as

<><jey,
^Jal-
(5)
(4)
[272] (M) and
a thing wherewith boys are frightened
hut this formation does not occur as an

[ JJjii
^^
(3) [ (S&>** (IY),] such as
whence ^JtUtf endive [399] (IY)

îXyc [272] (M),
[
(IY),] such us
JJL^~ (M)
ep. (IY):
(6)
idle, as in the tradition,
1804
Umar
where
,
(M)
y*
pJT^f J 2x0
^
says
(a) substantive,
w does
raof
(8>
^tm
b)
Ît [359] (IY)
a serpe?i
such as Ju
(I Y),] such as
e/?.
jJui (IY),] such as LJe
woman
398.
which
(M):
is
(2) [
we do
but
not
>
<<
(M) calamity,
(a)
or,
[395]
of a
breast^ said
>
know JJju
as a substantive (IY).
in
only a substantive IY),] such as

,
/ia
^^^ aged
The two augments separate are
JjjUJ
(7)
(M), Zo7i#, said of
a big
the 6rea.s, and
ixi^Je having
2
substantive (IY),]
^y^**
such as
[272]
;;
iLb*
as is said, all that deceives and
c?e-
ludes, like the mirage, and the present life, because

9
lasts not; (b)
ejp.,
<*
such
"
>
it
asû^
liardy, said of a sAe-
camel, and ^j+kxc fully-developed^ said of a woman,

pi.
^Lbi[253]
(IY): (3)[^JLjOi, which

O
is
rare, (a)
X * X
>
substantive (IY),] such as ^JLÛUO water-wheel [675,676]

O
>
(M); (b) ep., such as o^'^^ ^ a ^? loosely-made (a) I

do not consider this section the proper place for the
:
mention of ^^LSUXJ because Z designates it for the

mention of the quads, containing two separate augments;
,
while there are two opinions about ^^xfu

first that it
is tril.) the first ^
the
and one of the last two ^ s
^
,
being aw^r., in
that
it is
which case its pi.
q uad.) the
first
is
^ being
x ^
^jjul^vxj
racf.,
and secondly
and the
and one
1805
of the [last] two
which
in
which case
its pi. is
^x^lU,
and, in the latter
a quad, containing two augments,
is
it
they are not separate, as
still
Arabs
the pi. heard from the
is
case, although
(6)
^ s aug.,
is
provided in this section:
which the vulgar name ^jyi'jai
as for the plant,

O-
JuJlxi
to the
jj^j melilot, according
Arabs
(IY):
" >
(4)
the
it is
[400],
which
'
tantive (IY),]
(Bk), the
occurring only in one subs-
is rare,
9
JuoU^ Kunabll (M),
name
of the
by S
so mentioned
well-known land (IY), a place in

O-'
AlYaman
(Bk)
(5)
[JÛxi
which
is
rare,
and occurs
only as an ep. (IY),] such as .LJLSJ^ (M) bulky, large in
make, and so xlJju^ (IY).

399.
&
[
The two [augments

9
<>s
Jopjw
(IY)] united are
(2)
big-headed and Jo^jujo
here,
(IY):
(3)
(IY),] such as
of the head
occiput, back
[i?<jG]
[lul
is
taken
kllk'j
(a)
the
Sîk^
account
into
tortoise, turtle [674] (M): (a)
the
being inseparable
(IY): (4)
formation
the
in
as from the
of
>
x^
tX^wj; [above]
Ox*'
o
,
LK
as
J^LiV ^/r/r r [2r3,
(lyJU&tlY),] such
678] (M); but v^^JLUS does not occur as an pp.

i
glteJLL
of feminioizatlon ia
B'
^5
(M)
[283]
inseparable from this
cp.
(1)
s * *
(IY),] such as Joyous (M)
bulky (IY):
in
(IV),] sucli as J^JU
(I
Y)
(5)
(M) long,
or,
as
ia
1806
"
know
and o.io+j hard, distressing; but we do
Baid, thick,
not
x*
G i
JuJLLxi occur as a substantive (IY)

O
(6)
JÛi
(IY),] such as ^lijfe (M) tall (IY):

^ x X
(7)
3Cj
(IY),]
j^r
like
<
>
/.
^Lo*-JI ^!
he
is
or
and
*
>
^5>j!
,5! is said,
iUjjyJl
*<*
i^JLx3
occur as
AZ says,
and abbreviated:
f
i.
e.,
^Qf ^1
we do
(b)
not
-.-
stantive (IY),] such as

[397]: (a)
**X
[273, 400]: ISk says that

illGp
x
Lo I do not know which of mankind
~,'
know
"^
of the last the re are two rf-mZ. vars., iLlL*
(a)
iL>y;4*
^x*x c
273] (M) female scorpion and iLo*j
iLyi*
mankind:
ep.
(b)
y.
such as
^L^^ young bustard
(a)
an ep. (IY):
^TjJUd [273]
(8) [
(b)
sub-
i.
(M),
TLjotf with Kasr of the j

x
fXUi
x
is
^0^*
q.
prolonged
occur as an ep.
iÛjii does not
which
is rare, (a)
such as
Jijte) saffron; (b) ep. (IY),]
^1^^ (M) goodly,
(IY): (9)
tall,
,j}LUi
said of a marc (IY): (10)
(IY),] such as
as
is said,
^j&i
earwig
^SUliii
[274, 400] (M)
such as
is
rare
^Loyj quilted
in the language, (a)
(11)
Hindimdn
(b) ep.,
such as
<jL<x^
(M), the
short (IY).
like
^^JLxi
a
,
substantive (IY),]
such as (jLojoc*
x
or,
>
cuirass for war, said of & tunic (IY)
which
substantive
male scorpion,
X
(b) ep.,
(a)
name
of a
1807
400, Thethree[caugments(IY)]arein(l)[^SUî,
substantive (IY)], such as
^yle
>
plant
but
we
know jjÛyw
do not
such as
(IY): (2) [Jjillil (IY),]

of
^L^y*
melilot,
O
dâ^ var. of
x.-*x
i.
such as
said,
^J^
(3)
but
dial var.
^\^^
we do
<*
a
x
>
know ^^JLuti
not
[ÛL*3 which
,
<
rare (IY)J
is
iLÛx^
[273] (M), a
A;^/zc?
o/
locust,
a reptile like the chameleon (IY)
(IY),] such as
a.
>
is
occur as an ep.
^jysju^ [398], and
^M^ [above]
^
which
(II),
x-

>fc,X
q.
[283]
* X <>xx
iLlly
[273]
(M), a
de'aZ.
)C&
[399] (IY) (5) [ ^Û^ (IY),] such
dial. var. of ^LL! [274, 399] (IY).
:
132
aa
is
(4) [
var. of
O
as
or,
'
'
^by^
(Mj, a
CHAPTER
XVII.
THE QUINQUELITERAL NOUN.
The unaugmented
401.
quln. has (S,
M,SH, IM)
four formations (M, SII, I A, And) agreed upon (R), (1)

(S,
IY, IM),
,
[245]
(S,
254]
IY)
substantive
(a)
(S,
camel
(S),
as
sujiyi
as
(b) ep.,
jSî
of a
is
IY, Jrb), as
(S,
swift (IY)
M,
(S,
(S,
IY, A, Tsr) tall

etc.
(IY),
and
ki'LJf
7%e
5/ie-
camel,
&Llî
JJJUl
(2)
J'j-^l [245]
SII,
(S,
IM), an ep.
IY,
IA, Aud, A), meaning,
[as is said (Tsr),] big, said of a viper, but,
51
(Jrb,
>
IY )
(A,
A, Tsr), and
Tsr)
we do
it
'
J^s
(J
gland of the penis (A)
(a) substantive (S,
>
>
(A, Tsr)
A, Tsr)
:
(a) it is
occur as a substantive
is
a substantive, mean-
ing gland of the penis (A, Tsr) and

the
s Jrb
occurs only as an ep. (IY,
know
(S);but some say that
woman
' *s
JJULx3
not
as Sf says
(IY, R, Jrb, A, Tsr);
J4^
ancl
A, Tsr), said of a
O
said that
woman
said of a
(A, Tsr), aged,
^p
M, SH, IA, Aud, A) and
(A, Tsr), [or] swift, said
j^yU
IY, A, Tsr) r as
(S,
(3)
[man
jail
IY, A, Tsr), as
(Sn)] big in
(S,
j^JJ
IY, IM),
(S,
M, B,
1809
>
a rap
Aes possession,
e'/&
we a
(b)
i.
i.
do?Y,
strong (IY,
woman
or,
big (A): (4)
A, Tsr), as
as
x O
as
says
âu^.
lion (A, Tsr)
jU'jJ (IY, SH, A, Tsr)
insignificant, said of
5/io?^,
X
'
is said (A),
JJ&
1*^
,x
IY,
(S,
vJiiv frULJ!^
or,
used only in nega-
(IY); and jjJixx^ (S, IY, Jrb, A) bulky, said
of a camel,
not
bulky (Jrb, A, Tsr), said of a camel
JR),
(IY, R, Jrb, A, Tsr), and
as
IY, A, Tsr),
ep. (S,
is
7/e has not given
Co
(R, A); and
*^
e.,
There
,,
fc^
e.,
whence ÛIjo
^Lk&T
^
'
X
tion (IY),
J*.cjo sJoL& Co
e. g.
IA, A) paltry thing,
strong (Jrb, A)
Til),
substantive
(a)
make,
(S,
IY,
IY, SH, I A, Aud, A) cloud,
(S,
x
Co
TAere
Th, a certain
z's
not a cloud on the sky,
animal
(IY, R),
[or,
say
A, Jrb, and Kh,] a [small (Jrb), paltry (Tsr), conOx*'''*

*xx
temptible (A, Tsr)] thing (Jrb, A, Tsr), as iUxJ^ &J^-
7/c has not a rag

(S,
upon him
IY) hardness, severity
Tsr), as
J^^
(S,
(Tsr);
(IY)
(b)
A, Tsr)
il,
and
[the
name of
authorise
its
,j
it
formation
(A)] a
(IY),
herb
while
JJLJLxi
(IY,
ep. (S,
[677]
IY, A,
bulky (IY, A, Tsr),
And IS men-
strong (IY), said of a camel (A, Tsr).

tions [a fifth
y^J^
x-
A):
think that
it
as (A)]
but
IltUio
S does not
is a
f/iW. (IY),
being [really (A)] aug. (IY,A), othenvisr an unpre(A;
cedented paradigm wniil
re .v.i
It.
Ami
"tin rs
add other
1810
measures, not authorized by the majority, because extraordinary, and, in some cases, possibly augmented
we
shall not prolong the discussion
by mentioning them
The unaugmented quin. ought
(A).
so that
have 192 forma-
to
from the multiplication of 48

[392] by
the 4 states of the second J but the rest do not occur, on
tions, resulting
account of (Jrb, Sn) their heaviness ( Jrb), [or] the [other]
Thus
causes before mentioned [392] (Sn).

of the measures agreed upon [in
is
the unaugmented n.]
twenty (Aud), eleven in the
quad. [392], and four
in the
such [decl.
[of
(A)]
715.
the aggregate
[368], five in the
tril.
And
quin. [above] (Tsr).
Arabic origin (Aud)] as vary
[from the paradigms mentioned (I A, Aud, A)] are attributable to (1) augmentation (IM), (a) at the beginning (Tsr),
like (3-LLU [382] (Aud)
[374]
(c)
in
(b) in the middle, like
both places
like
(Tsr),
^^
291] (Aud); (d) at the end, like ^JlLL [375]

deficiency
(2)
(IM)
of
(a)
^ [719]
(I A,
Aud, A) and
kJU
[392], orig. kîLc
a rad.
A)
(I A,
(b)
> o
(b) JJlii
nap of
as
[392]
cloth
Os
(Aud),
o
(Tsr):
Jo
an aug., like
(3) alteration of form, like the
alteration of (a) Jill into (a) JJL^ , as

9
[283,
like
(Aud),
U^Jb
(b)
orig.
o<X*LJ
S
&
as
[392] (Tsr):
..
anomaly, like ibscb [392] (A). As for
^
9
JÛi into JJL*i
[392]
<
(4)
s '
^^^
Sarakhs,
1811
[a
country (Tsr)], and
JJ^
balas
ruby [a sort of
jewel (Tsr)], they are foreign (Aud),
among the
since,
paradigms of the [unaugmented] quad., there is none pronounced with Fath of the first and second [letters] (Tsr).
IM says in the Tashil that whatever is excluded from
these
[twenty] paradigms is (1) anomalous: (2) augmented:

(3) curtailed (A) of (a) its
IL
like
[260,
like
I jut
[699]
(b) its
667]; (c) its J, like jJ [above] (Sn):
a quasi-p. (A), like
like
(Sn)
vlypl^ [215J
[above], the name of
[176]
:
(Sn)
(5)
(4)
a comp. (A),
(6) foreign (A),
like
JULLT
a well-known stone but he does not

:
notice the last three here, because he is speaking of simple
Arabic
decl.
ns.
and for
this reason
the omission of the anomalous (Sn).
only to
objects
The
sex. has
no rad.
formation [below], because, being the double of the

rod. formation,
n.
[i.
e.,
the
compounded of two
(IY).
The augment
letter [368] (M), as
tril. } ] it
trils.,
in the
e.
first
would become like a

g.
^^*'^
[above]
quin. does not exceed one
though they avoided a multiplicity
of augs., because of the multiplicity of its letters

(IY).
The
is
sixth (S).
added
fifth
in the quiii., the

^ fifth,
and the
The augmented quin. has (M, SH) only
five
formations (M), its paradigms being (S,M)
(a)
substantive
(S,
M, SH), according
to
(1)
(811)
joJLlU %
IY), such as
Ju; jui
most [below]
(SH; meaning [old
253 ]
(S,
1812
(Jrb)]
wine (IY, R, Jrb)
JLJJL
and
[368] (S, IY),
no roughness (IY), and wine,

and a fountain in Paradise (KF)
such as
(b) ep.
i.
milk wherein
e.,
is
IY) young, said of a woman (IY): (a) IH

"
says according to most
[above] (R, Jrb), because most
jos. is
people say that the ^ is ra d., in which case
LrjLJaJU
(S,
"
^^
an augmented
x
while some say that the
gm'/i.
is
aug.
-*
said to be J^Loi (R), in which case

u^juLa. being
an augmented quad. (R, Jrb)
(b) the ... should
(Jrb),
it is
,<*'
rather be judged to be rad., since

Juouy Barfa'id occurs,
O
Baid0f aat*frtcl[*nSyria (Bk)]; and

O
8x0^
and JÂ*JL [above]

(KF)]
and (j-JUx^
and JL*Jai! [above]:

9
(c) if
'
y^ôf calamity;
[ifjf,
IH
said of a
had said
woman
JL*y
be would have been spared the trouble

^ *
^^
O
"
of saying according to most ", because tX-oii'vJ is J^JULxi
"
"x X
x
instead of
u*^ ju
'
without dispute,
illji
since
whereas,
contains none of the letters of
except the
p^llf [369, 671],
has not mentioned
it
because
it
objection could
have been
jLxtCi
(S,
(2)
Jîki
but possibly he
said to be foreign
^^J^
aug.
or
in
(a) substantive
its
(S,
xx
^JUxa.
because
raised,
letter [681] is not prevalently
them (R)
it is
Ox*x
he had mentioned
if
the
no
aug.
position
in
IY), such as
M, SH) vain talking (IY, R, Jrb) and jest-
ing (IY, R)
(b) ep.,
such as (k+*S3 (S,
IY),
i.
q.
1813
JL^JO*,
which we have explained [above] (IY)
JyJJ^
(S,
IY), such as
[368]
LylpU
*(3)
M, SH), a
(S,
[small (R)] reptile (IY, R), said to be (IY) the [male
(IY)] lizard (IY, Jrb)

l
ilr
and [hence (M)]
[674] (S, M), a district in AlHijdz, the

O
ning being rad. (IY); and
&
at its begin-
to'*
u^bvS
[below]
all of
ttf*
are substantives (S)
(4)
and
is
an
ep. (S), such as
ity (IY, R, Jrb),
a d/ai var. of
is
big,
which
is
M, SH) calam-
(S,
said of a she-camel,
[253, 283] (R)
rare (S, IY), such as
which
s*
^^^
and strong,
JÎiy
IY),
(S,
J^JLJLxi
G
rare,
Yasta-
;yulo
(5) ^.IJUI
which
^Lli
326, 368, 497, 673]
[272,
M, SH) bulky (IY, R), strong (R, Jrb), having much

fur or Aflur (R), said of a camel (IY, R, Jrb), and
(S,
Îkili [strong (IY)], both of which are eps. (S, IY):

(a) the [final [IY)] [in them (IY)] is for (IY, R, Jrb)
multiplication of the word (IY, Jrb), [and] augmentaI
tion (R), and completion (Jrb), of the

Jrb), as in
(R), this
it is
&fif pear
of
vlUT
zation, because the
(Jrb)]
is
formation (R,
I
of
being the meaning of Z's saying that
like the
(IY, R,
(IY), like the
Jrb)
and
affixed to
co-ordination,
"
[673] (Jrb)
word
is
"
[374]
* x o xx
in
^wU-o
not for feminini-
pronounced with Tanwln
because the
as
Û^
[of
femininization
nor for
Styuls [368] (R, Jrb)
because the sex. has 110 rad. for-
mation [above], for
it,
it
to
be co-ordinated with (JY, R,

Jrb).
18'JA
[the
Obb allow
of]
~'
fho reZ. ns. of
are
whereas the llamzaoffclx-Lfr [and
tive aug. t
may be converted
as
But the
(D).
or
left
being a co-ordina-
^Li*.s. ],
[301]
so says
^LsJfê Confectioner
(CD)]
[similarly
^jÛlb
SfT"*
^Lp^
~" x
7""
,55^^?
and
^b^*
'
~-
Jtnd
being for femininization, must be converted into
to bo
2 ,"
fcbj^
Haraza of t^Ci'b
w.
re.
it<
''
X
!
[or
IBr (CD).
And
^J^LsJf(Dh)]
Shams alA'iinma 'Abd Al'Aziz Ibn Aljmad (Dh, CD)

alBnkhari, the learned man of the East, d. 456 (Dh), which, IHrj
i.s
said of
is
says,
Hamza (CD).
with a
fix
from
rel. n.
It
is
^Vc=>.
sweetness or sweetmeat (Dh,

2
bin nd IT, because, if
is a
wid the truth

/,
P. 1422,
II.
and rame
that
is
P. 1420,
KF to be
[said in the
(CD)]
"
>-
it
it is
were
so,
rel. n.
KF, CD):
^y^-
would be said [302]
5-G.
Ks was so
from ilyl^ sweetmeat (CD).
Jahn prints
vLuu^ (IY. 773,
7.
but this
i.
22).
called because he entered
AlKufa,
Hamza Ibn Hablb azZayyat, enveloped
in a wrapper,
"
whereupon ITninxa said Who will read ?" and it was said to him
" The wearer
of the wrapper"; or, as is said, because he entered tin-
holy
Fr
to
land,*-/,/
i,i<'.
\\a- so called,
them,
boc-au e
lie
wrapper (IKhn). See Part
though ho neither
p^XJl ^ÂJ
III, p. LM
1.7.
manufactured furs, MOT sold
used
to
trim tie speech
(llvlin,
MA
1*.
l>y
1431,
the
II.
num.,
whi.-h //. n;inriii^ pi, in

^ '
'
U^J|
:C
-'fern, qimliii
Jli.
'
>
pi. orig. quali-
k^JLj
190A
P. 1434,
I suppose
4.
Z.
(wl. II, p. 281,

"
suppression of a
Seep. 1439,
106
(c).
289,
..;
15
and
P. 1435,
J.
AlJatni' as Saghir, on
J.
10.
The
Mevrog.
MM, Ml.
P, 1418,^.5.
Sh, p. 158,
See p. 1429,
The
being merely expl. of

\\vrcpoat. to the
16.
sp. t
as
it,
is
which
!^^
permissible.
b*
which
of
"of
has
3,
five
kinds",
II.
in
II.
8-10
like an integral
23
XVIII.
num.
like the
is
members of
ia sense,
and, if
part of
opinion
is
of
Fr seems
in
to be that, If
24, cited in p. 1451,
and
II.
is
17-18,
it
may
arc one thing
its ap.
that, iu this reading,
IY
it
it
II.
ep. might be in the pi., and therefore
"
in
grammar (HKh).
shown below
not a sp.; and the argument of

ep., like
oLax>
14-16.
The argument
12-15.
its
I.
in the pi., since the qualified

first
auJj
"
" three
are the two
things
appears from p. 341,
The "
in the gen. [220, 224],
num., would be
in the reading
be
vol. II,
<
^ governed
comp. num. and the
wore qualified,
here.
AlHutai'a (S).
*>
II.
because
vol. IT, p.
the fern. pron.
to
20.
P. 1442,
P. 1453,
becomes /em.
By
itself
MAd,
occurs, however, in
being pre.
10.
%ju^
o^yo
1.
letter, as
misprint for
P. 1439,
incUuling Ihe
Fk
passage of the
and perhaps may mean "post" (properly
relates to *Ju*.'*aJl
the
this
Wright's Arabic Grammar,
c/.
The word oLa/a
X X
P.
in
pre" would be obviously inappropriate
So that JUuct
12.
oLd*
24) to be a
1.
x
1.
^^M
that here
is
^^
I.
a subst.,
is
not an
which, as being an appos., some latitude
is
19U
P. 1460,
come upon
I have not
l.l.
name of its Rijiz
the
(MN).
I*.
I do
6.
1.
1464,
know
not
the
author of this Rajaz
u
poet" alluded to by Lane in the
appears to be the
(AKB), win
"
second line of his
P. 1466,
(Part II, p. 106,

P. 1471,
The Muslims
But the
ects (Sbr, pp.

2-3).
For, in the
SB
and modesty
j
^g
Uj
prefixed
to certain
P. 1473,
II.
P. 1475,
II.
are divided into seventy-throe
tradition speaks of the constituent
is
part,
here
of faith
meutioucl
resembles that "
" what
By
([above]
The
14.
Z.
432
not of the sectarian divisions of the

x x <
GÔ 9
(vol. I, p. 11), it continues aua*i fLySvJ! ^
parts, or elements, of faith
Faith.
in
t. 3).
4-6.
II.
col. 3).
This verse follows the verse cited
4.
I.
on **$ (p. 333,
article
is
Z means
Read
13.
I.
the s of
the
monograms
chapters of the Kur.
See p. 1502, II 7-8.
23-24.
8-9.
is
nums.
speaking of the
for
21,
11,
rfc, to 01.
P. 1477,
and one of
1.
5.
Ail Islami poet,
Abu'Umar Haf Ibn
P. 1478, U. 13-14.
Reading
(MINR,TKh)
of 90 and odd years
'Ann
dvini
'Uiiiar
adDuri (KM,
near Baghdad (AA.K)
Marwiim
i\
Arab robbers (AKB).
the
(KM, AAK)]
tinder the
",
win
in
d.
MINR, TKh, AAK),

AMrak (TKh), 6. 150, at
X i;. A A K
24*5 (K M M
I
(MINK),
[..1
MM^T
UK-
r.oih
-.rung.
AKJI and
I.Vnd
t!
IK,,-,
:u
tho age
K at
.
;l
of
Kh
'
,
".
192A
Part III, p. 24 A,
20 and
1.
31
I.
and p.
dales of death are given by

Illjr and the
P. 1479,
AlGkamran
21.
1.
The Bk
20.
1.
territories
is
it
AlGkamran
P. 1485,^.5-14.
TKh.
Ahl
(p. <j7)
have
of AlGhamr,
a plnco
in
696) and
He joins
of Asad (Ml).
and tUen names
(p.
du.
the
A, where other
itf
another place to
'^
th<>
AlGhamr,
(Bk).
This s-tafoment
members of
both
tliai
comp. remain uninfl. agrees with the rule given
in
the-
p. 813, U.
22-25, that prefix! on of the art. does not affect tho uninfl-c fed ness
of this
I,
num.
In the 2nd
329, rem.),
it
was
practice, that, with the
Lone
ed.
down,
laid
art., the
(p. 349, col. 1) asserts,
decline the
first
of Wright's Arabic
member became
first
the art.
is
what he afterwards
P. 1487,
XIV,
unit be &*jj
case
?!p
and
and Lane's assertion
is
i*
at variance \vit\\
states,
on the authority of Jh.
From
the
same poem
member
first
as verses cited
on
1754, and 50 A.
P. 1493,
to
5.
I.
decl.;
But. in tho
prefixed.
3rd ed. of AVright's work, this inflection of the

;
(voF.
on his own authority, that "niDst"
member when
declared to be unusual
Grammar
apparently as an invariable-
21-23. Here
II.
in
it is
which case >oK
uncertain whether the suppressed

is i.q.
(jd*J jor &A-L>
in
which
is i.q.
P. 1496,
I.
4.
P. 1497,
1.
11.
P. 1498, L
5.
^
because ^J!
And
the
meaning
^Bl5 (D)
The
is
^^5
single-handed*
(AKB).
^ of femiiiinization
O f.
is
i.q.
*'.,,
kL! Lsl-^
f -0 >
is
^ ^
affixed to the v. in
193 A
P. 1502,
1.
8.
P. 1504,
1.
10.
AUd
The
icfercnce
Lane
(p.
is to
2253,
MN
but the Ami, A, ami
II.
p. 1328,
coJ. S)
have
nil
"
says
21-25.
'Obeyd
Abu
",
i.e.,
'Ubaiila",
i.e.,
AU.
P. 1503,
to its
author
author
Ibn
IL
(MN)
AFR, who
I have) not
does imt a sign
it
come upon the name of
its
Bojk
2.
1Kb
in
AlMughira Ibn <Abd Allah,
i.
[or, says
of Poets, Ibn AlAswad, alAs.idi, one of
tlie
Ban it A .sad
Khuzainia, the celebrate<l poet and wine-bibber
received the
faced.
(1C A,
and
Mentioned by
21.
(MN).
P. 1500,
the
J.
is
He
cognomen
"
lived a long
(AKB),] who
AlUkaishir" because he was very red,*
having been born
life,
AKB), and grown up
in the
mentioned by IHjr among
The author of
got drunk, and
the K A and
fell
Jiim, rliid
beginning of Allslam
the Converts
Then
(AKB)
(KA)
10-12
II.
others say that one day AlUkaishir
down, exposing
at him.
heathenism
in
his person,
she laughed at
him
while
hi.s
wife
and, approaching
" Art thou not

ashamed, old man, to bring
him, saying
he lifted his head towards IKT, and

thyself (o this state?" So
an to say
pJl jytf
II
(AKB)
the third verso, given at p.
A, IL
1<J
16-20.
1, 2,
The
translation of
was made
in ign.)i.!
of the context, and should be corrected in accordance with

r'-nd-rii;j-
livr..-
P. 1510,
1.
th.-
iriven.
13.
Mentioned
l.y
Kl,
who doos not
assign
it
(o it^
author (MN).
/'.
tl.'-
1511
limited
28,
It
cqsc iudi-.-afod by
often
aid U) be n-nlar,
nt p. 1521, IL 12-
LV
IMI!
..
n |y in
194 A
P.
1517,
inserted after " by
given in
gives
^Lyf
shown
"
main
The
s *
II.
13-19.
be
803)
(p.
from the rhymes
Mb,
p. 541,
II.
10-13,
same poem.
fs*
P. 1520,
should
The IY
p. 308, U. 18-20).
verses found in
are apparently part of the
"
translation of this verse
a mistake of the editor, as appears
in the Jsh.
>
wong/uUy
in the
force
499 (Part III,
"
The word
16-17.
II.
>
sss
and *Jl*j denoting position of the
JLjii
act and &JL*3 denoting superfluity are non-inf. ns.
P. 1526,
J.
p. 127,
18.
J.
Zj
My MS copy
16).
cd. gives Zj.
graphed
P. 1527, L 21.
Zji
was a pupil of
(r.
Zji
(And,
but the litho-
Zj.
in
KA
the
3.
1.
(r.
96-99).
After " Al< Abbas"
".
The
reference
1544,
U.
by Ru'ba; but
it is
is
to p.
I.
14.
By
'
^ *
JJL*3
is
meant " the unaugmented quad."
P. 1541,
(IY)
I.
II.
6-7.
[AKB,
8.
cites
it
ing 80 verses,
And
:
as
vol. I, p. 244, says
metre and rhyme,] This verse
As
3):
65-86) and his sons and successors
86-96) and Sulaiman
insert" Ibn <Utba
P. 1540,
of the Tsr has Zji
have been contemporary with the Khalifa 'Abd
to
(r.
I.
The account of him given
AlMalik Ibn Marwan

AlWalid
Ill, p. 32,
AlLahabi, one of the celebrated poets of the
Band Hashim (KA).

shows him
(A, voJ.
by Ru'ba Ibn
is
from a long iambic poem exceed-
Al'Ajjaj, reproaching his father
the cause of Ru'ba's reproaching his father
Ru'ba
says, I
went out with
[the court of the Khalifa]
by Al'Ajjaj
on a verse of the same
my
is
thus related by
father, intending to visit
Sulaiman Ibn 'Akl AlMalik
and,
195A
when we had
travelled
part of the
my
way,
me
father said to
"Shall thy father recite iambics, while thou art dumb?" I said
"Then shall I recite?" He said " Yes." Then I reoitod an
And, when he had heard
iambic poem.
God
silent.
break thy teeth
it,"
my
thou keep
he " Be
me
out from his presence, I said
thou
silent while
silent,
woe
betide thee
portion of what he had got by
him
Then he
off.
recitest
For
Then
iambic poet of mankind."
cast
to
my
iambics
I besought
father.
"
this
him
(AAz), of which
poem (AKBj
0.
1.
oLp^
ij*
" *
AKB. The IY,
13.
I.
From
15.
Lo with as
much pampering
the same
poem
I.
sentence
all
IY
have
as thou wilt for
Read " Ibn "

1
1,
p.
22,
/.
Read "have come".

J.
12.
This verse
is
of the Kamil
;
**
dropped
1 1.
as the verse in Part
Arabs use as a pentameter anomalously

out, the o.f. being, e.g.,
They have not

(Sn).
xS
P. 1551,
the
'
with what a pampering

ol#j~, Ujlj
1.
So
>'
aJCjitf^w, is
the
AKB
L, and
verses, the
two totally different versions are given by
and AAz, and another by

^
mo
So I
in the
text.]
ep. of a suppressed [word], supplied, indicated by
said
finest
to give
[Here follow four
iambic
And,
Then
>
answered him with
lie
father " Dost
but he refused.
which ends with the hemistich
second of
Then
verily thou art the
my poem
said
my
to my
me " Be
[the court
iambics to him.
ordered ten thousand dirhams to be given
when we came
he said to
And, when we reached
father recited
my
Sulaiman,
of]
"
left,
from
pj\
xxjUiuJ
[metre], which
unless something has

*
f'fûo
9 t
*^
!j5lxj
their desertion, flesh to his bones,
etc.
From
18-19.
II.
155*2,
the same
us
poem
vorse
flit-
uii
/<.
947.
P. 1553,
He
5.
i.
had
AAz), and
(lY)] schismatics (I Y,
he
recited the verses
(AAz)
P. 1555,
Read
p. 1114
17.
1.
and P,
P. 1557,
fallen into the
[llaiuri
saved by God, on
Read "
l>een
8.
I.
hands of the
whi.rfi
infinitival".
Se Md,
M. 21-22.
(Jrb)
w>J.
I,
vol. I, p. 710.
1Kb
11.
1.
in
says,
Book of
the
the P.ets,
Ibn Abi Khiizini was one of the Ban ft Asal, an ancient henthoiT
[pod] (AKB)
II.
nent chief (Mb,
AKK).
P. 1559,
Bk
3.
1.
Mb
11-12.
abodes of the Ban ft Fak'aa (Bk,
Taj
I.
4.
P. 1561,
1.
1.
"
P. 1560,
it
" means
Lane
(31.
is
in
place
\\\
AKB).
iJUiS
2-533, col. 1),
verse
attribute* this
alAi-i'.s,
Tibrfik
fAKB),
says
AITS was a promi-
(AKB),
says
to
on the authority of the
'Antara
I.
If, as is
21.
" *
stated in
13, v_A*JU>' be considered a non-inf. n.,
translated
ft
aho-nld
be-
a game.
P. 1565,
2-3.
II.
"
unrestrictedly
" means
"without regard
tlte
inf. n. of the unangment" unrestricted " here means "
general ", i. e. r
s in
to the presence or absence of the
ed
tril.
v"
applicable
1568,
II.
1.
1.
to one or
It
2.
20-21
14.
is
18.
(see
"Ml."
tt.
23-25). Cf. p. 1566,
1.
20 and p.
;
" limited
", as explained in p. 1579,

"
here means
nnaugmented Ml"
opposed to
P. 1566, L 20.
U. 8-10,
more
See Note on p. 1565, L 14
and
c/.
p. 1567,
197A
P. 1569,
II.
beautiful
1.
67,
has
7)
*^
the e#s.
I have inserted
8-9.
and
Lfrjj
>
In
the
v.;
and
clear
it is
J.
4.
P. 1577,
1.
The
12.
1.
from p. 1569,
I.
19-20.
is
v.
teCl
I.
P. 1578,
1579,
It
17.
I.
with
is
1.
1.
5.
23), in
1578,
p. 1577,
20
.
/>.
J.
M. 7-12,
is
>
"
the replace-
is
a d.
is
I.
at p.
given
14-22)
I.
15.
Jyb
the att.
(a)
"
so renderable
is
8.
like
This "
20.
1574,
etc.ll.
I.
16
(by
I.
22.
1M
(p.
Read
This "soundest opinion "
many
157D,
1.
Jot
the
is
IY
I.
critical
judges
and,
6), and, ipp.uv n ily,

:
is
of
that
(p. 1578, U. 15-20).
among
IH,
(y>.
tlu-m,
i:,7;,
1).
P. 15SO,
(MN).
2nd
or Co (p. 1574, U.
,j!
which he follows his master
disputed by
1.
23.
where
e,,
the suppressed v."
the
" this condition
7-8.
the alternative to the
Read
hemistich.
ReadcU).
and U.
1.
first
upon the
by R.
My
by
required
and ^. 1570,
14,
the op. inf. n. generally
I. e.,
Read "
the
^ is atw/., while
1st
of the inf. n. by the
ability
a correction
that lY's opinion is adopted
P. 1574,
(p.
where I read
I have not come
20.
I.
Read v5V^
name of its Rajiz (MN).

P. 1570, U. 3-7.
The
^ "
9 read aJbti
1.
aJjLftJ!
JJ>j
is
of riding
style
the negatives.
soo &JjL&J|
(j^Xj
U-jJ aJjLaJlj
$ Jo
^yQ
^J!
His
Orig. &u*cv aJUS^
5.
I.
I have not
jnt-t
with
tlic
nnme of
if
/.
R
23
(p.
198A
P. 1581,
author
(p.
This
is
404,
(p.
gives AlA'sha as its
col. 2)
by Lane under JUA*
the ex. referred to
col. 3).
P. 1582,
1.
its
One
5.
authors are not
name of
Lane
4.
23.
I.
2997,
1.
Head " swooping
1.
P. 1584,
II.
P. 1585,
1.
fifty verses
known (A KB)
author
P. 1583,
of the
(MN)
1.
I.
Read "forenoon
"I.
17.
6*
"
19.
Read
He
6.
I have not met with the
8.
16.
Read
Head " Thee)"
8.
Book of S, whose
of the
Read
22.
I.
sly!
pronounced."
composed a number of
one in four volumes, named
Wak
glosses
on the IM,
'ala-lKhiddsa
alKhasafa
(HKh).
P. 15SG,
I.
11.
After the text insert
P. 1588,
1.
16.
By Labid
P. 1589,
1.
10.
Lane
IV.
147."
(S).
(p. 1084, col. 3),
who
o
asserts that
*^Ji
>
and oLyox are " evidently wrong ", gives

and
/^v spring-Tain
O
^.aA.o.x>
summer-rain,
AKB says
as also does
Jahn (IY,
p. 821,
1.
2)
but
thit the former are ns. of time, a pre. n. via* being
suppressed
W. 4-15.
The
1st
and 3rd
exs. here
instances of the 4th state, where the ag.
is
given by
where the ag.

state
is
mentioned
(p. 1589,
of the pre, inf. n.
II.
are
not mentioned after
thepos*. 'obj. (p. 1590, U. 3-4); and the 2nd of the 2nd
second
S^
15-19)
19.
state,
I.e., this
199A
P. 1590,
Jahn (IY,
13.
1.
which
is
O-
inconsistent
plainly
I.
p. 821,
8)
prints
Û
f.
with U5La>! in the verse
18.
I.
Read
P. 1593,
comma
Dete the
3.
1.
Ibn "
before
1.
Insert
16.
" after " but

" such
".
apposition
P. 1596,
From
22.
1.
the
same poem
as verses cited
on pp. 307,
510, and 1110.
Read ^
P. 1597,
1.
2.
P. 1599,
1.
11.
" its
fellow"
P. 16C2,
1.
20.
Cited
author
means " the prep, and 06^."
by As, who does not assign
it
to its
(MN).
P. 1603,
II.
Governor of
14-15.
a noble (ID), a [prolific
(AKB)]
appointed him Governor of
He
Makka (MDh).
(ID,
poet
AKB).
Yazid had
but Ibn AzZubair,
Makka;
was
who was
then there, inhibited him [from exercising the office]; so that ho

ceased not to abide at
home
in
retirement, on account
of Ibn
AzZubair, until the accession of 'Abd AlMalik Ibn Marwau,
who
made him Governor of Makka (AKB). Lane (/>. 1741, col.

" Ibn Khuld
"; but all the authorities, Mb, ID, MDh, K
says
MN, AKB,
P. 1604,
verse
is
name of
not
its
etc,
1.
2.
1)
have " Ibn Khalid."
Read "
(Sh,
known (MAd)
author (MAd).
(A), 2nd vbj. of
v^ (^
A)"
J.
21.
u li^
n )-
The author of
16.
J.
this
I have not met with <ho

(Sh), pred.
^ ut
>
in
'
1C
of ^! (MAd):
atter Tersion, ,0!
200A
seems
have no pred., because this
to
poem, according
P. 1905,
to
AKB (vol.
I,
the last verse of the
is
I.
p. 109)
Ibn Al'Ijl (BW).
18.
1.
Corrections prefixed to the
MS
Read " Ibn".
22.
See the Additions and
Fasciculus of this Part.
first
In
my
489, 1. 12), and in the lithographed ed. of the

same work, under the " Government of the Assimilate Epithet " he
is
of the Tsr
"
Ibn
mentioned as
P. 1607,
is
(p.
Al'Ilj
The continuity
6-7.
II.
subsiatent, and in the aor.
on Prothesis)
1.
The
16.
P. 1608.
in the assimilate ep.
ll, p. 99,
1.
61.
is
top. 1651,
P. 1610,
Read
12.
1.
23
p. 1652,
îUi
I.
15.
a
i. e.
it
(on the measure)
mean The
n. of,
i.
e.
[>o
I.
The two
Read
14.
first
of, the
(I A),]"
(expression) J^li
'
*Jdx>
ibid.
Read
are quasi-pass.; while the
two
I.
Note on Part
mean The n. of,
"
makes
12.
Read
II.
14-15.
while
(denotative) of, the doer

x
2.
I.
Read
IH makes <ÛJj ^t
Thus
3-9.
II.
[348]
is
Read " [frequent (Aud), regular
I.
1.
17).
the sense of " accidents", as here used, see the
On
9.
reference
I.
innovative (Sn, vol. II, p. 312,

"
Read the [unaugmeuted (IH, And)]"
14-15.
II.
(see p. 1677,
I.
x '
JOx>
last
denote a consti-
tutional state of mind, or body, not an act.

>
P. 1611,
1.
15.
'
18.
Read UJL-
<
Read
P. 1612,
1.
13.
Read
"
it ".
I.
17.
Read
~"~
StjM
201A
>)
P. 1613,
sure"
I.
1.
Dele the
15.
immediately after Jo^
I.I.
"mea-
here used in the sense explained and criticized on p. 1036,
is
4 and
II.
16-23.
P. 1614,
1.
Read
16.
i had. "
as
P. 1615, II. 16-21. So in the Exposition of the Verses of S,

and of the Verses of the Jumal, etc, except that in some MSS there
is
slip
of the pen, vid. suppression of the pre. n. from
the correct
the ode
way being
to express
in praise of Musafir
is
graceful than this
is
Some
it.
blunder, saying that
Ibn Abi 'Amr.
the saying of
ISh
that
it is
Prophet.
The name of Abu Umayya was
surname.
He
died in heathenism
1.
Read
2.
Commentaries on the
the author
(HKh)],
is
^\\
same
as]
his
(AKB).
L
So says
3.
BD
but, in tho
MuJcarrdb and the Juzuliya,

said to be
dis-
in praise of the
[the
-~x'-o
P. 1616,
And more
Abu
Dhu'aib.
The
[Primer
truth
is
that
by ArRa'i: so IHL distinctly declares (MN). Oil the

Mukarrab and the Juzullya. see HKh, vol. VI, pp. 81, 88. IU
the verse
is
composed a commentary on each
Dumat
I.
4.
Read "
Su'dti"
ibid.
alJandal, a place on the borders of Syria and Al'Irak,
seven stages from Damascus, and thirteen stages from AlMadiua
(MN)
1.
He
11.
seems to mean that
" The voice of tho

weeper
tl
P. 1617,
moon, and
II.
the
Wails manhood
3-5.
He
plump ouo
in glory."
compareg the slender one

to the full
rnoou
(MN)
I.
to
10,
the
new
202A
with Fath of
is
its initial,
and quiescence of its second, du. of
a water belonging to some of Tayyi,
But the MI, Mk,
Hatim (Bk).
who were
and
MN,
kinsfolk of
the
AKB
give
Kasr, as in the
the
AKB
p. 1619,
MKh
and
II.
text. Dieberici
say "with
with
it
*"
(IA, p. 215) prints .ja-LojXJI

W s /s
'
F 4t\i
of the J "
II.
but
See
15-17.
14-17, and the Note thereon below.
P. 1618, L
An
8.
Islam! poet, under the
Marwani dynasty,
and one of the rebels of the Arabs (AKB). Read " Sa'd " I. 18.
Read " alHudhali ". The verse comes next to the one cited on
pp. 65, 620, the 1st hemistich of which ought to be
on p. 65, L 20. In Lane (p. 1836, col.

"
read " it ", meaning the incessant lightning.
for " he
as gives in the Note

3),
P. 1619,
II.
14-17.
But
this AlLal?ikI
2,
1.
was not trustworthy
He was [Abu Yafcya (MN, Sn)] Aban Ibn 'AW

(MN).
AlHamid Ibn Lahik alLahiki, one of the poets of Harun arRashid
He came to
Baramika. He was the
(AKB).
author of
he composed
unique of
kind.
P. 1620, L 10.
He
to
many eulogies on them
them the Book of KalUa
for
its
Baghdad, and attached himself
wa
the
and
Dimna, which
is
died in 200 (ITB).
lAr, the collector of his Diwtin, says that
'Amr composed this ode on his sister Raihana Bint Ma'dikarib,

who was mother of Duraid Ibn AsSimma. For AsSimma had
made a
raid
'Amr made
It
is
upon the Banu Zubaid, and taken her captive

several raids, but
said that
was unable
Raihana was the
sister
to recapture
and
her (AKB).
of Duraid Ibn
AsSimma ;
and that 'Amr, being in love with her, made a raid upon her
and
203A
then sought her
(N,
the
But
AKB).
KA
iii
who granted his suit

no foundation. The author of
marriage from Duraid,

this story
has
has two stories about Raiâna,
(1) that she
whom AsSimma Ibn Bakr had taken captive

was his divorced wife, whom another man
sister,
she
Mazin Ibn Rabi'a had married and

;
stories,
the
KA,
See
(AKB).
vol.
which are told
KA-4.
at
much
of the Banil
probably correct
greater length in the
R have J^b
AKB,
instead of
v_MJ^. instead
of \^**+s
col. 1), that S_AAM*&. is

4*
secondary signification sufficer
i.
not to
signification caller to account, in
P. 1623,
I.
II.
1-2.
See
XVII.
in the sense of passing
which
it is i. q.
83. [1], at p.
away seems to
primary
^
>
<_>AwLûo
XXXIII,
1.
3.
From
the same
poem
6-7.
i
pectively
Dieterici (IA, p. 216) prints
as the verse
4^*
1.
gen., because
Â*
where
be derived from
06
JLr and
*-
its
This verse comes next after the verse on p. 69 A,
13.
P. 1624,
II.
The
q.
oy*)
as in
'
have
eds.
suggestion in Lane (p. 567,

its
(2) that
and the two Indian
refers to
and
I have abridged these two
p. 33.
All 3 eds. of the
13.
XI V,
this story is
was 'Amr's
but
I.
{&)
9.
on p. 1004
MKh
says that
with two Panamas are pis. of Nîc and )j^Bj res9.

it is
The
eps.
in the verse are all governed in the
preceded by
204A
He
repairs to
an assembly whose
encouragers of a wrong-doer
ing of them, nor oppressors
47) prints them
Ox xx
of &&*
all in the
which
pis.
him but
:
noble deeds are apparent, not
to desire, or
(AKB).
,j!
Jahn (IY,
S>>
and ^ Jo
O x " x
cAj <X*
and
(j|
orig.
an inf. n.
pL
IY
or
in
^ Jo
[238]
and
&*
the
(AKB)
is
made gen. with
Broch (M, p. 100) and

4bid.
[with Fath
gender and number, because
AKB). Derenbourg
[143] (IY,
(AKB).
pre. [17]
(AKB)], uniform
of the
both print uoAx>LfiJ
p. 829)
is
and
Ju! has not been heard as pi. of
a 6th ep. of (jJLÛo
is
^(Ju!
S^ x x
it is
vol. I, p.
* vf
(S,
Am says that
nom.ibid.
X '
Kasra, because
Derenbourg
of which are only

ajueLiaoo
long for, the wrong-
the she-camel kept for slaughter
is
follows
voJ.
I,
cited
on
(S,
> > >
^.
p. 47) prints *y>*
20.
From
p. 343
and
p.
42
the
same poem as verses
XX
ibid. tXilj-c is
made
triptote
by
poetic license
(IY).
T, followed by Al'Aini, says (AKB), The [correct]
version
is
xw
*>
x>
>
dLc^ ê strings of
v.>Lu^!
waist-cloth has no strings (T,
P. 1625,
1.
3.
He
makes
the clothes, because the
MN, AKB).
Uty triptote
by
poetic license [18]
and Kasr of the (MN).

(IT) ibid. (S^sJ\ with Fath of the
j*
Broch (M, p. 100), Dieterici (IA, p. 215), and Lane (p. 637, col.
' X
1), print
C^JI
]";
(5*^1
Lane adding "
[or rather
and Wright's Arabic Grammar
had the same error in the 2nd
ed. (p.
it
should be written
(vol. II,
rected in the 3rd ed. (p. 382), and in the same author's
Arabica
(p. 63).
The rhymes
MN (vol. Ill, p. 554).
242, rem.)
281), which has been cor-
are with Kasr, as
Opuscula
shown
in the
205A
P. 1629,
II.
The argument
a v."
with
v.
ag., if
it
its
(vol. II, p.
to be
is
being a prop., must,
that the conj.,
is
"
222) Las
single word, as here, be a v. f not a n., because
when apparently a
the
The Fk
16-17.
the n. with
latent ag. is a pro})., while
have one,
not
is
The Jsh makes
24.
I.
latent
its
verse
this
follow the verse by the same poet in Part III, p. 321.
P. 1631,^. 21.
IfIA,
like
Fk
and
others, holds that the
conditions affect the government of the aee. only, not of the
nom.
" the nom. and ace." here mean

(pp. 1635-7), then his words
" the
" the ace. as well as the
i.
and ace. combined
nom.
",
e.,
nom."
1.
P. 1633,
1.
5.
"
Dele the full stop after past ".
P. 1635,
1.
5.
Read
P. 1637,
1.
20.
",
not " supported upon ":
preceded by
Dele the
16.
full stop after
&y>
KX,
follow
as at p. 78,
1.
11
IH
common
in
21.
I.
interrog., and nej.
under the
makes
term " subject."
voc.
p.
adopting the same classification us
"
adds the conjunct J!
to the
subject ": but others hold that
IM
lie
immediately
"
in
the
16.
1.
Sh and
supported upon,"
,
and
s. $.
makes the supports
five,
qualified,
includes the
8. 8.,
And IHsh nukes them

IM, but
supports,
the
"
the supports three, the subje.-f
and includes the inch.,
and adding the
is
IHsh
using the expression
IH
".
Part III, p. 299,
cf.
as well as
separating the qualified, under which

the inch.',
IM
The expression used by
Z and
past
His 3 Commentators, however,
Jm
"
P. 1632,
from
i
rejecting the voc. p.
including
it
under the
ad. part, conjoined with
J!
206A
requires no support [315]; and, since

tions of the
we
are discussing the condi-
government of the anarthrous
act. part.,
I have
omitted this addition as irrelevant.
P. 1638,
I have not come upon the
17.
1.
name of its author
(MN).
I.
3.
Read
P. 1642, L
6.
Read
P. 1645,
19.
P. 1641,
S
I.
^LT
is
the
in
patient in the preceding verse
nora.,
coupled to
(AKB).
o^
Derenbourg
very
(S, vol. I,
a x
p 75)
t
prints
^!^
>
<=
according to S, ^L^
the ace. [66]
P. 1647,
This
is
is 2>rc.
the
to
oiX.S
of Fr
version
but,
x x x
,
while
sjly^
governed in
is
(AKB;.
1.
17.
The author of
It is said to be
asSimbisi,
this verae
is
unknown (MN).
are unknown
S whose authors
by Jarir (MN, N,
AKB)
or Jabir
Simbis being a clan of Tayyi
Ta'abbata Sharra (N,
Read
is
O x
one of the fifty verses of
(AKB).
Ra'lan
This
ibid.
J
x
AKB)
or to be forged
(AKB)
(AKB) I.
Ibn
;
or
18.
Sharra".
P. 1649,
1.
14.
For the
P. 1655,
1.
12.
Read
first
*.*
I.
xX
" act." read " ant."
15.
Read JLuJ
"
'
JyuLft.
**x
^
P. 1656 ;
1.
6.
>
After ^>tf,> put a comma.
1.
17.
Read
207A
P. 1657,
Read
Read
4.
pro-ag."L
preceding line
o'
LI,
is
GO*"
before
Read
17.
Here " being"
23.
pro-ag."l.
in the
Kead
1.
^Îsl. 20."
coupled to
relating
"
insert " while
ib'td.
+AJLA
P. 1658,
1.
P. 1659,
Before
20.
Read
8.
J.
put
"
insert
requires ",
is ".
and
after
" for
put a
comma.
P. 1660,
L 28.
1.
Read
P. 1661,
I have not come upon the name of
10.
Z.
l.L
Read
"
i.
Here
leagues from Al Basra.
which AlHusain, son of 'Ali (peace

(Bk)
U. Read "
P. 1663,
II.
province of Al'Irak,
the place
is
author
e.,"
AtTaff, in the
6.
its
known
two
as
Karbal, in
be upon them!), was slain
(Sn)."
The adv.
11-15.
originating
is
intended.
P. 1666,
1.
21.
to-morrow shows
Read " incontinence", and
that
dele the full stop
after " urine ".
P. 1669,
1.
P. 1671, L
12.
3.
Read "
Change the
,
comma
1.
oes."
IV 1075,
I.
11.
full
Read ^L?;
5.
sense ".
"">.
stop
Tut
after
con
(Jr)>)"
into a
:eu-
208A
P. 1676,
1.
Read
4.
J5f
P. 1677,
man
19.
1.
8.
by means of
ace.
He
Al'Ibadi.
died in the prison of
AnNu'-
(ID).
P. 1678,
s
J.
Here
it is
not allowable to govern v-J in the
a suppressed op. snpported [as an enunc.']
upon
>.
i\j\ [as
an
distracted
and expounded by the
-incA.],
from [governing]
it
The ace.
is
* .'*
which
is
in the ace.
*J>L*? u! |Ju^ [62]
correct in such as
+ os
x^
by governing
9 *
(Tsr).
ep. mentioned,
because
the government of lJu\ [in the ace.]

this
by the <^L3 mentioned, if

were disengaged from the pron., would be correct, since the
act. part,
may be
preceded by the ace. governed by

t *
acc.]
is
O*^
s *
<>>
J^ ^W
forbidden in such as KXW.=
it
but [the
s O
t^-^
because the
'
government of *=*) [in the ace.] by ,^-w*^ if this were disengaged

from the pron., would be incorrect, since the [assimilate] ep. may
,
not be preceded by the ace. governed by
it
and, since the govern-
* +
ment of *^
[in
the
ace.]
by u^*^- would not be
correct, the
* *
toj by ,j**&. would not be

what does not govern does not
of
exposition of the suppressed op.
rule that
correct, because of the
expound an op. (Sn,

P. 1679,
1.
8.
vol. Ill, p* 51).
Read
translates this tradition
~
blood ", making ^J!
^~
is
Lane
16.
(p. 1190, col. 3.)
woman used to pour forth with
verily a
O s s
oJ^the pred.
most probably an ep. of
23.
I.
(Tsr)]"
"
of ^!
but the verbal clause
#*<-o
!wo!
because the latter
"
After " blood put a comma.
is
indetsl.
209A
P. 1680,
1.
After SLolS put a
3.
comma
put a
act. part.,
I.
I.
After " girl "
5.
I.
14.
"
By
it
"
meant the
is
not the obj.
P. 1681,2.6.
Read
P. 16^3,
I have not met with the name of
(MN)
1.
1.
5.
"Dm"
Read
15.
"[i.e.,"
II.
in the second verse,
Jljj
In the
20.
exs.
'
author
its
references are to
o,9
and to Lo and Lo
of the twelve
The
18-19.
'
S s*
I.
comma
Read <X#
8.
jS in
the
and third
first
I have put the connected
sorts,
where the context requires the nom. or gen.,
into the ace., except
the object here being to exhibit the classification of the connected,
not
all
the cases in which
The
ep.
may be governed by
it
the assimilate
possible constructions are fully detailed below.
P. 1684,
unknown (MN)
1.
1.
Its author
1.
9.
is
Read
19.
J.
X *
*>
P. 1685,
I.
"
After " body
put a
10.
P. 1686,
I.
1.
6.
The
author
its
comma,
reference
Read oJxS Lo
12.
name of
14.
I.
is to
The
p. 347,
1.
19
p. 348,
(vol. Ill, p. 57,

"
'
Juyi^Jt
which seems
to
be a misprint.
The
1.
1.
2) has
"
ep. in ,j-w*^Jt has
made
govern *=j in the nom.,

assume the nom. pron. of the qualified, which is fern.
"
"reg." insert either ".
no
because, being
P. 1687,
II.
pron., because
1-2.
it
to
Here
does not
l.l.
After
the ep. iUelf does not assume snch a
governs in the nom. an explicit
reg. neither contains
it
such a pron,, nor
is
n.',
while
its
pre. to a n. containing
210A
such a pron.: so that the

connect
it
bad
3.
1.
with
its
contains no copula to
pithetie phrase
qualified
and therefore these constructions are

9
Dele the semicolon after " (l) w
4. 12.
For
"
I.
is*)
J.
23.
15.
name of its author (MN)
1.
Read
3, ex. (1).
oc. (2).
at^
Read ol
Read
6, eg. (9).
>
&*j
J^
Read
ex. (12).
'
read
Read'^Sn)]".
P. 1688,
1.
&^
2.
eaj.
7,
(10).
Ktt|&
Read
ex. (18).
Read
9,
x x
^^^
J.
8,
Read
a. (14).
After " involves " put a
13.
P. 1689,
1.
After "
5.
" Ash Shammakh "
I.
(AKB)
put a
Read lli
12.
comma
Z.
oomma2.
Read
11.
Read
For"$wo"
1.13.
lÛ
22.
read "
P. 1690,
comma
having
its
I-
i.
13.
2.
Read
After
"
Prophet,"
"good"
put a
neglected to fix the references
evidentiary verses,
have been obliged
Z.
After "
comma
l.L
some of the
last
"
put a
The Glossators
of the Table, and
much confusion
to shift
3.
has fallen into
to
expound
it
(Sn).
lines in the Table, as print-
ed in the A, vol. Ill, p. 65, in order to bring their indications

" the detail mentioned "
into accord with
by A.
P. 1691,
col. 1
(counting from the left of the page), opposite

>
IL
810 of col. 2.
Read
x x
13.
Read
Jlî
O
col. 6.
>
col. 2,
,j-*^sJ!
O "X
1.
*-o
For
^j^+s*
I.
8.
Read
'
&^^
O ^ x
Read ^j*+s*
ibid.
Read
211A
P. 1692,
Read
5.
1.
next to the verse cited at p. 370, L 17

* , o
1.
14.
G,
is
governed
P. 1693,
and
in the ace.
MN"
by suppression of the
1.
P. 1694, L
to
4.
Read " Abu
19.
I.
[the evidence
Read JuM
1.
1.
Read "
2.
comma
Dele the
ibid.
" evidence "
Read
L 18.
Read "
cornea
prep,,
XMA\.* OjJo (EC)
i.e.,
I. 12.
ver. e
au*xU>
'
This
11.
(AAZ)]"-Z.
I.
Read
3.
J.
19.
Read
Read " (&)"$.
11.
I.
''
".
Sn "
Read
17.
Read jL*jCj
"
after "tushes
20.
I have followed Sn (vo. Ill, p. 66, L 6) in substituting this for
an
given by A, where the ep.
ex.
is
an
of superiority, not an
Jjta!
assimilate ep.
P. 1695, 1. 11.
113
see
On the case of ihepron.
19.
I.
The 144
here attached to Ju^ssJ!
are obtained
by multiplying the 3
2 missing members (sound and broken

pronominal regs. by their
the 3 cases of the ep., by the 8 numbers and genders
pis), by
of the
ep.:
P. 1696,
Hassan
3x2x3x8=144.
I.
10.
Ibn Dirar ad Dabbi

Dirar Ibn
(T, lAth).
mu
'Amr
When
House of Pabba (1Kb, ID).
(Tr), k. 66, with his son
Kabisa
to [his
chieftaincy of tlic- IJanu l.)abba passed
(Is),
[tin-
llui Hirar
who may
to
havf, lieard from him.
by
ID
(p. 200) ns the
have, tlmngh
Al
MmMhir
Mu'adhdhin of
'
the
ili..!,
nephew] Al Mundlur
mentioned by Is among those who wen- living
of the Prophet, and
the
chief of]
in
the timo
t!
t<.l
Ibn â&an inniti.n.
Ubnid Allah Ilm
'/.
.1
(as to
whom
212A
see p. 127 A), in the Cathedral
was of Asad Ibn Rabi'a, not of Dabba,

our poet and some of his relations
Dirar Ibn
Husain.
Zaid
al
Fawaris,
(p. 99A).
Mosque
at
AlBasra,
I subjoin the pedigree of
<Amr ad Dabbi.
213A
P. 1703,
p. 332,
14 and
1.
and P,
P. 1704,
16.
P. 1706, J.
See Mil, vol.
23.
I.
I,
687.
vol. I, p.
1.
Read JjLif
23.
I.
Readmit 5
^ CJ
Read
3.
tioned in the preceding verse, vid.
J.
Ae "
5.
'Amr Ibn
is
'Amr men-
the
'Adi Ibn Nasr
Ibn Numara Ibn Lakhm, who was King of AlHira after

maternal uncle Jadhima (AKB) I. 17. Read " Than" I.
his
18.
Read "excellent".
P. 1707,
1.
12.
P. 1703,
I.
4.
Read
"
author
Yamdni
I.
^^ ^
full
Read
15.
I.
Read "quick
"whence "-4.
stop after
10.
Read eJj*f
14.
4.
I.
L$*J>
Dele the
"
(MN)J.
P. 1709,
Read
^.
p*|
8.
name of ita
>
Road
5.
"
^sswrcd^y
"
^.
6.
Dele "of".
P. 1711,
found so
tions
J.
16.
difficult
Re.ul
by
"alKarkaru"
that he held
it
to
18.
I.
1;
This verse was

lley
of construc-
(MN).
P. 1712,
1.
the end of the
(IY, p. 849,
ie
1.
For ^JL read

^.ô
9.
line
LKJ
because
pi.
15.
Put a comma at
Broch (M, p. 102, L 15) ond
But
13) print jJii diptok-, ffke 1L| [18].

it is
'
not to
1.
10.
I.
of
4
-^!
supposed
to be
made
(/?.
G7j
from
to deviate
o x
>
whcroas JÂ:
'
.l
,hn
214A
of
pi.
make
>
j^-Ldi
it
and
diptote
appear, because
P. 1713,
"
is
therefore triptote, since
though, in construction,
there
its
Tanwin does not
it is
always either synarthrous or poe.
2.
Put a colon
1.
" another "
after
nothing to
is
24.
I.
Read
MAd ".
P. 1714,
p. 55)
Read " Hind,
4.
1.
P. 1716,
We
15.
1.
Read " for

C5
p. 55) has p-$*AJ
J.
2.
After
P. 1719,
i.
2.
From
24A
See p.
more
fit
ibid.
(than
P. 1720,
P. 1721,
I.
3.
as a verse
P. 1722, L
Read "
4.
"-L
(vol. II,
is
2)
18.
bjxaii
MKh
The
Read
19.
(vol. II,
* *
p%^*^>
poem as a verse cited on p. 849

IL 4-5. Read
(than his
comma
"
in heathen times
put a
comma
1.
15.
"
other) that thou shouldst sleep
name of
its
I.
(ID).
Read
21.
author (MN).
I have not met with any information about
(AKB)
I.
Read " [e".
20.
"
AlYaman) ;". 5. From

600 l 6. Read " Hassan ".
Read
on p.
2.
\p.
9 9
After " AlJulah
any
19.
1.
MKh
the same
[the author of] the verse
1.
Th
The chief of AlAus
13.
have not met with the
poem
239) and
Tsr" put a colon.
After " al'Absi" put a

I.
that
x
-e
vl^ LT^J ij""^t
P. 1718,
fellow)"
>'.
have stated the most elegant of them.
o^
3.
(p.
but the phrase found in the
P. 1717,
1.
more
is
IA
So in the
6.
1.
"
Read
[the fern.
the same
it is
(IY)]"
(1)"
J.
1.
15.
3.
Read
the
Read " orig."
BB(R)"
215A
P. 1723,
1.
P. 1724,
I.
1.
Lane
8.
Read
7.
6.
By
jjt
Basliir
Ibn AnNikth (Lane, p. 2190,
translates the second hemistich " that dies
being abandoned, and
1.
4.
P. 1726,
1.
10.
instead of
Read " must ".I.
Jya an old (camel).
Read "
10.
All three eds. of the
but the context seems to require viLoLc JLO
mentioned above
criticizing S's paraphrase
"
Tanwm ".
have dUj JuS before

*
(that)
Pamm
"
it
0* x
&f. an old (road)
P. 1725,
2)
away by
revives by being travelled" regarding
ox
as qualifying
coJ.
(I.
3)
I.
since
is
After
11.
put a full stop.
P. 1727,
P. 1728,
1.
"
Before " so insert "
16.
1.
11.
1.
2.
Read " whosoever "
is ".
1.
Read
16.
I.
'jL\
20.
Read
P. 1729,
the same
poem
P. 1730,
p. 188
1.
1.
AzZimmani " put a comma
as the last verse cited in
6.
From
"
Read
8.
P. 1731,
After "
14.
the
same poem
(IY)."
to the verses cited near the top
P. 1732,
16.
as the
Read
17.
3rd verse cited on
".
This verse comes next
of p. 986-2. 22.
Rend " Hani
".
J^
be
J
/*
The context seemingly n-qnin^

enunc.l. 12. Rend " Fk), [c. g.] in".
P. 1731,
a prepos.
1.
J.
From
6.
Part III, p. 331.
Bashama Ibn Hazn
Read
I.
II.
2.
lo
216A
P. 1735,
19.
I.
is
^jjo
red. [499], and [with]

jjlfis
'
nom.
place of a
as] s^6. of the Hijazi Lo [38]
as
pro-ag. of
P. 1736,
Its author
12.
1.
II.
[107], and
latter
and similarly
1415.
inserts
is
not
named
P. 1744,
12.
;
ijjo
x
a x x
while
JUô
after
is
î
J^>o
/.
(p.
C x x
in
"
Z.
1515,
1.
P. 1747,
1.
3 and
I.
has
LoJJU
but
13).
promotions
i.
U)
itself.
"
read " formations "

<{
in/, n. ",
which
is
20).
Read
1.
Ks
(p.
accordance
points out that the compari-
Ill, p. 110,
1741,
it,
of the tradition
in the o. f.
" v. " here should

perhaps be
P. 1745,
Hamza and
o.
(vo. Ill, p. 114) follows
who
8:1,
(vol.
910. For
tt.
The
The
1.
2.
sometimes called Juti
x>
nom.
between the good behaviour, or the fasting, and
the proper prep,
in the
[ia
(Jsh).
But I have omitted ^.Â*^ and JU^suo
22).
P. 1742,
1.
is
The And (p. 140) makes the
with the recommendation of

is
is
pyd\
'
son
v.^2*!
,<,
Jj^^-N ij***^
Ooy?
^ **/x > ^
(W. 21
n the
*&! (MKh).
P, 1737,
x
of the
prtfcZ.
a x
>
the ace. as]
while
'&
(6)
18.
After " vid " put a
read with Kasr (B on xxii. 35)
1.
full
11.
stop--/. 5.
Ks
reads
with Damrn (B).
P. 1749, U.
From
the
poem beginning with
near the bottom of p. 620 in Part III.
the verse cited
217A
P.
From
17.
1.
1754,
the
same poem
on
as vor.-es cite-]
pp. xiv, 1487, and 56 A.

P. 1759,
"
(BY)]"
dele the
P. 1761,
mention the
from the
After " however " put a coinni:i
16.
1.
comma/
The
20.
I.
rel.
Dm
Af\er
17.
I.
quotation of
frora the Tasini
does not
but Sn supplies the omission by his citation
here given.
The poet
P. 1762,
1.
17.
P. 1763,
1.
5.
Joyfc
1.
3.
"
After " dispersed
put a
describing his horse.
is
(A), with an uudotted g, and then a
(Sn).
P. 1764,
"(Jrb)"
vol.
1.
1415.
M.
p. 52,
I,
and P,
These
vol. I, p.
Read "(A)]"
19.
lines are
21.
I.
comma
Read
4.
I.
proverbial: see
Md, II,
Read " nice (BS)"
"the other" is AnNabigha adh
97
IS.
1.
Dhubyani.
*
P. 1765,
1.
ABZ
13.
adduces
T'
^^
fcLo
but this
because
^5^
a mistake,
is
+
is
an in/.
used as an ep., like

^*5s
TI.
> *>
J^
[143]
(BS).
P. 1760,
alBa^ri
T
1.
Read
11.
(MINK,
anomalous readings
:x'lie<l
Arab!
(MINR,
upon, nor
about 160 (BW).

I
in
" in
botli
pla os
Professor of Reading
JiW), tho
and a Master
1>\V ),
D.imina
is
(HW).
I>W).
He
Note on
Ka'nab
;>.
as
701,
/.
(M
ir>.
was aurlior of some
His rru
he trustworthy
Cf. the
U. 14
M
17
.rf
[,
!;).
(;>.
having di-1 in
i;;.\
I*:!,
on j
Jfo dir.i
).
p,
but gives
218A
no
particulars of
tionists, i.
him
1617. Of the
IL
Third Class of Tradi-
the Intermediate Class of Followers,
e.,
AbH Bakr Muhammad

d.
(Nw),] alBasri,
Ibn Sirin alAnsari,
P. 1768,
1.
P. 1771,
LI.
like
HB
and
freedman
[their
110 (IHjr), who was born two years before
the end of the Khilafa of
<
Read
18.
Jahn (IY,
Uthman
Jî
(Tr,
II.
p. 868,
Read " where Judl
22.
L 15)
2435.
r.
IKhn, Nw),
prints
su*
is".
of
inst ead
>
>
jut?, which
P. 1772,
f
'
evidently required by the context.
is
I.
Jahn (IY,
1.
p. 868,
I.
15) prints
"
of Oj-=-
9
J
Read juub
After "established" put a
4.
I.
>
not
comma
v^y?*
Z.
16.
line
1.1.
P. 1775,
6.
1.
Read
vllii (Bk, p. 664)

<Mj valley,
Q*
but the former would be analogous to

J^tX^
P. 1773,
instead
yjL
it
P. 1776,
(IY)]" at the end of the
1^1*
(IY, p. 872,
1.
13).
If ma*?., as a
would not be diptote.

1.
6.
" as "
]" after
DeZe the bracket
l.l.
14-^15.
9x0
Every delicate plant is
g.^ (TA)
Its final is a > (MI).
Jahn (IY,
i.
15.
With an undotted J (Bk).
p. 872,
U. 20, 21, prints

Jyc&
Qx
with
a^
W.
1719.
There
is
no Jj*i in the language, other
Ox
than
it
and
P. 1778,
long
(Bk).
1.
21.
i.
18.
The " a "
in "
" d ".
P. 1779,
l.l.
Read "(Bk)]".
"
After " measure
put a comma.
Ujdrid
" should be marked as
219A
P. 1780,
is i. q,
[384]
(JjjJoJ!
1.
requires
and Lane
l.L
-p.
IY
but
1781,
,500^1 and ^j**and p. 2090,
but this
col. 3)
2519,
(p.
p. 876,
Jahn (IY,
and
2) puts
p. 877,
Tanwin
^f*
the 8 of femininization
is affixed to
p. 171)
as
but Lane (p. 1288,
cofo. 1
^^yS
p. 876, M. 18, 23),
>
its
though
distinctly declares that its
2.
I.
give
which
not a dim., as the context
is
equally applicable to
(M,
22) gives <s&JljJ!
I.
Broch (M, p. 106), Jahn (IY,
21.
femininization
tive
Jahn (IY,
19.
1.
1.
is
^~
and p. 1293,
to all three,
according
denoted
co-ordina-
2) gives
col. 3,
and
coZ. 1,
for a reason
lY's statement that
to
677, Broch
In
the latter.
and Jahn (IY, pp. 1348, 1350) give
J^
[253,
677] with Tanwin.

P. 1781,
two awjs. in
Jh omits
ought
2.
I.
it
(***&
is
not strictly relevant here, because the
are united after, not separated by, the
the art., as also does
to be entered in
374, as
being taken into account
cited in
272
I.
I.
*xM*
13.
having only one augment, the
[368,
381]
I.
14.
5.
not
Similarly
>C " ^
ought to be entered
P. 1783,
II.
P. 1784,
II.
1\ 1785,
comma
at the
J.
9-10.
Read
1.
375, like &?>,.
in
gait like limping (AZ).
v.
Read " [373]
end of the
(o)[l&
4.
2.
Put a
line.
P. 1788, J. 10. The common form is t$*>> [273]. R even

~*'
f tu k measure (p. 1159,
says that ilv^" " tne on ^7 wor(l
W.
1720).
220A
P. 1789,
second "
G.
I.
Y)"
(I
1.
Put
9.
Brooh (M,
instead of a full stop,
comma,
after the
J,lkLjf which
p. 106) prints
seems more appropriate to this section,

with two augs. united after the J
its
P. 1791,
11.
1.
Jahu (IY,
p. 887,
I.
11) prints
P. 1792,
of the
line
Read "(b)"
"Fath".
P. 1794,
"
I.
of _j. 10.
M. 11-13.
jSLxs,
its
Z.
In
"
(M)
l.
S, vol. II, p. 352,
^^^
(>) ep.,]
comma
"
:
I.
(a)
(4)
6.
end
L 11.
1.1.
Read
Read
8/urc-
full stop.
5.
and of" read " said
For
15, for
to
.j^jui read
389, like
:
^^3
^^
JpLxJ and
but the
KF
has
and perhaps therefore these lines should

o x a
>
,
at the
read " are "
augments being united after the J
run " (14) [;j^Jii

;
"one"
the second
comma,
Read "of a day (IY)
Read
tally like
>
^ e
vetch
a full stop, instead of a
Apparently ^Skki belongs
three
takes his exa.
"
(IY),]" insert
(4)."
After "pi. " put a

After " Th " <ieZe the
1.
given in
is
(IY)]
4.
I.
IY
from which
but the
"
"
For
17.
I.
17.
P. 1795,
Put
G.
1.
6),
"[^&i
4.
I.
I.
Read
7.
I.
Before
18.
P. 1793,
fccwe
345,
(vol. II, p>
*Wt*J
context seems to require the abbreviated form, which

the
Y means
".
9.
1.
Of
but this measure has been
already mentioned under No. 9 in this section

the " second Jb
x-
measure being ^J^JLS
substantive, such
as
>
Û-l^ a kind
of
such as ÎtV^^ <aW (M) ", which would be quite
22U
appropriate to the present section, since the "three augments,"

the second
and the
one separate"
'r.ps.y
any
Read
quad, only."
Damm "
Read
3.
J.
is
After " (A)" put a comma
10.
J.
Read "[above]"
8.
19.
I.
e.,co-ordinative with
>
JAj
which therefore must be an existing measure.
P. 1799,
" since"
20.
I.
" and " instead of

p. 304) has
" since '' is
more appropriate
points out that
The
16.
but Sn
6
I.
are "dispersed, two united and

"
Road (IY),] such as " I. 22. Read or
13.
16.
I.
P. 1798,
Ox
and <j
".
P. 1797,
1.
1.
(vol. iv,
9. s
^Vfc
(A, vol. iv, p. 304,
I.
27), with a three-dotted
>
O Jxx
But ,jjLA
(Sn).
(j>.
1349,
1.
is
given in the S
and Lane
19),
PL
LI.
1.
1995, co. 3), as also in the Jh and
of JjuL^, stone, as though the place,
from the
"
multitude of stones, in
>
xf
>
*Jl5
it,
were, ae
were, stones, as
it
>
'*
gUu
uyjvx>
it
was
I passed by a plain, (such
>*&-
(shrubs of the kind called)

7'.
IY
16), the
KF
(p.
(vol. II, p. 366,
1800,
U.
f>j*
is
all
that)
of
said (R, p. 22, U.
78).
Reod"(M)."
P. 1801,
1.
14.
Read "/em. "
P. 1802,
i.
14.
"
"
Before " as insert " such
P. 1804, LI.
givei v^-t
(/
i.
Road
19.
[392]
".
both places.
in
work, instead of
wo!
an
affair,
'
in
b->tSi
7'
but tbi
places.
1805,
^.
mc;i-
7.
JnliFi
(IY,
ngs to tbe
/?.
898,
ingr.,
i.
not
1)
JL*- diptote;
imatr
;;/.
222A
as
proper
name of a measure
to be no ground for
as
making
name of
proper
it
a fern.
<j\j
(p. 898, U.
9
911),
"
Jos
masc.
is
diptote
unless
8.
I.
name of
diptote, being /em., as proper
IY
so that there seems
be taken to be /em..,
it
J*x?Lo of course
a lord
U. 14
(\j^l
following S (vol. II, p. 367, U.
" occurs as a substantive

rarely
says that JuJLxs
is
15.
1718)
and does
not occur as an ep"', but I have omitted this as plainly at variance
with his subsequent explanations of the two
and
*û
P. 1806,
is
[as
1.
o Lx joLsJf (S,
21.
said (Jh),] the
band
as
fxbc
<j*tjJ!
Read J^y
l.l.
respectively
exs.,
(Jh,
KF)
the collection,
KF),
Jh,
or
(KF)
name
or,
(S) [of]
dan (KF).
P. 1808,
xô
!^M
1.
16.
In IY, p.
as in A, vol. iv, p. 305,

s
S, i>o. II, p. 374,

I.
20.
In S,
J.
4,
374,
1.
3,
I.
13, for
and Tsr,
lLo
p. 811,
Z.
10,
read
where
-o
has U-*!
voJ. II, p.
900,
J.
>
5,
which comes
to the
same thing
1 read jJlil for JJL^3
which
seems to be a misprint.
P. 1810,
l.l.
p. 1811,
of Khurasan, between
1.
1.
large old city, on the confines
Naisabur and Marv, in the middle of the
way (MI).
P. 1811,
II.
13
14.
Because the augmented and the curtailed
have been mentioned here by

After " [below] (SII)" put a
IM
comma.
(p.
181.0,
U. 11
20.)
l.l.
223A
P. 1812,
II.
12.
In IY, p. 901,
read <j-^l milk, which
IY
word
calls the
1.1.)
letter
1.
"
I suppose
,
is
a substantive,
to
I.
3,
for
ÎJLJ! smooth
plainly required by the context, since
and
For " be " read " he "
14.
(j*ihife
mean
the
and the 4th in {J^^Lou*-
is
II.
KF
given in the
1922.
which
is
By
the
(p.
737,
the aug.
2nd
letter in
positions wherein the
is
not
usually aug. [681].
P. 1813,
II.
measure of
6.
jjjui*ji
s*s
JjJuJb
in the language.
is
[said
by some
to
be]
on the
but no other [word] of this formation occurs
It
is
a place next to the stony
Al Madina (Bk, MI), abounding

entered by hardly any one
(Bk).
ground of
in thorn-trees, desolate,
remote,

A Grammar of The Classical Arabic Langua (1 4)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A Grammar of The Classical Arabic Langua (1 4)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A GRAMMAR

CLASSICAL ARABIC LANGUAGE,

MORTIMER SLOPER HO WELL, C.I.E., HON. LL. D.

formerly Member of the Atiatic Society of Bengal

the Univertititt of Calcutta

Published under the Authority of the Government, N.~W, Provinces.

AN INTRODUCTION AND FOUR PARTS.

Price, Rs. 2-8-0 (3

present Fasciculus (the fourth) completes Part I

on the Introduction and the Noun.

Part II on the Verb

and Part III on the Particle have been previously

These three Parts deal with the accidence

(inflection), the syntax,

and such etymological

as are peculiar to one of the three parts of speech, noun,

Part IV, treating of

two or three parts of speech,

Ibth August 1900.

AND CORRECTIONS TO ABBREVIA-

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS TO CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.

Additions and Corrections to the Abbreviations of

Whenever S says " I have heard

Last Prefatory Note.

[This addition should be inserted after

The Lexicological Monograph entitled An Nawddir

1294 by SA'ID Ibn

alMarum alLubnani from a

allladrami ", and for

Kais"; and read

written in 1099, the

alBihdr, fixing the orthography of the

and concluding with a section upon

the dates of the leading authorities on

alMuharibi, of the Muharib of

"Delhi" add "

541 or 542 or 516

The commentary of IM upon

from the Prophet

The Kadi Jamal adDm Abu -IFadl Muhammmad

630, d. 711), author of the

anNajjari, one of the

afterwards President of the Council at Tripoli, the

Companion Ruwaifi' Ibn Thabit

present at the conquest of

was appointed governor of Tripoli by Mu'awiya in 46, and died

<Abd Allah", and

" after " Grammarian".

The Sharif Aba Muhammad, or Abu-lMu'ammar,

Grammarian and Philologist

often called the Sihah, of the Shaikh

Nasr Isma'il Ibn Hammad ALJAUHARi atTurki alFarabi, the

and Corrections issued with

preceding Fasciculus, where this correction also should

have been included.]

" * Also the

same Author upon

The Tahdhib alAlfaz, being

the Kitab alAlfa? of

ISk, with the Tahdhib, or Critical Annotations, of T, edited,

with the Glosses of

on the text of ISk, by Father Louis

MS, and from